HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 51435 CITY SECRETARY
3 ¢S�, FO RT WO RT H CONTRACT No.
RECF�vE�
T �11v
O
6, CTS�C�pRT�ipRTH CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
CP CITY SECRETARY FOR
� THE CONSTRUCTION OF
VILLAGE CREEK WATER RECLAMATION FACILITY
LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
Vol 1 of 2
City Project No. CO2669
Betsy Price David Cooke
Mayor City Manager
Christopher P. Harder, P.E.
hiterim Water Department
Farida Goderya, PhD, P.E.
Sr Project Manager, Water Department
Prepared for
The City of Fort Worth
July 2018
Conformed Documents
STANTEC, GUPTA &ASSOCIATES, INC.,ALAN PLUMMER
ASSOCIATES, INC.
®FFMAL RECORD
CITY SECRETARY
WORTH, TX
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
00 00 00 - 1
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
PAGE I of 5
SECTION 00 00 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME 1 OF 2
DIVISION 00—PROCEMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 05 10 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION...............................................1
00 05 15 ADDENDA ..................................................................................................1
001113 INVITATION TO BIDDERS...........................................................................2
00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3..................................................................10
00 35 13 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFFIDAVIT.........................................................1
004100 BID FORM...................................................................................................3
00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM AND ALLOWANCE LETTER............................................3
004313 BID BOND...................................................................................................1
00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER..............1
004511 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS..................................................................3
004512 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT..............................................................1
004513 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION.............................................8
004526 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS COMPENSATION LAW.....1
00 45 40 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS .................................2
00 52 43 AGREEMENT..............................................................................................5
00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND...............................................................................2
00 61 14 PAYMENT BOND........................................................................................2
00 61 19 MAINTENANCE BOND ...............................................................................3
00 61 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE.....................................................................1
00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS............................................................................68
00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2..............................................................5
DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 ..............................................................................6
01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES....................................................................4
01 31 19 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING..................................................................3
01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS...................................................................................3
013213 SCHEDULE OF VALUES...............................................................................2
013216 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE ....................................................5
01 32 33 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO.......................................................................2
013300 SUBMITTALS..............................................................................................8
01 33 17 STRUCTURAL DESIGN,SUPPORTAND ANCHORAGE ................................5
014523 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES........................................................3
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL...................................................4
01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION................................................3
01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE ...............................................................3
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS PROJECT NO. 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
000000-2
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
PAGE 2 of 5
01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS........................................................................2
017000 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION.....................................................4
017123 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY...................................................4
017420 GRAVITY PIPELINE TESTING.......................................................................3
017423 CLEANING ..................................................................................................4
017430 PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION ...........................................4
017440 CONCRETE STRUCTURE TESTING ..............................................................3
017500 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP............................................5
017719 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS......................................................................3
017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ...................................................5
01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS................................................................4
DIVISION 02—EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 19 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION......................................................8
DIVISION 03-CONCRETE
03 01 30 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION ..............................................14
031100 CONCRETE FORMING ................................................................................6
03 21 00 REINFORCEMENT STEEL..............................................................................8
033100 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE........................................................................36
03 32 00 JOINTS IN CONCRETE...............................................................................12
03 60 00 GROUTING ...............................................................................................11
DIVISION 5-METALS
05 50 00 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK................................................................13
DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 26 00 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER ...............................................................7
07 92 13 SEALANTS AND CAULKING..........................................................................8
DIVISION 8—OPENINGS
08 11 13 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES .....................................................................11
08 33 00 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS.......................................................................9
08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE ....................................................................................16
DIVISION 9-FINISHES
09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD....................................................................................11
09 96 00 PROTECTIVE COATINGS Z.........................................................................26
DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES
10 14 00 BUILDING SIGNAGE .................................................................................7
10 44 00 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS...............................................................................5
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS PROJECT NO. 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
000000-3
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
PAGE 3 of 5
DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
13 34 19 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS.....................................................17
DIVISION 22—PLUMBING
22 30 00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT Z .........................................................................6
DIVISION 23-HEATING,VENTILATING,AND AIR CONDITIONING
23 00 00 HEATING,VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL...............14
23 05 00 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING ............................................................10
230700 PIPE, DUCTWORK,AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION.................................11
23 09 23 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS (STAND ALONE SYSTEM) ..29
23 23 00 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE...............................................................19
23 31 13 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS.................................................................12
23 34 00 FAN EQUIPMENT.......................................................................................3
23 52 00 AIR HANDLING UNITS................................................................................5
23 60 00 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT............................................................11
VOLUME 2 OF 2
DIVISION 26-ELECTRICAL
26 00 00 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS.......................................................12
26 05 19 WIRES AND CABLES (1000 VOLT MAXIMUM).........................................12
26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM.......................................................6
26 05 29 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE...........................................................6
26 05 33 RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS..........................................................18
26 05 43 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM ..........................................................................8
26 05 50 NEMA FRAME INDUCTION MOTORS, 600 VOLTS AND BELOW..............13
26 05 73 POWER SYSTEM STUDY.............................................................................7
26 22 13 DISTRIBUTION DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS...............................................7
26 24 14 LOW VOLTAGE GENERATOR QUICK CONNECT SWITCHBOARDS.............9
26 24 16 PANELBOARDS...........................................................................................7
26 24 19 LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS...........................................24
262713 POWER METERING AND PROTECTIVE RELAYS........................................14
26 27 26 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES........................................................5
26 28 16 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND DISCONNECT
SWITCHES.................................................................................................12
264100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM.............................................................6
26 41 19 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION..........................................................................4
26 43 13 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDS)..........................8
26 50 00 LED LIGHTING SYSTEM ............................................................................10
DIVISION 31-EARTHWORK
31 10 00 SITE PREPARATION....................................................................................2
3123 19 DEWATERING.............................................................................................3
31 30 00 EARTHWORK 3.........................................................................................15
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS PROJECT NO. 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
000000-4
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
PAGE 4 of 5
313526 EROSION CONTROL BARRIER ....................................................................2
313700 RIPRAP .......................................................................................................5
316329 DRILLED PIERS............................................................................................6
DIVISION 32-EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 11 13 A.C.PAVEMENTAND BASE 3............................................................................6
32 92 00 SEEDING AND SODDING..........................................................................8
DIVISION 33-UTILITIES
33 05 16 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND VAULTS.........................................3
33 16 16 WELDED STEEL WATER STORAGE TANKS 2...............................................7
33 16 32 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK(AWWA D110 Type II) 2........................23
33 16 33 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE TANK(AWWA D110 Type III) 2.......................23
33 90 10 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPING ...............................................................2
33 92 20 DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AWWA C151, MODIFIED) 1................................13
33 95 33 HDPE CHEMICAL CONVEYANCE PIPING....................................................8
33 95 40 SMALL PVC NON-PRESSURE PIPING RUBBER JOINTS..............................3
33 95 50 PVC PRESSURE PIPE RUBBER JOINTS 3.....................................................8
DIVISION 40-INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS
40 06 70 PROCESS INSTRUMENTS SCHEDULE .........................................................4
404100 ELETRICAL HEAT TRACING........................................................................5
406100 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GENERAL PROVISIONS............................24
406126 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TRAINING..................................................9
406196 CONTROL LOOP DESCRIPTIONS..............................................................21
40 62 63 OPERATOR INTERFACE TERMINAL...........................................................4
40 63 00 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER....................................................6
40 66 00 COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ...............11
40 67 00 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CONTROL PANELS...................................20
40 68 60 APPLICATION SERVICES............................................................................8
40 70 50 INSTRUMENT SUPPORT HARDWARE.......................................................8
40 71 00 FLOW INSTRUMENTS................................................................................6
40 72 00 LEVEL INSTRUMENTS................................................................................9
40 73 00 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS.........................................................................9
40 78 00 PANEL MOUNTED CONTROL DEVICES....................................................13
40 80 00 PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING....................................................8
DIVISION 43-MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT
43 10 50 PIPING, GENERAL 2..................................................................................18
43 10 51 PIPING IDENTIFICATION..............................................................................2
43 10 52 PIPE SUPPORTS......................................................................................11
43 10 54 STAINLESS STEEL PIPE..............................................................................2
43 10 61 PVC PRESSURE PIPE(ASTM D 1785, MODIFIED).......................................3
431062 CPVC PRESSURE PIPE.................................................................................2
43 20 00 PUMPS, GENERAL......................................................................................9
43 22 10 AIRJET CHOPPER PUMPS .........................................................................6
43 22 33 PROGRESSING CAVITY PUMPS..................................................................5
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS PROJECT NO.02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
000000-5
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
PAGE 5 of 5
43 30 00 VALVES,GENERAL......................................................................................7
433012 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS................................................................10
433016 CHECK VALVES 1...............................................................................................5
433018 BALL VALVES................................................................................................2
43 30 20 DIAPHRAGM VALVES...............................................................................2
43 30 22 GATE VALVES 2...........................................................................................2
43 30 24 PLUG VALVES 1.2........................................................................................5
43 30 52 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES............................................................................3
43 40 08 POLYETHYLENE TANK 2..........................................................................12
DIVISION 46—WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT
460100 EQUIPMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................................17
46 30 00 CHEMICAL FEEDING EQUIPMENT, GENERAL...........................................6
46 33 50 METERING PUMPS 2................................................................................6
464100 MIXERS, GENERAL....................................................................................5
46 41 12 SIDE ENTRY MIXERS ................................................................................3
APPENDIX .......................................................................................................................................172
1-SPECIFICATION REVISED BY ADDENDUM 1
2-SPECIFICATION REVISED BY ADDENDUM 2
3-SPECIFICATION REVISED BY ADDENDUM 3
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS PROJECT NO.02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Mayor and Council Communication
COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 9/11/2018 - Ordinance No. 23372-09-2018 & Resolution
No. 4975-09-2018
DATE: Tuesday, September 11, 2018 REFERENCE NO.: **C-28842
LOG NAME: 60VCWRF 5 MG LIQUID BIOSOILD STORAGE TANK
SUBJECT:
Authorize Execution of Amendment No. 2, in the amount of$361,720.00,to City Secretary Contract No.
47702 an Engineering Agreement with MWH Americas, Inc., n/k/a Stantec Consulting Services, Inc., for
Construction Services,Authorize Execution of a Construction Contract with Crescent Constructors, Inc., in
the Amount of$6,437,000.00 Each for the Construction of the 5 Million Gallon Liquid Biosolid Concrete
Storage Tank Project at the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility,Adopt Resolution Expressing Official
Intent to Reimburse Expenditures with Proceeds of Future Debt, Provide for Project Management and Staff
Costs and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance (COUNCIL DISTRICT 5)
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Adopt the attached Resolution expressing Official Intent to Reimburse Expenditures with Proceeds
of Future Enterprise Fund Debt for the construction of the 5 Million Gallon (MG) Liquid Biosolid
Concrete Storage Tank Project;
2. Adopt the attached Appropriation Ordinance increasing appropriations in the Commercial Paper
Fund in amount of$7,352,720.00 for construction of the 5 MG Liquid Biosolid Concrete Storage
Tank Project;
3. Authorize execution of a construction contract with Crescent Constructors, Inc., in the amount of
$6,437,000.00 for construction of the 5 MG Liquid Biosolids Concrete Storage Tank Project at
Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility (City Project No. CO2669) and provide for additional staff
costs and contingencies;
4. Authorize execution of Amendment No.2 to City Secretary Contract No. 47702, in the amount of
$361,720.00, an Engineering Services Agreement with MWH Americas, Inc., n/k/a Stantec
Consulting Services, Inc., for construction management services for the 5 MG Liquid Biosolids
Concrete Storage Tank Project at Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility (City Project No.
CO2669).
DISCUSSION:
The Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility (VCWRF) processes approximately 900,000 gallons of
anaerobically digested sludge daily at the Sludge Only Landfill (SOL). The sludge is pumped from the
VCWRF to the SOL and into two storage tanks which provide approximately 1.3 million gallons of storage
capacity. The liquid sludge is pumped from the tanks to six belt presses where water is removed and
Class AB biosolids are created. The biosolids are loaded onto trucks at the SOL and transported to
Noticed Land Application Sites in seven counties around North Texas and then beneficially land-applied.
In October 2014, the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TECQ) amended the existing
http://apps.cfwnet.org/ecouncil/printrnc.asp?id=26049&print-true&DocType=Print 10/9/2018
regulations governing the land application of biosolids. TCEQ also implemented new criteria for long term
storage of biosolids at land application sites. TCEQ prohibits the land application of biosolids during wet
weather events.
Several approaches to meet the new regulations have been considered, such as developing approved
storage pads on TCEQ Noticed Land Application Sites. However, it was determined that the most
reasonable solution was the construction of a storage tank at the SOL to contain the anaerobically
digested liquid sludge until conditions are again suitable for land application. One 5 million gallon (MG)
tank is needed to provide approximately 6 days of storage. The tank can also be used for emergency
storage of liquid sludge in the event of power or equipment failure at the dewatering facility.
On March 29, 2016 (M&C C-27656), the City Council authorized an Engineering Agreement with MWH
Americas, Inc., n/k/a Stantec Consulting Services, Inc., (City Secretary Contract No. 47702) for
preparation of plans and specifications for construction of a 5 million gallon liquid biosolids storage tank.
On October 10, 2017 (M&C C-28425), Amendment No. 1 to City Secretary Contract No. 47702 was
authorized in the amount of$228,803.00 to assess the sludge pipeline condition and to design the
electrical and instrumentation component of the Ferric Chloride feed system.
As part of this Amendment No. 2, the Engineer will perform construction phase services, including review
and response to contractor requests for information (RFIs), review of contractor shop drawings and O&M
manuals and periodic visits to the construction site to observe construction work and progress.
This Project was Advertised on May 17, 2018 and May 24, 2018, in the Fort Worth Star-Telegram. On
June 21, 2018. the following bids were received.
BIDDER BID AMOUNT CONTRACT
Crescent Constructors, Inc. $6,437,000.00 540 Calendar Days
Eagle Construction, L.P. $6,754,000.00
Gracon Construction, Inc. $6,754,125.00
Archer Western, Construction, LLC $6,911,125.00
Felix Construction Company 1E,22:4:,40::5.00
In addition to the contract cost$260,000.00 required for staff project management, inspection and
$294,000.00 for project change order and contingency for a total Construction Cost of$6,697,000.00.
This project is anticipated to be included in a future revenue bond issue for the Water and Sewer Fund.
Available cash within the Water and Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio along with the appropriation
authority authorized under the Callable Commercial Paper Program (CP)will be used to provide interim
financing for this project until debt is issued. To the extent resources other than the Water and Sewer
portfolio are used to provide interim financing, the Water and Sewer Fund will be charged interest that is
equivalent to the overall rate of return being earned by the City portfolio (currently approximately one-
percent annually). Should the City's portfolio not support the liquidity needed to provide an interim short-
term financing source, another funding source will be required, which could mean issuance of securities
under the CP Program or earlier issuance of Water and Sewer revenue bonds than is currently planned.
Once debt associated with this project is sold, bond proceeds will be used to reimburse the Water and
Sewer portfolio and the City's portfolio in accordance with the attached Reimbursement Resolution.
The City Council adopted the Water Department's Fiscal Year 2018-2022 Five Year Capital Improvement
Plan on September 26, 2017. This City Council adopted plan includes this specific project, with funding
identified through the CP program to be reimbursed with future revenue bonds. In accordance with the
provisions of the Financial Management Policy Statement, Staff anticipates presenting revenue-supported
debt issuances to the City Council for consideration within the next three years. This debt must be issued
http://apps.cfwnet.org/ecouncil/printmc.asp?id=26049&print=true&DocType=Print 10/9/2018
within approximately three years to provide reimbursement for these expenses. If that does not occur,the
costs will no longer be reimbursable by issuing tax-exempt debt and the funding source will have to be
made whole through budgetary methods. Adoption of this resolution does not obligate the City to sell
bonds, but preserves the ability to reimburse the City from tax-exempt bond proceeds.
Construction is anticipated to commence in November 2018, with a contract time of 540 calendar days.
The construction is estimated to be completed by end June 2020.
M/WBE OFFICE: Crescent Constructors, Inc., is in compliance with the City's DBE Ordinance by
committing to nine percent MBE participation and documenting good faith effort. Crescent Constructors,
Inc. identified several subcontracting and supplier opportunities. However, the firms contacted in the areas
identified did not respond or did not submit the lowest bids. The City's MBE goal on this project is 25
percent.
M/WBE OFFICE: Stantec Engineering Services, Inc. is in compliance with the City's BDE Ordinance by
committing to 17 percent SBE participation on this Amendment No. 2. The City's goal on this Amendment
is 17 percent.
This project will have no impact on the Water Department's annual operating budget when completed.
This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 5, but this facility serves all of the Fort Worth area.
FISCAL INFORMATION /CERTIFICATION:
The Director of Finance certifies that upon approval of the above recommendations and adoption of the
attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in Water&Sewer Commercial Paper Fund for
the VCWRF Liquid Biosolids Concrete Storage Project. The Water and Sewer Commercial Paper Fund
includes authority of$150,000,000 for the purpose of providing interim funding for Water and Sewer
Capital Project. After this transfer, the balance will be $126,760,765.00 for future capital projects. Funding
for the VCWRF Liquid Biosolids Concrete Storage Project, funding is as depicted below:
Existing Additional
FUND Appropriations lAppropriationsEit Total`
F
16 $2510,000.00 $0.00 $2,510,000.00
d
Water&
Sewer
Commercial $0.00 $7,352,720.00 $7,352,720.00
Paper Fund
56016
Project $2,510,000.00 $7,352,720.00 $9,862,720.00
Total
*Rounded for presentation purposes.
FUND IDENTIFIERS (FIDs):
TO
JFundl De artment ID JAccountl Project 1131 Program JActivityl Budget Yearl Reference# Chartfield 2 Amount
FROM
IFundl Department ID JAccountl Project 1131 Program JActivityl Budget Yearl Reference#(Cha old 2 Amount
CERTIFICATIONS:
Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Jay Chapa (5804)
Originating Department Head: Chris Harder (5020)
http://apps.cfwnet.org/ecouncil/printmc.asp?id=26049&print=true&DocType=Print 10/9/2018
Additional Information Contact: Seiavash Mir (8404)
ATTACHMENT-_
1. 60VCWRF 5 MG LIQUID BIOSOILD STORAGE TANK A018.docx (Public)
2. 60VCWRF 5 MG LIQUID BIOSOILD STORAGE TANK FID Table.pdf (CFW Internal)
3. 60VCWRF 5 MG LIQUID BIOSOILD STORAGE TANK MWBE Stantec.pdf (CFW Internal)
4. 60VCWRF 5MG LIQUID BIOSOILDS TANK REIMB RESOLUTION.docx (Public)
5. 7-12-18 - Crescent Constructors - Compliance Memo -VCWRF Liquid Biosolids.pdf (CFW Internal)
6. Crescent Constr Sam.pdf (CFW Internal)
7. Crescent Constructor Form 1295.pdf (Public)
8. LOCATION MAP.pdf (Public)
9. Stantec Consultant 1295.pdf (Public)
10. Stantec SAM.pdf (CFW Internal)
http://apps.cfwnet.org/ecouncil/printmc.asp?id=26049&print=true&DocType=Print 10/9/2018
CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
FORM 3.295
1 of 1
Complete Nos.1-a and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY
Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no Interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING
1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number:
of business. 2018-379589
Crescent Constructors,Inc.
Piano,TX United States Date Filed:
2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that Is a party to the contract for which the form Is 07/13/2018
being filed,
City of Fort Worth Date Ackno a ged:,
�(-/
3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a
description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract.
02669
Heavy Udlity Construction for the Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility Liquid Biosoilds Storage Tank
4 Nature of interest
Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable)
Controlling Intermediary
Daigre, Michael Plano,TX United States X
5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑
6 UNSWORN DECLARATION
My name Is_Michael G.Daigre and my date of birth is 3/13/1958
My address is 2560 Technology Dr.Suite 400 Plano Tx , 75074 USA
(street) (City) (state) (zip rode) (country)
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed in Collincounty, state of Texas on the 13 day of J91y .2C18
K=TEXAS
(month) (year)
NST � iMy C2NOTA6 L Signature of au orized agent 6f co rabting business entity
�i (Declarant)
Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0.6711
001113-1
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 2
1 SECTION 00 1113
2 INVITATION TO BIDDERS
3 COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSALS
4
5 RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS
6 Sealed proposals for the construction of: Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility—Liquid
7 Biosolids Storage Tank—City Project No. CO2669,will be received by the City of Fort Worth
8 Purchasing Office:
9
10 City of Fort Worth
I 1 Purchasing Division
12 200 Texas Street
13 Fort Worth,Texas 76102
14 until 1:30 P.M. CST,Thursday,June 21,2018.Proposals will be opened publicly and the base
15 bid price and each alternative price will be read aloud at 2:00 PM CST in the Council Chambers.
16
17 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
18 The major work will consist of the(approximate)following:
19
20 New 5-million gallon sludge storage tank with mixing equipment,new ferric chloride feed
21 system with two 10,000-gallon ferric chloride storage tanks and static mixer,new building
22 to house electrical motor control center,chemical feed pumps and sludge pumps,
23 improvements to existing 0.5 and 0.8-million gallon sludge storage tanks including addition
24 of mixing equipment,yard piping including valve vaults and flow meters,site civil including
25 earthwork,drainage and access drive,and associated electrical,instrumentation and
26 controls.
27 Proposals for the 5 MG sludge storage tank will be evaluated as specified in the Bid
28 Proposal Workbook(00 42 43)
29
30
31 PREQUALIFICATION
32 The improvements included in this project must be performed by a contractor who is pre-
33 qualified by the City at the time of bid opening. The procedures for qualification and pre-
34 qualification are outlined in the Section 00 21 13—INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.
35
36 DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS
37 The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City
38 of Fort Worth's Purchasing Division website at.http://www.fortworthtexas.gov/Turchasing and
39 clicking on the Buzzsaw link to the advertised project folders on the City's Buzzsaw site. The
40 Contract Documents may be downloaded,viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or
41 suppliers. The contractor is required to fill out and notarize the Certificate of Interested
42 Parties Form 1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the
43 contract will be presented to the City Council.The form can be obtained at
44 httus://si-N-*-w.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm .
45
46
47
48
49
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
001113-2
INVITATION TO BIDDERS
Page 2 of 2
1 PREBID CONFERENCE
2 A Non-Mandatory pre-bid conference will be held as described in Section 00 21 13 -
3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS at the following location, date, and time:
4 DATE: Thursday May 31,2018
5 TIME: 9:30 A.M.
6 PLACE: Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility,4500 Wilma Ln
7 Arlington,Texas 76012
8 LOCATION: Training Room
9 A site visit will be conducted after the pre-bid conference.
10
11 CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS/EVALUATION CRITERIA
12 City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject proposals. The City will
13 evaluate the base bid and alternates to determine the best value and rank the offerors thusly.
14
15
16 INQUIRIES
17 All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed to the following:
18 Attn: Farida Goderya,City of Fort Worth
19 Email: Farida.Goderya@fortworthtexas.gov
20 Phone: (817)392-8214
21 And/or
22 Attn: Aldo Sotelo,Stantec Consulting Services,Inc.
23 Email: A1do.Sotelo@stantec.com
24 Phone: (512)328-0011
25
26 ADVERTISEMENT DATES
27 First Advertisement: May 17,2018
28 Second Advertisement: May 24,2018
29
30 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0021 13-1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 1 of 10
1 SECTION 00 2113
2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3
4 1. Defined Terms
5
6 1.1.Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,which are defined in Section 00 72
7 00 -GENERAL CONDITIONS.
8
9 1.2.Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the
10 meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof.
11
12 1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership,company,association, or corporation acting
13 directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid or proposal for
14 performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents.
15
16 1.2.2.Bid: For the purposes of these instructions and this project,the term Bid shall be
17 read to mean"Proposal"and a proposal shall follow the form found in Section 00
18 42 43 Proposal Form.
19
20 1.2.3. Nonresident Bidder: Any person,firm,partnership,company, association, or
21 corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a
22 bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose
23 principal place of business is not in the State of Texas.
24
25 1.2.4. Successful Bidder: The responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City(on the
26 basis of City's best value evaluation as hereinafter provided)makes an award.
27
28 2. Copies of Bidding Documents
29
30 2.1.Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
31 resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
32
33 2.2.City and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available do so only for the
34 purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant
35 for any other use.
36
37 3. Prequalification of Bidders(Prime Contractors and Subcontractors)
38
39 3.1.All Bidders and their subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types
40 requiring prequalification at the time of bidding. Bids received from contractors who are
41 not prequalified(even if inadvertently opened)shall not be considered. Prequalification
42 requirement work types and documentation are as follows:
43
44 3.1.1. Paving—Requirements document located at;
45 https:Hprojectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthgoviResources/02%20-
46 %20Construction%2ODocuments/Contractor%o2OPrequalification/TPW%2OPaving
47 %20Contractor%2OPrequalifiication%2OProgram/PREOUALIFICATION%20REQ
48 UIREMENTS%20FOR%20PAVING%2000NTRACTORS.PDF?public
49
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0021 13-2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 2 of 10
1 3.1.2. Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting—Requirements document located at;
2 https://projectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthgov/Resources,/02%20-
3 %20Coiistruction%2ODocuments/Contractor%2OPrequalification/TPW%2OPaving
4 %20Contractor%2OPrequalification%2OProgram/PREQUAL,IFICATION%20REQ
5 UIREMENTS%20FOR%20PAVING%2000NTRACTORS.PDF?public
6
7 3.1.3. Water and Sanitary Sewer—Requirements document located at;
8 haps://projectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthgov/Resources/02%20-
9 %20Construction%2ODocuments/Contractor%2OPrequalification/Water%20and%2
10 OSanitarv%2OSewer%2OContractor%2OPrequalification%2OProgram/WSS%20pre
11 qua/%20requirements.doc?public
12
13 3.2.Each Bidder unless currently prequalified, must be prepared to submit to City within
14 seven (7)calendar days prior to Bid opening, the documentation identified in Section 00
15 45 11, BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS.
16
17 3.2.1. Submission of and/or questions related to prequalification should be addressed to
18 the City contact as provided in Paragraph 6.1.
19
20 3.3.The City reserves the right to require any Bidder to submit such additional information as
21 the City, in its sole discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and
22 equipment records, information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and
23 construction schedule,to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the
24 Bidder to deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount
25 proposed within the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the
26 submitted information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be
27 made to the City Council. Failure to submit the additional information, if requested,
28 may be grounds for rejecting the Bidder as non-responsive. Affected contractors will be
29 notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council.
30
31 3.4.In addition to prequalification, additional requirements for qualification may be required
32 within various sections of the Contract Documents.
33
34 3.5.Special qualifications required for this project include the following:
35 Contractor shall refer to the Quality Assurance section under Specification 33 16 16
36 Steel Above Ground Water Storage Tank, Specification 33 16 32 Prestressed Concrete
37 Tank(AWWA D110 Type 11), and Specification 33 16 33 Prestressed Concrete Tank
38 (AWWA D110 Type I11)for special qualification requirements for each type of tank
39 including experience, acceptable sub-contractors, documentation and others.
40
41 4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents,Other Related Data, and Site
42
43 4.1.Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall:
44
45 4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data
46 identified in the Bidding Documents(including "technical data" referred to in
47 Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the
48 City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially
49 promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City.
50
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
002113-3
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 3 of 10
1 4.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and
2 site conditions that may affect cost, progress,performance or furnishing of the
3 Work.
4
5 4.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,
6 progress,performance or furnishing of the Work.
7
8 4.1.4. Study all: (i)reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
9 contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing
10 surface or subsurface structures at the Site(except Underground Facilities)that
11 have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical
12 data" and(ii)reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any,
13 at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing
14 reliable "technical data."
15
16 4.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of
17 the information which the City will furnish.All additional information and data
18 which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents
19 shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract
20 Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original
21 Contract Documents.No information given by the City other than that contained in
22 the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be
23 binding upon the City.
24
25 4.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations,tests,borings, and such other means
26 as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be
27 encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide
28 each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations,
29 explorations,tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a
30 Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former
31 conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations,tests and studies.
32
33 4.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the
34 cost of doing the Work,time required for its completion,and obtain all information
35 required to make a proposal.Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their
36 own estimates, investigation,research,tests,explorations, and other data which are
37 necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based.
38 It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the
39 Bidder has made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims
40 for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually
41 encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be
42 allowed.
43
44 4.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts,errors,ambiguities or discrepancies in or
45 between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor
46 shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents,
47 and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may
48 be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents.
49
50
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0021 13-4
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 4 of 10
1 4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00—Supplementary Conditions for identification of.
2
3 4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to
4 the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents.
5 The logs of Soil Borings, if any,on the plans are for general information only.
6 Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of
7 conditions which actually exist.
8
9 4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and
10 subsurface structures(except Underground Facilities)which are at or contiguous to
I 1 the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents.
12
13 4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder
14 on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract
15 Documents,but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled
16 to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified
17 and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is
18 responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
19 any other data, interpretations,opinions or information.
20
21 4.3.The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder(i)
22 that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4,(ii)that without
23 exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the
24 Contract Documents and applying the specific means,methods,techniques, sequences or
25 procedures of construction(if any)that may be shown or indicated or expressly required
26 by the Contract Documents,(iii)that Bidder has given City written notice of all
27 conflicts,errors,ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the
28 written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder,and when said conflicts,
29 etc.,have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in
30 Paragraph 6.,and(iv)that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate
31 and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the
32 Work.
33
34 4.4.The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated
35 biphenyls(PCBs),Petroleum,Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by
36 Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract
37 Documents.
38
39 5. Availability of Lands for Work,Etc.
40
41 5.1.The lands upon which the Work is to be performed,rights-of-way and easements for
42 access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work
43 are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto
44 required for temporary construction facilities,construction equipment or storage of
45 materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for
46 by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
47 facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the
48 Contract Documents.
49
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
002113-5
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 5 of 10
1 5.2.Outstanding right-of-way,easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed
2 in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-
3 of-way,easements, and/or permits are not obtained,the City reserves the right to cancel
4 the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the
5 project.
6
7 5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-
8 way,easements,and/or permits,and shall submit a schedule to the City of how
9 construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits
10 and/or easements.
11
12 6. Interpretations and Addenda
13
14 6.1.All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to
15 City in writing on or before 2 p.m.,the Monday prior to the Proposal opening.
16 Questions received after this day may not be responded to.Interpretations or
17 clarifications considered necessary by City in response to such questions will be issued
18 by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as having received the Bidding
19 Documents. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral
20 and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
21
22 Address questions to:
23
24 City of Fort Worth
25 200 Texas Street
26 Fort Worth,TX 76102
27 Attn: Farida Goderya,Water Department
28 Email: Farida.Goderya@fortworthtexas.gov
29 Phone: (817)392-8214
30
31 and/or
32 Stantec Consulting Services,Inc.
33 Attn: Aldo Sotelo
34 Email: A1do.Sotelo@stantec.com
35 Phone: (512)328-0011
36
37 6.2.Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
38 City.
39
40 6.3.Addenda or clarifications may be posted via Buzzsaw at
41 hUs://proieclpoint.buzzsaw.com/Fortwortheov/Water%20Faciliiy%2OProiects/02669%20-
42 %20VCWRF%20Liquid%20Biosolid%20Storage%20TanksBiddin2?public
43
44 6.4.A pre-bid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or
45 INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the
46 Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will
47 transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary
48 in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied
49 upon and will not be binding or legally effective.
50
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
002I I3-6
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 6 of I0
1 7. Bid Security
2
3 7.1.Proposals must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to City in an amount of five
4 (5)percent of Bidder's maximum proposed price, issued by a surety meeting the
5 requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 of the General Conditions.
6
7 7.2.The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award
8 have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete
9 Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in
10 default,rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited.
11 Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all
12 other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award
13 will be retained by City until final contract execution.
14
15 8. Contract Times
16 The number of days within which, or the dates by which,Milestones are to be achieved in
17 accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for
18 Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the
19 attached Bid Form.
20
21 9. Liquidated Damages
22 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
23
24 10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items
25 The Contract, if awarded,will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the
26 Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or"or-equal" items, except
27 as specified in Section 00 42 43 Proposal Form. Whenever it is indicated or specified in the
28 Bidding Documents that a"substitute" or"or-equal" item of material or equipment may be
29 furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to City,application for such acceptance will not
30 be considered by City until after the Effective Date of the Agreement. The procedure for
31 submission of any such application by Contractor and consideration by City is set forth in
32 Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General Conditions and is supplemented in
33 Section 0125 00 of the General Requirements.
34
35 11. Subcontractors,Suppliers and Others
36
37 11.1. In accordance with the City's Business Diversity goals(Chapter 20 Article X of the
38 City's Code of Ordinances a/k/a Ordinance No. 20020-12-2011, as amended),the
39 City has goals for the participation of minority business and/or small business
40 enterprises in City contracts.A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the
41 Office of the City Secretary.The Bidder shall submit the MBE and SBE Utilization
42 Form, Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Form,Prime Contractor Waiver Form
43 and/or Good Faith Effort Form with documentation and/or Joint Venture Form as
44 appropriate. The Forms including documentation must be received by the City no
45 later than 2:00 P.M. CST,on the second business days after the bid opening date. The
46 Bidder shall obtain a receipt from the City as evidence the documentation was
47 received.Failure to comply shall render the bid as non-responsive.
48
49 11.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier,other person
50 or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection.
51
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0021 13-7
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 7 of 10
1 11.3. The Specialty Line Items:
Bid Item Number Description Total Bid Value
#12 ONCOR Electric Service $35,000.00
#13 Landia Air Jets and #337,125.00
Mixers
2
3 included in the Bid were not included in the Office of Business Diversity sub-goal
4 calculations. Therefore,all bidders must address the 25%MBE sub-goal according to
5 the 00 45 40 MBE SPECIFICATIONS identified in the bid documents.
6
7 12. Bid Form
8
9 12.1. The Bid Form, Section 00 42 43 Proposal Form, is included with the Bidding
10 Documents; additional copies may be obtained from the City.
11
12 12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed by printing in ink and the Bid Form
13 signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing
14 the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit
15 price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives,the words "No Bid,"
16 "No Change," or"Not Applicable"may be entered. Bidder shall state the prices,
17 written in ink in both words and numerals, for which the Bidder proposes to do the
18 work contemplated or furnish materials required.All prices shall be written legibly.
19 In case of discrepancy between price in written words and the price in written
20 numerals,the price in written words shall govern.
21
22 12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a
23 vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to
24 sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of
25 incorporation shall be shown below the signature.
26
27 12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a
28 partner,whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of
29 authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the
30 signature.
31
32 12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a
33 member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of
34 the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown.
35
36 12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address.
37
38 12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner
39 indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown.
40
41 12.8. All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature.
42
43 12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda,the numbers of
44 which shall be filled in on the Bid Form.
45
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
002113-8
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 8 of 10
1 12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the
2 Bid shall be shown.
3
4 12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of
5 Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37—Vendor Compliance
6 to State Law Non Resident Bidder.
7
8 13. Submission of Bids
9 Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form,provided with the Bidding Documents,
10 at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS,
11 addressed to Purchasing Manager of the City, and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed
12 envelope,marked with the City Project Number,Project title,the name and address of
13 Bidder, and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent
14 through the mail or other delivery system,the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate
15 envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
16
17 14. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids
18
19 14.1. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Manager and filed with the Purchasing Office
20 cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal
21 must be made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner
22 that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted
23 at any time prior to the opening of Bids.After all Bids not requested for withdrawal
24 are opened and publicly read aloud,the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been
25 properly filed may, at the option of the City, be returned unopened.
26
27 14.2. Bidders may modify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the
28 time set for the closing of Bid receipt.
29
30 15. Opening of Bids
31 Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be submitted. An
32 abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates(if any)will be made available
33 to Bidders after the opening of Bids.
34
35 16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance
36 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of Award
37 and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may,at
38 City's sole discretion,release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior to that date.
39
40 17. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract
41
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
002113-9
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page 9 of 10
1 17.1. City will be evaluating the proposals based on the base bid and alternates to
2 determine the best value for the project.The City reserves the right to reject any or all
3 Bids, including without limitation the rights to reject any or all nonconforming,
4 nonresponsive,unbalanced or conditional Bids and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if
5 City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award
6 to that Bidder,whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified
7 or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria
8 established by City. City also reserves the right to waive informalities not involving
9 price,contract time or changes in the Work. Discrepancies between the
10 multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit
11 prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the
12 correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies
13 between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words.
14
15 17.1.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists
16 among the Bidders,Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City,
17 City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation,
18 Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous
19 contract,Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner,or
20 Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or
21 hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded.
22
23 17.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and
24 other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which
25 the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and other persons and organizations must
26 be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City.
27 City also may consider the operating costs,maintenance requirements,performance
28 data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for
29 incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the
30 Notice of Award.
31
32 17.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the
33 evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,qualifications,and financial
34 ability of Bidders,proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
35 organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
36 Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
37
38 17.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization,work of a value not less than
39 35%of the value embraced on the Contract,unless otherwise approved by the City.
40
41 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the responsible and responsive
42 Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will provide the best value
43 for the City.
44
45 17.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001,the City will not award
46 contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder's bid is lower than
47 the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a
48 Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a
49 comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of
50 business is located.
51
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0021 13-10
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Page I0 of I0
1 17.7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is
2 to be awarded,City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Bid
3 opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute
4 acceptance of a Bid.Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by
5 the City.
6
7 17.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid.
8
9 18. Signing of Agreement
10 When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the
11 required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days thereafter
12 Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement to
13 City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation.
14 City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor.
15
16
17
18 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
000510-1
MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION(M&C)
Page 1 of 1
1 SECTION 00 05 10
2 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION(M&C)
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
000515-1
ADDENDA
Page 1 of 1
1 SECTION 00 05 15
2 ADDENDA
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
003313-1
CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT
Page I of I I
,r
1 SECTION 00 3513
V
2 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT r
3T
4 Each bidder, offeror,or respondent(hereinafter also referred to as"you")to a City of Fort Worth
5 (also referred to as "City")procurement are required to complete Conflict of Interest
6 Questionnaire(the attached CIQ Form) and Local Government Officer Conflicts Disclosure
7 Statement(the attached CIS Form)below pursuant to state law.This affidavit will certify that the
8 Bidder has on file with the City Secretary the required documentation and is eligible to bid on
9 City Work.The referenced forms may be downloaded from the website links provided below.
10
11 i f
12
13
14
15 CIQ Form is on file with City Secretary
16
17 [] CIQ Form is being provided to the City Secretary
18
19 CIS Form is on File with City Secretary
20
21 0 CIS Form is being provided to the City Secretary
22
23
24
25 BIDDER:
26
27 Crescent Constructors, Inc. By: Michael G. Daigre
28 Company (Please Print)
x
29 g
p s 3 jell
30 2560 Technology Dr., Suite 400 Signature t
31 Address
32 }
33 Plano, Tx 75074 Title: President
34 City/State/Zip (Please Print)
35
36
37 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
Revised May 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
00 41100
BID FORM
v Page 1 of 3
SECTION 00 4100
BID FORM
TO: The Purchasing Manager
c/o:The Purchasing Division
200 Texas Street
City of Fort Worth,Texas 76102
FOR: Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility-Liquid Biosolids Storage Tank
City Project No.: C2669
Units/Sections: Complete project to be bid as a single unit
1. Enter Into Agreement
The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form
included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents
for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions
of the Contract Documents,
2. BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification
2.1. In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO BIDDERS and
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond.
2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will
provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award.
2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed
individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group,
association,organization,or corporation.
2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid.
2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding.
2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent,collusive,or coercive practices in competing for the Contract.
For the purposes of this Paragraph:
a. "corrupt practice"means the offering,giving, receiving,or soliciting of any thing of value likely to
influence the action of a public official in the bidding process.
b. "fraudulent practice"means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made(a)to influence the
bidding process to the detriment of City(b)to establish Bid prices at artificial non-competitive
levels,or(c)to deprive City of the benefits of free and open competition.
c. "collusive practice"means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders,with or without
the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial,non-competitive
levels.
d. "coercive practice"means harming or threatening to harm,directly or indirectly, persons or their
property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the
Contract.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Form Revised May 2018 00 410000 43 13_00 42 43_00 43 37_00 45 12_00 35 13—Bid Proposal Workbook.xls
00 41 00
BID FORM
Page 2 of 3
3. Preq ua lifi cation
The Bidder acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by prequalified contractors and
subcontractors:
a. Prime/General Contractor
b. N/A
C. N/A
d. N/A
4. Time of Completion
4.1. The Work will be substantially complete within 540 days after the date when the
the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions.
4.2. The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 570 days after the date when the
the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions.
4.3. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete
the Work{and/or achievement of Milestones}within the times specified in the Agreement.
5. Attached to this Bid
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid:
a. This Bid Form, Section 00 41 00
b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph
5.01 of the General Conditions.
c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43
d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder,Section 00 43 37
e. MWBE Forms
f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12
g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13
'if necessary,CIQ or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary
h. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the instructions to Bidders
fi. Total Bid Amount
6.1. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. In the
space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read publicly
by the City at the bid opening.
6.2. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is
subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective
estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Form Revised May 2018 00 41 00_00 4313_00 42 4300 43 37_00 45 12_00 3513_Bid Proposal Workbook.rls
0041 00
OID FORM
Page 3 of 3
6.3. Evaluation of Alternate Bid Items
Total Base Bid = �o;�7211
Total Base Bid (minus Bid Items 14a& 14b)+Alternate Al = i ja j'jiD
Total Base Bid (minus Bid Items 14a & 14b)+Alternate A2 = Al � '.
7. Bid Submittal
This Bid is submitted on 6/21/2018 by the entity named below.
Respectfully submitted Receipt is acknowledged of the (rtitial
following Addenda:
B _ i , Addendum No. is
(Signature) Addendum No.2:
Addendum No. 3:
Michael G, Daigre,President Addendum No.4:
(Printed Name)
Title: President
Company: Crescent Constructors,Inc. Corporate Seal:
Address: 2560 Technology Dr. Suite 400
Plano, Tx 75074
State of Incorporation: Texas
Email: MikeDp_crescentconstructors.com
Phone: 972-422-0014
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT 1AQRTH
STANDARD CONS,rRUCTiON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Form Rev+sed May 2018 00 41 00_00 43 1300 42 43_00 43 37_00 45 12_00 35 13_Bid Proposal WorkbookAs
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
co:2 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 1 or i
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application
Project Item Information Bidders Proposal
Bidlist Item , Specification Unit of Bid
Description Unit Price Bid Value
No. Section.1,1o, Measure Quantit%
I Mobilization Various LS I 0(
2 Site Civil Various LS I
3 Yard PipingOat
Various LS I
4 Electricals Chemical Feed Building Various LS I (7
5 Ferric Chloride Storage Tants Various LS 1
6 Existing Sludge Storage Tanks Improvements Various LS ( Vv
7 Static Nhxer Pad Various LS I
g Electrical Various 1.5 1ot,W6 j vi of 000
9 Instrumentation and Controls Various LS 1 V�r
10 Trench SaWN Plan Various LS I (a( ,`o )ecc? {:i:
II S%N-PPP Various LS I l-,;w s ,00
12 ALLOWANCE-ONCOR Electric Service Various LS I 535.000.00 535,000.00
13 ALLOWANCE-LandiaAir7etsandMixers i.andiaLetter LS I $337,125.00 S337,125.00
5 MG Welded Steel Sludge Storage Tank
Ida Disclose Tank Builder Selected belOW Various LS I �t�l9lJ�L lr ,ddU
, Cr
14b 15 MG Welded Leel Sludge Storage Tank Coatings Various LS 1
Total Base Bid J
Alternate Bid Items
5 MG AWWA 0110 Type 11 or Type Ill Prestressed Concrete
Sludge Storage Tank per Contract Documents'Foundation
Dasign IN LIEU OF 5 MG Welded Steel Sludge Storage Tank
Al and Coatings(Bid Items l4a and 14b) Various I'S I
Disclose Tank Tre and Tank Builder Selected below
Total Base Bid(minus Bid Items l-Is& lib)+.alternate AI
5 NIG AWWA DI 10 Type 11 or Type lit Prestressed Concrete
Sludge Storage Tank per Cantranors Alternate Tum Vey Sinned
and Sealed Design(Foundation and Tank 1 IN LIEU OF 5 MG f ,
A2 Melded Steel Sludge Storage Tani:and Coatings Bid Items Ida Various LS 1 00
and I4b)
O5L[jcTank cpe and Tank Builder Selected below:
cX�
Total Base Bid(minus Bid Items 14a& I4b)+Alternate A2*'7.
-Notes:
' Bidders shall refer to Section 01 10 00-Summary of Work for a detailed description of each bid item
Bidders are required to bid at least one of the two Alternates(Al orA2).
The City will eraluale the base bid and alternates to determine the best value for the City
END OF SECTION'
CITY OF FORT NORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIrICAI ION DOMMENTS
Fa—itm,isad N by 2018 004100_00;31_001243_004337_004512_003513 Bid Pmpasaj%Vorkbook,ck
ENGINEERED TO LAST
Landia,Inc.
111 Triangle Trade Drive
Cary,North Carolina 27513
Phoney 919-466-0603
May 11, 2018 Fax: 919-460-1666
Email: info@landiainc.com
City of Fort Worth Water Department Website: www.landiainc.com
P.O. Box 870
Fort Worth,TX 76101
Subject: Proposal for Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility
Liquid Biosolids Storage Tank
City of Fort Worth Project No.02669
Reference: Landia Project No. 61029
Dear Sir/Madam:
Thank you for your interest in the Landia AirJet Chopper Pumps and Side-Entry Mixers and their
application in the VCWRF Liquid Biosolids Storage Tank project in Fort Worth,TX. Landia is pleased
to submit this firm price proposal for your consideration. The proposal is based on the bid plans and
specification sections 43 22 10-AirJet Chopper Pumps and 46 41 12-Side Entry Mixers.
Equipment
Section 43 2210—AirJet Chopper Pumps:
Equipment Installation
Pumn Name Numbers Location Type
AirJet 02 8115202 0.5 MG sludge tank Flanged*
AirJet 03 8115301
AirJet 04 8115302
AirJet 05 8115303 0.8 MG sludge tank Flanged*
AirJet 06 8115401
AirJet 07 8115402 5.0 MG sludge tank Flanged*
`for clockwise rotation.
Landia, Inc.—Project No.61029 1
1e BVI
i oq�
ENGINEERED TO LAST
Dry-Installed AirJet Chopper Pumps
Reference: Principal drawing no. 37AO930
Six(6)AirJet Pumps, model MPTK-i 105 30.2 HP 1800, 3ph/460V/60Hz are equipped with
the following:
• TEFC Motor
• Cast Iron Impeller and Pump Volute
• Hardened Steel Knife System
• Support Foot
• Installation Equipment includes the following:
c Stainless Steel Air Ejector with Venturi Nozzle
o Stainless Steel Mixing Chamber with Flanges
o Aspiration Pipe with Support Brackets
o Expansion Joints
c Knife Gate Valves
o Stainless Steel Flange Connection for AirJet 02 thru 07
c Stainless Steel Flange Connection (clockwise rotation)for the Existing AirJet 01
• Spare Parts, as specified
Section 46 41 12—Side-Entry Mixers:
Tank Motor Mixer
Tank Size, Diameter, Motor Speed, Speed,
I.D. No. MG Feet HP rpm rpm Electric Supply
81195015.0 150.0 30,2 1760 352 460V 3PH, 60Hz
8119502 5.0 150.0 30.2 1760 352 460V 3PH,60Hz
Side-Entry Mixers
Reference: Principal drawing no. 37AO829
Two(2)Mixers, model POPTR-I 30.2 HP 360, 3ph/460V/60Hz, are equipped with the following:
• Thermal Sensors in the Windings
• Stainless Steel Propeller
• Stainless Steel Mounting Shroud
The following will be shared by the two mixers:
• One (1) Crane System
• One(1)Vacuum Pump for Oil Filling
• Spare Parts, as specified
Landia, Inc.—Project No. 61029 2
Q
ENGINEERED TO LAST
Manufacturers' Services
• Equipment delivery FOB jobsite
• Startup and training by Landia, as specified
• Two-year warranty
• Time to coordinate installation details with Contractor, as required
Pricing
Total price for the above-listed equipment and services,valid for 180 days from proposal date
(expires November 7,2018)..............................................................................................$337,125.00
If a purchase order is received within 60 days of proposal date (by July 10, 2018), we are pleased to
offer a reduced price of$331,650.
Nates
• Each AirJet will require two (2)ANSI-flanged wall penetration points (not provided by
Landia, except for AirJet 01), One flange is for the suction pipe and one is for the ejector.
• AirJet performance will be as per the enclosed performance curve,
• It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to make modifications to existing tanks to allow
the installation of the AirJet units based on the installation requirements provided by
Landia. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring the structural integrity of the
tank walls.
• The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing the opening on the new tank wall for the
installation of the mixers and AirJet units based on the installation requirements provided
by Landia. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring the structural integrity of the
tank walls.
• Each pump's suction must be flooded at all times during operation.
• Mixers must be operated on SoftStarter.
• Mixer propellers must be sufficiently submerged while mixers are operating.
Items not Included
• VFD's • Control Panels
• Installation • Anchor Bolts
• Field Wiring 4 Relays
• Junction Boxes • Seal Control
• Starters • Explosion-Proof Motor
• Hatches 4 Field Testing
• Conduits
• Any other device, equipment, materials or labor not specifically called out in this proposal.
Landia, Inc.—Project No. 61029 3
a
ENGINEERED TO LAST
Additional Information
• Our prices include duties and freight to Village Creek, Fort Worth, TX.
• We do not collect and are not responsible for any sales and use taxes. If these taxes are
applicable, you are responsible for remitting them directly to your state's Department of
Revenue,
• Prices valid for 180 days from proposal date.
• Payment conditions will be defined at the time of the order,
• Delivery: 12-14 weeks after drawing approval, if required. Please allow 4-6 weeks for
submittal documents.
Is We are pleased to attach the following documents:
o Principal Drawing nos. 37AO930 and 37A0829
o Technical Data Sheets
o Airlet Performance Data Sheet
o General Terms of Sales and Delivery
Equipment recommendation is based on the information available to Landia as of the date of this
proposal. We reserve the right to make any necessary alterations to the information stated above
when this offer becomes a firm order.
We trust our proposal is of interest and look forward to hearing from you.
Sincerely,
46�t�w-
Art Savage
Regional Sales Manager
Mobile: 919.592.9955
Email: asa@landiainc.com
SBR/ASA/jam
Enclosures
Landia, Inc.—Project No. 61029 4
G:
I
Scale: Sign.: Date:
External AirJet . HL SBR 25-05-2016
I 37AO930
ft-be
be
CJIOA.CI3
Technical Data Sheet Page 1/1
Article no. 2524918 DnAnstalled Pump Model MPTK-I 105 30.2 HP.medium or._essure
Manufacturer.....................................................................LANDIA
Type...................................................................................MPTK-I
Impeller revolutions.......................................................... 1760 rpm
Weight...............................................................................463 lb
Exterior and interior seals.................................................Mechanical shaft seals
Pressure Side:
Discharge diameter...........................................................0 105 mm
Dividing circle/bolt holes.................................................O 170 mm/4 pcs 0418(DIN 263 I)
Inlet Side:
Inlet diameter....................................................................0 160 mm
Dividing circle/bolt holes without knife system..............0 215 mm/6 pcs M 10
Dividing circle/bolt holes with knife system...................Special flange
Material:
Motor housing and oil chamber........................................Cast iron AISI A48-40B
Pump housing....................................................................Cast iron AISI A48-40B
Impeller.............................................................................Cast iron AISI A48-40B
Bolts and screws...............................................................Stainless steel AISI 316
Mechanical shaft seals......................................................Silicon carbide/silicon carbide
Surface coating.................................................................Painted
Option.........................................................................2-component coating ❑
Option:
Knives in hardened steel:
1 fired and 2 rotating knives............................................lnrife system
3 fixed and 2 rotating knives............................................extended knife system ❑
Motor:
Manufacturer.....................................................................LANDIA
Type...................................................................................M 18.5.4
Ratedeffect.......................................................................30.2 HP
Revolutions....................................................................... 1760 rpm
Phases x voltage,frequency.............................................3 X 460 V,60 Hz
Start current direct............................................................241 A
Rated operating current....................................................36 A
Power factor,cos V...........................................................0.85
Cageclass..........................................................................IP 55
Insulation class..................................................................F
Minimum voltage allowed................................................430 V
Oil:
Type...................................................................................BP Bartran HV-15
Quantity.............................................................................4.4 quarts
Kiera oil for stainless steel oil containerr..................0.8 quarts
Recommended service interval/oil change.......................every 2,000 hours of operation or
minimum once a year
u We re—mv!6n H&/a a /x lechnitrd aLe.odwa
Landis Ine. Imad on:03 mar.1999
Cap•.\C 27513 Rev.date:14.mgj 2001
Executed by:GB ,Accepted by:SL
CQ 14A.C23
Page 1/1
Performance data for AirJet at STP:
Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP) -Air and medium temperature 20'C
-Clean Water -Barometric pressure 760 mm Hg
AirJet 302 1
Performance at STP
A- "w El
- SOTR 20°C ---SAE -.q 1
r araTE[5ZF1P(]'-
100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
24 24
21 21
18 18
16 15
0 12 12 p 0
V1 G V2 G
W 1L
udi 9 9 ran
6 6
3 3
0 0
20 26 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 66 70
SOTR[lbs 021 h]
SOTR SAE
Standard Oxygen Transfer Rate(ANSUASCE 2-91)fibs 021h) Standard Aeration Efficiency
SOTR/kW power consumption fibs 02/kWh)
SWD
Side Water Depth m) Air flow fSGFMJf
Londin Inc Cdgivet den;to.rani 2445
Car',\C 27513 Revision date:
Escccutcd by;YET Accepted by: Pit
,
B 1 B2
.. _
B3 C
s
n
Scale: Sign.: Uate:
POPTR-1 1 : 25 HRE KT 10-11-2010
Dwg.no.:
Side-Entry Mixer 37AO829
Revision date:11-05.2015
Technical Data Sheet Page 1/1
Article no. 1100000 Side-Entre Mixer Model POPTR-I 30.2 HP-360
Manufacturer.....................................................................LANDiA
Type...................................................................................POPTR-I
Propeller revolutions.........................................................352 rpm
Propeller diameter.............................................................approximately 30 inches
Weight...............................................................................—800 lbs
Exterior seal set.................................................................Nitrile seals plus
coated stainless steel wear bush
Intermediate seal set(gear/grease chamber) ...................Mechanical shaft seals
silicon carbide/silicon carbide
Interior seal set(motor/oil chamber)................................Mechanical shaft seals
silicon carbide/silicon carbide
Motor housing and gear casing...........I............................Cast iron
Propeller............................................................................Stainless steel AISI 304
Option.........................................................................Stainless steel AIN 316 O
Bolts and screws...............................................................Stainless steel AISI 316
Mounting flange................................................................Stainless steel AISI 304
Motor:
Manufacturer.....................................................................LANDIA
Type...................................................................................M 30.2.4
Ratedeffect.......................................................................30.2 HP
Revolutions.......................................................................1760 rpm
Phases x voltage,frequency.............................................3 x 460 V.60 Hz
Start current direct............................................................241 A
Rated operating current....................................................36 A
Power factor,cos 9...........................................................0.85
Cageclass..........................................................................IP 55
Insulation class..................................................................F
Minimum voltage allowed................................................430 V
Transmission:
Type...................................................................................Planetary gear EM 1020 MR I
Reduction ratio.................................................................. 1: 5
Shaft dimension................................................................2-1/2 inches
Calculated service life......................................................> 100,000 hours
Gearshaft..........................................................................AISI 9840
Service interval/oil change...............................................every 4300 hours of operation
or minimum once every 6 months
Type of oil................... .....BP GR XP 100 ✓
.................................................
Quantity of oil...................................................................3.2 quarts
C
MT,,c
We reserve the right to make technical atretmiotts.
Landia Inc. Issued on:11.jun 1996
Car.\C 27513 Rev.date:14.maj 2001
Esccutcd by:GB Accepted bv., SL
ITO j I in
CKO2A.C14
Conditions of Sale Page 1/2
A_ Acceptance C. Any equipnmcnt which has been operated or maintained in a manner
This quotation is void at our option tudess a purchase order is placed which in any way deviates from the maintenance schedules.
with us within sixty(60)daps from date of bid opening or date of specifications,and parameters set forth uu Landia Inc.'s Operator's
written proposal.The order will be subject to written acceptance by Manual for such equipment.
our company's executive office. In the absenoe of this.the Buyer's No allowances will he made for any such alterations or corrective work done
written order will be valid. Our quotation is limited to only those without the specific written consent of Landia Inc. Conditions caused by-
technical portions of the Engineer's Mechanical Specifications improper lubrication,deterioration by chemical action,and wear caused by the
specifically referred to herein,and to the tenns and conditions of sale presence of abrasive materials, do not constitute defects. Equipment
as outlined in our quotation.We will not be bound by any Terns and manufactured by otters.ami included in Landia Inv.'s proposal,is not wan-anted
Conditions ofthe prime Contract not specifically included herein. in any nay by Landia Inc.but carries only that manufacturer's wanan(y,ifany.
B. Terms No representative of Landia Inc.)las any authority to waive,alter,.arc or add to
Net due thirty(30)days after the date of invoice unless otherwise the items hereofwithout priorwtitten approsaMr
stated in the proposal.These terms are subject to approval by our THE FOREGOING WARP.\TY iS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL
Credit Department. Your payment to us will not be dependent or OTHER GUAR WEES AND WARRANTIES OF QUALITY, WRITTEN,
contingent upon receipt of payment by you or any other parties_.any ORAL OR IMPLIED; ALL OTHER U'ARR.aXTIES. INCLUDING ANY
balance remaining due thirtyonc(31)days beyond the due date will be WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE ARE
subject to a monthly sericc fee until paid.Should we have to engage HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCL.aINIED.
an attorney to collect the balance due us,including the service fee,you E. Security interest
agree to reimburse us for all collection costs including reasonable
attorney fees.The Buser is responsible for all bank charges and fees in Until all amounts due hereunder have been paid in full.Seller has a security
connection with payment.Payment by cheque is not approved until the interest in the equipment and has all rights of a secured par'under the Uniform
cheque has been cashed by the Buyer's bank. Conuntrcial Code including•without limitation,the right to take possession of the
C. Taxes&Other Charees equipment without legal process and the right to require Buyer to assemble the
equipment and make it available to Seller at a place reasonably convenient to
Unless otherwise indicated. no Sales, Use. Retailer's Occupation- both parties.At Seller's request.Buyer shall execute any financing statement or
Service Occupation.Service Use,or similar taxes and similar charges, statements submitted by Seller in order that Seller's security interest in the
have been included in our prices. The amount of any such taxes or equipment inky-be perfected.
charges which are paid or assessed in connection with this order and F. Chances&Delays-Cost
which are not specifically stated as being included in the purchase
price.shall be paid by you,titherdirec ly to the appropriate authorities ifyou cause chances to be made,or delay or interrupt the progress of the work.
(in which event you shall furnish us ntith satisfactory evidence of such you hill reimburse us for any additional expense resulting from such cause.Any
payments)or to us ifwt have paid,or are required to pay,such taxes of such changes or delays which may adversely affect the operation of the
or charges.If you are tax exempt on this job,you will need to supply equipment will nullify our warranty unless we consent in writing thereto.
us with your exemption certificate You agree to reimburse our G Reim
company for taxes we must pay on your behalf.You are responsible
for obtaining permits in connection with the sale or installation of our We shall not he liable for delay in delivery caused by any reason beyond our
equipment. control, including but not limited to your delay in promptly submitting all
information necessary,for us to proceed with the work,your delay in approval of
D. Warranty drawings, acts of God, casuals. civil disturbance, labor disputes. strikes,
Landia Inc,warrants to Buyer that equipment sold hereunder,of its transponation,supply-difficulties,any interruption ofour facilities,or any of the
manufacture,is free Iron defect in material and workmanship,and is governmental authorities.fn the event of such conditions,Landia Inc.is entitled
of the kind and quality designated or described herein,This warranty to cancel the order or to extend the time for delivery specified herein during the
shall run to Buyer and,if applicable.such entity specifically identified continuance ofsuch conditions and for a reasonable time thereafter.
in the Primary Contract only, but not to their employees, ll. Claims
representatives.agents.customers,assignees,etc.,and applies to those
technical portions of the Engineer's Specifications only to the extent Claims for errors or shortages existing prior to our delivery of the equipment to
that thcy arc referred to herein.This warranty shall ie in full force and the carver will be considered only when made to us immediately after receipt of
effect at the time ofshipment ofsuchequipment for a period of two(2) shipment.Claims shall be confirmed in writing_Buyer shall immediately inspect
years from the date of invoice(delivery date).Landia Inc.undertakes the equipment upon receipt thereof.Seller is not obligated to consider any claim
and reserves the rids(to frac of charge to redress at their works or to for shortages or non-conformance unless notified thereof by Buyer within eight
exchange defect products-The pans replaced transfer automatically to (8)days after Buyer's receipt of equipment. -Modifications to the equipment
die manufacturers property and must be returned to them as agreed. fitmislicd by Landia Inc.to tweet OSHA or local safety codes will be by others.
Expenses or costs incurred with the return and re-assembly or Seiler will supply only the safety devices. if any, described in the order.
corresponding arrangements and indirect loss and damage will not be LA\DIA INC. assumes no responsibility for any costs, direct or indirect.
compensated.The obligation of Landia Inc.to replace or redress such resulting fiom disapproval ofovrtender by the owner.
defective parts shag be the exclusive rernedy hereunder.Buyer must (. TransnoeYarion Expense
give Landia Inc,notice in writing ofany other alleged defect covered
by this warranty-within thirty-(30)days of the discovery of such defect Unless otherwise noted,the prices shown in this proposal include freight to the
during the warratuy period.No claim more than thirty(30)days afier destination shown,at lowest available freight rates on a coinmon carrier of our
to warranty period shall be valid.The warranty extends to replaced choice. If you require us to ship another way, you will bear any additional
pans of Landia Inv.'s manufacrwe for nines (90) days or the expense. Landia Inc. will provide and maintain in responsible insurance
remainder of the original warranty period applicable to the parts being companies, at its own expense, insurance against loss and damage to the
replaced_ equipment by fire or other casualty during transportation of the equipment front
Landia Inc.'s narks and to the final destination of the equipment.In order for our
This warranty shall not apply to: company to insure delivery-it is agreed by you and our company that you will
A. Any equipment which has been subjected to misuse, provide its with an access road to and fiom the job site.which road is capable of
neglect,or accident: supporting trucks. The responsibility for the protection of equipment will be
B. Am•equipment which has been altered,tampered with,or yours after it is delivered to the job site.Damage to the equipttient after delivery
upon which corrective work has been done thereon which is caused by vandalism, the elements or otherwise, will be your
without Landia Inv.'s specific written consent; responsibility and not that of our company.
Landia Inc.
TC,27513 Can-
Executed by:BDIEJ
CiCO2A.C14
Conditions of Sale Page 2/2
J. Liahilin
it is cvpressly understood that our liability, inchding that for
negligence, for our products is limited to the famishing Of such
replacement pans,and that we will not be liable for any other expense.
injury loss or damage,whether direct or consequential.including bra
not li nited to loss of profits,production,increased cost of operation,
or spoilage of material.arising in connection with the resale or use of,
or inability to use,our equipment or products for any purpose except
as herein prodded.
K Linuiidated Damaacs
If awarded this contract.we will diligently prosecute the engineering
and fabrication of the proposed equipment:however,we are unable to
accept arty liquidated damages or penalty clauses for failure to
complete shipment as designated in dtis proposal.
L. Installation Renresentalliye
At your request,and subject to our option and availability ofpersonnel
at time of requirement.we will provide the services of a competent
person to advise you eonceming the installation of the equipment
covered by this proposal.These services are not supervisory but are
advisory only,and are ofered subject to the express understanding
that our function and responsibility is limited to interpretation of
assembly drawings and identification of materials for their proper
location in the equipment or system layout.These services are offered
on a`no risk"basis by Landia Inc.
In payment for such services,you xilI reimburse us at the current rate
for each normal working day,or fraction thereoC Out such person is
absent Som our plant on your business.The normal working day shall
be eight(8)hours,between 8:00 AM and 430 Ill,Monday through
Friday. exclusive of holidays. All service performed by our
representative at your request in addition to a normal working dog,as
herein defined,shall be classified as overtime work.Ifeircwnstances
dictate Ouat our representative shall work exclusively dating hours
other than Ouose of the nonnal working day,arrangements can be
made.The day rate is subject to change to the rate in effect at the time
representative is famished. You will also reimburse us for all
transportation and living expenses incurred by our representative while
absent from our plant on your business-
Cancellation
usiness-
Cancel tion
Cancellation or suspension of a contract will be accepted only upon
terns that will indenurdfy Landia Inc against loss. You agree to
reimburse our company for our costs incurred in such cancelluion,
including overhead and administrative costs.Our company may cancel
the order prior to or at the time of receiving the final approved
drawings if our company deems itself insecure,or detennines that it is
commercially unrcasonable for us to proceed.In this event,you will be
refimded any and all deposits you have made to us.
X. Contract
Wye both agree that this contract contains the complete and final
agreement between us and may not be modified, supplemented,
explained.or waived by oral evidence,your purchase order,course of
dealing,or in any other way,except where made in writing and signed
by you and our eampam•'s authorized officer.
O Arbitranion
Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this transaction
shall be settled in Cary NC by arbitration in accordance with the Rules
of she luncrican Arbitration Association, and judgement upon the
awed rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered in any court having
jurisdiction hereof.
P. Confiidentiallnformation
Alt information and data herein furnished to Buyer hereunder,relating
to price,size,type and design is submitted with the understanding that
it is for the Buyers own confidential use and is not to be shown or
othenvise made known or available aro any third party at ary time
without Seller's written consent.
Q. valid'
Should an individual section of these conditions—regardless ofreason
—be invalid,this will not affect the validity of the remainder.
Landis Inc.
\C. 27513 Cary
Executed by:BDIEJ
004313
BID BOND
Page 1 of 1
SECTION 00 4313
BID BOND
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, (Bidder Name) Crescent Constructors, Inc. hereinafter
called the Principal,and (Surety Name)Travelers Casualty & Surety Co. of America
a corporation or firm duly authorized to transact surety business in the State of Texas, hereinafter called the Surety,
are held and firmly bound unto the City, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the
sum of Five Percent of Greatest Amount Bid and No/100 Dollars
($ 5% of GAB .00), the payment of which sum will be well and truly made and the
said Principal and the said Surety,bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly
and severally,firm by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following project of the Obligee,
identified as Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility-Liquid Biosolids Storage Tank
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall award the Contract for the foregoing project to
the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the
Contract and shall enter into the Contract in writing with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such proposal,
then this bond shall be null and void. If the Principal fails to execute such Contract in accordance with the terms of
such proposal or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract in
accordance with the proposal or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract
in accordance with the proposal,this bond shall become the property of the Obligee, without recourse of the Principal
and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate Obligee for the difference between
Principal's Total Bid Amount and the next selected Bidder's Total Bid Amount.
SIGNED this 21 day of ,Tune 2018•
By. _ /
%
Michael Daigre )"Signature and Title of Principal) President
Peter M. Russell (Signature of Attorney-of-Fact)
`Attach Power of Attorney(Surety)for Attorney-in-Fact Impressed
Surety Seal Only
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Form Revised May 2018 00 410000 43 113_00 42 4300 43 3700 45 12_00 35 13Bid Proposal Workbook.zls
1
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
AGW Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
TRAVELERS J St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St.
Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the
"Companies"),and that the Companies do hereby make,constitute and appoint Peter M.Russell,of Richardson,Texas,their true and lawful
Attorney-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in
the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts
and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed,and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed,this 3rd day of February,
2017.
Comm
H -*
CONK
t �N Jy
State of Connecticut /
By: ���� -51-
City
City of Hartford ss. Robert L.Raney,Se for Vice President
On this the 3rd day of February, 2017,before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney,who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, and
that he,as such,being authorized so to do,executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations
by himself as a duly authorized officer.
In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal. ,TET
My Commission expires the 30th day of June,2021
Marie C.Tetreault,Notary Public
Ct'F�
This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and
Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,which resolutions are now in
full force and effect, reading as follows:
RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any
Second Vice President,the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and
Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with
the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a
bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking,and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke
the power given him or her;and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice
President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company,provided that each such delegation
is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary;and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional
undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when(a)signed by the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior
Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or(b) duly executed (under seal,if required) by
one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more
Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority;and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signature of each of the following officers:President,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice
President,any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power
of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only
of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing
such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile
signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached.
I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety
Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of
Attorney executed by said Companies,which remains in full force and effect.
Dated this 21st day of June 2018
0 0�O.
1 �
Kevin E. Hughes,Assistant Secretary
To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney,please can us at 1-800-421-3880.
Please refer to the above-named Attorney-in-Pact and the details of the bond to which the power is attached.
00 43 37
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW
Page 1 or 1
SECTION 00 43 37
VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER
Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This
law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder,nonresident bidders(out-of-state contractors
whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) bid projects for
construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident
bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in
order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the nonresident's principal place of business is located.
The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet
specifications.The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident
bidders must check the box in Section B.
A. Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business,
are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of the
statute is attached.
Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business,
are not required to underbid resident bidders.
B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is
in the State of Texas.N
BIDDER:
Crescent Constructors, By: Michael G.Daigre
Inc. °
Jy jjf I J
2560 Technology Dr. (Sign ture)
Suite 400
Plano, Tx 75074 Title: Preside6t
Date: 6/21/2018
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Form Revised May 2018 00 41 0000 43 13_00 42 43_00 43 37_00 45 12_00 35 13_6id Proposal Workbook.As
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
004511-I
BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS
Page I of 3
1 SECTION 00 4511
2 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS
3
4 1. Summary. All contractors are required to be prequalified by the City prior to submitting
5 bids. To be eligible to bid the contractor must submit Section 00 45 12, Prequalification
6 Statement for the work type(s) listed with their Bid.Any contractor or subcontractor who is
7 not prequalified for the work type(s)listed must submit Section 00 45 13, Bidder
8 Prequalification Application in accordance with the requirements below.
9
10 The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and
11 financial analysis of the contractor. Tile information must be submitted seven(7)days prior
12 to the date of the opening of bids. For example,a contractor wishing to submit bids on
13 projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 3 lst day of March
14 in order to bid on these projects.In order to expedite and facilitate the approval of a Bidder's
15 Prequalification Application..the following must accompany the submission.
16 a. A complete set of audited or reviewed financial statements.
17 (1) Classified Balance Sheet
18 (2) Income Statement
19 (3) Statement of Cash Flows
20 (4) Statement of Retained Earnings
21 (5) Notes to the Financial Statements, if any
22 b. A certified copy of the firm's organizational documents(Corporate Charter,Articles
23 of Incorporation,Articles of Organization,Certificate of Formation, LLC
24 Regulations,Certificate of Limited Partnership Agreement).
25 c. A completed Bidder Prequalification Application.
26 (1) The firm's Texas Taxpayer Identification Number as issued by the Texas
27 Comptroller of Public Accounts.To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification
28 number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the
29 following Web address www.window.state.tx.us/taxaermit/and fill out the
30 application to apply for your Texas tax ID.
31 (2) The firm's e-mail address and fax number.
32 (3) The firm's DUNS number as issued by Dun& Bradstreet.This number
33 is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid projects.The DUNS
34 number may be obtained at www.dnb.com:
35 d. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for firms
36 submitting their initial prequalification.These resumes should include the size and
37 scope of the work performed.
38 e. Other information as requested by the City.
39
40 2. Prequalification Requirements
41 a. Financial Statements. Financial statement submission must be provided in
42 accordance with the following:
43 (1) The City requires that the original Financial Statement or a certified copy
44 be submitted for consideration.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRI--LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
Revised Mav2019
0045 11-2
BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS
Page 2 of 3
1 (2) To be satisfactory,the financial statements must be audited or reviewed
2 by an independent,certified public accounting firm registered and in
3 good standing in any state. Current Texas statues also require that
4 accounting firms performing audits or reviews on business entities within
5 the State of Texas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State
6 Board of Public Accountancy.
7 (3) The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether
8 the contractor is an individual,corporation,or limited liability company.
9 (4) Financial Statements must be presented in U.S.dollars at the current rate
10 of exchange of the Balance Sheet date.
11 (5) The City will not recognize any certified public accountant as
12 independent who is not, in fact,independent.
13 (6) The accountant's opinion on the financial statements of the contracting
14 company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in
15 accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United
16 States of America.This must be stated in the accounting firm's opinion.
17 It should:(1)express an unqualified opinion,or(2)express a qualified
18 opinion on the statements taken as a whole.
19 (7) The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time.
20 (8) The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month,
21 not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months
22 thereafter,in accordance with Paragraph 1.
23 (9) The City will determine a contractor's bidding capacity for the purposes
24 of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity is determined by multiplying the
25 positive net working capital(working capital=current assets—current
26 liabilities)by a factor of 10.Only those statements reflecting a positive
27 net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for
28 prequalification purposes.
29 (10) In the case that a bidding date fails within the time a new financial
30 statement is being prepared,the previous statement shall be updated with
31 proper verification.
32 b. Biddef•Prequalifica ion Application. A Bidder Prequalification Application must be
33 submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be
34 eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete
35 Applications will be rejected.
36 (1) In those schedules where there is nothing to report,the notation of
37 "None"or"N/A"should be inserted.
38 (2) A minimum of five(5)references of related work must be provided.
39 (3) Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under
40 the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for
41 which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must
42 include the manufacturer,model and general common description of
43 each piece of equipment.Abbreviations or means of describing
44 equipment other than provided above will not be accepted.
45
46 3. Eligibility to Bid
47 a. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor's prequalification.
48 b. The City may reject,suspend,or modify any prequalification for failure by the
49 contractor to demonstrate acceptable financial ability or performance.
50 c. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCMIRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
Revised Mav 2018
0045 11-3
BIDDERS PREQUALIrICATIONS
Pase 3 of 3
d. If a contractor has a valid prequalification letter..the contractor will be eligible to bid
2 the prequalified work types until the expiration date stated in the letter.
3
4
6
7
8 END OF SECTION
9
CITY OF FORT WORTH VC\k"RF LIQUID 3IOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 03669
Revised May 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
00412 • I
PRFQUA1_1FICATION STATEN1FAT
Parc I of I
1 SECTION 00 45 12
2 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT
3
4 Each Bidder for a City procurCinent is required to complete the information below by
5 identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the
6 major work type(s) listed.
7
8
— Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Prequalification
I Expiration Date
_----------.....-- _—�--
Prime/General Contractor Crescent Constructors, Inc. 7/31/2019
10
1 I The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in
12 the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed.
13
14 BIDDER:
15
16 Crescent Constructors, Inc. BY: Michael G. Diagre
17 Company (Phase forint) „
18r a f
Iq 2560 Technology Dr., Suite 400 Signature:
20 Address
21
22 Plano, Tx 75074 Title: President
23 City/State/Zip (Please Print)
24
25 Date: 6/21/2018
26
27 END OF SECTION
28
CITY OF FORT WORTH FCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS S rORAGF TANK
STANDARD CONSTRI;CTIO\SPEC'IFICATIO'N DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT No 02669
Rexised Ma) 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
FORT WORTH
SECTION 00 45 13
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Date of Balance Sheet
Mark only one:
Individual
Limited Partnership
Name under which you wish to qualify General Partnership
Corporation
Limited Liability Company
Post Office Box City State Zip Code
Street Address(required) City State Zip Code
Telephone Fax Email
Texas Taxpayer Identification No.
Federal Employers Identification No.
DUNS No. (if applicable)
MAIL THIS QUESTIONAIRE ALONG WITH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO:
CITY OF FORT WORTH TEXAS
1000 THROCKMORTON STREET
FORT WORTH,TEXAS 76102-6311
AND MARK THE ENVELOPE: "BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION"
004513-2
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 2 of 8
BUSINESS CLASSIFICATION
The following should be completed in order that we may properly classify your firm:
(Check the block(s)which are applicable—Block 3 is to be left blank if Block 1 and/or Block 2 is
checked)
Has fewer than 100 employees
and/or
Has less than $6,000,000.00 in annual gross receipts
OR
Does not meet the criteria for being designated a small business as provided in Section
2006.001 of the Texas Government Code.
The classification of your firm as a small or large business is not a factor in determining eligibility to
become prequalified.
MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES
Water Department
Augur Boring-24-inch diameter casing and less
Augur Boring-Greater than 24-inch diameter casing and greater
Tunneling—36-Inches—60—inches,and 350 LF or less
Tunneling-36-Inches—60—inches,and greater than 350 LF
Tunneling_66"and greater,350 LF and greater
Tunneling—66"and greater,350 LF or Less
Cathodic Protection
Water Distribution,Development, 8-inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution,Urban and Renewal, 8-inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution,Development, 12-inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal, 12-inch diameter and smaller
Water Transmission,Development, 24-inches and smaller
Water Transmission,Urban/Renewal,24-inches and smaller
Water Transmission,Development,42-inches and smaller
Water Transmission,Urban/Renewal,42-inches and smaller
Water Transmission, Development,All Sizes
Water Transmission,Urban/Renewal,All Sizes
Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches and smaller
Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches—36-inches
Sewer Bypass Pumping 42-inches and larger
CCTV, 8-inches and smaller
CCTV, 12-inches and smaller
CCTV, 18-inches and smaller
CCTV,24-inches and smaller
CCTV,42-inches and smaller
CCTV, 48-inches and smaller
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
004513-3
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 3 of 8
MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES,CONTINUED
Sewer CIDP, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer CIDP,24-inches and smaller
Sewer CIDP,42-inches and smaller
Sewer CIDP,All Sizes
Sewer Collection System,Development, 8-inches and smaller
Sewer Collection System,Urban/Renewal, 8-inches and smaller
Sewer Collection System,Development, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Collection System,Urban/Renewal, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development,24-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal,24-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development,42-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal,42-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development,48-inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal,48-inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement 24-inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement,All Sizes
Sewer Cleaning,24-inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning,42-inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning,All Sizes
Sewer Cleaning, 8-inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning, 12-inches and smaller
Sewer Siphons 12-inches or less
Sewer Siphons 24-inches or less
Sewer Siphons 42-inches or less
Sewer Siphons All Sizes
Transportation Public Works
Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction(LESS THAN 15,000 square yards)
Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction(15,000 square yards and GREATER)
Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance(UNDER$1,000,000)
Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance($1,000,000 and OVER)
Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction(LESS THAN 15,000 square yards)
Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction(15,000 square yards and GREATER)
Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0045 13-4
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 4 of 8
1. List equipment you do not own but which is available by renting
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT NAME AND DETAILED ADDRESS OF OWNER
2. How many years has your organization been in business as a general contractor under your present
name?
List previous business names:
3. How many years of experience in construction work has your organization
had:
(a) As a General Contractor: (b)As a Sub-Contractor:
4. *What projects has your organization completed in Texas and elsewhere?
CLASS LOCATION NAME AND DETAILED
CONTRACT OF DATE CITY-COUNTY- ADDRESS OF OFFICIAL TO
AMOUNT WORK COMPLETED STATE WHOM YOU REFER
*If requalifying only show work performed since last statement.
5.Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you?
If so,where and why?
6.Has any officer or owner of your organization ever been an officer of another organization that failed to
complete a contract?
If so, state the name of the individual, other organization and reason.
7.Has any officer or owner of your organization ever failed to complete a contract executed in his/her
name?
If so, state the name of the individual, name of owner and reason.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0045 13-5
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 5 of 8
8. In what other lines of business are you financially interested?
9. Have you ever performed any work for the City?
If so,when and to whom do you refer?
10. State names and detailed addresses of all producers from whom you have purchased principal
materials during the last three years.
NAME OF FIRM OR COMPANY DETAILED ADDRESS
11. Give the names of any affiliates or relatives currently debarred by the City. Indicate your relationship
to this person or firm.
12. What is the construction experience of the principal individuals in your organization?
PRESENT MAGNITUDE i
POSITION OR YEARS OF AND TYPE OF IN WHAT
NAME OFFICE EXPERIENCE WORK CAPACITY
13. If any owner,officer, director,or stockholder of your firm is an employee of the City, or shares the
same household with a City employee,please list the name of the City employee and the relationship. In
addition, list any City employee who is the spouse, child, or parent of an owner,officer, stockholder,or
director who does not live in the same household but who receives care and assistance from that person as
a direct result of a documented medical condition. This includes foster children or those related by
adoption or marriage.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0045 13-6
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 6 of 8
CORPORATION BLOCK PARTNERSHIP BLOCK
If a corporation: If a partnership:
Date of Incorporation State of Organization
Charter/File No. Date of organization
President Is partnership general, limited,or registered limited
liability partnership?
Vice Presidents
File No.(if Limited
Partnership)
General Partners/Officers
Secretary Limited Partners(if applicable)
Treasurer
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY BLOCK
If a corporation:
State of Incorporation
Date of organization
File No. Individuals authorized to sign for Partnership
Officers or Managers(with titles, if any)
Except for limited partners,the individuals listed in the blocks above are presumed to have full
signature authority for your firm unless otherwise advised.Should you wish to grant signature
authority for additional individuals,please attach a certified copy of the corporate resolution,
corporate minutes,partnership agreement,power of attorney or other legal documentation which
grants this authority.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
004513-7
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 7 of 8
14. Equipment $
TOTAL
BALANCESHEET
ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION VALUE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Various-
TOTAL
Similar types of equipment may be lumped together. If your firm has more than 30 types of equipment,
you may show these 30 types and show the remainder as "various". The City, by allowing you to show
only 30 types of equipment, reserves the right to request a complete, detailed list of all your equipment.
The equipment list is a representation of equipment under the control of the firm and which is related to
the type of work for which the firm is seeking qualification. In the description include,the manufacturer,
model, and general common description of each.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0045 13-8
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 8 of 8
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
The undersigned hereby declares that the foregoing is a true statement of the financial condition of the
entity herein first named, as of the date herein first given; that this statement is for the express purpose of
inducing the party to whom it is submitted to award the submitter a contract; and that the accountant who
prepared the balance sheet accompanying this report as well as any depository, vendor or any other
agency herein named is hereby authorized to supply each party with any information, while this statement
is in force, necessary to verify said statement.
, being duly sworn, deposes and says that
he/she is the of , the entity
described in and which executed the foregoing statement that he/she is familiar with the books of the said
entity showing its financial condition; that the foregoing financial statement taken from the books of the
said entity as of the date thereof and that the answers to the questions of the foregoing Bidder
Prequalification Application are correct and true as of the date of this affidavit.
Firm Name:
Signature:
Sworn to before me this
day of ,
Notary Public
Notary Public must not be an officer,director,or stockholder or relative thereof.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
004526-1
CONTRACTOR COti1PLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
Page I of 1
1 SECTION 00 45 26
2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW
3
4 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it
5 provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City
6 Project No. CO2669. Contractor further certifies that,pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section
7 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with
8 worker's compensation coverage.
9
10 CONTRACTOR:
11
12 Crescent Constructors, Inc. By: Michael G. Daigre
13 Company (Please Pr(nt)
14 2560 Technology Dr., Suite 400 i 1
15 gY Signature. r
16 Address f °
17
18 Plano, Tx 75074 Title: President
19 City/State/Zip (Please Print)
20
21
22 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
23
24 COUNTY OF TARRANT §
25
26 BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority,on this day personally appeared
27 _Michael G. Daigre , known to me to be the person whose name is
28 subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as
29 the act and deed of Crescent Constructors, Inc. fbr the purposes and
30 consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated.
31
32 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this 21st day of
33 June ,2018.
34
35
36 ��� j'SAHP
37 "0 "�' " .y- `Y Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
38 , ,<
"` '� t103A X1 '2`° 9
v+.
39 END OF SECTION
40
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
Revised May 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
004540- 1
Minority Business Enterprise Specifications
Pa.ce I of 2
1 SECTION 00 45 40
2 Minority Business Enterprise Specifications
3
4
5 APPLICATION OF POLICY
6 If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then a MBE subcontracting goal is
7 applicable.
8
9 POLICY STATEMENT
10 It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority
I1 Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of all goods and services. All requirements and
12 regulations stated in the City's current Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid.
13
14 MBE PROJECT GOALS
15 The City's MBE goal on this project is 25% of the total bid value of the contract (Base bid applies io
16 Parks and Community Services).
17
18 Note: If both MBE and SBE subcontracting goals are established for this project, then an Offeror
19 must submit both a MBE Utilization Form and a SBE Utilization Form to be deemed responsive.
70
21 COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS
22 On City contracts$50,000 or more where a MBE subcontracting goal is applied,Offerors are required to
23 comply with the intent of the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance by one of the following:
24 1. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MSE subcontracting participation,or
25 2. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE Joint Venture participation,or
26 3. Good Faith Effort documentation,or;
27 4. Prime Waiver documentation.
28
29 SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION
30 The applicable documents must be received by the Purchasing Division, within the following times
31 allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. The Offeror shall
32 deliver the MBE documentation in person to the appropriate employee of the purchasing division and
33 obtain a date/time receipt. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City received the documentation in the
34 time allocated. A faxed and/or emailed copy tvill not be accepted.
35
1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business
goal is met or exceeded: day after the bid opening date; exclusive of the bid opening
date.
2. Good Faith Effort and received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business
Subcontractor Utilization Form, if day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening
participation is less than stated goal: date.
3. Good Faith Effort and received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business
Subcontractor Utilization Form,if no day after the bid opening date,exclusive of the bid opening
MBE participation: date,
4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business
if you will perform all day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening
contracting/supplier work: date.
36
CITY OF FORT WORTH VC WRF LIQUID BIOSOLDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF..CIFICATIOtl DOC.\4Er;TS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
Revised Ma%•2018
004540-2
Minority Business Enterprise Specifications
Page 2 of 2
I
6. Joint Venture Form,if goal is met received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business
or exceeded. day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening
date.
2 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S BUSINESS DIVERSITY ENTERPRISE ORDINANCE
3 WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS.
4 FAILURE TO SUBMIT THE REQUIRED VIBE DOCUMENTATION WILL RESULT IN THE BID
BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE.A SECOND FAILURE WILL RESULT IN THE OFFEROR
5 BEING DISQUALIFIED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR.THREE FAILURES IN A FIVE YEAR
6 1
PERIOD WILL RESULT IN A DISQUALIFICAITON PERIOD OF THREE YEARS.
7 Any Questions,Please Contact The M/WBE Office at(817)212-2674.
8 END OF SECTION
9
10
Il
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
Revised May 2018
ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 1 of 4
FORTWORTHCity of Fort Worth
Minority Business Enterprise
MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form
OFFEROR COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe
Crescent Constructors, Inc Offeror
PROJECT NAME: P.lib ( Ho I N1V•H1)1'F
VCWRF Liquid Biosolids Storage Tank 6/21/2018 BID DATE
City's MBE Protect Goal. Offeroes MBE Project Commitment: PROJECT NUMBER
25.0 �,a 17.0 % CO2669
Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project
Failure to complete this form, in its entirety with requested documentation, and received by the Purchasing
Division no later than 2:00 p.m. on the second City business day after bid opening, exclusive of bid opening date,
will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications.
The undersigned Offeror agrees to enter into a formal agreement with the MBE firm(s) listed in this utilization
schedule, conditioned upon execution of a contract with the City of Fort Worth. The intentional and/or knowing
misrepresentation of facts is grounds for consideration of disqualification and will result in the bid being
considered non-responsive to bid specifications.
MBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located in the six (6) county marketplace at the time of
bid or the business has a Significant Business Presence in the Marketplace. Marketplace is the geographic
area of Tarrant, Dallas, Denton, Johnson, Parker, and Wise counties.
Prime contractors must identify by tier level of all subcontractors/suppliers. Tier: means the level of
subcontracting below the prime contractor/consultant i.e. a direct payment from the prime contractor to a
subcontractor is considered 1"tier, a payment by a subcontractor to its supplier is considered 2"d tier. The prime
contractor is responsible to provide proof of payment of all tiered subcontractors identified as a MBE and
counting those dollars towards meeting the contract committed goal.
ALL MBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD.
Certification means those firms, located within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be a bondafide minority
business enterprise by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA) or other certifying agencies that
the City may deem appropriate and accepted by the City of Fort Worth.
If hauling services are utilized, the Offeror will be given credit as long as the MBE listed owns and
operates at least one fully licensed and operational truck to be used on the contract. The MBE may lease
trucks from another MBE firm, including MBE owner-operated, and receive full MBE credit. The MBE may
lease trucks from non-MBEs, including owner-operated, but will only receive credit for the fees and
commissions earned by the MBE as outlined in the lease agreement.
Rev.2110/15
FQTWORTH ATTACHMENT IA
Page 2 of 4
Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non-MBEs. MBE firms are to be
listed first, use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal.
NCTRCA N
SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER °
Company Name T n Detail Detail
Address i Subcontracting Supplies
M W Dollar Amount
Telephone/Fax e B B M Work Purchased
Email r E E B
Contact Person E
Denali Services, LP 1 Trucking Aggregates 244,000.00
Mark Gobert
3160 Commonwealth Dr
Suite 190, Dallas, TX 75247
mark.gobert@denaliservices.
com
214-630-4400
Duran Industries, Inc 2 Electrical Gear 142,000.00
504 Business Pkwy
Richardson, TX 75081
sales@duranco.com
972-238-7122
Soto Steel 1 Reinforcing Reinforcing Steel 25,000.00
Angel Soto Steel Tying Supply
830 Buckalew Street ❑
Dallas, TX 75208
angel@sotossteelinc.com
214-680-2333
Ram Tool 1 Small Tools 25,000.00
Chris Matranga Concrete
1432 MacArthur Dr Accessories
Carrollton, TX 75007 El
chris.matranga@ramtool.com
972-466-1050
TruBlue Services, LLC 1 Seeding & 26,000.00
Thomas Carrell Erosion Control
9487 Boat Club Rd
Fort Worth, Texas 76179 FV-1 El
thomas@trublueservicesllc.co
M
817-602-1923
KDAT 1 Asphalt Paving 13,000.00
Kevin Dean
PO Box 200455
Arlington, TX 76006
kdean@kdatllc.com
469-853-5038
Rev.2/10/15
FORT`VOIZI'tl ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 3 of 4
Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non-MBEs. MBE firms are to be
listed first,use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal.
NCTRCA N
SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER °
Company Name T n Detail Detail
Address i Subcontracting Supplies
M W Dollar Amount
Telephone/Fax e B B M Work Purchased
Email r E E B
Contact Person E
T.Smith Inspections&Testing, 1 Materials 10,000.00
LLC Testing
Aaron Cotton,Jr.
2211 Century Center Blvd.,Suite a F-1101
Irving,TX 75062
acotton@tsitservices.com
972-573-6083
Cow Town Redi Mix Concrete 1 Concrete 66,000.00
Max Ulrich
PO Box 162327 ❑
Fort Worth, TX 76160
maxcowtown@yahoo.con
817-454-2371
Ricochet Fuel 1 Fuel 45,000.00
1201 Royal Parkway
Euless, Tx 76040 ❑
817-268-5910
Garland Hearting &Air 1 HVAC 138,000.00
David Echols
2113 S garland Ave a ❑
Garland, TX 75041
dechols@garlandheatinganda
ir.com
972-278-3506
Preload 1 Ground Storage 1,504,000.00
400 Tower Rd Tank
TomsKlpp
Louisville,
KY 40219 � ❑ � (sole source
631-231-8100 product)
Landia 1 Tank Mixers 337,125.00
Art Savage
111 Triangle Trade Dr
Cary, NC 27513
asa@landiainc.com (pre-purchased
919-466-0603 product)
Rev.2/10/15
(URT�YUItTII ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 2 of 4
Offerors are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minority and non-MBEs. MBE firms are to be
listed first,use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal.
NCTRCA N
SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER °
Company Name T n Detail Detail
Address i Subcontracting Supplies
M W Dollar Amount
Telephone/Fax e B 8 M Work Purchased
Email r E E E
Contact Person
Oncor 1 Electrical 35,000.00
1616 Woodall Rodgers Allowance
Fwy, Dallas, TX 75202 ❑ ❑ ✓
888-313-4747
(predetermined
allowance)
Hartwell Environmental Corp 1 Process 255,000.00
Heather Almond Equipment
5211 W Arkansas Ln,
Arlington, TX 76016 ❑ ❑ ✓
halmond@hartwellenv.com
817-446-9500 (sole sourced
product)
TBD 1 Pipe & Valves 400,000.00
Inquip Associates, Inc. 1 Slurry Wall 65,000.00
Sylvain Payne-Ganon
PO Box 6277
McLean, VA 22101 ❑ ❑ r/
spayne@inquip.com
703-442-0143
Seguin Fabricators, LTD 1 Metal Fabrication 10,000.00
Dean Adams
779 W Court ❑ ❑ 7
Seguin, TX 78155
830-379-4129
dean@seguinfab.com
Industrial Corrosion 1 Doors 12,000.00
Products
Bob Hook El ❑ �
Tulsa, OK
bobhook79@gmail.com
918-557-2042
Rev.2/10/15
FORTTFt ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 3 of 4
Offerors are required to identity ALL subcontractors/suppliers, regardless of status; i.e., Minodty and non-MBEs. MBE firms are to be
listed first, use additional sheets if necessary. Please note that only certified MBEs will be counted to meet an MBE goal.
NCTRCA N
SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER o
Company Name T n Detail Detall
Address i Subcontracting Supplies Dollar Amount
TelephonefFax e e B BM Work Purchased
Email E E
Contact Person E
Dobbs Coating Systems 1 Painting 68,000.00
CindyFillenworth
1888 Mineral wells Hwy
Weatherford, TX 76088 ❑ ❑ ✓
cfillenworht@dobbscoatingsy
stems.com
817-341-1777
Tyson Building Corp 1 Metal Buiding 77,000.00
Jim Rhone Supply & Erect
1150 Blue Mound Rd ❑ ❑ ✓
Haslet, TX 76052
jrhone@tysonbuilding.com
817-732-1471
Bland Insulation Inc. 1 Pipe Insulation 29,000.00
Shaun Strong
PO Box 589
Mabank, TX 75147 ❑ ❑ ✓
bland inSLI lation@embargmail.
com
903-887-7473
Forterra 1 Concrete Pipe & 55,000.00
Kyle Nelson Precast Concrete
1000 MacArthur Blvd ❑ ❑ ✓ Vaults
Grand Prairie, TX 75050
kyle.nelson@forterrabp.com
972-260-3629
H&H Electrical Contractors, Inc. 1 Electrical 1,078,000,00
Kevin Clement
8475 County Rd 271 ❑ ❑ ✓
Terrell,TX 75160
kevinc@hhelectrical.biz
972-524-0205
❑ ❑
Rev.2/10/15
FORT WOR'Fl-I ATTACHMENT 1A
Page 4 of 4
Total Dollar Amount of MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $734,000.00
Total Dollar Amount of Non-MBE Subcontractors/Suppliers s 1,794,000.00
TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $2,528,000.00
The Offeror will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions to this certified list without the prior approval of the
Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office through the submittal of a Request for Approval o
Change/Addition form. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and may result
in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the ordinance. The Offeror shall submit a detailed
explanation of how the requested change/addition or deletion will affect the committed MBE goal. If the detail
explanation is not submitted, it will affect the final compliance determination.
By affixing a signature to this form, the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request,
complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MBE(s) and
any special arrangements with MBEs. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any
books, records and files held by their company. The Offeror agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with
owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers participating on the contract that
will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee
of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract
or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal,
State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material
breach of the contract and may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and debarment from
participating in City work for a period of time not less than one(1) year.
Authorized Sighaturb / Printed Signature J
President V Michael G. Daigre, President
Title Contact Name/Title(if different)
Crescent Constructors, Inc 972-422-0014
Company Name Telephone and/or Fax
2560 Technology Dr. Ste 400 miked aacrescentconstructors.com
Address E-mail Address
Plano, Tx 75074 6/25/2018
City/State/Zip Date
Rev.2/10/15
B 12: IS Harrison �teck (SI 71 348-040? P- 3
Roger Williams
P-0.3%x 13697 Secretary of Sitte
Awin,Texas 7871 1-,697
Office of the Secretary of State
CERTITICATE OF CO" TION
OF
CRESCENT CONSIRUCTORS, NIC
Filing Number: 800531622
The undersiped, as Secretary of Swe of T=as, heMby certifies that Axticles of Incorporation for the
above named corporation have been rectived in this office and have bei(bond to conform to law.
Accordingly,the.tmdersiped,as Secretary of SWA,and by virtue of the authority vested in the Secretary
by law,hereby issues this Certificate,of Incorporation.
Issuance,of this C-ertificate of Inzorpora tion does not authorize the use of a name in this state in violation
of the fights of another under the fede ,Trademwk A-at of 1946, the Texas ftd=axk,1aw,the Assumed
Business or P�tfessionsl Nwne Act,or the common low.
Dated:08/15t2005
Effective:08115noos
Roger Williams
Secretary of State
Corne visit us on the intemet at hctp:/tWww,so9.sjua,tx,Ljsj
Phone:(512)4634555 Fax:(5 12)40-5709 TTY:7-l.4
Prepand by:Debi Moi ica Document: 100447350002
LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICER FORM CIS
CONFLICTS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
(Instructions for completing and filing this form are provided on the next page.)
This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. OFFICEUSEONLY
This is the notice to the appropriate local governmental entity that the following local
government officer has become aware of facts that require the officer to file this statement Date Received
in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code.
t Name of Local Government Officer
N/A
2 Office Held
NIA
3 Name of vendor described by Sections 176.001(7)and 176.003(a), Local Government Code
Crescent Constructors,Inc.
4 1 Description of the nature and extent of each employment or other business relationship and each family relationship
with vendor named in item 3.
NIA
$ List gifts accepted by the local government officer and any family member, if aggregate value of the gifts accepted
from vendor named in item 3 exceeds$100 during the 12-month period described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B).
Date Gift Accepted N/A Description of Gift WA
Date Gift Accepted Description of Gift
Date Gift Accepted Description of Gift
(attach additional forms as necessary)
6 AFFIDAVIT
I swear under penalty of perjury that the above statement is true and correct. I acknowledge
that the disclosure applies to each family member(as defined by Section 176.001(2), Local
Government Code) of this local government officer. I also acknowledge that this statement
NIA covers the 12-month period described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(6), Local Government Code.
Signature of Local Government Officer
AFFIX NOTARY STAMP ; SEAL ABOVE
Sworn to and subscribed before me,by the said. _.__. ._.. this the day
20______,to certify which,witness my hand and seat of office.
Signature of officer administering oath Printed name of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath
Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.Ix.us Revised 1113012015
LOCAL GOVERNMENT OFFICER CONFLICTS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
Section 176.003 of the Local Government Code requires certain local government officers to file this form. A "local
government officer"is defined as a member of the governing body of a local governmental entity;a director,superintendent,
administrator, president,or other person designated as the executive officer of a local governmental entity;or an agent of
a local governmental entity who exercises discretion in the planning, recommending, selecting,or contracting of a vendor.
This form is required to be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later than 5 p.m. on the
seventh business day after the date on which the officer becomes aware of the facts that require the filing of this statement.
A local government officer commits an offense if the officer knowingly violates Section 176.003,Local Government Code.
An offense under this section is a misdemeanor.
Refer to chapter 176 of the Local Government Code for detailed information regarding the requirement to file this form.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM
The following numbers correspond to the numbered boxes on the other side.
1. Name of Local Government Officer. Enter the name of the local government officer filing this statement.
2. Office Held. Enter the name of the office held by the local government officer filing this statement.
3.Name of vendor described by Sections 176.001(7)and 176.003(a),Local Government Code. Enter the name of
the vendor described by Section 176.001(7), Local Government Code, if the vendor:a) has an employment or other
business relationship with the local government officer or a family member of the officer as described by Section
176.003(a)(2)(A),Local Government Code;b)has given to the local government officer or a family member of the officer
one or more gifts as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B),Local Government Code;or c)has a family relationship with
the local government officer as defined by Section 176.001(2-a), Local Government Code.
4. Description of the nature and extent of each employment or other business relationship and each family
relationship with vendor named in item 3. Describe the nature and extent of the employment or other business
relationship the vendor has with the local government officer or a family member of the officer as described by Section
176.003(a)(2)(A),Local Government Code,and each family relationship the vendor has with the local government officer
as defined by Section 176.001(2-a), Local Government Code.
5. List gifts accepted, if the aggregate value of the gifts accepted from vendor named in item 3 exceeds $100.
List gifts accepted during the 12-month period (described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(B), Local Government Code)by the
local government officer or family member of the officerfrom the vendor named in item 3 that in the aggregate exceed$100
in value.
6.Affidavit. Signature of local government officer.
_Local Government Code 6 176.001(2-a): "Family relationship"means a relationship between a person and another
person within the third degree by consanguinity or the second degree by affinity,as those terms are defined by Subchapter
B,Chapter 573,Government Code.
Local Government Code 6176.003(a)(2)(A):
(a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if:
(2) the vendor:
(A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a
family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable income,
other than investment income,that exceeds$2,500 during the 12-month period preceding the
date that the officer becomes aware that:
(i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed;or
(ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor.
Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11.30 2015
CONFLICT OF INTEREST OUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIO
For vendor doing business with local governmental entity
This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. OFFICE USE ONLY
This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176,Local Government Code, by a vendor who Date Received
has a business relationship as delined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the
vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later
than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be
filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code.
A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006.Local Government Code.An
offense under this section is a misdemeanor.
Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity.
Crescent Constructors,Inc.
2
Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.(The law requires that you file an updated
completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which
you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.)
IJ Name of local government officer about whom the information is being disclosed.
NIA
Name of Officer
4 Describe each employment or other business relationship with the local government officer, or a family member of the
officer,as described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A). Also describe any family relationship with the local government officer.
Complete subparts A and 6 for each employment or business relationship described. Attach additional pages to this Form
CIO as necessary.
A. Is the local government officer or a family member of the officer receiving or likely to receive taxable income,
other than investment income, from the vendor?
Yes F1 No
B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income,other than investment income,from or at the direction
of the local government officer or a family member of the officer AND the taxable income is not received from the
local governmental entity?
Yes IE t No
-5J Describe each employment or business relationship that the vendor named in Section 1 maintains with a corporation or
other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director,or holds an
ownership interest of one percent or more.
N/A
6
Check this box if the vendor has given the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts
as described in Section 176.003(a)(2)(6), excluding gifts described in Section 176.003(a-1).
7
Michael G.Daigre,President 6/21/2018
Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date
Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30/2015
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE
For vendor doing business with local governmental entity
A complete copy of Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code may be found at http://www.statutes.legis.state,tx.usl
Docs/LG/htm/LG.176.htm.For easy reference, below are some of the sections cited on this form.
Local Government Code&176.0010-a):"Business relationship"means a connection between two or more parties
based on commercial activity of one of the parties. The term does not include a connection based on:
(A) a transaction that is subject to rate or fee regulation by a federal,state,or local governmental entity or an
agency of a federal,state,or local governmental entity;
(B) a transaction conducted at a price and subject to terms available to the public;or
(C) a purchase or lease of goods or services from a person that is chartered by a state or federal agency and
that is subject to regular examination by,and reporting to,that agency.
Local Government Code 6176.003(a)(2)(A)and(B):
(a) A local government officer shall file a conflicts disclosure statement with respect to a vendor if:
(2) the vendor:
(A) has an employment or other business relationship with the local government officer or a
family member of the officer that results in the officer or family member receiving taxable
income, other than investment income, that exceeds $2,500 during the 12-month period
preceding the date that the officer becomes aware that
(i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed;
or
(ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the
vendor;
(B) has given to the local government officer or a family member of the officer one or more gifts
that have an aggregate value of more than$100 in the 12-month period preceding the date the
officer becomes aware that:
(i) a contract between the local governmental entity and vendor has been executed;or
(ii) the local governmental entity is considering entering into a contract with the vendor.
Local Government Code§ 176.006(a)and(a-1)
(a) A vendor shall file a completed conflict of interest questionnaire if the vendor has a business relationship
with a local governmental entity and:
(1) has an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer of that local
governmental entity,or a family member of the officer,described by Section 176.003(a)(2)(A);
(2) has given a local government officer of that local governmental entity,or a family member of the
officer,one or more gifts with the aggregate value specified by Section 176.003(x)(2)(8),excluding any
gift described by Section 176.003(a-1);or
(3) has a family relationship with a local government officer of that local governmental entity.
(a-1) The completed conflict of interest questionnaire must be filed with the appropriate records administrator
not later than the seventh business day after the later of:
(1) the date that the vendor:
(A) begins discussions or negotiations to enter into a contract with the local governmental
entity; or
(B) submits to the local governmental entity an application,response to a request for proposals
or bids, correspondence, or another writing related to a potential contract with the local
governmental entity;or
(2) the date the vendor becomes aware:
(A) of an employment or other business relationship with a local government officer, or a
family member of the officer,described by Subsection(a);
(B) that the vendor has given one or more gifts described by Subsection (a);or
(C) of a family relationship with a local government officer.
Form provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Revised 11/30!2015
005243-1
Agreement
Page 1 of 5
1 SECTION 00 52 43
2 AGREEMENT
3
4 THIS AGREEMENT,authorized on &OIR is made by and between the City of Forth
5 Worth, a Texas home rule municipality,acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager,
6 ("City"), and Crescent Constructors,Inc. ,
7 authorized to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative,
8 ("Contractor").
9 City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as
10 follows:
11 Article 1.WORK
12 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the
13 Project identified herein.
14 Article 2.PROJECT
15 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is
16 generally described as follows:
17 Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility-Liquid Biosolids Storage Tank
18 City Proiect No CO2669
19 Article 3.CONTRACT TIME
20 3.1 Time is of the essence.
21 All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract
22 Documents are of the essence to this Contract.
23 3.2 Final Acceptance.
24 The Work will be substantially complete within 540 days after the date when the Contract
25 Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. The
26 Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 570 days after the date when the
27 Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
005243-2
Agreement
Page 2 of 5
28 3.3 Liquidated damages
29 Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that Ci will
30 suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph
31 3.2 above, plus anv extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the
32 General Conditions. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties
33 involved in provingI,in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work
34 is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor
35 agrees that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penally). Contractor shall pay
36 City Fifteen Hundred Dollars ($1500.00) for each day that expires after the time of
37 Substantial Completion until the City issues the Letter of Substantial Completion in
38 accordance with SC-14.10 of the Supplementary Conditions. After Substantial
39 Completion, if the Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining
40 Work for Final Acceptance within 30 days from the date of Substantial Completion, or
41 any proper extension thereof granted by the City, Contractor shall pay City Fifteen
42 Hundred Dollars ($1500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in
43 Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance.
44
45 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE
46 City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
47 Documents an amount in current funds of sixMiYtion Four Hundred Thirty Seven Thou ,a and=100 Dollars
48 ($ 6,437,000.00 ).
49 Article 5.CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
50 5.1 CONTENTS:
51 A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and
52 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following:
53 1. This Agreement.
54 2. Attachments to this Agreement:
55 a. Bid Form
56 1) Proposal Form
57 2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder
58 3) Prequalifcation Statement
59 4) State and Federal documents(project specific)
60 b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table
61 c. Insurance ACORD Form(s)
62 d. Payment Bond
63 e. Performance Bond
64 f. Maintenance Bond
65 g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds
66 h. Worker's Compensation Affidavit
67 i. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form
68 j. Form 1295 Certification No. 2018-408803
69 3. General Conditions,
70 4. Supplementary Conditions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
005243-3
Agreement
Page 3 of 5
71 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment
72 or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of
73 Contents of the Project's Contract Documents.
74 6. Drawings.
75 7. Addenda.
76 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award.
77 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the
78 Agreement and,if issued,become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents:
79 a. Notice to Proceed.
80 b. Field Orders.
81 c. Change Orders.
82 d. Letter of Substantial Completion
83 e. Letter of Final Acceptance.
84
85 Article 6.INDEMNIFICATION
86 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
87 expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
88 claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed
89 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
90 under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate
91 and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being
92 sogght were caused, 1n whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city.
93 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for
94 costs,expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and
95 causes of actions.
96
97 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense,
98 the city,its officers,servants and employees,from and against any and all loss,damage
99 or destruction of property of the city,arising out of,or alleged to arise out of,the work
100 and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees,
101 subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification
102 provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or
103 proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part,
104 by any act,omission or negligence of the city.
105
106 Article 7.MISCELLANEOUS
107 7.1 Terms.
108 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will
109 have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
110 7.2 Assignment of Contract.
111 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
112 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
005243-4
Agreement
Page 4 of 5
113 7.3 Successors and Assigns.
114 City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
115 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
116 obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
117 7.4 Severability.
118 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or
119 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
120 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon CITY and
121 CONTRACTOR.
122 7.5 Governing Law and Venue.
123 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of
124 Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the
125 Northern District of Texas,Fort Worth Division.
126 7.6 Other Provisions.
127 The Contractor agrees to pay at least minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is
128 classified, promulgated and set out by the City, a copy of which is attached hereto and
129 made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein.
130 7.7 Authority to Sign.
131 Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly
132 authorized signatory of the Contractor.
133
134
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
005243-5
Agreement
Page 5 of 5
135 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple
136 counterparts.
137
138 This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties("Effective Date").
139
Contractor: Crescent Constructors,Inc. City of Fort Worth
t By:
Jesus J. Chapa
By: Assistant City Manager
(Signature) *"n
-f? \
Date
Michael G. Daigre Attest: We
� 1�
(Printed Name) City Secretary
(Seal)
Title: President
Address: 2560 Technology Drive, Suite 400
M&C C - 2-8842
Date: 9411 / 2-ole
ZITtolContracCpCity/State/Zip: Plano, TX 75074 lta�tc-e�q
MSaJ�iagel:
By signing, I acknowledge that I am the person
responsible for the monitoring and
Date administration of this contract, including
ensuring all performance and reporting
requirements.
1o� �I ���
Farida Goderya,PhD,P.E.
Senior Project Manager
X
as to Fonn and Legality:
Douglas W. Black
Assistant City Attorney
140
141
142 APPROVAL RECOMMENDED:
143
144
145 /I /r
(, cd
146 Christopher P.Harder,P.E.
147 Interim Director,
148 Water Department
149
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY OF FORT WORTH CITY SECRVf� ID BIOSOLDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 4. CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
FT. WORTH,TX
PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTS WITH COMPANIES BOYCOTTING
ISRAEL
Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas
Government Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a
company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification
from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel
during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott Israel" and "company" shall
have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas
Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that Contractor's
signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor: (1) does not
boycott Israel, and(2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract.
.Ndj � -
Signature
Michael G. Daigre
Print Name
_October 9, 2018
Date
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
0061 13-1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1 d2
i
1 SECTION 00 6113
2 PERFORMANCE BOND No. 106919167
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF TARRANT §
7
i
8 That we, Crescent Constructors, Inca known as
9 "Principal"herein and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America ,a corporate
10 surety(sureties,if more than one)duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas,known as
11 "Surety"herein(whether one or more),are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth,a
12' municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas,known as"City"herein,in the penal
13 sum of, Six Million Four Hundred Thirtyseven Dollars
14 ($ 6,437,000 ,lawful money of the United States,to be paid in Fort Worth,
15 Tarrant County,Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,we bind
16 ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,
17 firmly by these presents.
l8 WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City
19 awarded the day of �rn j 2018,which Contract is hereby referred to and
20 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein,to furnish all materials,equipment
21 labor and other accessories defined by law;in the prosecution of the Work,including any Change
22 Orders,as provided for in said Contract designated as Village Creek Water Reclamation
23 Facility—Liquid Blosollds Storage Tank,City Project No CO2669.
24 NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal
25 shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and
26 faithfully perform the Work,including Change Orders,under the Contract,according to the plans,
27 specifications,and contract documents therein referred to,and as well during any period of
28 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City,then this obligation shall be
29 and become null and void,otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
30 PROVIDED FURTHER,that if any legal action be filed on this Bond,venue shall lie in
31 Tarrant County,Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas,Fort
32 Worth Division.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2019
tt
g!
0061 13-2
PERFORMANCEBOND
Page 2 of 2
1 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
2 Texas Government Code,as amended,and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
3 accordance with the provisions of said statue.
4 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEAL D r/
5 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the dayof b rZ J'-
6 ,2018
7 PRINCIPAL: i
8 Crescent Constructors, Inc. k
9 i
10
11 BY
12 Signatu
13 A
14 T:
15 Michael Daigre, President
16 i ctpal)Secretary Name and Title
17
18 - Address:2560 Technology Drive
19 Suite 400
20 , Plano TX 75074 '
21 t- 1)(A
22 Witness as to Principal
23 SURETY:
24 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
25 of Americ
26
27 BY:
28 Signature
29
30 Peter M. Russell, Attorney-In-Fact
31 Name and Title
32
33 Address: One Tower Square
34
35 Hartford CT 06183
36 1jAA 11 C6 �da214-570-6000
37 "fitness as to Surety Telephone Number.
38
39
40
41 *Nate: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company,there must be on file a certified extract
42 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If
43 Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
44 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
45
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2019
0061 14-1
PAYMENT BOND
Page I of 2
1 SECTION 00 6114
2 PAYMENT BOND No. 106919167 i
1
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF TARRANT §
7
8 That we, Crescent Constructors Inc. known as
9 "Principal' herein, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America a
10 corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
11 "Surety"herein(whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth,a
12 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas,known as"City"herein,
13 in the penal sum of Six Million Four Hundred Thirtyseven Dollars
14 ($ 6,437,000 ), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Word-4
15 Tarrant County,Texas, for the payment of wllicll sum well and truly be made,we bind ourselves,
16 our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these
17 presents:
18 WHEREAS,Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City,awarded the
19 day of�+--e-rn.jzt-, 20 18 , which Contract is hereby referred to and
20 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein,to furnish all materials,equipment,
21 labor and other accessories as defined by law,in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in
t
22 said Contract and designated as Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility—Liquid Biosolids
23 Storage Tank,City Project No CO2669.
24 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if
25 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in
26 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code,as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under
27 the Contract,then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full
28 force and effect.
29 This bond is made and executed in compllanee with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
30 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
31 accordance with the provisions of said statute.
32 I
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK J
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 201 B
F
0061 14-2
PAYMENTBOND
Page 2 of 2
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED
2 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of
3 20 18
4
PRINCIPAL: ,
Crescent Constructors, Inc.
i
.9
A i i ES T: BY':
Signature
_ Ifilu 1,ai ( Michael Dai re, Preside t
(Principal)Secretary Name and Title
Address: 2560 Technology Drive
' Suite 400
Plano TX 75074
VV ess as to Principal
SURETY:
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
of America
ATTEST: BY: e—�� ^� 1
Sigi.ature
f
6
Peter M. Russell, Attorney-In-Fact
(Surety)Secretary Name and Title
t
D Address: One Tower Square
-
Art oAj Hartford CT 06183
Witness as to Surety
Telephone Number: 214-570-6000
5
6 Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the
7 bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical
8 address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
9
10 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
I 1 END OF SECTION
c
fl
12
1
i
i
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0061 19-1
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page I of 3
1
1 SECTION 00 6119
2 MAINTENANCE BOND No. 106919167
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: ;
6 COUNTY OF TARRANT §
7 a
8 That we Crescent Constructors, Inc. ,known as
9 "Principal"herein and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America a corporate surety
10 (sureties,if more than one)duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas,known as
I 1 "Surety"herein(whether one or more),are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth,a
12 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas,known as"City"herein,
13 in the sum of Six Million Four Hundred Thirtyseven Dollars
14 ($ 6,437,000 -� � lawful money of the United States,to be paid in Fort Worth,
15 Tarrant County,Texas,for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its
16 successors,we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly
17 and severally,firmly by these presents.
18
19 WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded
20 the day of ���M LeX' 20_18,which Contract is hereby
21 referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein,to fiurnish all
22 materials,equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law,in the prosecution of the
23 Work,including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order(collectively herein,
24 the"Work']as provided for in said contract and designated as Village Creek Water
25 Reclamation Facility—Liquid Blosolids Storage Tank,City Project No CO2669;and
26
27 WHEREAS,Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in
28 accordance with the plans,specifications and Contract Documents that the Work Is and will
29 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two(2)years
30 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City("Maintenance Period");and
31
32 WHEREAS,Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in pact
33 upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance
34 Period.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
i
0061 19-2
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 2of3
1
2 NOW THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall
3 remedy any defective Work,for which timely notice was provided by City,to a completion
4 satisfactory to the City,then this obligation shall become null and void;otherwise to remain in
5 full force and effect.
6
7 PROVIDED,HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely
8 noticed defective Work,it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to
9 be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and
1
10 the Surety under this Maintenance bond;and
11
12 PROVIDED FURTHER,that if any legal action be filed on this Bond,venue shall He in
13 Tarrant County,Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas,Fort
14 Worth Division;and
i
15
16 PROVIDED FURTHER,that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and
17 successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches.
18
19
20
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCW RF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
i
0061 19-3
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page 3 or 3
4
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this
2 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the 9day of 00+0LX_.-
3 W2018
4
5 PRINCIPAL:
6 Crescent Constructors, I
7
8
9 BY:
10 Signature
11 Al:
12
13 y Michael Daigre, President
14 (P nci- 1)Secretaty Name and Title
15
16 Address: 2560 Technology Drive
17 Suite 400
18 Plano, TX 75074
19 q�VA
20 Witness as to Principal
21 SURETY:
22 Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
23 of America
24
25 BY:
26 Signature
27
28 Peter M. Russell, Attorney-In-Fact
29 ATTEST: Name and Title
30
31 Address: One Tower Square
32 (Surety)Secretary
33 _Q Hartford CT 06183
��
34 . & (.rGkyv
35 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: 214-570-6000
36
37 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company,there must be on file a certified extract
38 fi•om the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If
39 Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
40 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
41
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMFN CS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
AMk Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
TRAVELERS J St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:That Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America,Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St.
Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut (herein collectively called the
"Companies"),and that the Companies do hereby make,constitute and appoint Peter M.Russell,of Richardson,Texas,their true and lawful
Attorney-in-Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recognizances, conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in
the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts
and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed,and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed,this 3rd day of February,
2017.
HNMOA (r-IN e
oom ;FfSks. Oman
a< � yea >�
y4 #
State of Connecticut
City of Hartford ss. Robert L.Raney,Sef for Vice President
On this the 3rd day of February,2017, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney,who acknowledged himself to be the Senior Vice President of
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,and
that he,as such,being authorized so to do,executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations
by himself as a duly authorized officer.
In Witness Whereof,I hereunto set my hand and official seal. 6
My Commission expires the 30th day of June,2021 m � J��Mk4A1
* *p yt Mane C.Tetreault,Notary Public
This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and
Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company,which resolutions are now in
full force and effect,reading as follows:
RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any
Second Vice President,the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint Attorneys-in-Fact and
Agents to act for and on behalf of the Company and may give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with
the Company's name and seal with the Company's seal bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a
bond,recognizance,or conditional undertaking,and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke
the power given him or her;and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the President, any Vice Chairman, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice
President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or employees of this Company,provided that each such delegation
is in writing and a copy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary;and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that any bond, recognizance, contract of indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditional
undertaking shall be valid and binding upon the Company when(a)signed by the President,any Vice Chairman,any Executive Vice President,any Senior
Vice President or any Vice President, any Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary or Assistant Secretary; or(b) duly executed (under seal, if required) by
one or more Attorneys-in-Fact and Agents pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more
Company officers pursuant to a written delegation of authority;and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED,that the signature of each of the following officers:President,any Executive Vice President,any Senior Vice President,any Vice
President,any Assistant Vice President,any Secretary,any Assistant Secretary,and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power
of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only
of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing
such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile
signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached.
I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety
Company, and St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of
Attorney executed by said Companies,which remains in full force and effect.
Dated this 5th day of October
2018
HARM=
OWL ®rNj
/
Kevin E.Hughes,Assistant Secretary
To verify the authenticity of this Power of Attorney,please Cali us at 1-800-421-3880.
Please refer to the above-named Attorney-in-Fact and the details of the bond to which the power is attached.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may call Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and its affiliates'toll-
free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at:
1-800-328-2189
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on
companies, coverages, rights or com plaints at:
1-800-252-3439
You may write the Texas Department of Insurance:
P.,O. Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
Fax:.(512) 4.75-1771
Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us
E-mail:.Con sumerProtectionetdi.state.tx.us
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:
Sbould you have a dispute concerning y our premium or about a claim you should
contact your Agent or Travelers first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the
Texas Department of Insurance. i.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND:
This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the
attached document and is given to comply with Texas legal and regulatory requirements.
N
(Pry-042-e) EA.10-10-07
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
006125-1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page 1 of 1
1 SECTION 00 6125
2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0061 25-1
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page I of 1
1 SECTION 00 6125
2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
� -ti � DATE(MM/2T)
ArR
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ]or1n018o18
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(les)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on
this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
PRODUCER I'llone. (2141752-9500 CONTACT Rachel Hudge
Fax (214)752-9501 NAK' —
Harris F.Underwood 111 lac. PHONE (214)752-9500,106 �We NA:
P.O.Box 710039 EARPR
M. rechelh®theunderwoodegency.com
Dallas,Texas 75371.0039 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE MAIC Ir
_ INSURER A:. Oklahoma Surety Company 23426
INSURED INSURER 13: The Travelers Indemnity Company 25658
Crescent Constructors,Inc.; INSURER c: Mid-Continent Casualty Company 23418
Pelican Equipment,LLC INSURER D: Texas Mutual Insurance Company 22945
2560 Technology Dr.,Suite 400 INSURER E: West American Insurance Company 44393
a
Plano,TX 75074 --
wauRER F
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:752 REVISION NUMBER:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
a/8R A OLJ80e�t-------- POLICY EFF POUCYEXP __...,_.._ ._.
TR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER LJIBTB
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY GLOO1004302 9/12/2018 9/12/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE f 1,000,000
A OA1MAGRTG-Rt5NfL"1'S_.-___... _ -----------10 ,U00
CLAIMS-MADE ✓ OCCUR
1 PRfMlaE9I�,tt_aost�!±�•1--- :._.
✓ Y i MED EXP(Any ons parson) f _
PERSONAL a ADV INJURY f I,I)(lU,000
2,000,000
GENL AGGREGATE LIMB APPLIES PER: I 1rPRODUCTS
ENERAL AGGREGATE t _ _...
r f� 2,000,0(10
POLICY I✓ J°ENar u LOC -COMP/OP AGO f
OTHER: - - .._ f __-- - ----
B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BAOL098974 5/31/2018 5/31/2019 COMBINED 1 f 1,000,000
ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Par person) f
OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accldenq f
AUTOS ONLY _ AUTOS tI Y _.—.
t/ HIRED ✓ NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE f
AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY
f
C UMBRELLA LIAe _;OCCUR X$206495 9/12/2018 9/12/2019 EACH OCCURRENCE _ S 5,000,OW
EXCESS LL18 CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE f 5+�,�
—__T. __._..__. _L
OED ✓ RETEN710N f 10000 ✓ Y f
WORKERPLOYERSScYoEm SATiON
D ANO EM0001195239 110/12/2017 10/12/2018 ✓ A ER
'UABIUIY
ANYPROPRIETCWARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN E.L.EACH ACCIDENT f 500,000
OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED7 O NIA Y - -- - --- —
(Merwatory In NH) E L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE fer -PO5U00,000
eess desalbe und
tRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E L.DISEASPOLICY LIMIT 500+
Ii �0
E Equipment Floater ✓ BMW57757689 5/12/2018 5/12/2019 LenaVit0nled EquiMnal 1,500,000
Deductible eso*lsl0,00bfor 2,50
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Addidorrl Remarks Schedule,mey be attached N more space Is r@Wh d)
Re: Village Creek Water Reclamation Facility - Liquid Biosolids Storage Tank
stantec Consulting Services, Inc. named as additional insured.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
Holder's Nature of Interest.Additional Insured
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
City of Fort Worth THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
200 Texas Street
Fort Worth,TX 76102 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
®1888-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25(2018/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Article 1 —Definitions and Terminology..........................................................................................................1
1.01 Defined Terms............................................................................................................................... l
1.02 Terminology..................................................................................................................................6
Article2—Preliminary Matters.........................................................................................................................7
2.01 Copies of Documents....................................................................................................................7
2.02 Commencement of Contract Time;Notice to Proceed................................................................7
2.03 Starting the Work..........................................................................................................................8
2.04 Before Starting Construction........................................................................................................8
2.05 Preconstruction Conference..........................................................................................................8
2.06 Public Meeting..............................................................................................................................8
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules....................................................................................................8
Article 3 —Contract Documents: Intent,Amending, Reuse............................................................................8
3.01 Intent..............................................................................................................................................8
3.02 Reference Standards......................................................................................................................9
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.......................................................................................9
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.................................................................10
3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................10
3.06 Electronic Data............................................................................................................................l l
Article 4—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental
Conditions; Reference Points...........................................................................................................11
4.01 Availability of Lands ..................................................................................................................11
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ..........................................................................................12
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.............................................................................12
4.04 Underground Facilities ...............................................................................................................13
4.05 Reference Points ......................................................................................................................... 14
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site..............................................................................14
Article5 —Bonds and Insurance .....................................................................................................................16
5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers...................................................................................................16
5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds.......................................................................16
5.03 Certificates of Insurance.............................................................................................................16
5.04 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................18
5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace...........................................................19
Article 6—Contractor's Responsibilities........................................................................................................19
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence...............................................................................................19
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
6.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................20
6.03 Services,Materials, and Equipment...........................................................................................20
6.04 Project Schedule..........................................................................................................................21
6.05 Substitutes and"Or-Equals".......................................................................................................21
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................24
6.07 Wage Rates..................................................................................................................................25
6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................26
6.09 Permits and Utilities....................................................................................................................27
6.10 Laws and Regulations.................................................................................................................27
6.11 Taxes ...........................................................................................................................................28
6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas .......................................................................................................28
6.13 Record Documents......................................................................................................................29
6.14 Safety and Protection..................................................................................................................29
6.15 Safety Representative..................................................................................................................30
6.16 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................30
6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification...............................................................................................30
6.18 Submittals....................................................................................................................................31
6.19 Continuing the Work...................................................................................................................32
6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee..........................................................................32
6.21 Indemnification.........................................................................................................................33
6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services ..............................................................................34
6.23 Right to Audit..............................................................................................................................34
6.24 Nondiscrimination.......................................................................................................................35
Article 7-Other Work at the Site...................................................................................................................35
7.01 Related Work at Site...................................................................................................................35
7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................36
Article 8-City's Responsibilities...................................................................................................................36
8.01 Communications to Contractor...................................................................................................36
8.02 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................36
8.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................36
8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................36
8.05 Change Orders.............................................................................................................................36
8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals..............................................................................................36
8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities.......................................................................................37
8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition....................................................................37
8.09 Compliance with Safety Program...............................................................................................37
Article 9-City's Observation Status During Construction...........................................................................37
9.01 City's Project Manager ............................................................................................................37
9.02 Visits to Site................................................................................................................................37
9.03 Authorized Variations in Work..................................................................................................38
9.04 Rejecting Defective Work ..........................................................................................................38
9.05 Determinations for Work Performed..........................................................................................38
9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work.....................38
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Article 10-Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work................................................................................38
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work...............................................................................................38
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ...........................................................................................39
10.03 Execution of Change Orders.......................................................................................................39
10.04 Extra Work..................................................................................................................................39
10.05 Notification to Surety..................................................................................................................39
10.06 Contract Claims Process.............................................................................................................40
Article 11 -Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement......................41
11.01 Cost of the Work.........................................................................................................................41
11.02 Allowances..................................................................................................................................43
11.03 Unit Price Work..........................................................................................................................44
11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement......................................................................................................45
Article 12-Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time.................................................................46
12.01 Change of Contract Price............................................................................................................46
12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................47
12.03 Delays..........................................................................................................................................47
Article 13-Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work......................48
13.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................48
13.02 Access to Work...........................................................................................................................48
13.03 Tests and Inspections..................................................................................................................48
13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................49
13.05 City May Stop the Work.............................................................................................................49
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work................................................................................50
13.07 Correction Period........................................................................................................................50
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work...................................................................................................51
13.09 City May Correct Defective Work.............................................................................................51
Article 14-Payments to Contractor and Completion....................................................................................52
14.01 Schedule of Values......................................................................................................................52
14.02 Progress Payments......................................................................................................................52
14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title...................................................................................................54
14.04 Partial Utilization........................................................................................................................55
14.05 Final Inspection...........................................................................................................................55
14.06 Final Acceptance.........................................................................................................................55
14.07 Final Payment..............................................................................................................................56
14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release........................................................56
14.09 Waiver of Claims........................................................................................................................57
Article 15 -Suspension of Work and Termination........................................................................................57
15.01 City May Suspend Work.............................................................................................................57
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause...................................................................................................58
15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience.......................................................................................60
Article16-Dispute Resolution......................................................................................................................61
16.01 Methods and Procedures.............................................................................................................61
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
Article17—Miscellaneous..............................................................................................................................62
17.01 Giving Notice..............................................................................................................................62
17.02 Computation of Times................................................................................................................62
17.03 Cumulative Remedies.................................................................................................................62
17.04 Survival of Obligations...............................................................................................................63
17.05 Headings......................................................................................................................................63
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 63
ARTICLE 1–DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents,the terms listed below
have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and
words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally
capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the
definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether
capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial
capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs,
and the titles of other documents or forms.
1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify,
correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents.
2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and
Contractor covering the Work.
3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor
during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is
releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States
Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
5. Award–Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement.
6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the Work to be performed.
7. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City.
8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda).
9. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid
security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements.
10. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business,
generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City.
11. Buzzsaw–City's on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system.
12. Calendar Day–A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 63
13. Change Order—A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed
by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date
of the Agreement.
14. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a home-rule municipal corporation, authorized and
chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by its governing body through its City
Manager, his designee, or agents authorized under his behalf, each of which is required by
Charter to perform specific duties with responsibility for final enforcement of the contracts
involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager and is the entity
with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be
performed.
15. City Attorney – The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or
his duly authorized representative.
16. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth,
Texas.
17. City Manager – The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort
Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative.
18. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of
Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the
Contract.A demand for money or services by a third parry is not a Contract Claim.
19. Contract—The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor
concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and
supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral.
20. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the
Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and
the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents.
21. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement(subject to the provisions
of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work).
22. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve
Milestones, if any and(ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance.
23. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement.
24. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 63
25. Damage Claims — A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a
third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim.
26. Day or day—A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day.
27. Director of Aviation — The officially appointed Director of the Aviation Department of the
City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents.
28. Director of Parks and Community Services — The officially appointed Director of the Parks
and Community Services Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed
representative, assistant, or agents.
29. Director of Planning and Development — The officially appointed Director of the Planning
and Development Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed
representative, assistant, or agents.
30. Director of Transportation Public Works — The officially appointed Director of the
Transportation Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly
appointed representative, assistant, or agents.
31. Director of Water Department— The officially appointed Director of the Water Department
of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents.
32. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which
graphically shows the scope, extent,and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor.
Submittals are not Drawings as so defined.
33. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes
effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed
and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver.
34. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of
Texas performing professional services for the City.
35. Extra Work — Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract
Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract
Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work.
36. Field Order—A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but which
does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer.
Field Orders are paid from Field Order Allowances incorporated into the Contract by funded
work type at the time of award.
37. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work
specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 63
38. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has
completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in
conformance with the Contract Documents.
39. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents.
40. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs,
Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or
circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto.
41. Hazardous Waste—Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or
possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations,
as amended from time to time.
42. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes,
and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having
jurisdiction.
43. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or
personal property.
44. Major Item–An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal
to or greater than 5%of the original Contract Price or$25,000 whichever is less.
45. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate
Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work.
46. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon
timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City
will sign and deliver the Agreement.
47. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work
specified in Contract Documents.
48. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls.
49. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard
conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square
inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and
oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils.
50. Plans–See definition of Drawings.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 63
51. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with
the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising
the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time.
52. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents.
53. Project Manager—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the
Site.
54. Public Meeting - An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public
participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project.
55. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time.
56. Regular Working Hours - Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday
thru Friday(excluding legal holidays).
57. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are
representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such
portion of the Work will be judged.
58. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required-
submittals
equiredsubmittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction
activities.
59. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions
of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
60. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon
which the Work is to be performed,including rights-of-way,permits,and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor.
61. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for
materials,equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain
administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be
specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be
incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each
Project.
62. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 6 of 63
63. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor
to illustrate some portion of the Work.
64. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City
makes an Award.
65. Superintendent— The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able
to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor.
66. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or
supplements these General Conditions.
67. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a
direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment
to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor.
68. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases,
steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television,
water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
69. Unit Price Work—See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition.
70. Weekend Working Hours — Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday,
Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City.
71. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to
be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or
providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction
including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all
materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.
72. Working Day—A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal
holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions
not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of
work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.023 through E are not defined but, when used in
the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 7 of 63
1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as
directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In
addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or
adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to
the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination
will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the
Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating
otherwise).
C. Defective:
1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is
unsatisfactory, faulty,or deficient in that it:
a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or
b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or
approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance.
D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide:
1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or
the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean
furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment,
and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the
context used.
E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known
technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance with such recognized meaning.
ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.01 Copies of Documents
City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the
Contract Documents, and four (4) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be
furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction.
2.02 Commencement of Contract Time;Notice to Proceed
The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to
Proceed may be given at any time within 14 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 8 of 63
2.03 Starting the Work
Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run.
No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run.
2.04 Before Starting Construction
Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the
Work.
2.05 Preconstruction Conference
Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as
specified in the Contract Documents.
2.06 Public Meeting
Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor
attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City.
2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules
No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in
accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING,REUSE
3.01 Intent
A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required
by all.
B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part
thereof)to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor,documentation,
services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents
or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be
provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City.
C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City.
D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be written
in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be relatively
narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as "the Contractor shall," "in
conformity with," "as shown," or "as specified" are intentional in streamlined sections.
Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear
in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 9 of 63
section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in
making Contract Claims.
E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading "Related
Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:" and elsewhere within each Specification
section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on
the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the
Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is
provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete.
3.02 Reference Standards
A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations
1. Reference to standards, specifications,manuals, or codes of any technical society,organization,
or association,or to Laws or Regulations,whether such reference be specific or by implication,
shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the
time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids),
except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents.
2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a
Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any
of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract
Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its
officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any
duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority
to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
A. Reporting Discrepancies:
1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work. Before undertaking each
part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and
check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and
conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity,
or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a
written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby.
2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work. If, during the
performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy
within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable
Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or(c) any instruction of
any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 10 of 63
6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by
one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04.
3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof.
B. Resolving Discrepancies:
1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of
the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or
discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any
standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier(whether or not specifically
incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents).
2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Plans shall
govern over Specifications, Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions
and Specifications, and quantities shown on the Plans shall govern over those shown in the
proposal.
3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents
A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in
the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order.
B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and
deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be
authorized,by one or more of the following ways:
1. A Field Order;
2. City's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or
3. City's written interpretation or clarification.
3.05 Reuse of Documents
A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not:
1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or
other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer,
including electronic media editions; or
2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of
the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written verification
or adaptation by Engineer.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 11 of 63
B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the
Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract
Documents for record purposes.
3.06 Electronic Data
A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions,the data furnished by City or Engineer
to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the
printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies) and other
Specifications referenced and located on the City's Buzzsaw site. Files in electronic media format
of text,data,graphics,or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party.
Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's
sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies,the hard copies
govern.
B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no
representations as to long term compatibility,usability,or readability of documents resulting from
the use of software application packages, operating systems,or computer hardware differing from
those used by the data's creator.
ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS
4.01 Availability of Lands
A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of
general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply
in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent
structures or permanent changes in existing facilities.
1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or
easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in
accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule
submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any
outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements.
2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site.
Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance
with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted
by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding
utilities or obstructions to be removed,adjusted, and/or relocated by others.
B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record
legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 12 of 63
C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for
construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment.
4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify:
1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the Site; and
2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or
subsurface structures at the Site(except Underground Facilities).
B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and
drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers,
directors,members,partners,employees, agents,consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of
construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such
other data, interpretations, opinions, or information.
4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or
revealed either:
1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to
rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or
2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or
3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or
4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and
generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract
Documents;
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 13 of 63
then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the
subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an
emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A),notify City in writing about such condition.
B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments
Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if:
1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final
commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a
Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or
2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result
of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or
3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A.
4.04 Underground Facilities
A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information
and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities,
including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary
Conditions:
1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such
information or data provided by others; and
2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall
have full responsibility for:
a. reviewing and checking all such information and data;
b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents;
c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground
Facilities, including City, during construction; and
d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage
thereto resulting from the Work.
B. Not Shown or Indicated.•
1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or
contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with
reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming
aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 14 of 63
Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A),
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City.
City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to
which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the
consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be
responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility.
2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may
be issued to reflect and document such consequences.
3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all
utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory
excavation if necessary.
4.05 Reference Points
A. City shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in
City's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. City will provide
construction stakes or other customary method of marking to establish line and grades for roadway
and utility construction, centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. Contractor shall protect and
preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes.or
relocations. Contractor shall report to City whenever any reference point or property monument is
lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. The
City shall be responsible for the replacement or relocation of reference points or property
monuments not carelessly or willfully destroyed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify
City in advance and with sufficient time to avoid delays.
B. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, any reference point or monument has been carelessly or
willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees,the full cost
for replacing such points plus 25%will be charged against the Contractor,and the full amount will
be deducted from payment due the Contractor.
4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known
to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site.
B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the
accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and
drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary
Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers,
directors,members,partners, employees,agents,consultants, or subcontractors with respect to:
1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not
limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 15 of 63
construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident
thereto; or
2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or
indicated in such drawings; or
3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such
other data, interpretations,opinions or information.
C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or
revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified
in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for
a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by
Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible.
D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for
whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall
immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with
such condition and in any area affected thereby(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph
6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may
consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective
action, if any.
E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any
affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written
notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been
rendered suitable for the resumption of Work;or(ii)specifying any special conditions under which
such Work may be resumed.
F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a
reasonable belief it is unsafe,or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions,
then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be
deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City's own
forces or others.
G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless City,from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous
Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible.
Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity
from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence.
H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental
Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 16 of 63
ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers
All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by
Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized
in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required.
Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications
as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government
Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as
security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the
Contract Documents.
B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security
to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract
Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final
Acceptance by the City.
C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise
by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of
"Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial
Management Service, Surety Bond Branch,U.S.Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by
an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which
shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond.
D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its
right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of
Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event
giving rise to such notification,provide another bond and surety,both of which shall comply with
the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C.
5.03 Certificates of Insurance
Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by
City or any other additional insured)which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain.
1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the
Supplementary Conditions as"Additional Insured"on all liability policies.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 17 of 63
2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location",
endorsement,which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City.
3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured,
be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current
A.M. Best Property&Casualty Guide
4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of
Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-:
VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial
strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that
required,written approval of City is required.
5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor
of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the
Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary
Conditions
6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the
insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is
provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines
of insurance coverage.
7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess
Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the
primary coverage.
8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If
coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with
or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall
state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall
be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final
Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is
longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such
insurance coverage.
9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the
required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements
are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the
exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage,
and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall
be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%.
10. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance
coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
00 72 00-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 18 of 63
lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk
retention groups,must also be approved by City.
11. Any deductible in excess of$5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a
first-dollar basis,must be acceptable to and approved by the City.
12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to
make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary
and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims
history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required
to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the
Work by Change Order.
13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies
and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or
modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to
conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract.Deletions,revisions,
or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or
regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies.
14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for
Contractor's insurance.
5.04 Contractor's Insurance
A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such
insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers'
Compensation Act(Texas Labor Code,Ch.406,as amended),and minimum limits for Employers'
Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims
set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and
Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by
Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier,or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit
acts;
2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of
Contractor's employees.
B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability
(bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors,
products/completed operations,personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance
shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services
Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 19 of 63
insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability
policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations,
products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are
normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing.
For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may
require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than
three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary
Conditions).
C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto",
defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages
because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work,
maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable.
D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of
railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the
Supplementary Conditions.
E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation
or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has
been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section.
5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace
If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance
required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing
within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates(or other evidence requested). Contractor shall
provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may
reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required
by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the
start of the Work,or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage.
ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.01 Supervision and Superintendence
A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods,techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 20 of 63
B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English-
speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The
Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on
behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be
binding on Contractor.
C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction.
6.02 Labor; Working Hours
A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as
required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and
order at the Site.
B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at
the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work
at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the
performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without
City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or
electronic communication)to perform Work:
1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business
Days prior
2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday
3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal
holiday.
6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full
responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment
and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance,
Contractor required testing, start-up,and completion of the Work.
B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified,
shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All
special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit
of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of
required tests)as to the source,kind, and quality of materials and equipment.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 21 of 63
C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed,
connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of
the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents.
D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the
time of bid, unless otherwise specified.
6.04 Project Schedule
A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07
and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below.
1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and
the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result
in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the
General Requirements applicable thereto.
2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment
for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 01 32 16.
3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be
submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time
may only be made by a Change Order.
6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals"
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the
specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or
"or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other
Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below.
1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by
Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in
related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or-equal" item, in which
case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion, be accomplished
without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute
items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment
will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if-
a.
£a. the City determines that:
1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance,
strength, and design characteristics;
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 22 of 63
2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results
imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and
3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and
b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work:
1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and
2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the
Contract Documents.
2. Substitute Items.-
a.
tems:a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an "or-equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a
proposed substitute item.
b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine
if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and
an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of
material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor.
c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item
of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall
comply with Section 0125 00 and:
1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will:
a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general
design;
b) be similar in substance to that specified;
c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and
2) will state:
a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice
Contractor's achievement of final completion on time;
b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in
any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract
with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute item;
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 23 of 63
c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with
the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and
3) will identify:
a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified;
b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and
4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or
indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage
Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change.
B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means,method,technique,sequence,
or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may
furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction
approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole
discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by
the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same
manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2.
C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each
proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13.City may require Contractor
to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability.
No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete,
which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal
for an"or-equal."City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination.
D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special
performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and
against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees)arising out of
the use of substituted materials or equipment.
E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or
submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not City
approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to
reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to
reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents(or in the provisions
of any other direct contract with City)resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute.
F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or
"or-equal"at Contractor's expense.
CrrY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 24 of 63
G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges)attributable to acceptance of a substitute
shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order.
H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions.
6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others
A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the
value embraced on the Contract,unless otherwise approved by the City.
B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether
initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall
not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or
perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those
acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C).
C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other
individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary
Conditions.
D. Minority Business Enterprise Compliance: It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable
participation by Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of goods and services
on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for a MBE goal, Contractor is required
to comply with the intent of the City's MBE Ordinance (as amended)by the following:
1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding
actual work performed by a MBE on the Contract and payment therefor.
2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MBE without
written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of
Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the
Ordinance.
3. Contractor shall,upon request by City,allow an audit and/or examination of any books,records,
or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by
an MBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the
Contract in accordance with Paragraph 15.02.A.Any such misrepresentation may be grounds
for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of
not less than three years.
E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as
Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract
Documents:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 25 of 63
1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity
any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other
individual or entity; nor
2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys
due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be
required by Laws and Regulations.
F. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct
or indirect contract with Contractor.
G. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any
of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor.
H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of City.
6.07 Wage Rates
A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of
Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the
rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing wage rates in
accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract
Documents.
B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage
shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each
calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated
in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative
costs,pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023.
C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information,
including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas
Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial
determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether
good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the
Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's
determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated
Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the
difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates,such amounts being
subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 26 of 63
D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section
2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker,
shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act
(Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker
does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial
determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this
section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required,
a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a
party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties
and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction.
E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3)
years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and
occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided
for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be
open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right
to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection.
F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the
Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements
of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code.
G. Posting of Wage Rates. The.Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at
all times.
H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall
otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above.
6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties
A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design,process,product,or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights
or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such
rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such
information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the use of said fees or
royalties to others.
B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless City,from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of
patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 27 of 63
the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified
in the Contract Documents.
6.09 Permits and Utilities
A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction
permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract
Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses.
Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of
the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.13.
City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the
Work.
B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as provided
for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor's
responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the
Contract and the City approves the changes,the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances
and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse the
Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The
following are permits the City will obtain if required:
1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits
2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits
3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits
4. Railroad Company Permits
C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits
and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance
with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by
the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits
and licenses.
6.10 Laws and Regulations
A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations
applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by
applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's
compliance with any Laws or Regulations.
B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or
Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims,costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited
to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 28 of 63
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work.
However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and
Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of
Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.02.
C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on
the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price
or Contract Time.
6.11 Taxes
A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to
Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H, Sections 151.301-335(as amended),the Contractor may purchase,
rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this
contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption
certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued
to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State
Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code,
Subchapter H.
B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from:
1. Comptroller of Public Accounts
Sales Tax Division
Capitol Station
Austin, TX 78711; or
2. http://w« 7.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxfomis/93-forins.html
6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas
A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas:
1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and
the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and
shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other
materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such
land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting
from the performance of the Work.
2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is
carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is
necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the
section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional
area of the Site.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 29 of 63
3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance
of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim.
4. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City,from and
against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action,
legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City.
B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work
Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials,rubbish,
and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall
conform to applicable Laws and Regulations.
C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the
clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City,if the Contractor fails
to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems
appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice
(by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such
costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor.
D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and
the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion
of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property
disturbed by the Work.
E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded
in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work
or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it.
6.13 Record Documents
A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and
approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change
Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to
show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved
Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference.Upon
completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and
Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate
locations for buried and imbedded items.
6.14 Safety and Protection
A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve
Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of
their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 30 of 63
take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work;
2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on
or off the Site; and
3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,
pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for
removal,relocation, or replacement in the course of construction.
B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of
persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection,
removal,relocation, and replacement of their property.
C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs, if any.
D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any,
with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site.
E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or in part,by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other
individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work,or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue
until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work.
6.15 Safety Representative
Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site.
6.16 Hazard Communication Programs
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other
hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among
employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations.
6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification
A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss.
Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 31 of 63
changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are
required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required
because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may
be issued.
B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies,
omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents,
the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed.
The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to
take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive
steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action,
within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City
shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any
funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project.
6.18 Submittals
A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance
with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be
identified as City may require.
1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements.
2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities,dimensions,specified
performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services,
materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the
information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C.
3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for
conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract
Documents unless otherwise required by City.
4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail,
their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and
Specifications.
5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or
take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.
6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications.
7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier,pertinent data such as catalog numbers,
the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the
submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
00 72 00-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 32 of 63
B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any
related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be
at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor.
C. City's Review:
1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of
Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform
to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept
of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents.
2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or
procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence,
or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract
Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance
of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item
functions.
3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any
variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied
with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each
such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the
Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for
complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
6.19 Continuing the Work
Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall cant' on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule
during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending
resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in
writing.
6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee
A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners,
employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of
Contractor's warranty and guarantee.
B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by:
1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is
responsible; or
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 33 of 63
2. normal wear and tear under normal usage.
C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
1. observations by City;
2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment;
3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by
City;
4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City;
5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City;
6. any inspection,test, or approval by others; or
7. any correction of defective Work by City.
D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to
other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years
from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish
a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article
5.02.13. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
6.21 Indemnification
A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own
expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims
arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the
Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this
Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO
OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL
OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED. IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity
provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal
fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions.
B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless,at its own expense,the City,
its officers,servants and employees,from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction
of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be
performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or
invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 34 of 63
SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS
ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT
WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR
NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY.
6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services
A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are
specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services
are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,
sequences and procedures.
B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,
materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City
will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall
cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose
signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and
Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by
such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when
submitted to City.
C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services,
certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified
to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.
D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design
drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and
design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review
and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for
the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C.
6.23 Right to Audit
A. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final
payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly
pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating
to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours
to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space
in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall
give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that
the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final
payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly
pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to
the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 35 of 63
Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to
conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give
Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits.
C. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City.
The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published
in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed.
6.24 Nondiscrimination
A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit-
related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without
discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race,color,or national origin.
B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of
the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project
receiving Federal assistance.
ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
7.01 Related Work at Site
A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other
City contractors,or through other direct contracts therefor,or have other work performed by utility
owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof
will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and
B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility
owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors,
proper and safe access to the Site,provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage
of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the
Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be
required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly
integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting,
excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter
others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected.
C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to
City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable
or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so
report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with
Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 36 of 63
7.02 Coordination
A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the
Site,the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various contractors will be identified;
2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized;and
3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided.
B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such
coordination.
ARTICLE 8—CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.01 Communications to Contractor
Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications
to Contractor.
8.02 Furnish Data
City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents.
8.03 Pay When Due
City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14.
8.04 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests
City's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City's
identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface
conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at
or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents.
8.05 Change Orders
City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03.
8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph
13.03.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 37 of 63
8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities
A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for
Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14.
8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
City's responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth
in Paragraph 4.06.
8.09 Compliance with Safety Program
While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable
requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to
Paragraph 6.14.
ARTICLE 9—CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
9.01 City's Project Manager
City will provide one or more Project Manager(s) during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's Project Manager during construction are set
forth in the Contract Documents. The City's Project Manager for this Contract is <insert name here
>, or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of < insert managing
department here>.
9.02 Visits to Site
A. City's Project Manager will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages
of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and
the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information
obtained during such visits and observations,City's Project Manager will determine, in general, if
the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Manager will
not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or
quantity of the Work. City's Project Manager's efforts will be directed toward providing City a
greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract
Documents.
B. City's Project Manager's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and
responsibility in the Contract Documents including those set forth in Paragraph
8.07.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 38 of 63
9.03 Authorized Variations in Work
City's Project Manager may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the
Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time
and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be
binding on City and also on Contractor,who shall perform the Work involved promptly.
9.04 Rejecting Defective Work
City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Manager believes to be defective,or will
not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the
integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the
Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as
provided in Article 13,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed.
9.05 Determinations for Work Performed
Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project
Manager will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering
a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed
factual conditions or more accurate data).
9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder.
B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred.
C. City's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject
to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06.
ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK
10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work
A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from
time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly
proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the
Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be
memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work.
B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field
Order may be issued by the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 39 of 63
10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended,
modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as
provided in Paragraph 6.17.
10.03 Execution of Change Orders
A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering:
1. changes in the Work which are: (i)ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A,(ii)required
because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City's correction of
defective Work under Paragraph 13.09,or(iii)agreed to by the parties;
2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including
any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed.
10.04 Extra Work
A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment
thereof, and the City insists upon its performance,the Contractor shall proceed with the work after
making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable
cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06.
B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original
Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a
corrected set of plans showing the actual installation.
C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall
be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the
change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that
time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost,
or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work.
10.05 Notification to Surety
If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general
scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to,
Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility.
The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any
such change.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 40 of 63
10.06 Contract Claims Process
A. City's Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph
14.09, shall be referred to the City for decision.A decision by City shall be required as a condition
precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under
the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims.
B. Notice:
1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the
Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The
responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract
Claim.
2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered
to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City
allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of
such Contract Claim).
3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 12.01.
4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with
the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.
5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor's written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a
result of said event.
6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the
claimant's last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time).
C. City's Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last
submittal of the Contractor, if any,take one of the following actions in writing:
1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part;
2. approve the Contract Claim;or
3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City's
sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further
resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 41 of 63
D. City's written action under Paragraph 10.06.0 will be final and binding, unless City or
Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such
action or denial.
E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not
submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06.
ARTICLE 11 —COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS
QUANTITY MEASUREMENT
11.01 Cost of the Work
A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in
Paragraph 11.013, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the
Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to
Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the
Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.013, and shall
include but not be limited to the following items:
1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such
employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel
employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the
Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall
include;
a. salaries with a 55%markup, or
b. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security
contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health
and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend
Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by City.
2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs
of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection
therewith.
3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented
from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the
costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All
such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any
such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary
for the Work.
CrfY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 42 of 63
4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If
required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to
City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids,
if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on
the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall
be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
this Paragraph 11.01.
5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related
to the Work.
6. Supplemental costs including the following:
a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of
Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work.
b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment,
machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less
market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of
Contractor.
c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which
Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or
anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may
be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses.
e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the
performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes
other than the negligence of Contractor,any Subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall
include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No such losses,
damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of
determining Contractor's fee.
£ The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site.
g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and
communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash
items in connection with the Work.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 43 of 63
h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract
Documents to purchase and maintain.
B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items:
1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of
partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers,
architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the
Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and
not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in
Paragraph 11.0l.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.0l.A.4, all of which are to be
considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee.
2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the
Site.
3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital
employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments.
4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not
limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly
supplied, and making good any damage to property.
5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind.
C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee
shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a
Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the
10
Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C.
D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to
Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City
an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
11.02 Allowances
A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all
allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be
performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City.
B. Pre-bid Allowances:
1. Contractor agrees that:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 44 of 63
a. the pre-bid allowances include the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment required
by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and
b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead,
profit, and other expenses contemplated for the pre-bid allowances have been included in
the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the
foregoing will be valid.
C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use
of City.
D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due
Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.03 Unit Price Work
A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated
quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement.
B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the
purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the
actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by
City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05.
C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to
cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the
Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation,
but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work
listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price.
D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 if:
1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and
significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and
2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work.
E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in
accordance with Paragraph 10.01.
1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of
work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit
price.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 45 of 63
2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the
Contract will be amended by a Change Order.
3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended
by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12.
4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when:
a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that
in the Contract or
b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity.
5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than
125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may
request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%.
6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75%
of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request
an adjustment to the unit price.
11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement
A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material moved,
handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are
designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article.
B. If the quantity measured as outlined under "Price and Payment Procedures" varies by more than
25% (or as stipulated under "Price and Payment Procedures" for specific Items) from the total
estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an
adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The party
to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations
showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be
made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10.
C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to
correct an error,or to correct an error on the plans,the plans quantity will be increased or decreased
by the amount involved in the change, and the 25%variance will apply to the new plans quantity.
D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than
$250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans
quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans quantity.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 46 of 63
E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are
not applicable.
ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME
12.01 Change of Contract Price
A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows:
1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved(subject to the provisions
of Paragraph 11.03);or
2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents,
by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead
and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.0l.C.2), and shall include the cost
of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work;
or
3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents
and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.0l.B.2, on the
basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01)plus a Contractor's
fee for overhead and profit(determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C).
C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as
follows:
I. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1, 11.0l.A.2. and 11.0l.A.3, the
Contractor's additional fee shall be 15 percent except for:
1) rental fees for Contractor's own equipment using standard rental rates;
2) bonds and insurance;
b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.4 and 11.0I.A.5,the Contractor's fee shall be
five percent(5%);
1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a
fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a and
12.0l.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 47 of 63
tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under
Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11.0l.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and
Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next
lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be
in excess of 25%;
c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.6, and
11.01.13;
d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in
a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction
in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent(5%)of such net decrease.
12.02 Change of Contract Time
A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order.
B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the
Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project
Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed
delay adversely affects the critical path.
12.03 Delays
A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the
Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor,the Contract Time
may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is made
therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or
neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as
contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God.
Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in
this Paragraph.
B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or
damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and
other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by
Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project.
C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays
within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor
or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when
direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide
information or material, if any,which is to be furnished by the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 48 of 63
ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK
13.01 Notice of Defects
Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor.
Defective Work may be rejected, corrected,or accepted as provided in this Article 13.
13.02 Access to Work
City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will
have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing.
Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of
Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable.
13.03 Tests and Inspections
A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections,
tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required
inspections or tests.
B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any
of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections,tests,retests or approvals,
pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or
approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions
or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation(TDLR)inspections,which shall be paid as
described in the Supplementary Conditions.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection
with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or
equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment
submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work.
Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to
City.
D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to
perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by
City.
1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible,with Contractor;
2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other
similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests.
Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative
result and require a retest.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
00 72 00-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 49 of 63
3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the
Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor.
4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing
Lab is paid.
E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover
such Work for observation.
F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense.
G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued
under Section 13.03 D.
13.04 Uncovering Work
A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it
must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's
expense.
B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or
tested by others, Contractor, at City's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available
for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question,
furnishing all necessary labor,material, and equipment.
1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs,
losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs)arising out of
or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of
satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others);or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance
with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all costs associated
with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work.
2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time,or both,directly attributable to such
uncovering,exposure,observation, inspection,testing, replacement, and reconstruction.
13.05 City May Stop the Work
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to
the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof,until the
cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give
rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 50 of 63
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of
any of them.
13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work
A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to
an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed,or, if the Work has been
rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not
limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction
or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others).
Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work.
B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07,
Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and
guarantee, if any, on said Work.
13.07 Correction Period
A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be
prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents),
any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made
available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in
Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in
accordance with City's written instructions:
1. repair such defective land or areas; or
2. correct such defective Work; or
3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it
with Work that is not defective, and
4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work
of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom.
B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an
emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective
Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims,
costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs)arising
out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others)will be paid by Contractor.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
00 72 00-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 51 of 63
C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents.
D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or
removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect
to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of
the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such
additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a
Contract Claim,pursuant to Paragraph 10.06.
E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or
warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a
waiver of,the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose.
13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to
accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but
not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all
court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City's evaluation of and determination to accept
such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by
Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued
incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City
shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of
Work so accepted.
13.09 City May Correct Defective Work
A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective
Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph
13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may,
after seven(7)days written notice to Contractor,correct, or remedy any such deficiency.
B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed
expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action,City may exclude Contractor
from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's
services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in
the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere.
Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's
other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this
Paragraph.
C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 52 of 63
costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph
13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the
necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work;and City shall be entitled
to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price.
D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the
performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this
Paragraph 13.09.
ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
14.01 Schedule of Values
The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve
as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment
acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed.
14.02 Progress Payments
A. Applications for Payments:
1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the
City.
2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress
payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and
signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.
3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work
but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the
Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other
documentation warranting that.City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of
all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance
or other arrangements to protect City's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to
City.
4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment,each Application shall include an affidavit
of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the Work have
been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior
Applications for Payment.
5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Contract Documents.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 53 of 63
B. Review of Applications:
1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for
refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application.
2. City's processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on
City's observations of the executed Work,and on City's review of the Application for Payment
and the accompanying data and schedules,that to the best of City's knowledge:
a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated;
b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject
to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance,the
results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination
of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05, and any other
qualifications stated in the recommendation).
3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that:
a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been
performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or
involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned
to City in the Contract Documents; or
b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor
to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor, or
c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance
of the Work.
4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently
discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke
any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from
loss because:
a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or his
subcontractors,requiring correction or replacement;
b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment;
c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders;
d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
Paragraph 13.09; or
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 54 of 63
e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraph 15.02.A.
C. Retainage:
1. For contracts less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten percent
(10%).
2. For contracts greater than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent
(5%).
D. Liquidated Damages. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the
time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement, will be
deducted from the monies due the Contractor,not as a penalty,but as liquidated damages suffered
by the City.
E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment
will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents.
F. Reduction in Payment:
1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because:
a. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has
delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of
such Liens;
b. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or
c. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A.
2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written
notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining after
deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld,or any
adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons
for such action.
14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the
time of payment free and clear of all Liens.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 55 of 63
14.04 Partial Utilization
A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City,
determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used
by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of
the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use
or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use,subject
to the following conditions:
1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of
the Work ready for its intended use.
2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and
Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of
completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City
will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor.
3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City.
14.05 Final Inspection
A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents:
1. within 10 days, City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor.
2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that
the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are
necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
B. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the City
and the date of Final Inspection. Should the City determine that the Work is not ready for Final
Inspection,City will notify the Contractor in writing of the reasons and Contract Time will resume.
14.06 Final Acceptance
Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final
Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 56 of 63
14.07 Final Payment
A. Application for Payment:
1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for
final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied(except as previously delivered)by:
a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03;
b. consent of the surety, if any,to final payment;
c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are
unsettled; and
d. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the
Work.
B. Payment Becomes Due:
1. After City's acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation,
requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum City is entitled,
including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable.
2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved:
a. directly by the Contractor or;
b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's
insurance provider for resolution.
3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any
guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue
thereafter.
14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release
A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon
receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract,make
payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the
retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in
Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 57 of 63
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with
the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions
governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims.
B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment
and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other
construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of
the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before
the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work.
An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained.
14.09 Waiver of Claims
The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities
under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract
Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract.
ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.01 City May Suspend Work
A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written
notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these
Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of
construction equipment and/or construction crews.
B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the
control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by
mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not
available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract
Time,directly attributable to any such suspension.
C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall
store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily
nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or
deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect
temporary structures where necessary.
D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the
necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be
resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the
equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is
moved to another construction project for the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 58 of 63
15.02 City May Terminate for Cause
A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example,but not of limitation,
may justify termination for cause:
1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials
or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as
adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04, or failure to adhere to the City's
Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance #20020-12-2011 established under Paragraph
6.06.D);
2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of City;or
4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents;
or
5. Contractor's failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or
defects of any nature,the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or
6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the
Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose;
or
7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise
financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily;or
8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City.
B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written notice
to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address
,Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after
receipt of notice.
1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to
perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to
complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the
Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to
perform the Work.
2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the
Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days
after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 59 of 63
obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the
Work and complete it as described below.
a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and
take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work
stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are stored
elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient.
3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds
all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting from
completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and
damages exceed such unpaid balance,Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims,
costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided
that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall not be required to
obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees
shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the
completion of the said Work,or any portion thereof,may be accomplished or for the price paid
therefor.
5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right
to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the
entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used
by City in completing the Contract.
6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as
provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees
provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by
law.
C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor
begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform
and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice.
D. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any
rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any
retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability.
E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of
Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this
Article.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
00 72 00-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 60 of 63
15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience
A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City,terminate the
Contract.Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor
specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated,and the date
upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed
conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service
Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such
termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit
shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action.
B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the
Contractor shall:
1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination;
2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be
necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated;
3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the
Work terminated by notice of termination;
4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any,
directed by the City:
a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and
other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of,
the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and
b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property
which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to
the City.
5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of
termination; and
6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and
preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the
Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest.
C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination,
the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items
of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which
has been directed or authorized by City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 61 of 63
D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list
submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items are
stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to
correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement.
E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination
claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension
is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and
all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived.
F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for(without duplication of any items):
1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior
to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on
such Work;
2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection
with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses;
and
3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid
to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis
of information available to it,the amount,if any,due to the Contractor by reason of the termination
and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account
of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from
such termination.
ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION
16.01 Methods and Procedures
A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision
under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation
shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay
the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E.
B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be
commenced within 60 days of filing of the request.
C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City's action under Paragraph 10.06.0 or a
denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.1) shall become final and binding 30 days after
termination of the mediation unless,within that time period,City or Contractor:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 62 of 63
1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the
Supplementary Conditions; or
2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution
process; or
3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of
competent jurisdiction.
ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS
17.01 Giving Notice
A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will
be deemed to have been validly given if:
1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the
corporation for whom it is intended; or
2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business
address known to the giver of the notice.
B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party.
C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic
notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party.
17.02 Computation of Times
When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day
of the period.
17.03 Cumulative Remedies
The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to,and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation
of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available
by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract
Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the
Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which
they apply.
Cr1Y OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
00 7200-1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 63 of 63
17.04 Survival of Obligations
All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in
accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the
Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or
termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor.
17.05 Headings
Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these
General Conditions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
007300-1
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 1 of 5
1 I WILL FIND ITSECTION 00 73 00
2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
3 TO
4 GENERAL CONDITIONS
5
6
7 Supplementary Conditions
8
9 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00-General Conditions,and other
10 provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are
11 modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions
12 of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect.
13
14 Defined Terms
15
16 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the
17 meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions,unless specifically noted herein.
18
19 Modifications and Supplements
20
21 The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and
22 other Contract Documents.
23
24 SC-1.01."Defined Terms"
25
26 Add Definition:
27 Substantial Completion—The date at which the Work(or a specified part thereof)has pro ear sled
28 to the point where,in the opinion of the City,the Work(or a specified part thereof)is sufficiently
29 complete,in accordance with the Agreement and all Contract Documents,so that the Work(or a
30 specified part thereof)can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended.The terms
31 "substantially complete"and"substantially completed"as applied to all or part of the Work refer
32 to Substantial Completion thereof.
33
34 SC-3.0313.2,"Resolving Discrepancies"
35
36 Plans govern over Specifications.
37
38 SC-4.01A
39
40 Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding.
41 Upon receiving the final easements descriptions,Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the
42 Contract Drawings.
43
44 SC-4.01A.1.,"Availability of Lands"
45
46 The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way,and/or easements to be acquired,if any as of
47 June 15,2018
48
49 The City is in the process of granting Oncor Electric Delivery Company,LLC an easement for the
50 electrical service shown on Sheet E-1 of the Bidding Documents.Easement requirements include a 10-11
51 wide easement from their existing power pole to the proposed transformer pad location, and a 15-11,x 15-11
52 easement at the proposed transformer pad location.
53
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007300-2
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 2 of 5
1 Outstanding Right-Of-Way,and/or Easements to Be Acquired
2
PARCEL OWNER TARGET DATE
NUMBER OF POSSESSION
None.
3 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed,
4 and do not bind the City.
5
6 If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the
7 Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work,
8 notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations.
9
10 SC-4.01A.2,"Availability of Lands"
11
12 Utilities or obstructions to be removed,adjusted,and/or relocated
13
14 The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed,adjusted,and/or relocated
15 as of May 3,2018
16
EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF
OWNER ADJUSTMENT
Remove and Dispose of 12"RCP Pipeline from Existing Tank Overflow— TBD
Approx. 110 LF of buried pipe
Remove and Dispose of 24"RCP Stormwater Pipeline—Approx.40 LF of TBD
buried piping and associated concrete headwall(s)
Remove and Dispose of 12"Drain Line and Valves from Existing 0.5 MG Tank TBD
—Approx.20 LF of buried piping and valve
Remove and Dispose of 12"DI Sludge Pipeline—Approx.40 LF of buried TBD
piping,2 concrete manholes and 2 valves
..................._.-----............._....................-..................................................._......--------------....---------...
17 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only,are not guaranteed,
18 and do not bind the City.
19
20 SC-4.02A.,"Subsurface and Physical Conditions"
21
22 The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work to be
23 used for information only:
24
25 A Report No.DG-15-17153,dated April 26,2018,prepared by HVJ Associates, a sub-consultant of
26 Stantec Consulting Services,Inc., a consultant of the City,providing additional information on
27 "Geotechnical Study Village Creek WWTP VCWRF Liquid Biosolids Storage Tanks Project".
28
29 The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface
30 structures(except Underground Facilities)which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work:
31
32 None.
33
34 SC-4.06A.,"Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site"
35
36 The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City:
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007300-3
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 5
1
2 None.
3
4 SC-5.03A.,"Certificates of Insurance"
5
6 The entities listed below are"additional insureds as their interest may appear"including their respective
7 officers,directors,agents and employees.
8
9 (1) City
10 (2) Consultant: Stantec Consulting Services,Inc.
11 (3) Other: Renda Environmental
12
13 SC-5.04A.,"Contractor's Insurance"
14
15 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following
16 coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations:
17
18 5.04A.Workers'Compensation,under Paragraph GC-5.04A.
19
20 Statutory limits
21 Employer's liability
22 $100,000 each accident/occurrence
23 $100,000 Disease-each employee
24 $500,000 Disease-policy limit
25
26 SC-5.04B.,"Contractor's Insurance"
27
28 5.04B.Commercial General Liability,under Paragraph GC-5.04B.Contractor's Liability Insurance
29 under Paragraph GC-5.04B.,which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with
30 minimum limits of:
31
32 $1,000,000 each occurrence
33 $2,000,000 aggregate limit
34
35 The policy must have an endorsement(Amendment—Aggregate Limits of Insurance)making the
36 General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site.
37
38 The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide"X","C",and"U"coverage's.
39 Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance.
40
41 SC 5.04C.,"Contractor's Insurance"
42 5.04C. Automobile Liability,under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under
43 Paragraph GC-5.04C.,which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts:
44
45 (1) Automobile Liability-a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on"Any Auto",
46 defined as autos owned,hired and non-owned.
47
48 $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at
49 least:
50
-51 $250,000 Bodily Injury per person/
52 $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident/
53 $100,000 Property Damage
54
55
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007300-4
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 4 of 5
1 SC-5.04D.,"Contractor's Insurance"
2
3 The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees,agents,subcontractors,equipment,and
4 material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks
5
6 None.
7
8 SC-6.04.,"Project Schedule"
9
10 Project schedule shall be Tier 3 for the project.
11
12 SC-6.07.,"Wage Rates"
13
14 The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s)applicable to this project and is provided in the
15 Appendixes:
16 2013 Prevailing Wage Rates(Heavy and Highway Construction Projects)
17 2013 Prevailing Wage Rates(Commercial Construction Projects)
18
19 SC-6.09.,"Permits and Utilities"
20
21 SC-6.09A.,"Contractor obtained permits and licenses"
22 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor:
23
24 City of Fort Worth Building Permit for Electrical Trade(City will submit application only. City will waive
25 fees associated with this permit)
26
27 SC-6.09B."City obtained permits and licenses"
28 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City:
29
30 Grading Permit
31 Building Permit Application
32
33 SC-6.09C. "Outstanding permits and licenses"
34
35 The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of May 3,
36 2018:
37
38 Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired
OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE
OF POSSESSION
City of Fort Worth Grading Permit(per platting requirements) Construction start
Contractor Building Permit for Electrical Trade(City to file Construction start
application only, fees to be waived by the City)
39 SC-7.02.,"Coordination"
40
41 The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at
42 the Site:
43
Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority
Renda Environmental Plant operator city
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
007300-5
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 5
1
2 SC-8.01,"Communications to Contractor"
3
4 None.
5
6 SC-9.01.,"City's Project Manager"
7
8 The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Farida Goderya,or his/her successor pursuant to written
9 notification from the Director of Water Department.
10
1 I SC-13.03C.,"Tests and Inspections"
12
13 None.
14
15 SC-14.10,"Substantial Completion"
16
17 Add the following Section as follows:
18
19 14.10 Substantial Completion
20 A. When Contractor considers the entire Work sufficiently complete,in accordance with the
21 Contract Documents and this Agreement,such that the City may implement or use the Work for
22 its intended purpose,Contractor shall notify the City in writing that the entire Work is
23 substantially complete and request that the City issue a letter of Substantial Completion.
24 Contractor shall at the same time submit to the City an initial draft punch list to be completed or
25 corrected before final acceptance.
26 B. Promptly after Contractor's notification,City and Contractor shall make an inspection of the
27 Work to determine the status of completion. If City does not consider the Work substantially
28 complete,City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore.
29 C. If City considers the Work substantially complete,City will deliver to Contractor a letter of
30 Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be
31 attached to the Letter of Substantial Completion a list of items to be completed or corrected
32 before Final Acceptance.
33 D. At the time of receipt of the letter of Substantial Completion,City and Contractor will confer
34 regarding City's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. All surety
35 and insurance shall remain in effect until Final Payment.
36 E. After Substantial Completion,the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of
37 items to be completed or corrected prior to Final Acceptance. In appropriate cases,Contractor
38 may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items,following the
39 progress payment procedures set forth herein.
40
41
42 SC-16.01C.1,"Methods and Procedures"
43
44 None.
45
46
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
01 11 00-1
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 1 of 7
1 SECTION 01 11 00
2 SUMMARY OF WORK
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
9 2. Added 1.2.A.2
10 3. Modified 1.4.13.1
11 4. Added 1.4.13.2
12 5. Added 1.4.0& 1.4.17
13 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
14 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
15 2. Division 1 -General Requirements
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurement and Payment
18 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
19 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
21 sum price.
22 3. A detailed description and payment method for each bid item is shown below:
23 Base Bid Items
24 Bid Item#1 —Mobilization-Includes costs incurred by Contractor before and after
25 site work including: bonds, insurance,permits, submittals,project planning,all
26 mobilization and demobilization of personnel and equipment necessary to complete
27 the Work at the site, and all project closeout items. Payment shall be made as a
28 Lump Sum.
29 Bid Item#2—Site Civil-Includes all labor,material and equipment required to
30 furnish and install site civil work including but not limited to: preconstruction
31 survey and potholing,cleaning and grubbing,earthwork including cut and fill at
32 existing sludge pond, site grading, site drainage including storm culverts, headwalls
33 and riprap,gravel ring around 5 MG sludge storage tank,pavement including
34 access drive,bollards, erosion and sedimentation control,dewatering,revegetation,
35 restoration of disturbed areas, disposal of unsuitable material,testing,demolition of
36 existing structures,and all other associated work,as shown on the drawings and
37 described in the specifications,and as needed for a complete and functioning
38 system. Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
011100-2
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 2 of 7
1 Bid Item#3 —Yard Pipina- Includes all labor,material and equipment required to
2 furnish and install yard piping work including but not limited to:trench excavation,
3 bedding,backfill and compaction for various yard piping, bypass pumping as
4 required for undisrupted operation,pipe encasement, filter fabric, lining and
5 coating,trench dewatering, sludge piping including fittings,restrained joints,
6 connections,valves and motorized actuators, flow meters,precast vaults of various
7 sizes for flow meters and valves with pipe supports and hangers,access ladders and
8 hatches,tank overflow and drain piping including fittings,connections and clean
9 outs,reclaimed water piping including fittings,restrained joints,connections and
10 yard hydrants,potable water piping including fittings,restrained joints, connections
11 and valves,ferric chloride feed piping including fittings and connections,testing,
12 training, demolition of existing piping,and all other associated work, as shown on
13 the drawings and described in the specifications,and as needed for a complete and
14 functioning system. Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
15 Bid Item#4—Electrical/Chemical Feed Buildina-Includes all labor,material and
16 equipment required to furnish and install the electrical/chemical feed building
17 work including but not limited to: building foundation and drains,pre-engineered
18 building including wall penetrations,doors and windows, insultation and liner
19 panels,partition walls and other appurtenances,HVAC system with associated
20 ductwork,ventilation system with associated fans and louvers,sludge pumping
21 system with associated supports, piping,fittings,valves, connections and
22 appurtenances,ferric chloride feed system with associated piping,fittings,valves,
23 connections and appurtenances, emergency shower and eye wash station with water
24 heater,exterior pad with associated drain, flow meter,piping,fittings,valves,
25 connections, supports and appurtenances,testing,training, and all other associated
26 work, as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications,and as needed
27 for a complete and functioning system.Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
28 Bid Item#5—Ferric Chloride Storage Tanks-Includes all labor,material and
29 equipment required to furnish and install the ferric chloride storage tank work
30 including but not limited to: containment structure including foundation, sump
31 drain, sump pump and perimeter sidewalk,two 10,000-gallong ferric chloride
32 storage tanks with tank pedestals,emergency shower and eye wash station,all
33 associated piping including fittings, connections, supports, and appurtenances,
34 testing,training,and all associated work, as shown on the drawings and described
35 in the specifications,and as needed for a complete and functioning system.
36 Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
37 Bid Item#6-Existing Sludge Storage Tanks Improvements-Includes all labor,
38 material and equipment required to furnish and install the existing sludge storage
39 tanks improvement work and all associated work,as shown on the drawings, as
40 described in the specifications,and as needed for a complete and functioning
41 system.Also includes installation of Landia mixing system including air jet
42 assemblies with associated piping, fittings,valves,connections, supports and
43 appurtenances,training,and testing.Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
44 Bid item#7- Static Mixer Pad- Includes all labor,material and equipment required
45 to furnish and install the static mixer pad work including but not limited to: pad
46 with associated drain,static mixer,flow meter, piping,fittings,valves, connections,
47 supports and appurtenances,testing, and training,as shown on the drawings and
48 described in the specifications,and as needed for a complete and functioning
49 system.Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 1100-3
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 7
1 Bid Item#8—Electrical -Includes all labor, material and equipment required to
2 furnish and install the project electrical work including but not limited to:
3 excavation, bedding, backfill and compaction for various ductbanks,manholes,
4 pads and poles,cables and wires, conduit,ductbanks,manholes,panels and
5 enclosures,poles,pads and supports,transformers,circuit breakers,fuses, switches,
6 light fixtures,connections,heat tracing,testing,training, and all associated work,as
7 shown on the drawings and described in the specifications, and as needed for a
8 complete and functioning system.Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
9 Bid Item#9—Instrumentation and Controls-Includes all labor,material and
10 equipment required to furnish and install the project instrumentation and control
11 work including but not limited to: excavation for various ducbanks, manholes and
12 pads,cables and wires,conduit,ductbanks,manholes,panels and enclosures,pads
13 and supports, connections,programable logic controller(PLC)and programming,
14 sensing devices including floats and transducers,transmitters,testing,training, and
15 all associated work, as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications,
16 and as needed for a complete and functioning system. Payment shall be made as a
17 Lump Sum.
18 Bid Item#10—Trench Safety Plan-Includes preparing, submitting and
19 implementing a Trench Safety Plan for the duration of the project, signed and
20 sealed by a Professional Engineer(PE)licensed in the State of Texas.Payment
21 shall be made as a Lump Sum.
22 Bid Item#11 —SWPPP- Includes preparing, submitting and implementing a Storm
23 Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP)for the duration of the project, signed
24 and sealed by a Professional Engineer(PE) licensed in the State of Texas.Payment
25 shall be made as a Lump Sum.
26 Bid Item#12—ALLOWANCE for ONCOR Electrical Service—Includes all labor,
27 material and equipment required to furnish and install ONCOR electrical service as
28 shown on the drawings and described in the specifications, and as needed for a
29 complete and functioning system.Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
30 Bid Item#13—ALLOWANCE for Landia Air Jets and Mixers-Includes
31 furnishing Landia air jet and mixer assemblies for the new 5 million gallon sludge
32 storage tank and the existing 0.5 and 0.8 million gallon sludge storage tanks, as
33 shown on the drawings and described in the specifications, as described on Landia's
34 firm price letter attached, and as needed for a complete and functioning system.
35 Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum.
36 Bid Item#14a-5 MG Welded Steel Sludge Stora eg Tank-Includes all labor,
37 material and equipment required to furnish and install the 5 MG welded steel sludge
38 storage tank work including but not limited to:tank structure,tank drains,tank
39 shallow foundation including ring wall, subgrade improvements including over
40 excavation and fill,tank stairs,inlet,outlet and overflow piping with fittings,
41 valves,connections, supports and appurtenances,testing,training, and all other
42 associated work,as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications,and
43 as needed for a complete and functioning system.Also includes installation of
44 Landia mixing system including air jets and mixers with associated piping, fittings,
45 valves, connections, supports and appurtenances.Payment shall be made as a Lump
46 Sum.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 1100-4
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 4 of 7
1 Bid Item#14b-5 MG Welded Steel Sludge Storage Tank Coatings-Includes all
2 labor,material and equipment required to furnish and install the 5 MG welded steel
3 sludge storage tank coatings, as shown on the drawings and described in the
4 specifications,and as needed for a complete and functioning system.Payment shall
5 be made as a Lump Sum.
6
7 Alternate Bid Items
8 Bid Item Al - 5 MG AWWA D110 Type II or Type III Prestressed Concrete
9 Sludge Storage Tank per Contract Documents' Deep Foundation Design IN LIEU
10 OF 5 MG Welded Steel Sludge Stege Tank and Coatings_(Bid Items 14a and 14b)
11 -Includes all labor, material and equipment required to furnish and install the 5 MG
12 AWWA D110 Type II or Type III concrete sludge storage tank work including but
13 not limited to: tank wall structure,tank drains,tank deep foundation including
14 drilled piers, subgrade improvements including over excavation and fill,tank
15 interior coating,tank stairs,inlet, outlet and overflow piping,fittings,valves,
16 connections,supports and appurtenances,testing,training, and all other associated
17 work, as shown on the drawings and described in the specifications,and as needed
18 for a complete and functioning system.Also includes installation of Landia mixing
19 system including air jet and mixer assemblies with associated piping, fittings,
20 valves,connections, supports and appurtenances.Payment shall be made as a Lump
21 Sum.
22 Bid Item A2 -5 MG AWWA D110 Type II or Type III Prestressed Concrete
23 Sludge Storage Tank per Contractor's Turn Key Signed and Sealed Desip
24 (Shallow Foundation and Tank)IN LIEU OF 5 MG Welded Steel Sludge Storage
25 Tank and Coatings (Bid Items 14a and 14b)- Includes all labor,material and
26 equipment required to furnish and install the 5 MG AWWA D110 Type II or Type
27 III concrete sludge storage tank work including but not limited to: tank wall
28 structure,tank drains,tank shallow foundation including floor slab, subgrade
29 improvements including over excavation and fill, Geotechnical Report
30 substantiating the alternate tank foundation design,tank interior coating,tank stairs,
31 inlet,outlet and overflow piping,fittings,valves,connections,supports and
32 appurtenances,testing,training,and all other associated work,as shown on the
33 drawings and described in the specifications, and as needed for a complete and
34 functioning system.Also includes installation of Landia mixing system including
35 air jet and mixer assemblies with associated piping, fittings,valves, connections,
36 supports and appurtenances.Payment shall be made as a Lump Sum. Refer to
37 Alternate Tank Foundation requirements under Section 33 16 32—Prestressed
38 Concrete Tank(AWWA D110 Type II)and 33 16 33—Prestressed Concrete Tank
39 (AWWA D110 Type III).
40
41 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
43 A. Work Covered by Contract Documents
44 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor,materials,and equipment, and performing
45 all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and
46 Specifications.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
011100-5
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 5 of 7
1 B. Subsidiary Work
2 1. Unit Price Bid -Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary
3 requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or
4 Contract Documents in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the
5 Proposal and the item is not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid
6 item list,then the item shall be considered as a subsidiary item of Work,the cost of
7 which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items.
8 2. Lump Sum Price—Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary
9 requirements for the project,such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or
10 Contract Documents are included in the total lump sum price bid.
11 C. Examination of the Site
12 1. Visit the site,to compare drawings and specifications with any work in place,
13 and observe all site conditions,including other work,if any,is being
14 performed. Failure to visit the site shall not relieve the Contractor from the
15 necessity of furnishing materials or performing work required to complete
16 work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
17 D. Use of Premises
18 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City.
19 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and
20 equipment stored on the Site.
21 3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys,or other public places
22 or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City,as shown in the
23 Contract Documents,or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City.
24 a. A reasonable amount of tools,materials,and equipment for construction
25 purposes may be stored in such space,but no more than is necessary to avoid
26 delay in the construction operations.
27 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere
28 with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed
29 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property.
30 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks,the Work shall be carried on in such
31 manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad.
32 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in
33 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit.
34 E. Work within Easements
35 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously
36 obtained permission from the owner of such property.
37 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the
38 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the
39 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City.
40 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise,clear all rights-of-way or easements of
41 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the
42 Work as a part of the project construction operations.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
011100-6
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 6 of 7
1 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery,plants,
2 lawns,fences,culverts,curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements,
3 to all water, sewer, and gas lines,to all conduits,overhead pole lines, or
4 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all
5 other public or private property adjacent to the Work.
6 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private
7 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work.
8 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the
9 Work.
10 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any
11 corporation,company, individual,or other,either as owners or occupants,
12 whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work.
13 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting
14 from any act,omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or
15 execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work,material,or
16 equipment.
17 6. Fence
18 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project
19 to the original or a better than original condition.
20 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is
21 not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to
22 provide site security.
23 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal,temporary
24 closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the
25 project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal.
26 F. Partial Owner Occupancy
27 1. The City reserves the richt to take possession and use any completed or
28 partially completed portion of the Work reEardless of the time of completion
29 of the Work, providine it does not interfere with the Contractor's work. Such
30 possession or use of the Work shall not be construed as final acceptance of the
31 project or any portion thereof.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 11 00-7
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 7 of 7
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
6 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
10 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
11 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
012500-1
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page I of 4
1 SECTION 0125 00
2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not
7 equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or
8 defined by reference to 1 or more of the following:
9 a. Name of manufacturer
10 b. Name of vendor
11 c. Trade name
12 d. Catalog number
13 2. Substitutions are not"or-equals".
14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
15 1. Modified 1.2A.1
16 2. Added 1.2A.2
17 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
18 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
19 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
21 A. Measurement and Payment
22 1. Unit Price-Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
23 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
24 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
25 sum price.
26 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
28 A. Request for Substitution-General
29 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract(unless noted otherwise),the City will
30 consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of
31 those specified.
32 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by
33 means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors,trade names,or
34 catalog numbers.
35 a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from
36 consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names,
37 trade names,or catalog numbers,provided said products are "or-equals," as
38 determined by City.
39 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions
40 under the following conditions:
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 25 00-2
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 2 of 4
1 a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products
2 meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor;
3 or,
4 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City.
5 1.5 SUBMITTALS
6 A. See Request for Substitution Form(attached)
7 B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution
8 1. Substitution shall be considered only:
9 a. After award of Contract
10 b. Under the conditions stated herein
11 2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including:
12 a. Documentation
13 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
14 Contract Documents
15 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is
16 proposed
17 3) Data relating to changes in cost
18 b. For products
19 1) Product identification
20 a) Manufacturer's name
21 b) Telephone number and representative contact name
22 c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified
23 product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original
24 product in the Contract Documents
25 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed
26 product with Contract Documents
27 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product
28 characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to:
29 a) Size
30 b) Composition or materials of construction
31 c) Weight
32 d) Electrical or mechanical requirements
33 4) Product experience
34 a) Location of past projects utilizing product
35 b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced
36 projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product
37 c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product
38 5) Samples
39 a) Provide at request of City.
40 b) Samples become the property of the City.
41 c. For construction methods:
42 1) Detailed description of proposed method
43 2) Illustration drawings
44 C. Approval or Rejection
45 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City
46 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern
47 of specified product if necessary to secure design intent.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
012500-3
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 3 of 4
1 3. In the event the substitution is approved,the resulting cost and/or time reduction
2 will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions.
3 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution.
4 5. Substitution will be rejected if.-
5
f5 a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval
6 b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section
7 c. In the City's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original
8 design
9 d. In the City's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function
10 consistent with the design intent
11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
15 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product,the Contractor
16 represents that the Contractor:
17 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or
18 superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which
19 it is intended
20 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified
21 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work,to include building
22 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be
23 complete in all respects
24 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently
25 arise
26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
27 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
30 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
31 END OF SECTION
32
33
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
012500-4
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 4
1 EXHIBIT A
2 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM:
3
4 TO:
5 PROJECT: DATE:
6 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for
7 the above project:
8 SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM
9
10
11 Proposed Substitution:
12 Reason for Substitution:
13 Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed
14 substitution will require for its proper installation.
15
16 Fill in Blanks Below:
17 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering
18 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?
19
20
21 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades?
22
23
24 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item?
25
26
27 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time?
28
29
30 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are:
31
32 Equal Better(explain on attachment)
33 The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the
34 specified item.
35 Submitted By: For Use by City
36
37 Signature Recommended Recommended
38 as noted
39
40 Firm Not recommended _Received late
41 Address By
42 Date
43 Date Remarks
44 Telephone
45
46 For Use by City:
47
48 Approved Rejected
49 City Date
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 31 19-1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 1 of 3
1 SECTION 0131 19
2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to
7 clarify construction contract administration procedures
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. Modified 1.2A.1
10 2. Added 1.2A.2
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
17 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
19 sum price.
20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
22 A. Coordination
23 1. Attend preconstruction meeting.
24 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
25 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
26 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded.
27 a. if recorded,tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for
28 future reference.
29 B. Preconstruction Meeting
30 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the
31 Agreement and before Work is started.
32 a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City.
33 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting,prepare the notes of the
34 meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully
35 completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting.
36 3. Attendance shall include:
37 a. Project Representative
38 b. Contractor's project manager
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0131 19-2
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
1 c. Contractor's superintendent
2 d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
3 to invite or the City may request
4 e. Other City representatives
5 f. Others as appropriate
6 4. Construction Schedule
7 a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 0132 16 and
8 provide at Preconstruction Meeting.
9 b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of
10 Preconstruction Meeting.
11 5. Preliminary Agenda may include:
12 a. Introduction of Project Personnel
13 b. General Description of Project
14 c. Status of right-of-way,utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits
15 d. Contractor's work plan and schedule
16 e. Contract Time
17 f. Notice to Proceed
18 g. Construction Staking
19 h. Progress Payments
20 i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures
21 j. Field Orders
22 k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material
23 1. Insurance Renewals
24 m. Payroll Certification
25 n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing
26 o. Public Safety and Convenience
27 p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions
28 q. Weekend Work Notification
29 r. Legal Holidays
30 s. Trench Safety Plans
31 t. Confined Space Entry Standards
32 u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water
33 systems
34 v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
35 w. Coordination with other Contractors
36 x. Early Warning System
37 y. Contractor Evaluation
38 z. Special Conditions applicable to the project
39 aa. Damages Claims
40 bb. Submittal Procedures
41 cc. Substitution Procedures
42 dd. Correspondence Routing
43 ee. Record Drawings
44 ff. Temporary construction facilities
45 gg. M/WBE or MBE/SBE procedures
46 hh. Final Acceptance
47 ii. Final Payment
48 J. Questions or Comments
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0131 19-3
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 3 of 3
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
6 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
10 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
11 END OF SECTION
12
13
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
013120-1
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 1 of 3
1 SECTION 013120
2 PROJECT MEETINGS
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Provisions for project meetings throughout the construction period to enable orderly
7 review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systematic discussion of
8 potential problems
9 B. Deviations this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
10 1. Modified 1.2A.1
11 2. Added 1.2A.2
12 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
13 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
14 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
16 A. Measurement and Payment
17 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
18 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
19 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
20 sum price.
21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
23 A. Coordination
24 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified,periodic progress meetings, and
25 specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work.
26 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
27 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents.
28 3. Meetings administered by City may be tape recorded.
29 a. If recorded,tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for
30 future reference.
31 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section,may be held when requested
32 by the City,Engineer or Contractor.
33 B. Pre-Construction Neighborhood Meeting
34 1. After the execution of the Agreement, but before construction is allowed to begin,
35 attend 1 Public Meeting with affected residents to:
36 a. Present projected schedule,including construction start date
37 b. Answer any construction related questions
38 2. Meeting Location
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013120-2
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 2 of 3
1 a. Location of meeting to be determined by the City.
2 3. Attendees
3 a. Contractor
4 b. Project Representative
5 c. Other City representatives
6 4. Meeting Schedule
7 a. In general,the neighborhood meeting will occur within the 2 weeks following
8 the pre-construction conference.
9 b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held.
10 C. Progress Meetings
11 1. Formal project coordination meetings will be held periodically. Meetings will be
12 scheduled and administered by Project Representative.
13 2. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-
14 needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include,but not be limited to:
15 a. Coordinating shutdowns
16 b. Installation of piping and equipment
17 c. Coordination between other construction projects
18 d. Resolution of construction issues
19 e. Equipment approval
20 3. The Project Representative will preside at progress meetings, prepare the notes of
21 the meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by
22 fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each
23 meeting.
24 4. Attendance shall include:
25 a. Contractor's project manager
26 b. Contractor's superintendent
27 c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
28 to invite or the City may request
29 d. Engineer's representatives
30 e. City's representatives
31 f. Others, as requested by the Project Representative
32 5. Preliminary Agenda may include:
33 a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting
34 b. Field observations,problems, conflicts
35 c. Items which impede construction schedule
36 d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules
37 e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other
38 construction contracts
39 £ Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule
40 g. Revisions to construction schedule
41 h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period
42 i. Coordination of schedules
43 j. Review submittal schedules
44 k. Maintenance of quality standards
45 1. Pending changes and substitutions
46 m. Review proposed changes for:
47 1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date
48 2) Effect on other contracts of the Project
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013120-3
PROJECT MEETINGS
Page 3 of 3
1 n. Review Record Documents
2 o. Review monthly pay request
3 p. Review status of Requests for Information
4 6. Meeting Schedule
5 a. Progress meetings will be held periodically as determined by the Project
6 Representative.
7 1) Additional meetings may be held at the request of the:
8 a) City
9 b) Engineer
10 c) Contractor
11 7. Meeting Location
12 a. The City will establish a meeting location.
13 1) To the extent practicable,meetings will be held at the Site.
14 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
15 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
18 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
19 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
20 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
22 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
23 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
24 END OF SECTION
25
26
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
013213-1
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Page 1 of 2
1 SECTION 0132 13
2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal,updating, status reporting and
7 management of the Schedule of Values
8 B. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
9 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
10 2. Division I —General Requirements
r
11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
12 A. Measurement and Payment
13 1. Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump sum price.
14 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
15 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
16 A. Schedule of Values
17 1. General
18 a. Prepare a schedule of values in conjunction with the preparation of the progress
19 schedule.
20 1) Coordinate preparation of schedule of values and progress schedule.
21 b. Correlate line items with other administrative schedules and the forms required
22 for the work, including the progress schedule, payment request form, listing of
23 subcontractors, schedule of allowances, schedule of alternatives, listing of
24 products and principal suppliers and fabricators,and the schedule of submittals.
25 c. Provide breakdown of the Contract Sum in accordance with measurement and
26 payment sections and with sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of
27 payment requests and progress reports.
28 1) Break down principal subcontract amounts into several line items in
29 accordance with section measurement and payment.
30 d. Round off to the nearest whole dollar,but with the total equal the Contract
31 Sum.
32 1.5 SUBMITTALS
33 A. Schedule of Values
34 1. Submit Schedule of Values in native file format and pdf format.
35 2. Submit Schedule of Values monthly no later than the last day of the month.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013213-2
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Page 2 of 2
1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
5 A. The person preparing and revising the construction Schedule shall be experienced in the
6 preparation of schedules of similar complexity.
7 B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared,
8 updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction.
9 C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the
10 standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects.
11 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
14 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
15 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
16 END OF SECTION
17
18
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02269
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013216-1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 1 of 5
1 SECTION 0132 16
2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal,updating, status reporting and
7 management of the Construction Progress Schedule
8 2. Specific requirements are presented in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance
9 Document
10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
11 1. Modified 1.2A.1
12 2. Added 1.2A.2
13 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
14 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
15 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurement and Payment
18 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
19 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
21 sum price.
22 1.3 REFERENCES
23 A. Definitions
24 1. Schedule Tiers
25 a. Tier 1 -No schedule submittal required by contract. Small,brief duration
26 projects
27 b. Tier 2 -No schedule submittal required by contract,but will require some
28 milestone dates. Small,brief duration projects
29 c. Tier 3 - Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the
30 Specification and herein.Majority of City projects, including all bond program
31 projects
32 d. Tier 4- Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the
33 Specification and herein.Large and/or complex projects with long durations
34 1) Examples: large water pump station project and associated pipeline with
35 interconnection to another governmental entity
36 e. Tier 5- Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the
37 Specification and herein. Large and/or very complex projects with long
38 durations,high public visibility
39 1) Examples might include a water or wastewater treatment plant
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013216-2
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 2 of 5
1 2. Baseline Schedule-Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve
2 as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule.
3 3. Progress Schedule-Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting
4 progress on the project and any changes anticipated.
5 4. Schedule Narrative-Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule
6 changes, expected delays,key schedule issues,critical path items,etc
7 B. Reference Standards
8 1. City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document
9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
10 A. Baseline Schedule
11 1. General
12 a. Prepare a cost-loaded baseline Schedule using approved software and the
13 Critical Path Method(CPM)as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule
14 Guidance Document.
15 b. Review the draft cost-loaded baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate
16 understanding of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints
17 related to the schedule.
18 c. Designate an authorized representative(Project Scheduler)responsible for
19 developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports.
20 B. Progress Schedule
21 1. Update the progress Schedule monthly as required in the City of Fort Worth
22 Schedule Guidance Document.
23 2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule.
24 3. Change Orders
25 a. Incorporate approved change orders,resulting in a change of contract time, in
26 the baseline Schedule in accordance with City of Fort Worth Schedule
27 Guidance Document.
28 C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance
29 1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status
30 Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion
31 date will not be met,or when so directed by the City,make some or all of the
32 following actions at no additional cost to the City
33 a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule
34 outlining:
35 1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the
36 delay to the critical path in the approved schedule
37 2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will
38 substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to
39 meet projected baseline completion dates
40 3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day,working
41 days per week,the amount of construction equipment,or any combination
42 of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work
43 4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of
44 accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013216-3
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 3 of 5
1 2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested
2 by the City,the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in
3 manpower(trades),equipment and work schedule(overtime,weekend and holiday
4 work, etc.)to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay
5 to the critical path in the approved schedule.
6 a. No additional cost for such work will be considered.
7 D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this
8 Contract.
9 a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be
10 supplemented with the following:
11 1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem
12 necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled
13 under the provisions of this Contract.
14 a) The City will,after receipt of such justification and supporting
15 evidence,make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in
16 writing thereof.
17 2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled,the City's
18 determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions
19 shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data
20 relevant to the extension.
21 a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress
22 schedule.
23 b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule,
24 do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in
25 the network will not be the basis for a change therein.
26 2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30
27 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but
28 before the date of final payment under this Contract.
29 a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within
30 the foregoing time limit.
31 b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion
32 time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions,weather,
33 technical difficulties,strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its
34 representatives,and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate
35 schedule adjustments or completion time extensions.
36 1) Under such conditions,the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the
37 work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the
38 Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly.
39 a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such
40 schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time
41 extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which
42 case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time
43 extension and any additional cost to the City.
44 b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City
45 as well as by the Contractor.
46 3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date
47 and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date
48 of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013216-4
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 4 of 5
1 a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the
2 Contractor or the City.
3 b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the
4 right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project.
5 c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays,affecting paths of activities
6 containing float time,will not have any effect upon contract completion times,
7 providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with
8 those activities.
9 E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules
10 1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent
11 upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts,the
12 Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts.
13 a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the
14 preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes
15 in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules.
16 2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors,the City will
17 determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary
18 to expedite the completion of the entire Project.
19 a. In such cases,the decision of the City shall be accepted as final.
20 b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be
21 considered as justification for claims for additional compensation.
22 1.5 SUBMITTALS
23 A. Baseline Schedule
24 1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format as required in the City of Fort
25 Worth Schedule Guidance Document.
26 a. Native file format includes:
27 1) Primavera(P6 or Primavera Contractor)
28 2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and
29 bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion.
30 B. Progress Schedule
31 1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format as required in the
32 City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document.
33 2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the last day of the month.
34 C. Schedule Narrative
35 1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format as required in the City of Fort Worth
36 Schedule Guidance Document.
37 2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the last day of the month.
38 D. Submittal Process
39 1. The City administers and manages schedules through Buzzsaw.
40 2. Contractor shall submit documents as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule
41 Guidance Document.
42 3. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the
43 City, no further progress schedules are required.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013216-5
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
Page 5 of 5
1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
5 A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be
6 experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity.
7 B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared,
8 updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction.
9 C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the
10 standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects.
11 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
15 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
16 END OF SECTION
17
18
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
013233-1
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 1 of 2
1 SECTION 0132 33
2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for:
7 a. Preconstruction Videos
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. Modified 1.2A.1
10 2. Added 1.2A.2
11 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
17 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
19 sum price.
20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
22 A. Preconstruction Video
23 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the
24 vicinity of and to be affected by construction.
25 a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City.
26 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety
27 period.
28 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
33 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
34 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013233-2
PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO
Page 2 of 2
1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
3 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
4 END OF SECTION
5
6
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013300-1
SUBMITTALS
Page 1 of 8
1 SECTION 0133 00
2 SUBMITTALS
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following
7 Work-related submittals:
8 a. Shop Drawings
9 b. Product Data(including Standard Product List submittals)
10 c. Samples
11 d. Mock Ups
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
13 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
14 2. Added 1.2.A.2
15 3. Added 1.4.B
16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
17 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
18 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurement and Payment
21 1. Unit Price-Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
22 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
23 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
24 sum price.
25 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
27 A. Coordination
28 1. Notify the City in writing,at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the
29 submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
30 2. Coordination of Submittal Times
31 a. Prepare,prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
32 performing the related Work or other applicable activities,or within the time
33 specified in the individual Work Sections,of the Specifications.
34 b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by
35 processing times including, but not limited to:
36 a) Disapproval and resubmittal(if required)
37 b) Coordination with other submittals
38 c) Testing
39 d) Purchasing
40 e) Fabrication
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOL1DS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013300-2
SUBMITTALS
Page 2 of 8
1 f) Delivery
2 g) Similar sequenced activities
3 c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to
4 transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work.
5 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such
6 sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other
7 contractor.
8 B. Submittal Lois/Schedule
9 1. Prior to submittine the first submittal for the project,provide a submittal
10 loe/schedule to include
11 a. Anticipated Submittals
12 b. Proposed Submittal Numbering
13 c. Anticipated Submittal Dates.
14 C. Submittal Numbering
15 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross-
16 reference identification numbering system in the following manner:
17 a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number.
18 b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each
19 initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number.
20 c. Last use a letter,A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing(i.e.
21 A=2nd submission,B=3rd submission,C=4th submission,etc.). A typical
22 submittal number would be as follows:
23
24 03 30 00-08-B
25
26 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete
27 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section
28 3) B is the third submission(second resubmission)of that particular shop
29 drawing
30 D. Contractor Certification
31 1. Review shop drawings,product data and samples, including those by
32 subcontractors,prior to submission to determine and verify the following:
33 a. Field measurements
34 b. Field construction criteria
35 c. Catalog numbers and similar data
36 d. Conformance with the Contract Documents
37 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor
38 with a Certification Statement affixed including:
39 a. The Contractor's Company name
40 b. Signature of submittal reviewer
41 c. Certification Statement
42 1) `By this submittal,I hereby represent that I have determined and verified
43 field measurements, field construction criteria,materials, dimensions,
44 catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each
45 item with other applicable approved shop drawings."
46 E. Submittal Format
47 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 '/z inches x 11 inches to 8 '/z inches x 11 inches.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013300-3
SUBMITTALS
Page 3 of 8
1 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together.
2 3. Order
3 a. Cover Sheet
4 1) Description of Packet
5 2) Contractor Certification
6 b. List of items/Table of Contents
7 c. Product Data/Shop Drawings/Samples/Calculations
8 F. Submittal Content
9 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions
10 2. The Project title and number
11 3. Contractor identification
12 4. The names of:
13 a. Contractor
14 b. Supplier
15 c. Manufacturer
16 5. Identification of the product,with the Specification Section number,page and
17 paragraph(s)
18 6. Field dimensions,clearly identified as such
19 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials
20 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers
21 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents
22 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals
23 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps
24 G. Shop Drawings
25 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes,but is not necessarily limited to:
26 a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation(working)
27 drawings
28 b. Scheduled information
29 c. Setting diagrams
30 d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions
31 e. Custom templates
32 f. Special wiring diagrams
33 g. Coordination drawings
34 h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including:
35 1) Performance curves and certifications
36 i. As applicable to the Work
37 2. Details
38 a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure
39 b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements
40 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting
41 for approval.
42 H. Product Data
43 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product
44 List,clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013300-4
SUBMITTALS
Page 4 of 8
1 2. For submittals of product data for products.not included on the City's Standard
2 Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to:
3 a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products(sometimes referred to as
4 catalog data)
5 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation
6 instructions
7 2) Availability of colors and patterns
8 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability
9 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates
10 5) Catalog cuts
11 6) Product photographs
12 7) Standard wiring diagrams
13 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams
14 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications
15 10) Mill reports
16 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended
17 spare-parts listing and printed product warranties
18 12)As applicable to the Work
19 I. Samples
20 1. As specified in individual Sections, include,but are not necessarily limited to:
21 a. Physical examples of the Work such as:
22 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work
23 2) Small cuts or containers of materials
24 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches
25 and range sets
26 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect
27 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent
28 inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work
29 J. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to
30 be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item.
31 1. Fabrication performed,materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished
32 which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's
33 risk.
34 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies
35 required to accomplish conformity.
36 3. Complete project Work,materials,fabrication,and installations in conformance
37 with approved shop drawings,applicable samples,and product data.
38 K. Submittal Distribution
39 1. Electronic Distribution
40 a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
41 uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the
42 City.
43 b. Shop Drawings
44 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
45 City representatives via email of submittal posting.
46 2) Hard Copies
47 a) 3 copies for all submittals
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013300-5
SUBMITTALS
Page 5 of 8
1 b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings
2 returned,Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed
3 above.
4 c. Product Data
5 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate
6 City representatives via email of submittal posting.
7 2) Hard Copies
8 a) 3 copies for all submittals
9 d. Samples
10 1) Distributed to the Project Representative
11 2. Hard Copy Distribution(if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
12 a. Shop Drawings
13 1) Distributed to the City
14 2) Copies
15 a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals
16 b) 7 copies for all other submittals
17 c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned,
18 Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above.
19 b. Product Data
20 1) Distributed to the City
21 2) Copies
22 a) 4 copies
23 c. Samples
24 1) Distributed to the Project Representative
25 2) Copies
26 a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections.
27 3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved
28 product data and samples,where required,to the job site file and elsewhere as
29 directed by the City.
30 a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number
31 previously specified.
32 L. Submittal Review
33 1. The review of shop drawings,data and samples will be for general conformance
34 with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as:
35 a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
36 b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details,
37 dimensions,and materials
38 c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise
39 provided herein
40 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City
41 does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the
42 fulfillment of the terms of the Contract.
43 a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will
44 have no responsibility therefore.
45 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the
46 Work with all other associated work and trades,for selecting fabrication processes,
47 for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 3300-6
SUBMITTALS
Page 6 of 8
l 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a
2 departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of
3 the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for
4 performance,the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an
5 exception.
6 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes:
7 a. Code 1
8 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or
9 comments on the submittal.
10 a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the
11 equipment and/or material for manufacture.
12 b. Code 2
13 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of
14 the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor.
15 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
16 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
17 final product.
18 c. Code 3
19 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is
20 assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a
21 resubmittal of the package.
22 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture;
23 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
24 final product.
25 b) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and
26 non-conforming items that were noted.
27 c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of
28 the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal.
29 d. Code 4
30 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the
31 intent of the Contract Documents.
32 a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the
33 submittal into conformance.
34 b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor
35 to meet the Contract Documents.
36 6. Resubmittals
37 a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals
38 1) Corrections other than requested by the City
39 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method
40 a) At Contractor's risk if not marked
41 b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City's
42 expense.
43 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City
44 and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City
45 Representative's then prevailing rates.
46 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for
47 all such fees invoiced by the City.
48 c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's
49 review of submittals,will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract
50 Time.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013300-7
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
1 7. Partial Submittals
2 a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City's
3 discretion.
4 b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the
5 Contractor,and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted.
6 c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the
7 Contractor to the areas that are incomplete.
8 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to
9 constitute a change to the Contract Documents,then written notice must be
10 provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for
11 manufacture.
12 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City,the
13 Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further
14 changes therein except upon written instructions from the City.
15 10. Each submittal,appropriately coded,will be returned within 30 Calendar Days
16 following receipt of submittal by the City.
17 M. Mock ups
18 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include,but are not necessarily
19 limited to,complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be
20 used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed.
21 N. Qualifications
22 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E.
23 Certification for each item required.
24 O. Request for Information(RFI)
25 1. Contractor Request for additional information
26 a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents
27 b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents
28 c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and
29 Specifications
30 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification
31 2. Use the Request for Information(RFI)form provided by the City.
32 3. Numbering of RFI
33 a. Prefix with"RFI"followed by series number,"-xxx",beginning with"01"and
34 increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal.
35 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further
36 information.
37 5. The City will log each request and will review the request.
38 a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the
39 Contract Documents is required,the City will issue a Field Order or Change
40 Order,as appropriate.
41 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
42 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
43 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
44 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
013300-8
SUBMITTALS
Page 8 of 8
1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
2 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
3 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
6 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
7 END OF SECTION
8
9
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 01 33 17—STRUCTURAL DESIGN, SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide calculations and details for structural and non-structural
components, supports, and anchorages as required by the Contract Documents and the
IBC. The contractor shall furnish and install all such structural and non-structural
components, supports, and anchorages in accordance with the calculations and details.
B. The Contractor shall provide calculations and details for structures and non-building
structures, supports, and anchorages as required by the Contract Documents and the IBC.
The contractor shall furnish and install all such structures and non-building structures,
supports, and anchorages in accordance with the calculations and details.
C. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the Contract Documents and the IBC,
the more stringent requirement shall apply.
D. Design parameters used to determine Seismic and Wind design forces shall be as listed
herein.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. IBC 2015 International Building Code
B. ASCE 7 American Society of Civil Engineers Standard 7-10 — Minimum Design
Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.
C. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete (2011 edition)
D. ACI 350.3 Seismic Design of Liquid-Containing Concrete Structures and Commentary
(2006 Edition)
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 013300 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Calculations and Details
1. Calculatons and details are considered a Deferred Submittal as defined in the IBC.
2. Calculations and details shall be complete, accurate, and in accordance with the
requirements of the IBC and ASCE 7, and shall be signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas.
3. Calculations shall be clear and concise and show equipment and other non-structural
component anchorage forces and the capacities of the anchorage elements proposed
by the Contractor. The calculations shall substantiate a complete load path from the
component or equipment being anchored into the supporting structure or foundation.
4. The calculations and details shall demonstrate a complete lateral and vertical load
path, and shall clearly indicate all forces imposed on the supporting structure.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 STRUCTURAL DESIGN, SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 33 17- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
5. Calculations and details are required for all Non-Structural components, supports,
anchorages, and attachments.
a. Non-Structural components shall include all architectural, mechanical, and
electrical components, equipment, piping, ductwork, and all other similar or
related appurtenances necessary to produce the complete architectural,
mechanical, and electrical systems.
6. When the Contract Documents require the CONTRACTOR to design structures or
structural components, calculations and details for those structures and structural
components, and their supports, anchorages, and attachments, are required.
7. When computer generated calculations and analyses are included as part (or as the
whole) of the calculations, the calculations shall include, but not be limited to, the
following: derivations of all input parameters; clear indication of the applicable load
combinations and building code equations; diagrams of all members, geometry,
loads, forces, reactions and deflections, for all components and connections; and
output results demonstrating all stress, force, deflection and other Contract Document
and building code requirements have been satisfied.
8. All calculations associated with anchorage into concrete shall be done using Strength
Level forces, and shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of ACI 318.
9. Refer to Part 2 below for additional requirements.
1.4 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Design Requirements
1. Design Parameters:
a. Risk Category: III.
b. Seismic Design Category: B.
c. Mapped MCE spectral acceleration at short period: Ss = 0.091 g.
d. Mapped MCE spectral acceleration at 1-second period: S, = 0.050g.
e. Site Class: D.
f. Design spectral acceleration at short period: SDs = 0.097.
g. Design spectral acceleration at 1-second period: SD, = 0.079.
h. Long period transition period: TL = 12 seconds
i. Response modification coefficient, R: In accordance with ASCE 7, Tables 12.2-
1, 12.14-1, 15.4-1 and 15.4-2.
j. Seismic Importance Factor, I: 1.25.
k. Component amplification factor, ap: In accordance with ASCE 7, Tables 13.5-1
and 13.6-1.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 STRUCTURAL DESIGN, SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 33 17-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
I. Component response modification factor, Rp: In accordance with ASCE 7,
Tables 13.5-1 and 13.6-1.
m. Component importance factor, Ip: 1.0
2. The following components are exempted from the seismic design requirements:
a. Exemptions shall be as indicated in ASCE 7 Chapter 13.
1.5 WIND DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Design Requirements
1. Design Parameters:
a. Risk Category: III.
b. Basic 3-second Wind Gust Speed: 120 miles per hour.
c. Exposure Category: C.
d. Topographic Factor, Kt: 1.0.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Non-Structural Component Supports and Anchors
1. Unless otherwise indicated, non-structural component supports, anchors, and
restrainers shall be adequately designed for all applicable static, dynamic,
operational, seismic and wind loads.
a. Wall-mounted equipment weighing more than 250 pounds
b. shall be provided with fabricated steel supports. Pedestals shall be of welded
steel or engineered framing support systems. If the supported equipment is a
panel or cabinet or is enclosed with removable sides, the pedestal shall match
the supported equipment in appearance and dimensions.
c. All equipment and all other non-structural components shall be supported and
anchored in place by methods that satisfy the building code and the Contract
Documents.
d. All equipment and all other non-structural components shall be supported and
anchored in place by methods that satisfy the manufacturer's applicable seismic
certification requirements.
2. Component attachments shall be bolted, welded, or otherwise positively fastened
without consideration of frictional resistance produced by the effects of gravity.
B. Non-Building Structures
1. Non-Building Structures shall be designed in accordance with ASCE 7 Chapter 15.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 STRUCTURAL DESIGN, SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 33 17-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Non-Building Structures, supports, anchors, and restrainers shall be adequately
designed for all applicable static, dynamic, operational, seismic and wind loads.
3. Friction shall not be used to resist sliding due to seismic forces.
C. Anchors — General
1. Anchor bolts shall be in accordance with Section 055000.
2. Grouts for anchor bolts shall be in accordance with Section 036000.
3. The Contractor shall determine the size, type, capacity, location, and other placement
requirements of anchorage elements. Anchoring methods and leveling criteria in the
manufacturer's literature shall be followed. Submit methods and criteria with the
calculations and details.
4. Anchor bolt calculations shall clearly show that the capacity of the anchor and the
capacity of the concrete that the anchor is embedded in are adequate to resist all
applicable load combinations, including seismic and wind loads.
a. The design of anchors resisting seismic forces shall satisfy the ductility
requirements stated in the IBC, ASCE 7, and ACI 318.
5. Reduction factors associated with edge distance, embed length, grout and base plate
thickness, and bolt spacing shall all be considered and based on the actual
dimensions of the concrete that resists the anchorage forces.
6. Where anchorage is required into or through equipment pads, the following
requirements shall apply unless otherwise approved by the Engineer:
a. For tensile forces, the embed length and associated concrete failure zone shall
be provided entirely within the structural slab. No portion of the equipment pad
may be considered as effective in resisting tensile forces.
b. For shear forces, the edge distance and associated concrete failure zone shall
be provided entirely within the equipment pad. No portion of the structural slab
may be considered as effective in resisting shear forces.
7. Anchor bolt details shall include required bolt diameter, embed, spacing, and edge
distances.
8. Where additional reinforcement is required to satisfy anchorage requirements, such
reinforcement shall be included in the anchorage details, and shall be furnished and
installed by the Contractor.
D. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Foundations
1. Equipment foundations are indicated on Drawings. The Contractor, through the
equipment manufacturer, shall verify the size and weight of the equipment foundation
to ensure compatibility with equipment.
2. Equipment foundation dimensions shall be coordinated with the equipment base
geometry and the edge distance and embed requirements of the equipment
anchorage calculations.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 STRUCTURAL DESIGN, SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 33 17-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
E. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Pads
1. General
a. Equipment, tanks, control cabinets, enclosures, and related equipment shall be
mounted on concrete equipment pads, unless otherwise indicated. The top
surface of the equipment pads shall be level, unless otherwise indicated, or
otherwise required by the equipment manufacturer.
b. Equipment pads shall be sized to accommodate the bearing and anchorage
requirements of the equipment, subject to the constraints listed below.
c. Final geometry of the equipment pads shall not result in a condition that violates
applicable building code provisions, including but not limited to the provisions of
the National Electric Code.
2. Mechanical Equipment Pads
a. Mechanical equipment pad heights shall be coordinated with process equipment
and piping elevation requirements. Where no such elevation constraints exist,
the equipment pad height shall be as shown on the drawings, or as indicated
below when no specific height is provided.
1) Equipment pads for mechanical equipment shall be 6 inches tall
(maximum) at the front of the equipment.
b. Mechanical equipment pads shall extend not more than 2 inches beyond the
front, back, and sides of the equipment, except as indicated below, unless
otherwise shown on the drawings.
1) Where necessary to meet seismic or wind anchorage requirements, the
pads may be extended beyond the 2 inch limit indicated above. The pads
shall extend not more than 6 inches beyond the front, back, and sides of
the equipment.
3. Electrical Equipment Pads
a. Electrical equipment pads shall be 3.5 inches tall (maximum) at the front of the
equipment.
b. Electrical equipment pads shall extend not more than 2 inches beyond the front,
back, and sides of the equipment, except as indicated below, unless otherwise
shown on the drawings.
1) Where necessary to meet seismic anchorage requirements, the pads may
be extended beyond the 2 inch limit indicated above. The pads shall
extend not more than 6 inches beyond the front, back, and sides of the
equipment.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION (NOT USED)
- END OF SECTION -
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 STRUCTURAL DESIGN, SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 33 17-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
014523-1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 1 of 3
1 SECTION 0145 23
2 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
3 PARTI - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
9 2. Added 1.2.A.2
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
16 Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is
18 responsible for performing,coordinating,and payment of all inspections,
19 tests, re-tests,or approvals.
20 b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is
21 responsible for performing and payment for first set additional
22 independent testing chosen by the City to be performed.
23 1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails,the
24 Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a
25 passing test occurs.
26 a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required
27 payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full.
28 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
29 sum price.
30 a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is
31 responsible for performing,coordinating,and payment of all inspections,
32 tests, re-tests,or approvals.
33 b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is
34 responsible for performing and payment for first set independent testing
35 chosen by the City to be performed.
36 1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails,the Contractor
37 is responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test
38 occurs.
39 a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required
40 payments for testing by Contractor have been paid in full.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
014523-2
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 2 of 3
1 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
2 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
3 A. Testing
4 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
5 2. Coordination
6 a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently
7 in advance, when testing is needed.
8 b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City,
9 sufficiently in advance,that testing will be performed.
10 3. Distribution of Testing Reports
11 a. Electronic Distribution
12 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
13 uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by
14 the City.
15 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate
16 City representatives via email of submittal posting.
17 3) Hard Copies
18 a) 1 copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative
19 b. Hard Copy Distribution(if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
20 1) Tests performed by City
21 a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor
22 2) Tests performed by the Contractor
23 a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative
24 4. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of
25 Concrete or Lime material including the following information:
26 a. Name of pit
27 b. Date of delivery
28 c. Material delivered
29 B. Inspection
30 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to
31 perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
014523-3
TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES
Page 3 of 3
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
10 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
11 END OF SECTION
12
13
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
015000-1
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 1 of 4
1 SECTION 0150 00
2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including,but not
7 necessarily limited to:
8 a. Temporary utilities
9 b. Sanitary facilities
10 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings
11 d. Dust control
12 e. Temporary fencing of the construction site
13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
14 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
15 2. Added 1.2.A.2
16 3. Added I A.C.7
17 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
18 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
19 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
21 A. Measurement and Payment
22 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
23 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
24 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
25 sum price.
26 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
28 A. Temporary Utilities
29 1. Obtaining Temporary Service
30 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services.
31 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities
32 having jurisdiction.
33 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final
34 Acceptance.
35 1) Included are fuel, power, light,heat and other utility services necessary for
36 execution,completion,testing and initial operation of Work.
37 2. Water
38 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be
39 performed and for specified tests of piping,equipment,devices or other use as
40 required for the completion of the Work.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
015000-2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 of 4
1 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic
2 consumption by Contractor personnel and City's Project Representatives.
3 c. Coordination
4 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired
5 d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water
6 1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City's
7 established rates.
8 3. Electricity and Lighting
9 a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including
10 testing of Work.
11 1) Provide power for lighting,operation of equipment,or other use.
12 b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to
13 maintain operations during scheduled shutdown.
14 4. Telephone
15 a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel
16 and others performing work or furnishing services at Site.
17 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation
18 a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work.
19 b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions.
20 B. Sanitary Facilities
21 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site.
22 a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health.
23 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site.
24 a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities.
25 b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities.
26 c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health
27 problem.
28 d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly
29 dispose in accordance with applicable regulation.
30 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project.
31 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project
32 C. Storage Sheds and Buildings
33 1. Provide adequately ventilated,watertight,weatherproof storage facilities with floor
34 above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
35 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off
36 ground.
37 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner.
38 a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification,
39 inspection and inventory.
40 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting,and provide electrical service for
41 equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage
42 environments acceptable to specified manufacturers.
43 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from
44 temporary and existing buildings.
45 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance.
46 7. A field office is required for this proiect.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
015000-3
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
1 D. Temporary Fencing
2 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract
3 documents
4 E. Dust Control
5 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the
6 project.
7 a. Contractor remains on-call at all times
8 b. Must respond in a timely manner
9 F. Temporary Protection of Construction
10 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due
11 to weather.
12 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
13 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
17 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
18 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
19 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
21 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
24 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
25 3.4 INSTALLATION
26 A. Temporary Facilities
27 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018 1
01 5000-4
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Page 4 of 4
1 3.5 [REPAIR] /[RESTORATION]
2 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION
3 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
8 A. Temporary Facilities
9 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work,to a
10 condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work.
11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
14 END OF SECTION
15
16
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
015713-1
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 1 of 3
1 SECTION 0157 13
2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A.l.a
9 2. Added 1.2.A.l.b
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the
12 Contract
13 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
14 3. Section 3135 26—Erosion Control Barrier
15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
16 A. Measurement and Payment
17 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance
18 a. Unit Price-Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the
19 various Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20 b. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total
21 lump sum price.
22 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance
23 a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with the Contract
24 Documents.
25 1.3 REFERENCES
26 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
27 1. Notice of Intent:NOI
28 2. Notice of Termination: NOT
29 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP
30 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ
31 5. Notice of Change:NOC
32 A. Reference Standards
33 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
34 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
35 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited.
36 2. Integrated Storm Management(iSWM)Technical Manual for Construction
37 Controls
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
015713-2
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 2 of 3
1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
2 A. General
3 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated
4 with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan.
5 B. Construction Activities resulting in:
6 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance
7 a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 3135 26 and
8 Drawings.
9 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance
10 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)General Construction
11 Permit is required
12 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
13 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit
14 TXR150000
15 a) Sign and post at job site
16 b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of
17 Transportation and Public Works,Environmental Division,(817)392-
18 6088.
19 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
20 a) Section 3135 26
21 b) The Drawings
22 c) TXR150000 General Permit
23 d) SWPPP
24 e) TCEQ requirements
25 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance
26 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)General Construction
27 Permit is required
28 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements
29 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee
30 a) Sign and post at job site
31 b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
32 Environmental Division,(817)392-6088.
33 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI
34 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
35 a) Section 3135 26
36 b) The Drawings
37 c) TXR150000 General Permit
38 d) SWPPP
39 e) TCEQ requirements
40 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of
41 TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted.
42 a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
43 Environmental Division,(817)392-6088.
44 1.5 SUBMITTALS
45 A. SWPPP
46 1. Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00,except as stated herein.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0157 13-3
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Page 3 of 3
1 a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City
2 as follows:
3 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager
4 a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of
5 Transportation and Public Works,Environmental Division for review
6 B. Modified SWPPP
7 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction,resubmit modified SWPPP to the City
8 in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
13 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
14 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
15 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
16 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
18 END OF SECTION
19
20
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
015813-1
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 1 of 3
1 SECTION 0158 13
2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
9 2. Added 1.2.A.2
10 3. Modified 2.2.A.1
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
17 items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
19 sum price.
20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
22 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
28 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 58 13-2
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 2 of 3
1 PART2 - PRODUCTS
2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
3 2.2 EQUIPMENT,PRODUCT TYPES,AND MATERIALS
4 A. Design Criteria
5 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with City's Standard
6 Details for project signs for Water Department protects.
7 B. Materials
8 1. Sign
9 a. Constructed of 3/4-inch fir plywood, grade A-C(exterior) or better
10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
12 PART 3 - EXECUTION
13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
16 3.4 INSTALLATION
17 A. General
18 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project.
19 2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City.
20 B. Mounting options
21 a. Skids
22 b. Posts
23 c. Barricade
24 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
25 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
26 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
0158 13-3
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 3 of 3
1 3.13 MAINTENANCE
2 A. General
3 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City.
4 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
5 END OF SECTION
6
7
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
016000-1
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 2
1 SECTION 0160 00
2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED]
13 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
15 A. A list of City approved products for use is located on Buzzsaw as follows:
16 1. Resources\02 -Construction Documents\Standard Products List
17 B. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract
18 Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project.
19 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific
20 approval by the City.
21 C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar
22 products included on the City's Standard Product List.
23 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even
24 though the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List.
25 D. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard Product List,not all
26 products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to,that
27 manufacturer's standard product.
28 E. See Section 0133 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City's
29 Standard Product List.
30 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
016000-2
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 2
1 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
6 END OF SECTION
7
8
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017000-1
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 1 of 4
1 SECTION 0170 00
2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Mobilization and Demobilization
7 a. Mobilization
8 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment,and operating supplies
9 to the Site
10 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation
11 at the Site
12 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds
13 4) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment, and operating supplies
14 to another location within the designated Site
15 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation
16 from 1 location to another location on the Site.
17 b. Demobilization
18 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment, and operating supplies
19 away from the Site including disassembly
20 2) Site Clean-up
21 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this
22 Contract
23 c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of
24 work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract.
25 2. Remobilization
26 a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract
27 Documents or as required by City includes:
28 1) Demobilization
29 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment,and operating
30 supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing
31 equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract
32 Documents necessary to suspend the Work.
33 b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents
34 2) Remobilization
35 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment,and operating
36 supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work.
37 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's
38 operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work.
39 3) No Payments will be made for:
40 a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the
41 Site in the normal progress of performing the Work.
42 b) Stand-by or idle time
43 c) Lost profits
44 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects
45 a. Mobilization and Demobilization
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017000-2
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 2 of 4
1 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis
2 necessary for:
3 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment, and operating
4 supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order.
5 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's
6 operation at the Site for the issued Work Order
7 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for:
8 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment, and operating
9 supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work
10 Order
11 b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order
12 c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for
13 each Work Oder
14 b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of
15 work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract.
16 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects
17 a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the
18 mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order.
19 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
20 1. None.
21 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
22 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
23 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
25 A. Measurement and Payment
26 1. Mobilization and Demobilization
27 a. Measure
28 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum or each as the work
29 progresses. Mobilization is calculated on the base bid only and will not be
30 paid for separately on any additive alternate items added to the Contract.
31 2) Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items.
32 b. Payment
33 1) For this Item,the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total
34 Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be
35 made in partial payments as follows:
36 a) When 1%of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is
37 earned, 50%of the mobilization lump sum bid or 2%of the total Contract
38 amount,whichever is less,will be paid.
39 b) When 5%of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is
40 earned, 75%of the mobilization lump sum bid or 3%of the total Contract
41 amount,whichever is less,will be paid. Previous payments under the Item
42 will be deducted from this amount.
43 c) When 10%of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is
44 earned, 100%of the mobilization lump sum bid or 4% of the total Contract
45 amount,whichever is less,will be paid. Previous payments under the Item
46 will be deducted from this amount.
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017000-3
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBII.IZATION
Page 3 of 4
1 d)A bid containing a total for"Mobilization"in excess of 4% of total
2 contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration
3 of rejection.
4 e)The Lump Sum bid for"Mobilization—Paving/Drainage"shall NOT
5 include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with
6 water/sewer items. Those costs shall be included in the various
7 water/sewer bid Items. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered
8 unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection.
9 f)The Lump Sum bid for"Mobilization—Paving"shall NOT include
10 any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with drainage items.
I 1 Those costs shall be included in the"Mobilization—Drainage"Lump
12 Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered unbalanced
13 and a cause for consideration of rejection.
14 g) The Lump Sum bid for"Mobilization—Drainage"shall NOT
15 include any cost or sum for mobilization items associated with paving
16 items. Those costs shall be included in the"Mobilization—Paving"
17 Lump Sum bid Item. Otherwise the bid Items shall be considered
18 unbalanced and a cause for consideration of rejection.
19 2) The work performed and materials furnished for demobilization in
20 accordance with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no
21 other compensation will be allowed.
22 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract
23 Documents
24 a. Measurement
25 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed.
26 b. Payment
27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
28 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit
29 price per each"Specified Remobilization"in accordance with Contract
30 Documents.
31 c. The price shall include:
32 1) Demobilization as described in Section I.I.A.2.a.1)
33 2) Remobilization as described in Section I.1.A.2.a.2)
34 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this
35 Item.
36 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City
37 a. Measurement and Payment
38 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10
39 of Section 00 72 00.
40 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time,or lost profits associated
41 with this Item.
42 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects
43 a. Measurement
44 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and
45 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents
46 b. Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017000-4
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 4 of 4
1 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
2 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit
3 price per each "Work Order Mobilization"in accordance with Contract
4 Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization
5 and shall not be paid for separately.
6 c. The price shall include:
7 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1)
8 2) Demobilization as described in Section I.1.A.3.a.2)
9 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this
10 Item.
11 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects
12 a. Measurement
13 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and
14 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents
15 b. Payment
16 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
17 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit
18 price per each"Work Order Emergency Mobilization"in accordance with
19 Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to
20 mobilization and shall not be paid for separately.
21 c. The price shall include
22 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.4.a)
23 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2)
24 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this
25 Item.
26 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
28 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
33 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
34 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
35 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
36 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
37 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
38 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017123-I
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 1 of 4
1 SECTION 01 71 23
2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A.1.b.1
9 2. Added 1.2.A.1.b.2
10 3. Modified 1.2.A.2.b.1
11 4. Added 1.2.A.2.b.2
12 5. Modified 1.9.A.1-3
13 6. Modified 1.9.13.2-3
14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
16 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. MeasuremenA and Payment
19 1. Construction Staking
20 a. Measurement
21 1) This Item is considered subsidiary.to the various Items bid.
22 b. Payment
23 1) Unit Price-The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance
24 with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other
25 compensation will be allowed.
26 2) Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the
27 total lump sum price.
28 2. Construction Survey
29 a. Measurement
30 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
31 b. Payment
32 1) Unit Price-The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance
33 with this Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other
34 compensation will be allowed.
35 2) Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the
36 total lump sum price.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
01 7123-2
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 2 of 4
1 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
2 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
3 1.5 SUBMITTALS
4 A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
5 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery.
6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
7 A. Certificates
8 1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in
9 conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
10 a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the
11 State of Texas.
12 B. Field Quality Control Submittals
13 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work.
14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
17 A. Construction Staking
18 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor.
19 2. Coordination
20 a. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction
21 activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
22 3. General
23 a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes.
24 b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have
25 been lost, destroyed or disturbed,by Contractor's neglect, such that the
26 contracted Work cannot take place,then the Contractor will be required to re-
27 stake the deficient areas.
28 B. Construction Survey
29 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor.
30 2. Coordination
31 a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains
32 intact.
33 b. Coordinate with the City prior to field investigation to determine which
34 horizontal and vertical control data will be required for construction survey.
35 c. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate Construction Survey such that
36 construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
37 d. Contractor shall restore or replace any control data due to damage caused
38 during construction operations.
39 3. General
40 a. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and
41 accurate logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7123-3
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 3 of 4
1 b. The Contractor shall perform construction survey to obtain construction
2 features, including but not limited to the following:
3 1) All Utility Lines
4 a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or
5 junction structure
6 2) Water Lines
7 a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following
8 locations:
9 (1) Every 250 linear feet
10 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature,etc. (All
11 Fittings)
12 (3) Cathodic protection test stations
13 (4) Sampling stations
14 (5) Meter boxes/vaults(All sizes)
15 (6) Fire lines
16 (7) Fire hydrants
17 (8) Gate valves
18 (9) Plugs, stubouts,dead-end lines
19 (10) Air Release valves(Manhole rim and vent pipe)
20 (11) Blow off valves(Manhole rim and valve lid)
21 (12) Pressure plane valves
22 (13) Cleaning wyes
23 (14) Casing pipe(each end)
24 b) Storm Sewer
25 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations:
26 (a) Every 250 linear feet
27 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature,etc.
28 c) Sanitary Sewer
29 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at
30 the following locations:
31 (a) Every 250 linear feet
32 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection,curvature, etc.
33 (c) Cleanouts
34 c. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and
35 accurate logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding
36 the line and grade required by these Specifications.
37 d. The Contractor shall perform construction survey and verify control data,
38 including but not limited to the following:
39 1) Established benchmarks and control points are accurate
40 2) Benchmarks were used to furnish and maintain all reference lines and
41 grades
42 3) Lines and grades were used to establish the location of the pipe
43 4) Submit to the City copies of field notes,if requested, used to establish all
44 lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to
45 beginning each tunneling drive.
46 5) Provide access for the City,when requested,to verify the guidance system
47 and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis.
48 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and
49 the correction of it,as required.
50 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017123-4
CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 4 of 4
1 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe
2 joint and submit daily records to City.
3 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify
4 the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract
5 Documents.
6
7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
8 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
10 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
11 PART 3- EXECUTION
12 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
13 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
14 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
15 3.4 APPLICATION
16 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
18 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
19 A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the
20 City in accordance with this Specification.
21 B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City.
22 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
23 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
24 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
25 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
26 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
27 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
28 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
29 END OF SECTION
30
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 01 74 20 - GRAVITY PIPELINE TESTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall test sanitary system pipelines in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals.
B. Furnish:
1. A testing plan and schedule including methods for water conveyance, control, leak
testing, and water disposal shall be submitted in writing for approval.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Gravity sewer pipes and service laterals shall be tested for exfiltration or infiltration as
indicated. Manholes and pipe shall be backfilled prior to testing. The maximum length of
pipe tested shall be the 4 reaches between 5 manholes. Leakage tests shall be completed
and approved prior to placing of permanent resurfacing of pavement. When leakage or
infiltration exceeds the allowed amount, the CONTRACTOR shall locate the leaks and
make the necessary repairs or replacements to reduce the leakage or infiltration to the
allowable limits. Individually detectable leaks shall be repaired, regardless of whether the
test results are acceptable or not.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, water for testing will be furnished by the OWNER; however,
the CONTRACTOR shall convey the water from the OWNER-designated source to the
points of use.
C. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to pipeline structure and future
function.
D. Testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER.
3.2 TESTING SCHEDULE
A. Leakage Tests
1. Perform the type of leakage tests determined from the table below, based on pipe
size, slope between manholes (Criterion 1), and difference in water levels (Criterion
2).
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 GRAVITY PIPELINE TESTING
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 20- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Criterion 1 Criterion 2
Nominal Manhole Delta H, feet Test Water vs Ground Water
Pipe Size Delta H, feet
Less than or greater than 10 ft greater than less than 4 ft
equal to10 ft or equal to 4
ft
less than or See Criterion Infiltration or Air Exfiltration Infiltration or Air
equal to 24 2 See Note 1
inches
greater than See Criterion See Criterion 2 Exfiltration Infiltration
24 inches 2
Note 1. If ground water is present, perform an infiltration test at the option of the CONTRACTOR;.
2. Definitions
a. Delta H is the difference between 2 elevations, expressed in feet.
b. Manhole Delta H is the invert elevation difference in 2 adjacent manholes.
c. Test Water vs Ground Water Delta H is the required elevation of water surface
for testing minus the average elevation of ground water adjacent to the pipe to
be tested. Units are feet.
3. For pressure sewers and force mains, conduct water pressure tests as required by
Section 01 74 30— Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection.
B. Deflection Tests: Flexible pipe 30-inches and smaller shall be tested for deflection by the
mandrel test. Larger flexible pipe shall be tested by a method approved by the
ENGINEER. Excessively deflected pipe shall be removed and replaced.
3.3 WATER EXFILTRATION TEST
A. Each section of sewer shall be tested between successive manholes by closing the lower
end and the inlet sewers of the upper manhole with stoppers or inflatable plugs. The pipe
and manhole shall be filled with water to a point 4-feet above the centerline of the sewer
at the center of the upper manhole; or if ground water is present, 4-feet above the average
adjacent ground water level, whichever is higher.
B. Water shall remain in the pipe for at least one hour or until the water level stabilizes,
whichever is longer, before the test begins. The minimum test duration shall be 4 hours.
C. Unless indicated otherwise, the CONTRACTOR shall measure exfiltration. Measure the
amount of water added to the upstream manhole to maintain the water level at the
elevation set above. Compare the amount added to the allowable leakage calculated
below, and if the amount added is equal to or less than the allowable amount, the tested
section of the pipe has passed.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GRAVITY PIPELINE TESTING
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 20-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
D. The allowable leakage will be computed by the formula:
E = 0.000012 LD (H)112
Where:
E = Allowable leakage in gallons per minute of sewer tested.
L = Length of sewer and house connections tested, in feet.
D = Internal diameter of the pipe in inches.
H = Elevation difference in feet between the water surface in the upper
manhole and the centerline of the pipe at the lower manhole; or if
ground water is present above the centerline of the pipe in the lower
manhole, the difference in elevation between the water surface in the
upper manhole and the ground water at the lower manhole.
3.4 WATER INFILTRATION TEST
A. The end of the sewer at the upper structure shall be closed to prevent the entrance of
water, and pumping of ground water shall be discontinued for at least 3 days, after which
the section shall be tested for infiltration.
B. The infiltration into each individual reach of sewer between adjoining manholes shall not
exceed that allowed by the formula above, where H is the difference in the elevation
between the ground water surface and the invert of the sewer at the downstream manhole.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, infiltration shall be measured by the CONTRACTOR.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GRAVITY PIPELINE TESTING
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 20- 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
017423-1
CLEANING
Page 1 of 4
1 SECTION 0174 23
2 CLEANING
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed
7 systems specified elsewhere
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
10 2. Added 1.2.A.2
11 3. Modified 3.10.D.2
12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
13 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
14 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
15 3. Section 32 92 00—Seeding and Sodding
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurement and Payment
18 1. Unit Price-Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
19 Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
21 sum price.
22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
24 A. Scheduling
25 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by
26 cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces.
27 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final
28 inspection.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7423-2
CLEANING
Page 2 of 4
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
6 1.10 STORAGE,AND HANDLING
7 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
8 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for
9 those materials.
10 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
13 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
14 2.2 MATERIALS
15 A. Cleaning Agents
16 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned
17 2. New and uncontaminated
18 3. For manufactured surfaces
19 a. Material recommended by manufacturer
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7423-3
CLEANING
Page 3 of 4
1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
7 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED]
8 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
9 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
10 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
11 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
12 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
13 3.10 CLEANING
14 A. General
15 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions.
16 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of
17 governing authorities.
18 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in
19 storm or sanitary drains or sewers.
20 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site.
21 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an
22 alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies.
23 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible.
24 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep,wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with
25 this project.
26 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction
27 of required permanent Work.
28 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City,the City reserves the right to
29 have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor.
30 10. Do not burn on-site.
31 B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction
32 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of
33 personnel in existing facility operations.
34 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
35 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s):
36 a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7423-4
CLEANING
Page 4 of 4
1 b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities
2 c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week
3 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting.
4 a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis,until Final Acceptance.
5 5. Prior to storm events,thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which
6 may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm.
7 C. Interior Final Cleaning
8 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other
9 foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces.
10 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean.
11 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
12 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
13 5. Ventilating systems
14 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated
15 during construction.
16 b. Clean ducts,blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during
17 construction.
18 6. Replace all burned out lamps.
19 7. Broom clean process area floors.
20 8. Mop office and control room floors.
21 D. Exterior(Site or Right of Way)Final Cleaning
22 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site.
23 a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance
24 with Section 32 92 00.
25 2. Sweep flatwork,Paving,and roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt,
26 concrete or any other object that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the
27 roadway.
28 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures,
29 junction boxes and inlets.
30 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by
31 City, remove erosion control from site.
32 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc.
33 3.11 -3.14 [NOT USED]
34 END OF SECTION
35
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID B10SOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 01 74 30 - PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall test pipelines and appurtenant piping, in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining permits for discharging excess
testing and disinfection water and dechlorination of such water if required to satisfy permit
limits.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals.
B. Furnish:
1. A testing plan and schedule, including method for water conveyance, control,
disposal, and disinfection shall be submitted in writing for approval.
2. Resume of experienced technician, if liquid chlorine is proposed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
A. All test equipment, chemicals for chlorination, temporary valves, bulkheads, and other
water control equipment, and choice of disinfectant shall be as determined by the
CONTRACTOR. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to the WORK.
B. Chlorine for disinfection may be in the form of liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution,
or calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets.
1. Liquid chlorine shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA 8301 -
Liquid Chlorine, and shall be used only when each of the following conditions are
satisfied:
a. Appropriate gas flow chlorinators and ejectors are used.
b. An experienced technician directly supervises.
c. Appropriate safety practices are observed.
2. Sodium and calcium hypochlorite shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA 8300 -
Hypochlorites.
C. Dechlorination agents may be sodium bisulfate, sodium sulfite, or sodium thiosulfate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK— 05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 30- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.1 GENERAL
A. Water for testing and disinfecting water pipelines will be furnished by the OWNER;
however, the CONTRACTOR shall convey the water from the OWNER-designated source
to the points of use.
B. All pressure pipelines shall be tested; those for potable water shall be disinfected. All
chlorinating and testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER.
C. Disposal of flushing water and water containing chlorine shall be by methods acceptable
to the ENGINEER.
D. Disinfection operations shall be scheduled as late as possible during the Contract Time to
maximize the degree of sterility of the facilities at the time the WORK is accepted by the
OWNER. Bacteriological testing shall be performed by a certified testing laboratory
accepted by the OWNER. Results of the bacteriological testing shall be satisfactory with
the State Department of Health or other appropriate regulatory agency.
3.2 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PIPELINES
A. Prior to hydrostatic testing, pipelines shall be flushed or blown out as appropriate. The
CONTRACTOR shall test pipelines in sections. Sections to be tested shall be defined by
isolation valves in the pipeline. Where such valves are not present, the CONTRACTOR
shall install temporary bulkheads or plugs for the purpose of testing. Sections that do not
have isolation valves shall be tested in approximate one-mile segments. Sections that
have a zero leakage allowance may be tested as a unit. No section of the pipeline shall
be tested until field-placed concrete or mortar has attained an age of 14 Days. The test
shall be made by closing valves when available or by placing bulkheads and filling the line
slowly with water. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ascertaining that test
bulkheads are suitably restrained to resist the thrust of the test pressure without damage
to or movement of the adjacent pipe. Unharnessed sleeve-type couplings, expansion
joints, or other sliding joints shall be restrained or suitably anchored prior to the test to
avoid movement and damage to piping and equipment. Remove or protect any pipeline-
mounted devices that may be damaged by the test pressure. The CONTRACTOR shall
provide sufficient temporary tappings in the pipelines to allow for trapped air to exit. After
completion of the tests, such taps shall be permanently plugged. Care shall be taken that
air relief valves are open during filling.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall fill the pipeline at a rate which will not cause any surges or
exceed the rate at which the air can be released through the release valves at a
reasonable velocity. The air within the pipeline shall be allowed to escape completely.
The differential pressure across the orifices in the air release valves shall not be allowed
to exceed 5 psi at any time during filling. After the pipeline or section thereof has been
filled, it shall be allowed to stand under a slight pressure for at least 24 hours to allow the
concrete or mortar lining, as applicable, to absorb water and to allow the escape of air
from air pockets. During this period, bulkheads, valves, and connections shall be
examined for leaks. If leaks are found, corrective measures satisfactory to the ENGINEER
shall be taken.
C. The hydrostatic test shall consist of holding the indicated test pressure on the pipeline
segment for a period of 2 hours. The test pressure for yard piping shall measured at the
lowest point of the pipeline section being tested. No pressure test will be required for a
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 30-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
reservoir overflow line. Visible leaks that appear during testing shall be repaired in a
manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Add water to restore the test pressure if the
pressure decreases 5 psi below test pressure during the test period.
1. The max anticipated working pressure for all pressure yard piping is 60 psi. The test
pressure for all pressure yard piping shall be 90 psi, and shall also satisfy these
conditions:
a. no less pressure than 125 percent of working pressure at the highest point in the
test reach
b. do not exceed any pipe, fitting, or thrust restraint design pressure
c. no more pressure than 200 percent of rated pressure of metal seated valves or
hydrants
d. no more than rated pressure of resilient seated gate or butterfly valves
e. pressure during test must not vary more than 5 psi
D. The maximum allowable leakage for distribution and transmission pipelines shall be shall
be determined based on the length of pipe tested using the following formula:
L = (SD/148,000)Pl/2
Where:
L = leakage, gallons per hour
S = length tested or maximum test length allowed, whichever
is smaller, feet
D = pipe diameter, inches
P = test pressure, psi
E. When testing against metal seated valves, an additional 0.0078 gph per inch of valve
diameter shall be added to the allowance calculated by the equation on paragraph 3.2.D.
Valves with seats made of materials other than metal shall not have any leak allowance.
F. Yard piping shall show no visible leaks. Pipe with welded joints shall have no leakage.
Exposed piping shall show no visible leaks and no pressure loss during the test. In the
case of pipelines that fail to pass the leakage test, the CONTRACTOR shall determine the
cause of the leakage, shall take corrective measures necessary to repair the leaks, and
shall again test the pipeline, repeating as necessary until the pipeline passes.
3.3 DISINFECTING PIPELINES
A. General: Potable water pipelines except those appurtenant to hydraulic structures shall
be disinfected in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C651 - Disinfecting
Water Mains, using the Continuous-Feed Method as modified herein.
B. Chlorination: A chlorine-water mixture shall be uniformly introduced into the pipeline by
means of a solution-feed chlorinating device. The chlorine solution shall be introduced at
one end of the pipeline through a tap in such a manner that as the pipeline is filled with
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 30 -3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
water, the dosage applied to the water entering the pipe shall be approximately 50 mg/L.
Care shall be taken to prevent the strong chlorine solution in the line being disinfected
from flowing back into the line supplying the water.
C. Retention Period: Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipeline for at least 24 hours.
After the chlorine-treated water has been retained for the required time, the free chlorine
residual at the pipeline extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 25
mg/L. If testing does not demonstrate a residual of 25 mg/L or greater, the disinfection
procedure above shall be repeated.
D. Chlorinating Valves: During the process of chlorinating the pipelines, valves and other
appurtenances shall be operated from closed to full open to closed while the pipeline is
filled with the heavily-chlorinated water.
E. Sampling Ports: The CONTRACTOR shall provide sampling ports along the pipeline as
defined on AWWA C651. Taps may be made at manways and air valves to help facilitate
the spacing requirement.
F. Final Flushing: After the applicable retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall
be flushed from the pipeline until chlorine measurements show that the concentration in
the water leaving the pipeline is no higher than that generally prevailing in the system or
is acceptable for domestic use. Any release of chlorinated water shall comply with federal,
state, and local regulation and the permits for the project. Chlorine in excessive amounts
shall be treated before discharge.
G. Bacteriological Testing: After final flushing and before the pipeline is placed in service, a
sample, or samples shall be collected from the end of the line, and shall be tested for
bacteriological quality in accordance with the requirements of the State Department of
Health or other appropriate regulatory agency. For this purpose the pipe shall be re-filled
with fresh potable water and left for a period of 24 hours before any sample is collected.
If testing does not demonstrate a free chlorine residual after the 24-hour period, the
disinfection procedure above shall be repeated. If the initial disinfection treatment fails to
produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the disinfection procedure shall be
repeated until acceptable results are obtained.
3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEM
A. Where connections are to be made to an existing potable water system, the interior
surfaces of all pipe and fittings used in making the connections shall be swabbed or
sprayed with a one percent hypochlorite solution before installation. Thorough flushing
shall be started as soon as the connection is completed and shall be continued until
discolored water is eliminated.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 30 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 01 74 40 - CONCRETE AND STEEL STRUCTURE TESTING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform hydrostatic testing of all concrete and steel structures
designed to contain fluids in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00— Contractor Submittals.
B. Include a testing plan and schedule, including methods for water conveyance, and water
disposal for approval.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. Temporary valves, bulkheads, gauges, compressors, and other air and water control
equipment shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR. Nothing shall be used which
would be injurious to the WORK.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRELIMINARY CLEANING AND FLUSHING
A. Prior to testing, structures shall be cleaned by thoroughly hosing down all inner surfaces
with a high pressure hose and nozzle of sufficient size to deliver a minimum flow of 50
gpm. Water, dirt, and foreign material accumulated in this cleaning operation shall be
discharged from the structure or otherwise removed.
3.2 HYDRAULIC TESTING OF STRUCTURES
A. General
1. Water for testing will be furnished by the OWNER; however, the CONTRACTOR shall
convey the water from the OWNER-designated source to the points of use.
2. Release of water from structures after testing has been completed shall be as
acceptable to the ENGINEER.
3. Testing shall be performed prior to backfilling except where otherwise acceptable to
the ENGINEER. Testing shall not be performed sooner than 7 days after forms are
removed or test cylinders from the roof concrete have reached 75 percent of the 28-
day strength required by Section 03 31 00 — Cast-In-Place Concrete, whichever
occurs later.
B. Leakage Test and Repairs of Concrete Structures: The leakage test shall be performed
as follows:
1. The test shall consist of filling the structure with water to the maximum operating water
surface. The rate of filling shall not exceed 24 inches of depth per day.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CONCRETE AND STEEL STRUCTURE TESTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 40 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Inspect the structure for visible leakage. Locations with any visible leakage, as
evidenced by liquid droplets, flowing water, or moist areas on the outside surface
which only could have originated from inside the structure, will be considered
defective and shall be repaired before testing proceeds.
3. An initial water level reading shall be made.
4. Seven days following the initial reading, a second reading shall be made. The
structure shall be considered to have passed the test if water loss during the 7-day
period, as computed from the two water level readings, does not exceed 0.2 percent
of the total volume of water in the structure, after allowance is made for evaporation
loss or precipitation gain. Evaporation loss and precipitation gain shall be calibrated
by floating a partially filled, white 5-gallon bucket in the structure, or other method
acceptable to the ENGINEER.
5. If intermediate readings or observed leakage indicate that the allowable leakage
criterion will be exceeded, the test may be terminated before the end of the 7-day
period and appropriate action taken to correct the problem before commencing a new
7-day test period.
6. If the structure fails to pass the test, the test may be repeated for up to 3 additional 7-
day test periods. .If, at the end of 28 days, the structure still fails to pass the leakage
test, the CONTRACTOR shall empty the structure as acceptable to the ENGINEER
and shall examine the interior for evidence of any cracking or other conditions that
might be causing the leakage. Cracks shall be repaired in accordance with Section
03 01 30 — Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation. Any evidence of leakage shall be
repaired.
7. Following these operations, the CONTRACTOR shall again test the structure. The
structure will not be accepted until the water loss leakage test is passed and all visible
leakage repaired.
C. Leakage Test and Repairs of Steel Structures: The leakage test shall be performed as
follows:
1. The test shall consist of filling the structure with water to the maximum operating water
surface.
2. Inspect the structure for visible leakage. Locations with any visible leakage, as
evidenced by liquid droplets, flowing water, or moist areas on the outside surface
which only could have originated from inside the structure, will be considered
defective and shall be repaired before testing proceeds.
3. An initial water level reading shall be made.
4. Seven days following the initial reading, a second reading shall be made. The
structure shall be considered to have passed if the water loss/gain at the end of 7-
days equals that lost/gained due to evaporation/precipitation. Evaporation loss and
precipitation gain shall be calibrated by floating a partially filled, white 5-gallon bucket
in the structure, or other method acceptable to the ENGINEER.
5. If intermediate readings or observed leakage indicate that the allowable leakage
criterion will be exceeded, the test may be terminated before the end of the d7-day
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE AND STEEL STRUCTURE TESTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 40 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
period and appropriate action taken to correct the problem before commencing a new
7-day test period.
6. Following these operations, the CONTRACTOR shall again test the structure. The
structure will not be accepted until the water loss leakage test is passed and all visible
leakage repaired.
3.3 TESTING OF APPURTENANT PIPING
A. Piping appurtenant to pneumatic structures shall be tested in accordance with Section 01
74 30— Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CONCRETE AND STEEL STRUCTURE TESTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 74 40 -3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 01 75 00— EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Plant startup is prerequisite to satisfactory completion of the contract requirements and
shall be completed within the Contract Times.
B. Conduct all test, check out, startup, and related requirements indicated in the Contract
Documents and provide documentation of same to the ENGINEER prior to requesting
Substantial Completion from the ENGINEER. Where manufacturer onsite inspections are
required before startup, the manufacturer shall furnish a written statement that the
installation and check out is complete and proper and that the item(s) are ready for startup
C. Startup of a treatment plant is a highly complex operation requiring the combined expertise
of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, the ENGINEER, and the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating all parties for a successful startup:
the ENGINEER and OWNER will be available for technical and operational advice prior to
and during startup.
D. General requirements for startup activities are included in this Section. More specific
requirements may also be included in other portions of the Contract Documents.
E. Temporary facilities may be necessary. If so, CONTRACTOR shall design, provide,
operate, and later decommission them.
F. During startup, plant effluent shall be wasted.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Startup is defined as testing, demonstrations, and other activities as required to achieve
Substantial Completion. Startup includes pre-commissioning and commissioning
activities, manufacturer's services, certifications of readiness for testing, and
troubleshooting, checkout, and shakedown activities.
B. Pre-commissioning is the systematic demonstration through testing and extended
operation that major equipment and auxiliary systems, including related components, sub-
systems, and systems operate properly and consistent with their intended function. Pre-
commissioning involves balancing, adjustments, calibration, loop checks, and loop
validation. Pre-commissioning shall simulate shutdown conditions, failure conditions,
power fail and restart, bypass conditions, and failure resets. Pre-commissioning will not
be considered complete until successful results and documentation of tests and
manufacturer's certifications required by the Contract Documents are submitted and
accepted by the ENGINEER. Pre-commissioning of all portions of the WORK shall be
successfully completed prior to starting Commissioning.
C. Commissioning is the verification that the complete WORK functions on an extended basis
in full conformance with the Contract requirements.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule: The schedule for startup shall be submitted under Section 01 32 16 —
Construction Progress Schedule.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 75 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Startup Plan: Not less than 60 Days prior to startup, submit for review a detailed Startup
Plan. The CONTRACTOR shall revise the Plan as necessary based on review comments.
The Plan shall include:
1. Schedules for manufacturers' equipment certifications
2. Schedules for submitting final Technical Manuals,
3. Schedule for training the OWNER's personnel,
4. Description of temporary facilities and schedule for installation and decommissioning
them
5. List of OWNER and CONTRACTOR-furnished supplies
6. Detailed schedule of operations to achieve successful pre-commissioning and
commissioning.
7. Checklists and data forms for each item of equipment
8. Address coordination with the OWNER's staff.
9. Designate a representative of the CONTRACTOR who has the authority to act in
matters relating to startup and has experience in testing. The Plan shall also
designate the roles and responsibilities of any Subcontractors that may be involved
in startup activities.
10. Safety, startup, and testing procedures and proposed inspection and certification
forms and records.
11. Interconnection of new to existing facilities
a. Date and time frame of proposed shutdown or interconnection, including
sequence of events and activities to be conducted.
b. A detailed description of sequences and activities for the planned shutdown and
interconnection.
c. Staff, equipment, and materials that will be at the Site before commencing the
shutdown.
d. Other provisions so that interconnection, testing, and startup will be completed
within the planned time.
12. Hydrostatic testing of water-holding structures and pipelines and other potable water
equipment. Schedule and plan shall indicate source of water, testing and disinfection
sequence, disinfection procedures, and the disposal of the water following
disinfection.
C. System Outage Requests: Request for shutdown of existing systems as necessary to test
or start up new facilities.
D. Records and Documentation
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 75 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Where required by the specifications, submit equipment installation certifications
under those Sections.
2. Records of startup as indicated below.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MALFUNCTIONS
A. During the extended operational demonstrations, all components, subsystems, systems,
and equipment must properly run continuously 24 hours per day at rates indicated by the
ENGINEER throughout the test period. Unless indicated otherwise, if any item fails or
malfunctions during the test, the item shall be repaired and the test restarted at time zero
with no credit given for the operating time before the failure or malfunction. Malfunctions
satisfying all 3 of the following conditions will allow the demonstration period to resume at
the elapsed time when the malfunction started:
1. Malfunction did not cause any interruption of the continuous operation of any other
components, subsystems, systems, and equipment.
2. Malfunction was corrected without causing or requiring any components, subsystems,
systems, and equipment to cease operations.
3. Malfunction was corrected within one hour of the time the malfunction was detected
(the one hour period includes the time required to locate the cause of the malfunction,
beginning upon CONTRACTOR's notification from the ENGINEER that a malfunction
has occurred and ending when the item is corrected and the system is successfully
placed back into operation).
B. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for manufacturer's representatives to visit the Site as
often as necessary to correct malfunctions.
3.2 PREREQUISITES
A. Pre-commissioning and commissioning activities shall be scheduled according to Section
01 32 16 — Construction Progress Schedule. The 7 Day demonstrations and the 8 Day
demonstration shall start prior to midday on a Monday, Tuesday, or Wednesday. Testing
periods shall not include holidays, based on the OWNER's calendar.
B. The following shall be completed before pre-commissioning begins.
1. All Technical Manual information required by the Contract Documents has been
submitted.
2. Safety equipment, emergency shower and eyewash units, fire extinguishers, gas
detectors, protective guards and shields, emergency repair kits, safety chains,
handrails, gratings, safety signs, and valve and piping identification required by the
Contract Documents are provided. Devices and equipment shall be fully functional,
adjusted, and tested.
3. Manufacturer's certifications of proper installation have been accepted.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 75 00 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Leakage tests, electrical tests, and adjustments have been completed.
5. The ENGINEER has approved the Startup Plan.
6. Temporary facilities are functional, adjusted, and ready for use.
7. Individual instrumentation loops (analog, status, alarm, and control) have been
verified functionally.
8. Pressure switches, flow switches, timing relays, level switches, vibration switches,
temperature switches, RTD monitors, pressure regulating valves, and other control
devices to the settings determined by the ENGINEER or the equipment manufacturer
have been adjusted for accuracy.
9. Individual interlocks between the field-mounted control devices and the motor control
circuits, control circuits of variable-speed controllers, and packaged system controls
have been verified.
3.3 GENERAL
A. Supplies
1. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish:
a. Chemicals
b. Oil and grease
c. Other necessary materials not listed for the OWNER to furnish
2. The OWNER will furnish:
a. Water
b. Power
B. Startup Records: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the following during testing and
startup and submit originals to ENGINEER:
1. Lubrication and service records for each mechanical and electrical equipment item
2. Hours of daily operation for each mechanical and electrical equipment item
3. Equipment alignment and vibration measurement records
4. Logs of electrical measurements and tests
5. Instrumentation calibration and testing logs
6. Testing and validation of SCADA inputs, outputs, logic functions, status indications,
and alarms
7. Factory and field equipment settings
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 75 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
8. Log of problems encountered and remedial action taken
9. Other records, logs, and checklists as required by the Contract Documents
3.4 PRE-COMMISSIONING
A. After individual equipment items and subsystems have been tested and certified as
required by the Technical Specifications, tests of systems comprised of single or multiple
equipment items with appurtenant equipment and instruments and controls shall be
conducted. Items of equipment shall be tested as part of a system to the maximum extent
possible.
B. Subject to the malfunction criteria above, each system shall be demonstrated for a
continuous, 7 Day, 24 hour/day period. If any system malfunctions, the item or equipment
shall be repaired and the test restarted at time zero with no credit given for the elapsed
time before the malfunction.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate the manual and automatic modes of operation to
verify proper control sequences, software interlocks, proper operation of software logic
and controllers, etc. System testing shall include the use of water or other process media,
as applicable, to simulate the actual conditions of operation.
D. Systems testing activities shall follow the detailed procedures and checklists in the Testing
and Startup Plan. Completion of systems shall be documented by a report.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate utility, chemical feed, safety equipment, and other
support systems before whole process systems.
F. Furnish the ENGINEER at least 10 Days written notice confirming the start of pre-
commissioning. The OWNER's staff will observe pre-commissioning.
3.5 COMMISSIONING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall start up the plant and operate it without malfunction for a
continuous 8 Day, 24 hour/day period. The ENGINEER will determine the operational
parameters. CONTRACTOR must be aware that Section 40 80 00 — Process Control
System Testing may add a performance test period after the commissioning period.
B. Defects that appear shall be promptly corrected. Time lost for wiring corrections, control
point settings, or other reasons that interrupt the test may, at the judgement of the
ENGINEER, be cause for extending the demonstration an equal amount of time.
C. Commissioning shall not begin until leakage tests, instrumentation tests and adjustments,
electrical tests and adjustments, equipment field tests, disinfection, and system tests have
been completed to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
D. Detail Requirements: Prior to starting the test, units shall be filled with reclaimed water.
E. The OWNER will furnish certified treatment plant operators during the startup period to
comply with Texas Commission of Environmental Quality (TCEQ) requirements. Certified
operators will be under the direct supervision of and be responsible to the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish continuous, 24 hour staffing at the facility.
F. During commissioning, the CONTRACTOR shall:
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 01 75 00- 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Lubricate and maintain equipment in accordance with the manufacturers'
recommendations.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND PLANT STARTUP
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 01 75 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 77 19-1
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 1 of 3
1 SECTION 0177 19
2 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. The procedure for closing out a contract
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
9 2. Added 1.2.A.2
10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Unit Price-Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
16 Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
17 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
18 sum price.
19 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
21 A. Guarantees,Bonds and Affidavits
22 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds,
23 certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are
24 satisfactorily filed with the City.
25 B. Release of Liens or Claims
26 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of
27 release of liens has been submitted to the City.
28 1.5 SUBMITTALS
29 A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 77 19-2
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 2 of 3
1 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
4 PART 3 - EXECUTION
5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
7 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
8 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE
9 A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit:
10 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39
11 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23
12 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section
13 01 7423.
14 C. Final Inspection
15 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work
16 is completed.
17 a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present.
18 b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in
19 writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection
20 reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete.
21 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work
22 required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the
23 City.
24 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written
25 notice, inform the City,that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt
26 of this notice,the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent
27 Final Inspection of the project.
28 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full
29 operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to:
30 a. Specified spare parts
31 b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment
32 c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks
33 d. Light bulbs
34 e. Fuses
35 f. Vault keys
36 g. Handwheels
37 h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all
38 equipment
39 D. Notice of Project Completion
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 77 19-3
CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Page 3 of 3
1 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection
2 to be satisfactory,the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion (Green Sheet).
3 E. Supporting Documentation
4 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following
5 additional forms:
6 a. Final Payment Request
7 b. Statement of Contract Time
8 c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens
9 d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment
10 e. Pipe Report(if required)
11 f. Contractor's Evaluation of City
12 g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor
13 F. Letter of Final Acceptance
14 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting
15 Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of
16 Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment.
17 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
19 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
26 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
27 END OF SECTION
28
29
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
01 7823-1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 1 of 5
1 SECTION 0178 23
2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and
7 operation of products furnished under Contract
8 2. Such products may include,but are not limited to:
9 a. Traffic Controllers
10 b. Irrigation Controllers(to be operated by the City)
11 c. Butterfly Valves
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
13 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
14 2. Added 1.2.A.2
15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
16 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
17 2. Division 1 —General Requirements
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Unit Price- Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
21 Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
22 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
23 sum price.
24 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
26 A. Schedule
27 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product
28 shipment to the project site.
29 1.5 SUBMITTALS
30 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. All submittals shall be
31 approved by the City prior to delivery.
32 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
33 A. Submittal Form
34 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel.
35 2. Format
36 a. Size: 8 '/2 inches x 11 inches
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017823-2
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 2 of 5
1 b. Paper
2 1) 40 pound minimum,white, for typed pages
3 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal
4 c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data,or neatly typewritten
5 d. Drawings
6 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text
7 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages.
8 e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
9 equipment.
10 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of
11 equipment.
12 2) Provide indexed tabs.
13 f. Cover
14 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND
15 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
16 2) List:
17 a) Title of Project
18 b) Identity of separate structure as applicable
19 c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual
20 3. Binders
21 a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers
22 b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
23 groupings.
24 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual.
25 B. Manual Content
26 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order
27 a. Contractor,name of responsible principal, address and telephone number
28 b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume
29 c. List,with each product:
30 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer
31 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
32 volume
33 3) Identify area of responsibility of each
34 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement
35 d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set
36 forth in Contract Documents.
37 2. Product Data
38 a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
39 b. Annotate each sheet to:
40 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed
41 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation
42 3) Delete references to inapplicable information
43 3. Drawings
44 a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
45 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems
46 2) Control and flow diagrams
47 b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
48 correct illustration of completed installation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7823-3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 3 of 5
1 c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings.
2 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
3 a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
4 b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure.
5 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued
6 a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving:
7 1) Proper procedures in event of failure
8 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds
9 C. Manual for Materials and Finishes
10 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
11 2. Content,for architectural products, applied materials and finishes:
12 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
13 1) Catalog number, size, composition
14 2) Color and texture designations
15 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products
16 b. Instructions for care and maintenance
17 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods
18 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to
19 product
20 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance
21 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products:
22 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
23 1) Applicable standards
24 2) Chemical composition
25 3) Details of installation
26 b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair
27 D. Manual for Equipment and Systems
28 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form.
29 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate:
30 a. Description of unit and component parts
31 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions
32 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
33 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
34 b. Operating procedures
35 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions
36 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions
37 3) Summer and winter operating instructions
38 4) Special operating instructions
39 c. Maintenance procedures
40 1) Routine operations
41 2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
42 3) Disassembly,repair and reassembly
43 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking
44 d. Servicing and lubrication schedule
45 1) List of lubricants required
46 e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
47 £ Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7823-4
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
1 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear
2 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts
3 g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer
4 h. Each contractor's coordination drawings
5 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams
6 i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve
7 j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
8 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
9 k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
10 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate:
11 a. Description of system and component parts
12 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions
13 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
14 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
15 b. Circuit directories of panelboards
16 1) Electrical service
17 2) Controls
18 3) Communications
19 c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams
20 d. Operating procedures
21 1) Routine and normal operating instructions
22 2) Sequences required
23 3) Special operating instructions
24 e. Maintenance procedures
25 1) Routine operations
26 2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
27 3) Disassembly,repair and reassembly
28 4) Adjustment and checking
29 f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
30 g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
31 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
32 h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
33 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent
34 during instruction of City's personnel.
35 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
36 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
37 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
38 A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria:
39 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products
40 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data
41 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 20I8
017823-5
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 5 of 5
1 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED]
6 END OF SECTION
7
8
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
01 78 39-1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
1 SECTION 0178 39
2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
3 PART1 - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project
7 documents, including:
8 a. Record Drawings
9 b. Water Meter Service Reports
10 c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports
11 d. Large Water Meter Reports
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
13 1. Modified 1.2.A.1
14 2. Added 1.2.A.2
15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
16 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
17 2. Division 1—General Requirements
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Unit Price-Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various
21 Items bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
22 2. Lump Sum Price-Work associated with this Item is included in the total lump
23 sum price.
24 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to
28 City's Project Representative.
29 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
33 A. Accuracy of Records
34 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate
35 and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and
36 other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7839-2
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
1 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract
2 Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project
3 Record Documents.
4 3. To facilitate accuracy of records,make entries within 24 hours after receipt of
5 information that the change has occurred.
6 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work,both concealed and
7 visible,to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and
8 expensive site measurement, investigation and examination.
9 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING
10 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
11 I. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration
12 and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded
13 data to the final Project Record Documents.
14 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data
15 to the City's approval.
16 a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the
17 Contract Documents.
18 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
19 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
20 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
21 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
22 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
23 A. Job set
24 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City,at no
25 charge to the Contractor, I complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract.
26 B. Final Record Documents
27 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection,provide
28 the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
017839-3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
7 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS
8 A. Maintenance of Job Set
9 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the
10 title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS -JOB SET".
11 2. Preservation
12 a. Considering the Contract completion time,the probable number of occasions
13 upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination,
14 and the conditions under which these activities will be performed,devise a
15 suitable method for protecting the job set.
16 b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review
17 by the City,until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.
18 c. Maintain the job set at the site of work.
19 3. Coordination with Construction Survey
20 a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23,
21 clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with
22 installation of the infrastructure.
23 4. Making entries on Drawings
24 a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents.
25 b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil),clearly describe the
26 change by graphic line and note as required.
27 c. Date all entries.
28 d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.
29 e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping
30 changes.
31 5. Conversion of schematic layouts
32 a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits,piping,
33 ducts,and similar items,are shown schematically and are not intended to
34 portray precise physical layout.
35 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
36 City's approval.
37 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require
38 accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are
39 shown only schematically on the Drawings.
40 b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings,by dimension accurate to within 1
41 inch,the centerline of each run of items.
42 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the
43 City's approval.
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
01 7839-4
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
1 2) Show,by symbol or note,the vertical location of the Item("under slab", "in
2 ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like).
3 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related
4 reliably to the Specifications.
5 c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts
6 where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However,
7 do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing
8 by the City.
9 B. Final Project Record Documents
10 1. Transfer of data to Drawings
11 a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the
12 corresponding final documents,coordinating the changes as required.
13 b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of
14 changes made during construction,and the actual location of items.
15 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas
16 affected.
17 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure
18 longevity and clear reproduction.
19 2. Transfer of data to other Documents
20 a. If the Documents, other than Drawings,have been kept clean during progress of
21 the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City,
22 the job set of those Documents,other than Drawings, will be accepted as final
23 Record Documents.
24 b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that
25 Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and
26 handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval
27 of the City.
28 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
29 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
30 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
31 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
33 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
34 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
35 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
36 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
37 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
38 END OF SECTION
39
CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS—WATER FACILITY PROJECTS CITY PROJECT NO 02669
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 02 41 19 - DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall demolish and reconstruct existing civil, landscaping,
structural, architectural, mechanical, HVAC, electrical, and instrumentation facilities as
indicated, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 COORDINATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall carefully coordinate the WORK in areas where existing
facilities are interconnected with new facilities and where existing facilities remain
operational. The WORK as indicated is not all-inclusive, and the CONTRACTOR shall
be responsible to perform the reconstruction indicated plus that which can be reasonably
inferred from the Contract Documents as necessary to complete the Project. The
Specifications and Contract Drawings identify the major facilities that shall be
demolished and reconstructed, but auxiliary utilities such as water, air, chemicals,
drainage, lubrication, fluid power, electrical wiring, controls, and instrumentation are not
necessarily shown. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with sequencing requirements in
the Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall note that the Contract Drawings used to indicate demolition
and reconstruction are based on record drawings of the existing facilities. These record
drawings have been reproduced to show existing conditions and to clarify the scope of
WORK as much as possible. Prior to Bidding, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct a
comprehensive survey at the Site to verify the correctness and exactness of the Contract
Drawings, the scope of WORK, and the extent of auxiliary utilities. A complete set of
record drawings is available for review at the Project site.
C. While demolition and reconstruction are being performed, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide adequate access for the continued operation and maintenance of equipment and
treatment processes. The CONTRACTOR shall erect and maintain fences, warning
signs, barricades, and other devices around the reconstruction as required for the
protection of the CONTRACTOR's employees and the OWNER's personnel at the plant.
The CONTRACTOR shall remove such protection when reconstruction activities are
complete, or as WORK progresses, or when requested by the ENGINEER.
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. The contractor shall submit a plan for demolition and reconstruction activities and
procedures, including operational sequences, signed and sealed by an Engineer
licensed in the state of Texas. The procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the
WORK, careful removal and disposition of materials and equipment, protection of
existing facilities which are to remain undisturbed, coordination with existing facilities to
remain in service, and timely disconnection and reconnection of utility services. The
procedures shall include a detailed description and time schedule of the methods and
equipment to be used for each operation and the sequence of operation. A storage plan
for salvaged items shall be included. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the demolition
plan with the CITY and ENGINEER prior to starting the work.
1.4 DEMOLITION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
A. Existing pavement, structures, equipment, piping, valves, ductwork, electrical gear,
instrumentation, utilities, and related appurtenances such as anchors, supports, and
hardware indicated or required to be demolished as part of the WORK shall be removed
and disposed of unless otherwise indicated. Removal of buried structures, utilities, and
appurtenances includes the related excavation and backfill as required. Removed items
shall be disposed of offsite by the CONTRACTOR.
B. Items to be removed include:
Item Description
12" RCP Tank Overflow Pipeline Approx. 110 LF of buried piping
24" RCP Stormwater Pipeline Approx. 40 LF of buried piping and
associated concrete headwall(s).
12" Drain Line from Existing 0.5 MG Approx. 20 LF buried piping and 1 valve
Tank
12" DI Sludge Pipeline Approx. 40 LF of buried piping, 2 concrete
manholes and 2 valves
1.5 SALVAGE
A. Items of existing equipment, valves, electrical gear, instrumentation, utilities, and
appurtenances indicated to be salvaged shall be removed without any degradation in
condition from that prior to removal. Salvaged items shall be stockpiled and protected
on the Site at a location chosen by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible to properly safeguard the salvaged items against damage and loss during
removal and handling.
1.6 ABANDONMENT
A. Items of existing equipment, piping, valves, electrical gear, instrumentation, utilities, and
appurtenances to be abandoned shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR as indicated.
1.7 REHABILITATION
A. Existing civil, landscaping, structural, architectural, mechanical, HVAC, electrical, and
instrumentation WORK disturbed or damaged by reconstruction activities shall be
repaired and rehabilitated as indicated.
B. Damaged items shall be repaired or replaced with new items to restore items or surfaces
to a condition equal to and matching that existing prior to damage.
C. In buildings with reconstruction WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall not use any OWNER
equipment (e.g., bridge cranes and monorails) unless authorized in advance in writing by
the ENGINEER. Such authorization shall be subject to documentation by the
CONTRACTOR of the proposed load on the equipment and be subject to OWNER
requirements for usage on operating and maintenance needs. Any damage to a crane
shall be repaired or replaced to the ENGINEER's satisfaction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.8 DISPOSAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the offsite disposal of debris resulting from
reconstruction in compliance with local, state, and federal codes and requirements.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate demolition and reconstruction WORK with the
OWNER and ENGINEER. Unless otherwise indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for the sequence of activities. WORK shall be performed in accordance with
applicable safety rules and regulations.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall verify that any utilities connected to structures, equipment,
and facilities to be removed, relocated, salvaged, replaced, or abandoned are rendered
inoperable, replaced with new utilities, or adequately bypassed with temporary utilities
before proceeding with demolition and reconstruction.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall take precautions to avoid damage to adjacent facilities and to
limit the WORK activities to the extent indicated. If reconstruction beyond the scope
indicated is required, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval from the ENGINEER
prior to commencing.
3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
A. Before beginning any reconstruction, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully survey the
existing facilities and examine the Specifications and Contract Drawings to determine
the extent of reconstruction and coordination with the WORK. Existing facilities not
subject to reconstruction shall be protected and maintained in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Damaged existing facilities shall be repaired to the previous
condition or replaced.
B. Persons shall be afforded safe passages around areas of demolition.
C. Structural elements shall not be overloaded. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
for shoring, bracing, or adding new supports as may be required for adequate structural
support as a result of WORK performed under this Section. The CONTRACTOR shall
remove temporary protection when the WORK is complete or when so authorized by the
ENGINEER.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall carefully consider bearing loads and capacities before
placement of equipment and material on Site. In the event of any questions as to
whether an area to be loaded has adequate bearing capacity, the CONTRACTOR shall
consult with the ENGINEER prior to the placement of such equipment or material.
3.3 DEMOLITION, SALVAGE, AND RELOCATION
A. The Contract Documents indicate existing facilities to be demolished, salvaged, and/or
relocated. Auxiliary utilities including such services as water, air, chemicals, drainage,
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19- 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
lubrication, fluid power, electrical wiring, controls, and instrumentation are not
necessarily indicated. The CONTRACTOR shall verify the scope of the WORK to
remove the equipment indicated; coordinate its shutdown, removal, replacement, or
relocation; and submit an outage plan in accordance with the Contract Documents. The
removal of existing facilities for demolition, salvage, and relocation shall include the
following requirements:
1. Equipment supports, including concrete pads, baseplates, mounting bolts, and
support hangers, shall be removed. Damage to the existing structure shall be
repaired as indicated.
2. Exposed piping including vents, drains, and valves shall be removed. Where
exposed piping penetrates existing floors and walls, the piping, including wall
thimbles, shall be removed to a minimum depth of 2-inches. Resultant openings in
the structure shall be repaired as indicated.
3. Electrical control panels, junction boxes, motor control centers, and local switches
and pushbuttons shall be removed.
4. Exposed electrical conduits and associated wiring shall be removed. Resultant
openings in structures shall be repaired as indicated.
5. Connections to embedded electrical conduits shall be removed a minimum of 2-
inches inside the finished surface of the existing structure. Wiring shall be removed
and the resulting openings shall be repaired as indicated.
6. Associated instrumentation devices shall be removed.
7. Auxiliary utility support systems shall be removed.
8. The area shall be thoroughly cleaned such that little or no evidence of the previous
equipment installation will remain.
9. Asphalt and concrete pavement, curbs, and gutters shall be removed as necessary
to perform reconstruction. The limits of removal shall be sawcut. When the required
improvements have been constructed, new asphalt and concrete pavement, curbs,
and gutters shall be placed to match the original unless otherwise indicated.
10. Footings, foundation walls, below-grade construction and concrete slabs on grade
shall be demolished and removed to a depth which will not interfere with new
construction, but not less than 36-inches below existing ground surface or future
ground surface, whichever is lower.
11. Below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition of structures shall be
completely filled. Fill and compaction shall be in accordance with Section 31 30 00 -
Earthwork. After fill and compaction, surfaces shall be graded to meet adjacent
contours and to provide flow to surface drainage structures, or as indicated.
12. When existing pipe is removed, the CONTRACTOR shall plug the resulting open
ends whether or not so indicated. Where removed piping is exposed, the remaining
piping shall be blind-flanged or fitted with a removable cap or plug.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
13. When existing piping is removed from existing structures, the CONTRACTOR shall
fill resulting openings in the structures and repair any damage such that the finished
rehabilitated structure shall appear as a new homogeneous unit with little or no
indication of where the new and old materials join. The openings in water-bearing
structures shall be filled with non-shrink grout to be watertight and reinforced as
required or indicated. In locations where the surface of the grout will be exposed to
view, the grout shall be recessed approximately 1/2-inch and the recessed area
filled with cement mortar grout.
14. Electrical reconstruction shall be conducted by the CONTRACTOR in a safe and
proper manner to avoid injury from electrical shock to the OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's personnel. Electrical equipment to be shut off for a period of time
shall be tagged, locked out, and sealed with a crimped wire and lead seal and made
inoperable. At no time shall electrical wiring or connections which are energized or
could become energized be accessible to CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or other
personnel without suitable protection or warning signs.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform a functional test of existing equipment that is
relocated and reinstalled to ensure the equipment functions in the manner documented
during the initial inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall inform the ENGINEER in writing
a minimum of 5 Days prior to the functional testing in order for the OWNER and
ENGINEER to witness the test. If, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the relocated
equipment does not function in a satisfactory manner, the CONTRACTOR shall make
repairs and modifications necessary to restore the equipment to its original operating
condition at no additional cost to the OWNER.
3.4 ABANDONMENT
A. Existing facilities to be abandoned shall be prepared as indicated. Where existing buried
piping is to be abandoned, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the abandoned pipe for a
distance of 5-feet from any connecting structures. Openings at the existing structures
shall be repaired. The remaining pipe shall be capped at both ends prior to backfill.
Buried piping, 12-inches diameter or greater shall be completely sand-filled prior to
closure of the piping ends.
3.5 REHABILITATION
A. Certain areas of existing structures, piping, conduits, and the like will be affected by
WORK necessary to complete modifications under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR
shall be responsible to rehabilitate those areas affected by its construction activities.
B. Where new rectangular openings are to be installed in concrete or concrete masonry
walls or floors, the CONTRACTOR shall,score the edges of each opening (both sides of
wall or floor slab) by saw-cutting clean straight lines to a minimum depth of 1-inch and
then chipping out the concrete. Alternately, the sides of the opening (not the corners)
may be formed by saw cutting completely through the slab or wall. Saw cuts deeper than
1-inch (or the depth of cover over existing reinforcing steel, whichever is less) shall not
be allowed to extend beyond the limits of the opening. Corners shall be made square
and true by a combination of core drilling and chipping or grinding. Necessary
precautions shall be taken during removal of concrete to prevent debris from falling into
or entering adjacent tanks in service or from damaging adjacent equipment or piping.
Saw cuts allowed to extend beyond the opening shall be repaired by filling with non-
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19- 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
shrink grout. The concrete around any exposed reinforcement steel shall be chipped
back and exposed reinforcement steel cut a minimum of 2-inches from the finished face
of the new opening and be painted with epoxy paint. The inside face of the new opening
shall be grouted with an epoxy cement grout to fill any voids and cover the exposed
aggregate and shall be trowel-finished to provide a plumb and square opening.
C. Where new piping is installed in existing structures, the CONTRACTOR shall accurately
position core-drilled openings in the concrete as indicated or otherwise required.
Openings shall be of sufficient size to permit a final alignment of pipelines and fittings
without deflection of any part and to allow adequate space for satisfactory packing where
pipe passes through the wall to provide watertightness around openings so formed. The
boxes or cores shall be provided with continuous keyways to hold the filling material in
place, and they shall have a slight flare to facilitate grouting and the escape of entrained
air during grouting. Before placing the non-shrink grout, concrete surfaces shall be
sandblasted, thoroughly cleaned of sand and any other foreign matter, and coated with
epoxy bonding compound.
D. Pipes, castings, or conduits shall be grouted in place by pouring in grout under a head of
at least 4-inches. The grout shall be poured or rammed or vibrated into place to fill
completely the space between the pipes, castings, or conduits, and the sides of the
openings so as to obtain the same watertightness as through the wall itself. The grouted
casings shall then be water cured.
E. In locations where the surface of the grout will be exposed to view, the non-shrink grout
shall be recessed approximately 1/2-inch and the recessed area filled with cement
mortar grout.
F. When new piping is to be connected to existing piping, the existing piping shall be cut
square and ends properly prepared for the connection. Any damage to the lining and
coating of the existing piping shall be repaired. Dielectric insulating joints shall be
installed at interconnections between new and existing piping.
G. Where existing equipment, piping, and supports, electrical panels and devices, conduits,
and associated appurtenances are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall rehabilitate the
affected area such that little or no evidence of the previous installation remains.
Openings in concrete floors, walls, and ceilings from piping, conduit, and fastener
penetrations shall be filled with non-shrink grout and finished to match the adjacent area.
Concrete pads, bases associated with equipment, supports, and appurtenances shall be
removed by chipping away concrete and cutting any exposed reinforced steel and
anchor bolts a minimum of 2-inches below finished grade and be painted with epoxy
paint. The area of concrete to be rehabilitated shall be scored by saw cutting clean,
straight lines to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches, and concrete within the scored lines
removed to a depth of 1-1/2 inches (or the depth of cover over reinforcing steel,
whichever is less). The area within the scored lines shall be patched with non-shrink
grout to match the adjacent grade and finish. Abandoned connections to piping and
conduits shall be terminated with blind flanges, caps, and plugs suited for the material,
type, and service of the pipe or conduit.
H. Existing reinforcement to remain in place shall be protected, cleaned, and extended into
new concrete. Existing reinforcement not to be retained shall be cut-off as follows:
1. Where new concrete joins existing concrete at the removal line, reinforcement shall
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
be cut-off flush with the concrete surface at the removal line.
2. Where the concrete surface at the removal line is the finished surface, the
reinforcement shall be cut back 2-inches below the finished concrete surface, the
ends painted with epoxy paint and the remaining holes patched with a cement
mortar grout.
I. Where existing handrailing is removed, post embedments and anchors shall be removed
and post holes shall be filled with non-shrink grout flush to the floor surface. At the point
of continuation of existing handrailing, a new post with rail connections matching the
existing handrailing system shall be installed. New posts in existing concrete floors shall
be installed in core-drilled socket holes and the annular space between the post and
hole filled with non-shrink grout.
J. Where reconstruction activities damage the painting and coating of adjacent or nearby
facilities, the damaged areas shall be surface prepared and coated in accordance with
Section 09 96 00 - PROTECTIVE COATING to match the original painting and coating
with a compatible system. Surfaces of equipment items that are to be relocated shall be
prepared and be coated in accordance with Section 09 96 00 — PROTECTIVE
COATING.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Demolition and removal of debris shall minimize interference with roads, streets, walks,
and other adjacent occupied or used facilities that shall not be closed or obstructed
without permission from the OWNER. Alternate routes shall be provided around closed
or obstructed traffic ways.
B. Site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from reconstruction operations shall be
legally removed and disposed of. Structures and equipment to be demolished shall be
cleaned prior to demolition and the wash water properly disposed of. No trace of these
structures shall remain prior to placing of backfill in the areas from which structures were
removed.
C. Refuse, debris, and waste materials resulting from demolition and clearing operations
shall not be burned.
3.7 OCCUPANCY AND POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, chutes, and other suitable methods shall be
used to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in the area. The CONTRACTOR shall
comply with government regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
B. Water shall not be used if it creates hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice,
flooding, or pollution.
3.8 CLEANING
A. During and upon completion of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove tools
and equipment, surplus materials, rubbish, debris, and dust and shall leave areas
affected by WORK in a clean, approved condition.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK— 05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19- 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Adjacent structures shall be cleaned of dust, dirt, and debris caused by reconstruction,
as requested by the ENGINEER or directed by governing authorities, and adjacent areas
shall be returned to condition existing prior to start of WORK.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall clean and sweep the street and road daily.
- END OF SECTION -
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 DEMOLITION AND RECONSTRUCTION
VCWRF BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 02 41 19 -8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 03 01 30 - CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Remove, repair, or rehabilitate concrete members and surfaces as indicated.
B. Provide all materials and equipment necessary to accomplish the WORK.
C. Repair damage to concrete and concrete surfaces which results from the removal of
embedded items.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
120201.1 R-08 Guide for Making a Condition Survey of Concrete in
Service
ACI 546R-14 Concrete Repair Guide
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit Shop Drawings for strengthening required around new openings.
2. Submit detailed drawings showing proposed methods for supporting existing
structures, equipment, and piping during demolition and repair activities.
C. Concrete Repair Products and Procedures
1. Submit a comprehensive plan for each repair method indicated within this Section,
the plan shall including the following:
a. Manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the
mixing, handling, placement, curing, and appropriate uses for each product.
b. Curing products and procedures for each repair method for which curing is
recommended by the manufacturer.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF CONCRETE RESTORATION FIRMS
A. The concrete restoration WORK shall be performed by an experienced firm customarily
engaged in performing similar repair work on cast-in-place concrete structures.
B. The restoration firm shall have completed at least 5 similar projects in the last 5 years.
C. The restoration firm shall be certified by the manufacturer of the repair materials.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Tests of Cement Based Mortars and Grouts
1. The ENGINEER may take compression test specimens during construction from the
first placement of each type of mortar or grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected
by the ENGINEER in order to ensure continued compliance with the indicated
requirements.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in obtaining specimens for
testing.
3. The compression tests and fabrication of specimens for repair mortar and non-shrink
grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 109.
4. A set of 5 specimens will be made for testing at 7 days, 28 days, and additional time
periods as appropriate.
5. Any material, already placed, which fails to meet the indicated performance
requirements is subject to removal and replacement as part of the WORK.
6. The cost of laboratory tests on mortar and grout will be paid by the OWNER, but
the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cost of any additional tests and
investigation on the WORK that does not meet the indicated requirements.
7. The CONTRACTOR shall supply all necessary materials for fabricating the test
specimens.
B. Repair Concrete: Repair concrete shall be tested as required in Section 03 31 00—Cast-
in-Place Concrete.
C. Epoxy Grout: Epoxy grout shall be tested as required in Section 03 60 00—Grouting.
D. Construction Tolerances: Construction tolerances shall comply with the requirements of
Section 03 31 00 — Cast-in-Place Concrete, except as otherwise indicated.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 REPAIR MORTAR
A. Provide repair mortar as a pre-packaged, 2-component, polymer-modified, cementious,
non-sag mortar, specifically formulated for the repair of surface defects.
B. Provide the mortar with a penetrating corrosion inhibitor.
C. Repair mortar shall have the following properties:
Physical Property Value ASTM Standard
Compressive Strength (min.)
at 7 days: 4000 psig C-109
at 28 days: 6000 psig
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Bond Strength (min.)
at 28 days: 2000 psig C-882 (modified)
Freeze/Thaw Resistance (min.)
300 cycles 98 percent C-666
D. Provide a minimum repair thickness of 1/4 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Repair Mortar shall be SikaTop 123 Plus, by Sika Corporation, or equal.
2.2 NON-SHRINK GROUT
A. Provide non-shrink grout conforming to the requirements of Section 03 60 00— Grouting.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement
1. Use Type II Portland cement unless otherwise indicated.
2. Where repairs are to be made on wall surfaces open to view and above normal water
surface elevations, blend white Portland cement with the Type II cement as needed
in order to match the color of the adjacent existing concrete surface.
B. Structural Repair Grout
1. Where required, provide structural repair grout meeting the requirements of Section
03 60 00— Grouting.
2. Provide a minimum repair thickness of 3 inches.
C. Cement Grout
1. Provide cement grout that meets the requirements of Section 03 60 00 —Grouting.
2. Provide a minimum repair thickness of one inch.
D. Miscellaneous Materials: For concrete construction materials not covered specifically in
this Section, conform to the requirements of Section 03 31 00— Cast-in-Place Concrete.
2.4 AGGREGATE
A. Obtain the written permission of the manufacturer and ENGINEER before using aggregate
to extend repair mortar and grout products.
B. If allowed and unless otherwise indicated, provide aggregate consisting of 3/8-inch clean,
washed gravel or crushed stone as required in Section 03 3100—Cast-in-Place Concrete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.5 BONDING AGENT AND ANTI-CORROSION COATING
A. Provide a bonding agent that is a solvent-free, moisture-tolerant, epoxy-modified,
cementitious product, specifically formulated as a bonding agent and anti-corrosion
coating.
B. Bonding Agent shall be Armatec 110 EpoCem, by Sika Corporation, or equal.
2.6 EPDXY GROUT
A. Provide an epoxy grout conforming to the requirements of Section 03 60 00— Grouting.
2.7 EPDXY RESIN
A. Use epoxy resin for structural crack repair.
B. For crack injection, provide a 2-component, moisture-tolerant, low-viscosity, high-strength
epoxy resin adhesive that is specially formulated for that usage.
C. Provide a minimum bond strength of 2900 psi when tested per ASTM C 882 at 14 days,
moist cured.
D. Epoxy Resin shall be Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod LV, by Sika Corporation, KEMKO 068 LoVis
IR, by ChemCo Systems, Inc., or equal.
2.8 FORMWORK
A. Where needed, provide formwork that meets the requirements of Section 03 11 00 —
Concrete Formwork.
2.9 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
A. Where required, provide reinforcing steel that meets the requirements of Section 03 21 00
— Reinforcement Steel.
2.10 POLYURETHANE SEALANT
A. Provide a 2-part polyurethane, gun-grade sealant.
B. Polyurethane Sealant shall be Sikaflex— 2C, by Sika Corporation, or equal.
2.11 POLYURETHANE CHEMICAL GROUT
A. Use polyurethane chemical grout for non-structural crack repair.
B. Polyurethane Chemical Grout shall be SikaFix HH, by Sika Corporation, Flex LV PURe,
by WR Grace/De Neef, Flex SLV PURe, by WR Grace/De Neef, or equal.
2.12 HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP
A. Hydrophilic waterstop shall be as specified in Section 03 32 00.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.13 HIGH STRENGTH EPDXY GEL
A. High-Strength Epoxy Gel for crack surface sealing shall be Denepox Rapidgel, by WR
Grace/De Neef, or equal.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Repairs
1. Repair techniques will be reviewed during the pre-construction meeting between the
CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and OWNER.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall be familiar with the cause of deteriorated concrete and shall
choose the right equipment, repair materials and techniques to be used for each
particular repair.
3. Choose repair materials to match the adjacent concrete surface in color and texture.
4. Apply repair materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions, including temperature and moisture requirements throughout application
and curing.
5. Protect adjacent portions of the structure, including all valves, pipes, mechanical
equipment, and filter media from debris generated by repair activities.
6. For portions of the structure that are not identified to be repaired, maintain in their
original condition.
B. Structural Stability
1. Use caution not to weaken the structural capacity of a beam, column, wall, slab,
walkway, or other concrete member during concrete removal.
2. For severely deteriorated concrete members, consult with the ENGINEER before
removing a major portion of any structural member.
3. Shoring may be required in order to support the structure and to protect workers.
C. Provide off-site disposal of debris generated as a result of repair procedures.
D. Provide concrete construction procedures not specifically addressed in this Section in
accordance with the requirements of Section 03 31 00— Cast-in-Place Concrete.
3.2 REPAIR SEQUENCING
A. Unless otherwise indicated, perform concrete repairs in the following sequence, with no
activity in an area being started until previous activities in that area have been completed,
including curing, cleanup, and the like:
1. removal of equipment, miscellaneous metals, and other surface features that would
interfere with the repair;
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. removal of concrete sections which require complete replacement;
3. surface preparation hydroblasting over the entire area to be repaired;
4. embedded metal repair;
5. crack repair;
6. spalled and delaminated concrete repair;
7. scaled concrete;
8. pop-out repair, and repair of other surface damage, deterioration, or defects;
9. patching of holes in concrete;
10. replacement of concrete sections which require complete replacement;
11. new construction.
B. For areas which require combinations of spalled and delaminated concrete repair, scaled
concrete, and pop-out repair, perform these repairs at the same time.
C. Limit the size of the repair area in order to permit the repairs to be performed together,
without sacrificing the quality of the individual repairs.
3.3 EMBEDDED METAL REPAIR
A. Unless otherwise indicated, repair anchor bolts and other embedded metal, except rebar,
that are exposed at the concrete surface and are showing signs of corrosion, as follows:
1. Cut off or otherwise remove corroded metal fastened at the surface;
2. Burn back embedded metals to a depth of at least 1.5 inches beyond the surface of
sound concrete;
3. Chip away unsound concrete around the embedded metal.
4. Apply epoxy grout to the repair area until level with the surface of the surrounding
sound concrete.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, repair embedded rebar that is exposed at the concrete surface
following the procedures outlined in the appropriate concrete repair subsection, below.
3.4 CRACK REPAIR
A. Structural Cracks - Structural Cracks are defined as follows:
1. All cracks where reinforcing steel is passing across the crack, including erratic cracks,
and cracks at construction joints.
2. Repair structural cracks with epoxy resin.
B. Non Structural Cracks - Non Structural Cracks are defined as follows:
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30- 6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Cracks occurring at flexible joints, contraction joints or expansion joints.
2. Repair non-structural cracks with polyurethane chemical grout.
C. Efflorescence
1. Prior to the crack repair, clean efflorescence from the cracks and the surrounding
area.
2. Clean the efflorescence by light hydro-blasting or scrubbing.
D. Pressure Injection: Pressure Injection to be performed prior to leak testing and roof
membrane installation.
1. General
a. The indicated repair materials have been selected to minimize the loss of material
during the injection process. The areas selected for crack repair are to be
identified by the Contractor, Engineer or Construction Manager and be
determined prior to leak tests and roof membrane installation. The injection of
cracks may also be required as a result of the leak test.
b. In order to avoid excessive loss of injected material at the lower exposed portions
of the cracks, space the injection ports a distance no greater than the thickness
of the wall being repaired.
2. Open through thickness structural cracks are to be repaired to deliver a water tight
hydraulic structure passing the specified leakage test. All 3 foot long minimum or
greater through thickness cracks greater than a minimum 15 mil thickness in the walls
are to be injected unless they do not accept grout. All 2 foot long minimum through
thickness cracks greater than 10 mil thickness in the foundation, water conduits, floor
slabs and roof are to be injected unless they do not accept grout. Perform structural
crack repairs by pressure injection in accordance with the manufacturer's directions,
and in accordance with the following basic procedure:
a. Remove unsound and foreign materials from the crack in a manner that does not
trap debris in the crack and prevent the flow of repair materials.
b. Remove any contamination by flushing with water or solvent, allowing adequate
time for air-drying or blow out the solvent with compressed air. For potable water
applications, any solvents must be fully flushed from the joint unless NSF/ANSI
Standard 61 approved.
c. Install the injection ports in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
d. Sealing
1) Seal the surface in order to keep the pressure injecting materials from
leaking out before it has set or gelled.
2) Seal a surface by brushing an epoxy over the surface of the crack and
allowing it to harden, or use high injection pressures to cut-out the cracks
in a 'V' shape, fill with an epoxy, and strike off flush with the surface.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 -7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3) Surface patching or sealant shall be performed where needed to provide
for complete penetration of the injected polyurethane grout and to prevent
wastage. Seal surface of crack with fast setting hydraulic cement or high
strength epoxy gel. The floor surface along the cracks shall be cleaned and
all wasted grout and surface seal material shall be completely removed
from the concrete surface following completion of the repair work
e. Inject the repair materials, with consideration of the following items:
1) Carefully select the pressure of the hydraulic pump or other device,
because too much pressure can extend the existing cracks and cause more
damage.
2) For vertical cracks, start by pumping material into the entry port at the
lowest elevation until the material level reaches the entry port above, then
cap the lower injection port and repeat the process at successively higher
ports until the crack has been completely filled.
3) For horizontal cracks, start at one end of the crack and work to the other
end, filling the crack until the pressure can be maintained.
4) For very fine cracks, start the injection of repair material at the widest end
and proceed toward the thinner end, using low-viscosity repair material.
f. Cleanup
1) Remove the surface seal by grinding or other appropriate means.
2) Coat fittings and holes at injection ports with an epoxy patching compound.
3) If crack repairs are part of repair for surface defects, painting with epoxy is
not necessary and surface preparation may be started after crack repairs
have been completed.
3. Open through thickness non-structural cracks are to be repaired to deliver a water
tight hydraulic structure passing the specified leakage test. Open through thickness
cracks with lengths of at least 3 feet on each side of the wall and roof, at least 2 feet
of length on the foundation or floor slab are to be injected unless they do not accept
grout. All 3 foot long minimum or greater through thickness cracks greater than a
minimum 15 mil thickness in the walls are to be injected unless they do not accept
grout. All 2 foot long through thickness cracks greater than 10 mil thickness in the
floors and roof are to be injected unless they do not accept grout. Perform non-
structural crack repairs in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, and in
accordance with the following basic procedure:
a. Remove unsound and foreign materials from the crack in a manner that does not
trap debris in the crack and prevent the flow of repair materials.
b. Remove contamination by flushing with water or solvent, allowing adequate time
for air-drying or blow out the solvent with compressed air. Any solvents must be
fully flushed from the joint unless NSF/ANSI Standard 61 approved.
c. Install the injection ports in accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30- 8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
d. Moisture
1) For non-structural cracks, moisture must be present for the chemical grout
to react.
2) Prior to injecting the repair materials, inject the crack with a small amount
of water in order to completely moisten the crack.
e. Inject the repair materials, with consideration of the following items:
1) Carefully select the pressure of the hydraulic pump or other device,
because too much pressure can extend the existing cracks and cause more
damage.
2) For vertical cracks, start by pumping material into the entry port at the
lowest elevation until the material level reaches the entry port above, cap
the lower injection port and repeat the process at successively higher ports
until the crack has been completely filled, and then, starting again at the
lowest port, re-inject into all ports in order to ensure that all voids are
properly sealed off.
3) For horizontal cracks, start at one end of the crack and work to the other
end, filling the crack until the pressure can be maintained.
4) For very fine cracks, start the injection of repair material at the widest end
and proceed toward the thinner end.
f. Cleanup
1) Remove excess surface material by grinding or other appropriate means.
2) Coat fittings and holes at injection ports with an epoxy patching compound.
3) If crack repairs are part of repair for surface defects, painting with epoxy is
not necessary and surface preparation may be started after crack repairs
have been completed.
3.5 SPALLED AND DELAMINATED CONCRETE REPAIR
A. Repair spalls and delaminated concrete using repair mortar.
B. Surface Preparation
1. Remove all delaminated concrete and all unsound concrete beyond the spalled or
delaminated area.
2. Boundaries
a. Determine the boundaries of the patch by sawcuts to a depth of at least 1/4 inch
up to one inch deep.
b. The boundaries of the sawcut locations shall be layouts designed to reduce
boundary edge length.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 -9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
c. Avoid excessive or complex edge conditions.
3. Sawcuts
a. Perform sawcuts perpendicular to the surface or slightly undercut.
b. Construct sawcuts in maximum 1/4-inch increments.
c. After each incremental cut, inspect the cut surface in order to ensure that the
existing reinforcement has not been cut.
d. If at any depth the reinforcement becomes exposed, terminate the sawcut and
notify the ENGINEER.
4. Chip away concrete within the repair area to a depth sufficient to expose sound
concrete over the entire repair area, or to a minimum depth required by repair mortar,
whichever is greater.
5. Base the selection of partial depth concrete removal equipment on the size of repair
area, depth of concrete to be removed, and the location of the deteriorated concrete.
6. Removal
a. The maximum allowable pneumatic chipping hammer shall be a 30-Ib class
hammer.
b. Hydroblast removal shall use a maximum pressure of 40,000 psig.
c. Sand blasting is not permitted.
d. Hydroblast concrete removal is recommended for large area of surface defects.
e. Remove water blasting debris daily in order to prevent it from setting up.
f. If a chipping hammer is used, ensure that the existing reinforcement is not
damaged during the concrete removal operations.
g. Remove protrusions, such as mortar spatter or fins, by grinding or by striking with
a hammer or other tool.
7. Reinforcement
a. Remove concrete from around reinforcement when the rebar is rusted, more than
half the rebar perimeter is already exposed, the concrete bond around the rebar
is broken, or if the concrete is unsound or honey-combed.
b. Remove concrete in order to provide a clear space of minimum one inch on all
sides of the reinforcement, such that the rebar can be cleaned and the repair
material will completely surround the rebar.
c. Clean exposed reinforcement by water blasting or wire brushing.
d. After fully exposing and cleaning the reinforcement, check for steel deterioration,
and if the cross-sectional area of the steel has been reduced by more than 10
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
percent, whether by deterioration, surface preparation, or a combination of both,
provide additional reinforcement.
e. Consult with the ENGINEER before adding or replacing rebar.
C. Repairing Surface Defects
1. Clean the concrete surface after removing unsound concrete, repairing cracks, and
cleaning the reinforcement.
2. Ensure that the concrete surface and reinforcement are free of form-release agents,
curing compounds, surface hardeners, oils, grease, food, chemicals, and other
contaminants.
3. Remove dust, including new dust generated by surface preparation or scarifying.
4. Prior to application of the bonding agent, apply anti-corrosion coating to exposed
rebar in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, allow the coating to
dry, reapply the coating, and allow to dry again.
5. Prior to applying the repair mortar, apply bonding agent in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
6. Repair Mortar
a. Apply repair mortar in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
b. The thickness of each lift of repair mortar shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, with the minimum thickness being not less
than 1/4 inch.
7. Fully consolidate the repair mortar, working the material into the substrate to
completely fill all pores and voids in the area to be filled.
8. Bring the repair surface into alignment with the adjacent existing surfaces in order to
provide a uniform, even surface.
9. Match the repair surface to adjacent existing surfaces in texture by applying
necessary coatings and surface treatments.
10. Float-finish the repaired surface using wood or sponge floats.
11. For repaired surfaces to receive a protective coating, brush-finish the surface in order
to produce a roughened substrate for the coating.
12. Minimum and maximum ambient and surface temperatures shall be as recommended
by repair material manufacturer.
D. Curing
1. Curing of repair mortar to receive waterproofing shall be as follows:
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. Keep the mortar continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum
period of at least 7 consecutive days, beginning immediately after the mortar has
reached final set;
b. Weight the curing blankets or otherwise held them in place in order to prevent
being dislodged by wind or other causes, and to be substantially in contact with
the concrete surface;
c. Ensure that edges are continuously held in place; and,
d. Keep the curing blankets and concrete continuously wet by the use of sprinklers
or other means, both during and after normal working hours.
2. Provide curing in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations except that
the minimum cure period shall be 7 days.
3. During cold weather, maintain the repair material temperature above 50 degrees F
for at least 3 days after placement.
3.6 SCALED CONCRETE REPAIR
A. Repair scaling and pop-outs using repair mortar.
B. Surface Preparation
1. Prior to repair, prepare the surface in accordance with the repair mortar
manufacturer's recommendations with the following minimum requirement.
2. Remove unsound concrete from surfaces by high-pressure water blasting, using a
minimum pressure of 10,000 psigg and maximum pressure of 40,000 psigg.
3. Clean exposed reinforcement by water blasting or wire brushing.
C. Repairing Surface Defects
1. Clean the concrete surface after removing unsound concrete, repairing cracks, and
cleaning reinforcement.
2. Ensure that the concrete surface and reinforcement are free of form-release agents,
curing compounds, surface hardeners, oils, grease, food, chemicals, and other
contaminants.
3. Remove dust, including new dust generated by surface preparation or scarifying.
4. Prior to application of the bonding agent, apply anti-corrosion coating to exposed
rebar in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, allow the coating to
dry, reapply the coating, and allow to dry again.
5. Prior to applying the repair mortar, apply bonding agent in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
6. Apply repair mortar in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using
a minimum repair material thickness of 1/4 inch.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 - 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
7. Fully consolidate the repair material, working the material into the substrate to
completely fill all pores and voids in the area to be filled.
8. Bring the repair surface into alignment with the adjacent existing surfaces in order to
provide a uniform, even surface.
9. Match the repair surface to adjacent existing surfaces in texture by applying
necessary coatings and surface treatments.
10. Float-finish the repaired surface using wood or sponge floats.
D. Provide strip joint in newly placed mortar at the location of repaired cracks.
E. Curing
1. Curing of repair mortar to receive waterproofing shall be as follows:
a. Keep the mortar continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum
period of at least 7 consecutive days, beginning immediately after the mortar has
reached final set;
b. Weight the curing blankets or otherwise held them in place in order to prevent
being dislodged by wind or other causes, and to be substantially in contact with
the concrete surface;
c. Ensure that edges are continuously held in place; and,
d. Keep the curing blankets and concrete continuously wet by the use of sprinklers
or other means, both during and after normal working hours.
2. If the repair mortar is not to receive waterproofing, provide curing in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations except that the minimum cure period shall be 7
days.
3. During cold weather, maintain the repair material temperature above 50 degrees F
for at least 3 days after placement.
3.7 POP-OUT REPAIR, AND REPAIR OF OTHER SURFACE DAMAGE, DETERIORATION,
OR DEFECTS
A. Repair pop-outs and other surface damage, deterioration, and defects which are 1/4 inch
deep or shallower, using the procedures described under "SCALED CONCRETE
REPAIR," above.
B. Repair other pop-outs and surface damage, deterioration, and defects using the
procedures described under "SPALLED AND DELAMINATED CONCRETE REPAIR,"
above.
3.8 REPLACEMENT OF CONCRETE SECTIONS WHICH REQUIRE COMPLETE
REPLACEMENT
A. Remove the deteriorated concrete in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
B. Limits
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30- 13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Determine the limits in accordance with the procedures described under"Boundaries
— Spalled and Delaminated Concrete Repair."
C. Provide sawcuts in accordance with the procedures described under "Sawcuts — Spalled
and Deliminated Concrete Repair."
D. After removal of the concrete, prepare the area and provide repair concrete in accordance
with the requirements of this Section.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, match the finished cross-section of the repaired concrete to
the cross-section of the adjacent undamaged concrete.
3.9 PATCHING OF HOLES IN CONCRETE
A. General
1. For the purposes of this Section, holes are defined as penetrations completely through
the concrete member and with interior surfaces approximately perpendicular to the
surface of the existing member.
2. Interior surface areas which are inclined and do not meet this criteria shall be chipped
as needed to meet this requirement.
3. The perimeter of holes at the surface shall form a regular shape composed of curved
or straight line segments.
4. Provide the minimum depth of placement for the material used; score the existing
concrete by sawcutting, and chip as needed to meet this requirement.
5. Roughen the interior surface of holes less than 12 inches in diameter to a minimum of
0.125-inch amplitude, and roughen larger holes to a minimum of 0.25-inch amplitude.
6. At holes, coat the existing surface to be repaired with a bonding agent.
B. Patching Small Holes: For holes which are less than 12 inches in their least dimension
and extend completely through concrete members, fill with non-shrink grout.
C. Patching Large Holes
1. Fill holes which are larger than 12 inches in their least dimension with structural repair
grout.
2. Provide large holes which are normally in contact with water or soil with hydrophilic
waterstop placed in a groove.
3. Alternatively, bond the hydrophilic waterstop to the surface using an epoxy grout which
completely fills all voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop material.
4. Install the waterstop in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 32 00—Joints
in Concrete.
5. Provide reinforcing steel in layers matching existing reinforcement location, size,
spacing and cover requirements unless directed otherwise by the ENGINEER.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30- 14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 01 30 - 15
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 03 11 00 - CONCRETE FORMING
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish concrete formwork, bracing, and supports for cast-in-
place concrete in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Manufacturer's information demonstrating compliance with requirements for the following:
1. Form ties and related accessories, including taper tie plugs, if taper ties are used.
2. Form gaskets.
3. Form release agent.
4. Manufacturer's design information on formwork, form materials, and locations for use.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tolerances: The variation from required lines or grade shall not exceed 1/4-inch in 10-
feet, non-cumulative, and there shall be no offsets or visible waviness in the finished
surface. Other tolerances shall be within the tolerances of ACI 117 - Standard Tolerances
for Concrete Construction and Materials
PART 2 --PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Except as otherwise expressly accepted by the ENGINEER, lumber brought on the Site
for use as forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new material. Forms shall be smooth surface
forms and shall be of the following materials:
Walls Steel, fiberglass, or plywood panel
All other WORK Steel panels, fiberglass, plywood or tongue and groove lumber
B. Water-based form release agent shall be Clean Strip J1 EF by Dayton Superior, or equal.
2.2 FORM MATERIALS
A. Materials for concrete forms, and formwork shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Lumber shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine, construction grade or better, in
conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber
Standard
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CONCRETE FORMING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 0311 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Plywood for concrete formwork shall be new, waterproof, synthetic resin bonded,
exterior type Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine plywood manufactured especially
for concrete formwork, shall conform to the requirements of PS 1 —Construction and
Industrial Plywood, for Concrete Forms, Class I, and shall be edge sealed.
3. Form materials shall be metal, wood, plywood, or other material that will not adversely
affect the concrete and will facilitate placement of concrete to the shape, form, line,
and grade indicated. Metal forms shall accomplish such results. Wood forms for
surfaces to be painted shall be Medium Density Overlaid plywood, MDO Ext. Grade.
4. Steel leave in place forms shall not be used.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, exterior corners in concrete members shall be provided with
3/4-inch chamfers or be tooled to 1/2-inch radius. Re-entrant corners in concrete
members shall not have fillets unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 FORM TIES
A. Form ties shall be provided with a plastic cone or other suitable means for forming a
conical hole to insure that the form tie may be broken off back of the face of the concrete.
The maximum diameter of removable cones for rod ties or other removable form tie
fasteners having a circular cross-section shall not exceed 1-1/2 inches; and all such
fasteners shall be such as to leave holes of regular shape for reaming. Form ties for
water-retaining structures shall have integral waterstops that tightly fit the form tie so that
they cannot be moved from mid-point of the tie. Form ties shall be ST-4 Hex Head
Snaptie by MeadowBurke, Snap-Ties by Dayton/Richmond, or equal.
B. Removable taper ties may be used when approved by the ENGINEER. A preformed
neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug sized to seat at the center of the wall shall be
inserted in the hole 'left by the removal of the taper tie. Use HD-9 Taper-Tie by
MeadowBurke, Taper-Tie by Dayton/Richmond, or equal.
2.4 VOID FORMS UNDER SLABS OR GRADE BEAMS
A. Void forms used directly below grade beams and structural slabs shall be preformed
cardboard having sufficient strength to support the weight of the reinforcement and the
wet concrete placed directly above or adjacent to it without deflecting the void form more
than '/z-inch. Depth shall be as indicated. Acceptable products include FloorVoid or
BeamVoid by VoidForm International LTD, SlabVoid or WallVoid by SureVoid
Products, Inc., or equal.
1. Soil retainers for use next to void forms shall be made of corrugated plastic and shall
be SureRetainer by SureVoid, or equal.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shall be used wherever
necessary. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the adequate design
of forms, and any forms that are unsafe or inadequate in any respect shall promptly be
removed from the WORK and replaced. Provide worker protection from protruding
reinforcement bars in accordance with applicable safety codes. A sufficient number of
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE FORMING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 0311 00 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
forms of each kind shall be available to permit the required rate of progress to be
maintained. The design and inspection of concrete forms, falsework, and shoring shall
comply with applicable local, state, and Federal regulations. Plumb and string lines shall
be installed before concrete placement and shall be maintained during placement. Such
lines shall be used by CONTRACTOR's personnel and by the ENGINEER and shall be in
sufficient number and properly installed. During concrete placement, the CONTRACTOR
shall continually monitor plumb and string line form positions and immediately correct
deficiencies.
B. Concrete forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of members required,
and shall be substantial, free from surface defects, and sufficiently tight to prevent
leakage. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together to maintain their position and
shape under a load of freshly-placed concrete. If adequate foundation for shores cannot
be secured, trussed supports shall be provided.
C. Forms shall be removed unless approved otherwise by the ENGINEER.
3.2 FORM DESIGN
A. Forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to the
established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain
their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and vibrating
the concrete. Suitable and effective means shall be provided on forms for holding adjacent
edges and ends of panels and sections tightly together and in accurate alignment so as
to prevent the formation of ridges, fins, offsets, or similar surface defects in the finished
concrete. Plywood, 5/8-inch and greater in thickness, may be fastened directly to studding
if the studs are spaced close enough to prevent visible deflection marks in the concrete.
The forms shall be tight so as to prevent the loss of water, cement, and fines during placing
and vibrating of the concrete. Specifically, the bottom of wall forms that rest on concrete
footings or slabs shall be provided with a gasket to prevent loss of fines and paste during
placement and vibration of concrete. Such gasket may be a. 1- to 1-1/2-inch diameter
polyethylene rod held in position to the underside of the wall form. Adequate clean-out
holes shall be provided at the bottom of each lift of forms. The size, number, and location
of such clean-outs shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER. Whenever concrete cannot
be placed from the top of a wall form in a manner that meets the requirements of the
Contract Documents, form windows shall be provided in the size and spacing needed to
allow placement of concrete to the requirements of Section 03 31 00 - Cast-in-Place
Concrete. The size, number, and location of such form windows shall be as acceptable
to the ENGINEER.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION
A. Vertical Surfaces: Vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where
placement of the concrete against the ground is indicated. Not less than 1-inch of concrete
shall be added to the indicated thickness of a concrete member where concrete is
permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms. Permission to do this on
other concrete members will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height
and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the required lines
and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the concrete has been placed.
B. Construction Joints: Concrete construction joints will not be permitted at locations other
than those indicated, except as may be acceptable to the ENGINEER. When a second
lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in the way of the
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CONCRETE FORMING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 0311 00 -3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
number, location, and tightening of ties at the top of the old lift and bottom of the new to
prevent any unsatisfactory effect whatsoever on the concrete. Pipe stubs and anchor
bolts shall be set in the forms where required.
C. Form Ties
1. Embedded Ties: Holes left by the removal of form tie cones shall be reamed with
suitable toothed reamers so as to leave the surface of the holes clean and rough
before being filled with mortar. Wire ties for holding forms will not be permitted. No
form-tying device or part thereof, other than metal, shall be left embedded in the
concrete. Ties shall not be removed in such manner as to leave a hole extending
through the interior of the concrete members. The use of snap-ties that cause spalling
of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal will not be permitted. If steel panel
forms are used, rubber grommets shall be provided where the ties pass through the
form in order to prevent loss of cement paste. Where metal rods extending through
the concrete are used to support or to strengthen forms, the rods shall remain
embedded and shall terminate not less than 1-inch back from the formed face or faces
of the concrete.
2. Removable Ties: Where taper ties are approved for use, the larger end of the taper
tie shall be on the wet side of walls in water retaining structures. After the taper tie is
removed, the hole shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened for bond. A precast
neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug shall be located at the wall centerline. The
hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink grout for water bearing and below-grade
walls. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink or regular cement grout for
above-grade walls that are dry on both sides. Exposed faces of walls shall have the
outer 2-inches of the exposed face filled with a cement grout that shall match the color
and texture of the surrounding wall surface.
3.4 REUSE OF FORMS
A. Forms may be reused only if in good condition and only if acceptable to the ENGINEER.
Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary to obtain uniform surface
texture on exposed concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces are defined as
surfaces which are permanently exposed to view. In the case of forms for the inside wall
surfaces of hydraulic/water retaining structures, unused tie rod holes in forms shall be
covered with metal caps or shall be filled by other methods acceptable to the ENGINEER.
3.5 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Careful procedures for the removal of forms shall be strictly followed, and this WORK shall
be done with care so as to avoid injury to the concrete. No heavy loading on green
concrete will be permitted. No forms shall be disturbed or removed under an individual
panel or unit before the concrete in the adjacent panel or unit has attained 75 percent of
the 28 Day strength and has been in place for a minimum of 7 Days. The time required
to establish said strength shall be as determined by the ENGINEER who will make several
test cylinders for this purpose from concrete used in the first group of roof panels placed.
If the time so determined is more than the 7 Day minimum, then that time shall be used
as the minimum length of time. Forms for parts of the WORK not specifically mentioned
herein shall remain in place for periods of time as recommended in ACI 347 - Guide to
Formwork for Concrete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CONCRETE FORMING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 03 11 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.6 MAINTENANCE OF FORMS
A. Forms shall be maintained in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength,
rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. Before concrete is placed, the forms shall
be thoroughly cleaned. The form surfaces shall be treated with a nonstaining mineral oil
or other lubricant acceptable to the ENGINEER. Any excess lubricant shall be
satisfactorily removed before placing the concrete. Where field oiling of forms is required,
the CONTRACTOR shall perform the oiling at least 2 weeks in advance of their use. Care
shall be exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items
to be embedded in concrete.
3.7 VOID FORMS
A. Install void forms per manufacturer's instructions. Protect void forms from damage due to
moisture and/or puncture during construction according to the manufacturer's
recommendations.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 CONCRETE FORMING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 03 11 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 03 21 00 - REINFORCEMENT STEEL
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Provide reinforcement steel and appurtenant WORK, complete and in place, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Furnish shop bending diagrams, placing lists, and drawings of reinforcement steel
prior to fabrication.
2. Diagrams
a. The shop bending diagrams shall show the actual lengths of bars to the nearest
inch, measured to the intersection of the extensions (tangents for bars of circular
cross section) of the outside surface.
b. Include bar placement diagrams that clearly indicate the dimensions of each bar
splice.
3. Reinforcement
a. Details of the concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be
submitted at the earliest possible date after receipt by the CONTRACTOR of the
Notice to Proceed.
b. Said details of reinforcement steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to
ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement, and the indicated
requirements.
4. Mechanical Couplers
a. Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice
reinforcement steel, submit the following items:
1) manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations for
installation for each type of coupler used;
2) certified test reports that verify the load capacity of each type and size of
coupler used; and
3) Shop Drawings that show the location of each coupler with details of how
they are to be installed in the formwork.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH—02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
5. Welding
a. If reinforcement steel is to be spliced by welding at any location, submit mill test
reports containing the information necessary for determination of the carbon
equivalent per AWS D1.4 - Structural Steel Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
b. Submit a written welding procedure for each type of weld for each size of bar
which is to be spliced by welding; merely a statement that AWS procedures will
be followed is not acceptable.
c. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, submit certifications
of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure and certification of welder
qualifications, for each welding procedure and for each welder performing on the
WORK.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials Testing
1. If requested by the ENGINEER, furnish samples from each heat of reinforcement
steel in a quantity adequate for testing.
2. Costs of initial tests will be paid by the OWNER.
3. Costs of additional tests if material fails initial tests shall be the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility.
B. Welding
1. Welder qualifications and procedure qualifications shall be as indicated in AWS D1.4.
2. If requested by the ENGINEER, furnish samples of each type of welded splice in a
quantity and of dimensions adequate for testing.
3. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, radiographic testing of direct butt-welded splices
will be performed.
4. Provide assistance necessary to facilitate testing.
5. Repair welds that fail to meet AWS D1.4.
6. The costs of testing will be paid by the OWNER, but the costs of tests that show failure
to meet requirements shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
A. Reinforcement steel for cast-in-place reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the
following requirements:
1. Bar and spiral reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 615- Deformed and Plain Billet
- Steel Bars, for Grade 60 reinforcement, unless otherwise indicated.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH -02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Welded Reinforcement
a. Bar reinforcement that is welded shall conform to ASTM A 706 - Low Alloy Steel
Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, for Grade 60
reinforcement, unless otherwise indicated.
b. The carbon equivalent in reinforcing that is welded shall not exceed 0.55 percent.
3. Welded Wire Reinforcement
a. Welded wire reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 185-Standard Specification
for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement, and
the indicated Details.
b. Welded wire reinforcement with longitudinal wire of W4 size wire and smaller
shall be in flat sheets or in rolls with a core diameter of not less than 10-inches.
c. Welded wire reinforcement with longitudinal wires larger than W4 size shall be in
flat sheets only.
B. Accessories
1. Accessories shall include necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires,
dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete
placement.
2. Bar Supports
a. Bar supports shall meet the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard
Practice, including special requirements for supporting epoxy-coated reinforcing
bars.
b. Wire bar supports shall be CRSI Class 1 for maximum protection with a 1/8-inch
minimum thickness of plastic coating that extends at least 1/2 inch from the
concrete surface.
c. Plastic shall be gray in color.
3. Concrete Blocks
a. Concrete blocks (dobies) used to support and position reinforcement steel shall
have the same or higher compressive strength as required for the concrete in
which they are located.
b. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports.
2.2 MECHANICAL COUPLERS
A. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where indicated and where approved by the
ENGINEER.
B. The couplers shall develop a tensile strength that exceeds 125 percent of the yield
strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH-02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00 -3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Multi-Component Couplers
1. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component,
components required for a complete splice shall be provided.
2. This shall apply to mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future
connections.
D. Connection
1. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the
required strength of the connection.
2. Straight threaded type couplers shall require the use of the next larger size reinforcing
bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially forged ends which provide
upset threads which do not decrease the basic cross section of the bar.
E. Couplers shall be Lenton Form Saver by Erico Products, Dowel Bar Splicer System
by Dayton/Richmond, or equal.
2.3 WELDED SPLICES
A. Welded splices shall be provided where indicated and where approved by the ENGINEER.
B. Welded splices of reinforcement steel shall develop a tensile strength that exceeds 125
percent of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars that are connected.
C. Materials as required to conform the welded splices to AWS D1.4 shall be provided.
2.4 EPDXY GROUT
A. Epoxy for grouting reinforcing bars shall be specifically formulated for such application, for
the moisture condition, application temperature, and orientation of the hole to be filled.
B. Epoxy grout shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 036000 — Grout.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and other appurtenances shall be
fabricated, and placed in accordance with the Building Code and the indicated
supplementary requirements.
3.2 FABRICATION
A. General
1. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed to the dimensions and shapes
indicated, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315
and ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, except as
modified by the Drawings.
2. Bars shall be bent cold.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH-02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Bars shall be bent in accordance with the requirements of ACI 318.
4. Fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with accepted bending
diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings.
B. Fabricating Tolerances
1. Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall conform to the following fabricating
tolerances:
a. Sheared Length: plus and minus one inch
b. Depth of Truss Bars: plus zero, minus 1/2 inch
c. Stirrups, Ties and Spirals: plus and minus 1/2 inch
d. Other Bends: plus and minus one inch
3.3 PLACEMENT
A. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned as indicated, and shall be supported
and wired together to prevent displacement using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips
at intersections.
B. Reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal support spacers, or
metal hangers that are sufficiently strong and rigid to prevent any displacement of the
reinforcement steel.
C. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies)shall
be used in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall
such support be continuous.
D. Concrete blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties
that are embedded in the blocks.
E. For concrete over formwork, provide concrete, metal, plastic, or other acceptable bar
chairs and spacers.
F. Limitations on the use of bar support materials shall be as follows.
1. Concrete Dobies
a. permitted at any location except where architectural finish is required
2. Wire bar supports will be permitted only at slabs over dry areas, interior dry wall
surfaces, and exterior wall surfaces.
3. Plastic bar supports will be permitted at every location except on-grade.
G. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the required concrete
coverage.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH—02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00- 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
H. Bars additional to those indicated that may be found necessary or desirable by the
CONTRACTOR for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by
the CONTRACTOR at no additional expense to the OWNER.
I. Except where in conflict with the Building Code, unless otherwise indicated reinforcement
placing tolerances shall be within the limits in Section 7.5 of ACI 318.
J. Moving Bars
1. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel,
conduits, or embedded items.
2. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter or enough to exceed the above
tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be as reviewed and accepted by
the ENGINEER.
K. Welded Wire Reinforcement
1. Welded wire reinforcement placed over horizontal forms shall be supported on slab
bolsters.
2. Slab bolsters shall be spaced not more than 30-inch on centers, shall extend
continuously across the entire width of the reinforcement mat, and shall support the
reinforcement mat in the plane indicated.
3. Welded wire reinforcement placed over the ground shall be supported on wired
concrete blocks (dobies) spaced not more than 3 feet on centers in any direction.
4. The construction practice of placing welded wire fabric on the ground and hooking
into place in the freshly placed concrete shall not be used.
L. Storage and Handling
1. Non-abrasive slings made of nylon and similar materials shall be used.
2. Specially coated bar supports shall be used.
M. Accessory Spacing
1. Accessories supporting reinforcing bars shall be spaced such that there is no
deflection of the accessory from the weight of the supported bars.
2. When used to space the reinforcing bars from wall forms, the forms and bars shall be
located such that there is no deflection of the accessory when the forms are tightened
into position.
3.4 SPACING OF BARS
A. The clear distance between parallel bars (except in columns and between multiple layers
of bars in beams) shall be not less than the nominal diameter of the bars, nor less than 1-
1/3 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than one inch.
B. Where reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in 2 or more layers, the clear distance
between layers shall be not less than one inch.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH-02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the distance between a contact splice
and adjacent splices or bars.
3.5 SPLICING
A. General
1. Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at indicated locations.
2. When it is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where indicated, the
character of the splice shall be as reviewed and accepted by the ENGINEER.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, dowels shall match the size and spacing of the spliced
bar.
B. Splices of Reinforcement
1. The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise indicated, shall be in
accordance with ACI 318, Section 12.15.1 for a Class B splice.
2. Welded Wire Reinforcement
a. Laps of welded wire reinforcement shall be in accordance with ACI 318.
b. Adjoining sheets shall be securely tied together with No. 14 tie wire, one tie for
each 2 running feet.
c. Wires shall be staggered and tied in such a manner that they cannot slip.
C. Bending or Straightening
1. Reinforcement shall not be straightened or re-bent in a manner which will injure the
material.
2. Bars shall be bent or straight as indicated.
3. Do not use bends different from the bends indicated.
4. Bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER.
5. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field-bent except as indicated or
specifically permitted by the ENGINEER.
D. Couplers
1. Couplers that are located at a joint face shall be of a type that can be set either flush
or recessed from the face as indicated.
2. The couplers shall be sealed during concrete placement to completely eliminate
concrete or cement paste from entering.
3. Couplers intended for future connections shall be recessed a minimum of 1/2 inch
from the concrete surface.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH-02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. After the concrete is placed, the coupler shall be plugged with plastic plugs which
have an O-ring seal and the recess filled with sealant to prevent any contact with
water or other corrosive materials.
5. Threaded couplers shall be plugged .
E. Unless indicated otherwise, mechanical coupler spacing and capacity shall match the
spacing and capacity of the reinforcing indicated for the adjacent section.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Reinforcement steel shall always be protected from conditions conducive to corrosion until
concrete has been placed around it.
B. The surfaces of reinforcement steel and other metalwork to be in contact with concrete
shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other
foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed.
C. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, the reinforcement shall be re-inspected and,
if necessary, re-cleaned.
3.7 EMBEDMENT OF DRILLED REINFORCING STEEL DOWELS
A. Hole Preparation
1. The hole diameter shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer but shall be
no larger than 1/4 inch greater than the diameter of the outer surface of the reinforcing
bar deformations.
2. The depth of the hole shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer to fully
develop the bar but shall not be less than 12 bar diameters, unless indicated
otherwise.
3. The hole shall be drilled by methods that do not interfere with the proper bonding of
epoxy.
4. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located prior to
drilling, and the location of holes shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking
any existing reinforcing bars.
5. The hole shall be blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove dust and
loose particles.
B. Embedment
1. Epoxy shall be injected into the hole through a tube placed to the bottom of the hole.
2. The tube shall be withdrawn as epoxy is placed but kept immersed to prevent
formation of air pockets.
3. The hole shall be filled to a depth that insures excess material will be expelled from
the hole during dowel placement.
CITY OF FORTH WORTH -02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00 -8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee
full wetting of the bar surface with epoxy.
5. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORTH WORTH—02669 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 21 00- 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 03 31 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Provide cast-in-place concrete, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The following types of concrete are covered in this Section:
1. Structural Concrete
a. Regular Mix: Roof, floor slabs, columns, walls, pavements, and other concrete
items not indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents.
b. Thick Section Mix: For 12-inch and thicker walls, slabs on grade, pavements,
and footings. This type of concrete may be used at the indicated locations at
the CONTRACTOR's option if the ENGINEER agrees.
C. Pea Gravel Mix: At the bottom 6 inches of walls.
2. Other Concretes
a. Sitework Concrete: Concrete to be used for curbs, gutters, catch basins,
sidewalks, fence and guard post embedment, underground duct bank
encasement, and other concrete appurtenant to electrical facilities, unless
otherwise indicated.
b. Lean Concrete
1) Concrete to be used for thrust blocks, pipe trench cut-off blocks, and
cradles that are indicated as unreinforced
2) Lean concrete shall be used as protective cover for dowels intended for
future connections.
C. The term "hydraulic structure" shall mean environmental engineering concrete structures
for the containment, treatment, or transmission of water, wastewater, other fluids, or
gases.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals.
B. Mix Designs
1. Prior to beginning the WORK and within 14 Days of the Notice to Proceed, submit
preliminary concrete mix designs which shall show the proportions and gradations of
materials proposed for each class and type of concrete.
2. Mix designs shall be checked through trial batch and laboratory testing by an
independent testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Costs related to trial batch and related laboratory testing shall be CONTRACTOR's
responsibility as part of the WORK.
4. Since laboratory trial batches require 35 calendar days to complete, the
CONTRACTOR shall test a minimum of 2 mix designs for each class of concrete.
C. Delivery Tickets
1. Where ready-mix concrete is used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish delivery tickets
at the time of delivery of each load of concrete.
2. Each ticket shall show the state-certified equipment used for measuring and the total
quantities, by weight, of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, admixtures, the
amount of water in the aggregate added at the batching plant, and the amount allowed
to be added at the Site for the specific design mix.
3. In addition, each ticket shall state the mix number, total yield in cubic yards, and the
time of day, to the nearest minute, corresponding to the times when the batch was
dispatched, when it left the plant, when it arrived at the Site, when unloading began,
and when unloading was finished.
D. Test Data: Test data relating to the cement, aggregate, and admixtures shall be less than
6 months old.
E. Furnish the following submittals in accordance with ACI 301 — Structural Concrete:
1. mill tests for cement
2. admixture certification, including chloride ion content
3. aggregate gradation test results and certification
4. materials and methods for curing
1.3 CONCRETE CONFERENCE
A. The ENGINEER will chair a meeting to review the detailed requirements of the
CONTRACTOR's proposed concrete design mixes and to determine the procedures for
producing proper concrete construction no later than 14 Days after the Notice to Proceed.
B. Parties involved in the concrete WORK shall attend the conference, including the following
at a minimum:
1. CONTRACTOR's representative
2. testing laboratory representative
3. concrete subcontractor
4. reinforcing steel subcontractor and detailer
5. concrete supplier
6. admixture manufacturer's representative
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. The conference shall be held at a time and place proposed by the CONTRACTOR and
accepted by the ENGINEER.
D. The conference shall be held at least 5 Days after acceptance.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General
1. Tests on component materials and for compressive strength and shrinkage of
concrete shall be performed as indicated.
2. Tests for determining slump shall be in accordance with ASTM C 143—Test Method
for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
3. Testing for aggregate shall include sand equivalence, reactivity, organic impurities,
abrasion resistance, and soundness, according to ASTM C 33 — Concrete
Aggregates.
4. The cost of trial batch laboratory tests on cement, aggregates, and concrete shall be
the CONTRACTOR's responsibility.
5. The cost of laboratory tests on field-placed cement, aggregates, and concrete and
the cost of Special Inspections required by Code will be the OWNER'S responsibility.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the cost of any tests and investigations
of WORK that is determined to be Defective WORK.
7. The testing laboratory shall meet or exceed ASTM C 1077— Practice for Laboratories
Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for use in Construction and Criteria for
Laboratory Evaluation.
8. Concrete for testing shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR, and the
CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in obtaining samples and disposal and
cleanup of excess material.
B. Inspections
1. Continuous inspection by a special inspector approved by the local building
department having jurisdiction and by the ENGINEER will be required where
necessary to conform with Code requirements. Refer to Statement of Special
Inspection on Sheet GS-2
2. Costs of the special inspector shall be paid by the OWNER.
3. Inspection reports shall be submitted to the ENGINEER.
4. The special inspector shall observe the following for conformance to the Contract
Documents:
a. the preparation and taking of required test specimens; and,
b. placement of concrete, except sitework concrete fully supported on earth.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Field Compression Tests
1. Compression test specimens shall be taken during construction from the first
placement of each type of concrete and at intervals thereafter as selected by the
ENGINEER to insure continued compliance with the Specifications.
2. Each set of specimens shall be a minimum of 5 cylinders.
3. Compression test specimens for concrete shall be made in accordance with Section
9.2 of ASTM C 31 — Practices for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
Field.
4. Specimens shall be 6-inches diameter by 12-inches tall cylinders.
5. Compression tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 39—Test Method
for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
6. One test cylinder shall be tested at 7 Days, and 2 test cylinders tested at 28 Days.
7.1 The remaining cylinders shall be held to verify test results, if needed.
D. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete
1. Evaluation and acceptance of the compressive strength of concrete shall be in
accordance with ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete,
Chapter 5 "Concrete Quality," and as indicated.
2. A statistical analysis of compression test results shall be performed according to ACI
214 — Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Methods.
3. The standard deviation of the test results shall not exceed 640 psi, when ordered at
equivalent water content as estimated by slump.
4. If any concrete fails to meet these requirements, immediate corrective action shall be
taken to increase the compressive strength for subsequent batches of the type of
concrete affected.
5. When the standard deviation of the test results exceeds 640 psi, the average strength
for which the mix is designed shall be increased by an amount necessary to satisfy
the statistical requirement that the probability of any test being more than 500 psi
below or the average of any 3 consecutive tests being below the required
compressive strength is 1 in 100.
6. The required average strength shall be calculated by Criterion No. 3 of ACI 214 using
the actual standard deviation.
7. Concrete that fails to meet the ACI requirements and the indicated requirements is
subject to removal and replacement.
E. Shrinkage Tests
1. Drying shrinkage tests shall be performed for the trial batches indicated in the Article
below entitled "Trial Batch and Laboratory Tests,"for the first placement of each class
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
of structural concrete except pea gravel mix, and during placement to determine
continued compliance.
2. Neither structural pea gravel nor structural C-R pea gravel mix need to be tested for
shrinkage.
3. Drying shrinkage specimens shall be 4-inch by 4-inch by 11-inch prisms with an
effective gauge length of 10-inches, and fabricated, cured, dried, and measured in
accordance with ASTM C 157 — Test Method for Length Change of Hardened
Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete, modified as follows:
a. Specimens shall be removed from molds at an age of 23 hours, plus or minus
one hour, after trial batching, and shall be placed immediately in water at 70
degrees F, plus or minus 3 degrees F, for at least 30 minutes.
b. Specimens shall be measured within 30 minutes thereafter to determine original
length and then shall be submerged in saturated lime water at 73 degrees F,
plus or minus 3 degrees F.
C. Measurement to determine expansion expressed as a percentage of original
length shall be made at age 7 Days.
d. This length at age 7 Days shall be the base length for drying shrinkage
calculations ("0" days drying age).
e. Specimens then shall be stored immediately in a humidity control room
maintained at 73 degrees F, plus or minus 3 degrees F, and 50 percent relative
humidity, plus or minus 4 percent, for the remainder of the test.
f. Measurements to determine shrinkage, expressed as percentage of base
length, shall be performed and reported separately for 7, 14, 21, and 28 Days of
drying after 7 Days of moist curing.
4. The drying shrinkage deformation of each specimen shall be computed as the
difference between the base length (at"0"days drying age)and the length after drying
at each test age.
5. The average drying shrinkage deformation of the specimens shall be computed to the
nearest 0.0001 inch at each test age.
6. If the drying shrinkage of any specimen departs from the average of that test age by
more than 0.0004 inch, the results obtained from that specimen shall be disregarded.
7. Results of the shrinkage test shall be reported to the nearest 0.001 percent of
shrinkage.
8. Compression test specimens shall be taken in each case from the same concrete
used for preparing drying shrinkage specimens.
9. These tests shall be considered a part of the normal compression tests for the project.
10. Allowable shrinkage limitations are indicated in PART 2 - PRODUCTS, below.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. Aggregate Testing: Aggregate testing shall be performed for the trial batch in the Article
below entitled "Trial Batch and Laboratory Tests" prior to construction and every 12
months during construction to determine continued compliance.
G. Construction Tolerances
1. The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing
operations to ensure that the completed WORK is within tolerances.
2. Surface defects and irregularities are defined as finishes and are different from
tolerances.
3. Tolerance is the permissible variation from lines, grades, or dimensions indicated on
the Drawings.
4. Where tolerances are not indicated, permissible deviations shall be in accordance
with ACI 117— Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials.
5. The following non-cumulative construction tolerances apply to finished walls, columns
and slabs unless otherwise indicated:
ITEM TOLERANCE
Variation of the constructed linear outline from in 10 feet: 1/4 inch
the established position in plan. in 20 feet or more: 1/2 inch
Variation from the level or from the grades in 10 feet: 1/4 inch
indicated. in 20 feet or more: 1/2 inch
Variation from plumb in 10 feet: 1/4 inch
in 20 feet or more: 1/2 inch
Variation in the thickness of slabs and walls. minus 1/4 inch
plus 1/2 inch
Variation in the locations and sizes of slabs and plus or minus 1/4 inch
wall openings
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. General
1. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so as to prevent damage by water
or breakage.
2. Cement reclaimed from cleaning bags or leaking containers shall not be used.
3. Cement shall be used in the sequence of receipt of shipments.
B. Materials and storage of materials shall comply with ACI 301, as applicable.
C. Materials for concrete shall conform to the following requirements:
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Cement
a. Cement shall be standard brand Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150—
Portland Cement, for Type II or Type V, including Table 2 optional requirements.
b. A minimum of 85 percent of cement by weight shall pass a 325 screen.
C. A single brand of cement shall be used throughout the WORK, and prior to its
use, the brand shall be accepted by the ENGINEER.
d. The cement shall be suitably protected from exposure to moisture until used.
e. Cement that has become lumpy shall not be used.
f. Sacked cement shall be stored in such a manner so as to permit access for
inspection and sampling.
g. Certified mill test reports, including fineness, for each shipment of cement to be
used shall be submitted to the ENGINEER, if requested, regarding compliance
with the Specifications.
2. Water
a. Water for mixing and curing shall be potable, clean, and free from objectionable
quantities of silty organic matter, alkali, salts, and other impurities.
b. The water shall be considered potable, for the purposes of this Section only, if it
meets the requirements of the local governmental agencies.
C. Agricultural water with high total dissolved solids (greater than 1000 mg/L TDS)
shall not be used.
3. Aggregates
a. Aggregates shall be obtained from pits acceptable to the ENGINEER, shall be
non-reactive, and shall conform to ASTM C 33—Concrete Aggregates.
b. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as indicated, and the
substitution of lightweight sand for fine aggregate will not be permitted.
C. Coarse Aggregates
1) Coarse aggregates shall consist of clean, hard, durable gravel, crushed
gravel, crushed rock, or a combination thereof.
2) The coarse aggregates shall be prepared and handled in 2 or more size
groups for combined aggregates, with a maximum size greater than 3/4
inch.
3) When the aggregates are proportioned for each batch of concrete, the 2
size groups shall be combined (also refer to the Article below entitled "Trial
Batch and Laboratory Tests").
d. Fine Aggregates
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00- 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1) Fine aggregates shall be natural sand or a combination of natural and
manufactured sand that is hard and durable.
2) When tested in accordance with ASTM D 2419 — Test Methods for Sand
Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate, the sand equivalency shall
not be less than 75 percent for an average of 3 samples, nor less than 70
percent for an individual test.
3) The gradation of fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33 when tested
in accordance with ASTM C 136 for the fineness modulus of the sand used,
including the optional grading in Section 6.2.
4) The fineness modulus of sand used shall not be greater than 3.1.
5) When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the fine aggregate shall
produce a color in the supernatant liquid no darker than the reference
standard color solution.
e. Combined Aggregates
1) Combined aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine sizes and
shall be uniformly graded between screen sizes to produce concrete that
has optimum workability and consolidation characteristics.
2) Where a trial batch is required for a mix design, the final combined
aggregate gradations will be established during the trial batch process.
3) When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the coarse aggregate shall
show a loss not exceeding 42 percent after 500 revolutions or 10.5 percent
after 100 revolutions.
f. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the ratio of silica released to
reduction in alkalinity shall not exceed 1.0.
g. When tested in accordance with ASTM C 33, the loss resulting after 5 cycles of
the soundness test shall not exceed 10 percent for fine aggregate and 12
percent for coarse aggregate when using sodium sulfate.
4. Ready-mixed concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94 — Ready
Mixed Concrete.
5. Admixtures
a. Admixtures shall be compatible and shall be furnished by a single manufacturer
capable of providing qualified field service representation.
b. Admixtures shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. If the use of an admixture is producing an inferior end result, the CONTRACTOR
shall discontinue use of the admixture.
d. Admixtures shall not contain thiocyanates nor more than 0.05 percent chloride
ion, and shall be non-toxic after 30 days.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
e. Air Content
1) An air-entraining agent meeting the requirements of ASTM C 260 — Air
Entraining Admixtures for Concrete shall be used.
2) Concrete floors to receive a dry-shake floor hardener shall have an air
content not to exceed 3 percent.
3) The OWNER reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air-
entraining agent.
4) The air-entraining agent shall be added to the batch in a portion of the
mixing water.
5) The solution shall be batched by means of a mechanical batcher capable
of accurate measurement.
6) Air content shall be tested at the point of placement.
7) The air entraining agent shall be Micro-Air by Master Builders; Daravair by
W.R. Grace; Sika AEA-15 by Sika Corporation; or equal
f. Set-Controlling and Water-Reducing Admixtures
1) Admixtures may be added at the CONTRACTOR's option, subject to the
ENGINEER's approval, to control the set, effect water reduction, and
increase workability.
2) The cost of adding an admixture shall be the CONTRACTOR's
responsibility.
3) Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location
determined by the ENGINEER.
4) Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C 494 — Chemical Admixtures for
Concrete.
5) The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of
whether or not an admixture is used.
6) Concrete shall not contain more than one water-reducing admixture, unless
it can be demonstrated that the proposed mix will meet the indicated drying
shrinkage requirements.
7) The set-controlling admixture may be either with or without water-reducing
properties.
8) Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be
consistently greater than 80 degrees F, a set-retarding admixture such as
Plastocrete 161 MR by Sika Corporation, Pozzolith or Delvo by BASF,
Daratard by W.R. Grace, or equal shall be used.
9) Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be
consistently less than 40 degrees F, a non-corrosive set accelerating
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
admixture such as Plastocrete 161 FL by Sika Corporation, Pozzutec 20
by BASF, Daraset by W.R. Grace, or equal shall be used.
10) Mid-Range Water Reducers
a) General use water-reducing admixtures shall be mid-range and shall
conform to ASTM C 494, Type A and F.
b) Use Daracem by W.R. Grace, Polyheed by BASF, Sikament by Sika
Corporation, or equal.
c) The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations.
11) High-Range Water Reducers
a) High-range water reducers shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type F or G.
b) Use ADVA by W.R. Grace, ViscoCrete by Sika Corporation,
Glenium by BASF, or equal.
c) The high-range water reducer shall be added to the concrete after all
other ingredients have been mixed and initial slump has been verified.
d) No more than 14 ounces of water reducer per sack of cement shall be
used.
e) The water reducer shall be considered as part of the mixing water when
calculating the water/cement ratio.
f) If the high-range water reducer is added to the concrete at the Site, it
may be used in conjunction with the same water reducer added at the
batch plant.
g) Concrete shall have a slump of 3 inches, plus or minus 1/2 inch, prior
to adding the high-range water reducing admixture at the Site.
h) The high-range water reducing admixture shall be accurately measured
and pressure injected into the mixer as a single dose by an experienced
technician.
i) A standby system shall be provided and tested prior to each day's
operation of the primary system.
j) Concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of 70 mixer
revolutions or 5 minutes after the addition of the high-range water
reducer, unless recommended otherwise by the manufacturer.
g. Other Admixtures
1) Flyash
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00- 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a) Flyash shall not be used for concrete sections containing process
water in water or wastewater treatment plants or potable water.
b) For other concrete, fly ash may be substituted for not more than 15
percent, by weight, of cement in structural concrete and not more than
30 percent, by weight, for sitework concrete, and not more than 50
percent, by weight, of cement in other concrete.
c) Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C618 and shall not have loss-on-ignition
greater than 3 percent.
d) The water/cement ratio shall be calculated based on cement plus fly
ash.
2.2 CURING MATERIALS
A. General: Curing compounds shall be resin-based and shall be compliant with local VOC
requirements, unless otherwise indicated herein.
B. Regular Curing Compound
1. Regular curing compound shall be white-pigmented and shall conform to ASTM C
309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete, Type 2, Class B.
2. Sodium silicate compounds will not be accepted.
3. The concrete curing compound shall be:
a. Kurez VOX White Pigmented by Euclid Chemicals Company;
b. L&M Cure R-2 by L&M Construction Chemicals;
C. 1200-White by W.R. Meadows;
d. Kure-N-Seal WB White Pigmented by Sonneborn/Degussa Building Systems;
e. or equal.
C. Dissipating Curing Compound
1. When the curing compound must be removed for finishes or grouting, compounds
shall be of a dissipating type, conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 1 or 2, Class B.
2. The dissipating curing compound shall be:
a. Korez DR VOX by Euclid Chemical Company;
b. L&M Cure R-2 by L & M Construction Chemicals;
C. 1100-Clear by W.R. Meadows;
d. or equal.
D. Concrete Curing Blanket
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Polyethylene Sheets
a. Polyethylene sheets for use as concrete curing blanket shall be white and shall
have a nominal thickness of 6 mils.
b. The loss of moisture when determined in accordance with ASTM C 156 — Test
Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials, shall not exceed
0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface.
2. Polyethylene-Coated Waterproof Paper
a. Polyethylene-coated waterproof paper sheeting for use as concrete curing
blanket shall consist of white polyethylene sheeting free of visible defects,
uniform in appearance, shall have a nominal thickness of 2-mils, and shall be
permanently bonded to waterproof paper conforming to the requirements of
Federal Specification UU-B-790A — Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber (Kraft,
Waterproofed, Water Repellant and Fire Resistant).
b. The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with ASTM C 156, shall
not exceed 0.055 gram per square centimeter of surface.
3. Polyethylene-Coated Burlap
a. Polyethylene-coated burlap for use as concrete curing blanket shall be 4 mils
thick, with white opaque polyethylene film impregnated or extruded into one side
of the burlap.
b. The burlap shall weigh not less than 9 ounces per square yard.
C. The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with ASTM C 156, shall
not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface.
E. Curing Mats
1. Curing mats for use in Curing Method 6, below, shall be heavy shag rugs or carpets
or cotton mats quilted at 4 inches on center.
2. Curing mats shall weigh a minimum of 12 ounces per square yard when dry.
F. Evaporation Retardant
1. An evaporation retardant shall be used.
2. The evaporation retardant shall be:
a. MasterKure ER 50 by BASF/Master Builders;
b. Eucobar by Euclid Chemical Company;
C. E-CON by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.;
d. or equal.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00- 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.3 NON-WATERSTOP JOINT MATERIALS
A. Materials for non-waterstop joints in concrete shall conform to the following requirements:
1. The preformed joint filler shall be a non-extruding neoprene sponge or polyurethane
type conforming to Section 03 32 00 —Joints in Concrete.
2. The elastomeric joint sealer shall conform to Section 07 92 13 — Sealants and
Caulking.
3. Mastic Joint Sealer
a. The mastic joint sealer shall be a material:
1) that does not contain evaporating solvents;
2) that will tenaciously adhere to concrete surfaces;
3) that will remain permanently resilient and pliable;
4) that will not be affected by the continuous presence of water;
5) that will not in any way contaminate potable water;
6) and that will effectively seal the joints against moisture infiltration even
when the joints are subject to movement from expansion and contraction.
b. The sealer shall be composed of special asphalts or similar materials blended
with lubricating and plasticizing agents to form a tough, durable mastic
substance containing no volatile oils or lubricants.
C. The sealer shall be capable of meeting the indicated test requirements, if testing
is required by the ENGINEER.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Damproofing Agent
1. The damproofing agent shall be an asbestos-free, fibered asphalt emulsion intended
for cold application to green concrete, both above- and below-grade.
2. Damproofing shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 1227 — Emulsified Asphalt
Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing, Type II, Class I.
3. Damproofing shall be:
a. Hydrocide 700 Series by Sonneborn/Degussa Building Systems;
b. Sealmastic by W. R. Meadows;
C. HE 789 by Henry Company;
d. or equal.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Bonding Agents
1. Bonding agents shall be epoxy adhesives.
2. Bonding agents for bonding freshly-mixed, plastic concrete to hardened concrete
shall be:
a. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod Epoxy Adhesive by Sika Corporation;
b. MasterEmaco ADH 326 by BASF/Master Builders;
C. BurkEpoxy MV by Edoco;
d. or equal.
3. Bonding agents for bonding hardened concrete or masonry to steel shall be:
a. Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel by Sika Corporation;
b. BurkEpoxy NS by Edoco;
C. Concresive Paste (LPL) by MBT/Degussa Building Systems;
d. or equal.
C. Vapor Retarder
1. Refer to Specification 07 26 00— Under-Slab Vapor Retarder.
D. Colorant for duct bank concrete shall be an integral red oxide coloring pigment used in the
proportion of 8 pounds per cubic yard of concrete.
2.5 CONCRETE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General
1. Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates, and water of the
qualities indicated.
2. The exact proportions in which these materials are to be used for different parts of
the WORK shall be determined during the trial batches.
3. In general, the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of being
deposited to obtain maximum density and minimum shrinkage, and, where deposited
in forms, to have good consolidation properties and maximum smoothness of surface.
4. The aggregate gradations shall be formulated to provide fresh concrete that will not
promote rock pockets around reinforcing steel or embedded items.
5. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to meet the
required results, and such changes shall be subject to review by the ENGINEER.
B. Fine Aggregate Composition
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. In mix designs for structural concrete, except for 1/2-inch and 3/8-inch maximum size
aggregate, the percentage of fine aggregate in total aggregate by weight shall be as
indicated in the following table:
FINE AGGREGATE
Fineness Modulus Percent (maximum)
2.7 or less 41
2.7 to 2.8 42
2.8 to 2.9 43
2.9 to 3.1 44
2. For other concrete, the maximum percentage of fine aggregate of total aggregate by
weight shall not exceed 50 percent.
C. Duct Bank Concrete
1. Duct bank concrete shall contain an integral red-oxide coloring pigment.
2. The concrete shall be dyed red throughout.
3. Using a surface treatment to color duct banks will not be accepted.
D. Water/Cement Ratio
1. The indicated water/cement ratio is for a saturated-surface dry condition of aggregate.
2. Throughout every Day, the added batch water shall be adjusted for the total free water
in the aggregates, which shall be determined as follows:
a. The total moisture content of all aggregate shall be calculated by ASTM C 566
—Test Method for Total Moisture Content of Aggregate by Drying.
b. Subtract the moisture absorbed by the coarse aggregate, calculated by ASTM
C 127 — Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity)
and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate.
C. Subtract the moisture absorbed by the fine aggregate, calculated by ASTM C
128—Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity) and
Absorption of Fine Aggregate.
E. Concrete Property Tables
1. The maximum cement contents (determined from the maximum W/C Ratios and
maximum Water Contents given in the Concrete Property Tables below) are intended
to minimize drying shrinkage and heat of hydration of the concrete.
2. It is understood that the indicated maximum cement contents may require additional
water reducing agent for the workability required by the CONTRACTOR'S methods,
and may not result in the least costly concrete mix for the required concrete strength.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00- 15
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. If the CONTRACTOR wishes to increase the maximum cement content for any mix,
the CONTRACTOR must notify the ENGINEER in writing and submit the request
within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed.
4. Increases in cement content shall be at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00- 16
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
Regular Mix Thick Section Mix Congested Section Mix
(roof, floor slabs, walls, (12-inch and thicker walls, (Use where indicated or
Type of WORK pavements, and other slabs on grade, pavements, at the CONTRACTOR's
concrete items not and footings) option and approved by
categorized elsewhere) the ENGINEER)
Min 28 Day
Compressive 5000 5000 5000
Strength, psi
Max Aggregate 1 1-1/2 1/2
Size, in
Cement Content
per cubic yard, Ib, 564 564 600
minimum
Water content per
cubic yard, Ib, 254 254 240
maximum
Max W/C Ratio by 0.40 0.40 0.40
weight
Total Air Content, 3 to 6, all others 3 to 6, all others 3 to 6, all others
percent
4 inches +/- 1 in 4 inches +/- 1 in
with high-range water
Slump with high-range water with high-range water reducer:
reducer: reducer: 7 inches +/- 2 in
7 inches +/- 2 in 7 inches +/- 2 in
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 17
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
OTHER CONCRETE
Sitework Concrete Lean Concrete
(drilled piers, curbs, (thrust blocks, pipe
Type of WORK gutters, sidewalks, catch trench cut-off
basins, fence blocks, and
embedments, cradles)
encasements, and
ductbanks
Min 28 Day
Compressive 3000 2000
Strength, psi
Max Aggregate 1 1
Size, in
Cement Content
per cubic yard, Ib, 470 376
minimum
Water content per
cubic yard, Ib, 254 270
maximum
Max W/C Ratio by 0.50 normal 0.60
weight
Total Air Content, 3 to 6 all others 3 to 6 all others
percent
4 inches +/- 1 in
Slump ductbanks and 4 inches +/- 1 in
encasements:
5 inches +/- 1 in
NOTE: The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the limiting parameters above are not a mix design.
Admixtures may be required to achieve workability required by the CONTRACTOR's construction
methods and aggregates. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing concrete with
the required workability and strength.
F. Adjustments to Mix Design
1. The CONTRACTOR may elect to decrease the water/cement ratio to achieve the
strength and shrinkage requirements and/or add water reducers, as required to
achieve workability.
2. The mixes shall be changed whenever such change is necessary or desirable to
secure the required strength, density, workability, and surface finish, and the
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00- 18
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no additional compensation because of such
changes.
3. Any changes to the accepted concrete mix design shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER for review and shall be tested again in accordance with the indicated
requirements.
2.6 CONSISTENCY
A. The quantity of water in a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing
period, to produce a concrete that can be worked properly into place without segregation
and which can be compacted by vibratory methods to give the desired density,
impermeability, and smoothness of surface.
B. The quantity of water shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature or
moisture content of the aggregates, in order to maintain uniform production of a desired
consistency.
C. The consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump tests
in accordance with ASTM C 143—Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
D. The slumps shall be as indicated with the concrete properties.
2.7 TRIAL BATCH AND LABORATORY TESTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall only use a mix design for construction that has first met the trial
batch testing requirements.
B. Before placing any concrete, a testing laboratory selected by the ENGINEER shall prepare
a trial batch of each class of structural concrete, based on the preliminary concrete mixes
submitted by the CONTRACTOR.
C. Aggregate Proportions
1. During the trial batch the aggregate proportions may be adjusted by the testing
laboratory using the two coarse aggregate size ranges to obtain the required
properties.
2. If one size range produces an acceptable mix, a second size range need not be used.
3. Such adjustments will be considered refinements to the mix design and will not be the
basis for extra compensation to the CONTRACTOR.
4. Concrete shall conform to the indicated requirements whether the aggregate
proportions are from the CONTRACTOR's preliminary mix design or whether the
proportions have been adjusted during the trial batch process.
5. The trial batch shall be prepared using the aggregates, cement, and admixture
proposed for the project.
D. The trial batch materials shall be of a quantity such that the testing laboratory can obtain
3 drying shrinkage and 6 compression test specimens from each batch.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 19
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
E. The determination of compressive strength shall be made by testing 6-inch diameter by
12-inch high cylinders, which have been made, cured, and tested in accordance with
ASTM C 192 — Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
Laboratory, and ASTM C 39.
F. The testing schedule shall be 3 compression test cylinders tested at 7 Days and 3 at 28
Days.
G. The average compressive strength for the 3 cylinders tested at 28 Days for any given trial
batch shall be not less than 125 percent of the indicated compressive strength.
H. A sieve analysis of the combined aggregate for each trial batch shall be performed
according to the requirements of ASTM C 136 — Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and
Coarse Aggregates, and values shall be provided for percent passing each sieve.
2.8 SHRINKAGE LIMITATION
A. General
1. The CONTRACTOR shall only use a mix design for construction that has first met the
trial batch shrinkage requirements.
2. Shrinkage limitations shall apply only to structural concrete.
B. Maximum Shrinkage
1. The maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the laboratory from the trial
batch, as measured at 21-Day drying age or at 28-Day drying age, shall be 0.036
percent or 0.042 percent, respectively.
2. Standard deviation will not be considered.
3. The maximum concrete shrinkage for specimens cast in the field shall not exceed the
trial batch maximum shrinkage requirement by more than 25 percent.
C. If the required shrinkage limitation is not met during construction,the CONTRACTOR shall
take any or all of the following actions to reestablish compliance:
1. changing the source of aggregates, cement and/or admixtures;
2. reducing water/cement ratio;
3. washing of coarse and/or fine aggregate to reduce fines;
4. increasing the number of construction joints;
5. modifying the curing requirements; or
6. other actions to minimize shrinkage or the effects of shrinkage.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -20
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.9 MEASUREMENT OF CEMENT AND AGGREGATE
A. The amount of cement and of each separate size of aggregate entering into each batch
of concrete shall be determined by direct weighing equipment furnished by the
CONTRACTOR and acceptable to the ENGINEER.
B. Weighing Tolerances
Material Percent of Total Weight
Cement 1
Aggregates 3
Admixtures 3
2.10 MEASUREMENT OF WATER
A. The quantity of water entering the mixer shall be measured by a suitable water meter or
other measuring device of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER and capable of measuring
the water in variable amounts within a tolerance of one percent.
B. The water feed control mechanism shall be capable of being locked in position in order to
constantly deliver the required amount of water to each batch of concrete.
C. A positive, quick-acting valve shall be used for a cut-off in the water line to the mixer, and
the operating mechanism shall prevent leakage when the valve is closed.
2.11 READY-MIXED CONCRETE
A. General
1. At the CONTRACTOR'S option, ready-mixed concrete may be used if it meets the
indicated requirements as to materials, batching, mixing, transporting and placement,
and is in accordance with ASTM C 94 and the following supplementary requirements.
2. Ready-mixed concrete shall be delivered to the WORK, and discharge shall be
completed within one hour after the addition of the cement to the aggregates or before
the drum has been revolved 250 revolutions, whichever occurs first.
3. The use of non-agitating equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete will not be
permitted.
4. Combination truck and trailer equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete will
not be permitted.
5. The quality and quantity of materials used in ready-mixed concrete and in batch
aggregates shall be subject to continuous inspection at the batching plant by the
ENGINEER.
B. Counters
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -21
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically-actuated counters by which the
number of revolutions of the drum or blades may be readily verified.
2. The counter shall be of the resettable, recording type and shall be mounted in the
driver's cab.
3. The counters shall be actuated at the time of starting the mixers at mixing speeds.
C. Mixing
1. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than 70 revolutions
of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of
equipment.
2. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the
equipment as agitating speed.
3. Materials, including the mixing water, shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the
revolution counter for determining the number of revolutions of mixing.
D. Uniformity
1. Truck mixers and their operation shall be such that the concrete throughout the mixed
batch as discharged is within acceptable limits of uniformity with respect to
consistency, mix, and grading.
2. If slump tests taken at approximately the 1/4- and 3/4-point of the load during
discharge result in slumps differing by more than one inch when the required slump
is 3 inches or less, or if they differ by more than 2 inches when the required slump is
more than 3 inches, the mixer shall not be used on the WORK unless the causative
condition is corrected and satisfactory performance is verified by additional slump
tests.
3. Mechanical details of the mixer, such as water measuring and discharge apparatus,
condition of the blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of the unit,
and clearance of the drum, shall be checked before a further attempt to use the unit
will be permitted.
E. Each batch of ready-mixed concrete delivered to the Site shall be accompanied by a
delivery ticket that is furnished to the ENGINEER in accordance with the Paragraph in
Part 1 of this Section entitled "Delivery Tickets."
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING
A. Proportioning of the mix shall conform to ACI 301.
B. Mixing shall conform to ACI 301.
C. Slumps shall be as indicated.
D. Re-tempering of concrete or mortar that has partially hardened will not be permitted.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -22
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.2 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING
A. General
1. Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling prior to the placing of any
concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time
of placing concrete thereon.
2. The surface shall be free from standing water, mud, and debris at the time of placing
concrete.
B. Vapor Retarder
1. Refer to Specification 07 26 00 — Under-Slab Vapor Retarder.
C. Joints in Concrete
1. Construction joints are defined as concrete surfaces upon which or against which
concrete is to be placed, but placement of concrete has been stopped or interrupted
and the ENGINEER has determined that the new concrete cannot be incorporated
integrally with the concrete previously placed.
2. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened surface for
good bonding.
3. Except where coated joint surfaces have been indicated, the joint surfaces shall be
cleaned of laitance, loose or defective concrete, foreign material, and be roughened
to a minimum 1/4-inch amplitude.
4. Cleaning and roughening shall be accomplished by hydroblasting or sandblasting
(exposing aggregate) followed by thorough washing.
5. Pools of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new
concrete is placed.
6. Gravel
a. After the surfaces have been prepared, each approximately horizontal
construction joint shall be covered with a 6-inch lift of a pea gravel mix.
b. The gravel mix shall be placed and spread uniformly.
C. Wall concrete shall follow immediately and shall be placed upon the fresh pea
gravel mix.
D. Placement Interruptions
1. When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a
set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of forms or other means that
will secure proper union with subsequent WORK.
2. Such construction joints shall be made only where acceptable to the ENGINEER.
E. Embedded Items
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -23
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. No concrete shall be placed until the formwork, the installation of parts to be
embedded, the reinforcement steel, and the preparation of surfaces involved in the
placing have been completed and accepted by the ENGINEER at least 4 hours before
the placement of concrete.
2. Surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with dried grout
from previous usage shall be cleaned before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is
placed.
3. Inserts or other embedded items shall conform to the indicated requirements.
4. Reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set and
secured in the forms at locations as indicated or shown by Shop Drawings, and shall
be acceptable to the ENGINEER before any concrete is placed.
5. Accuracy of placement shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
F. Casting New Concrete Against Old Concrete
1. Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (defined as any concrete which is
greater than 60 Days old), the surface of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned
and roughened by hydroblasting or sandblasting to expose aggregate.
2. The joint surface shall be coated with an epoxy bonding agent unless determined
otherwise by the ENGINEER.
G. Water
1. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until water entering the space to be filled
with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes or other means,
and carried out of the forms, clear of the WORK.
2. No concrete shall be deposited underwater nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow still
water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set.
3. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner
and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete.
4. Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing ground water, if
required, shall be subject to review by the ENGINEER.
H. Corrosion Protection
1. Pipe, conduit, dowels, and other ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete
construction shall be positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete such
that there will be a minimum of 2 inches clearance between said items and any part
of the concrete reinforcement.
2. Securing such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement will not
be permitted.
I. Openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and anchors shall be provided,
where practicable, during the placement of concrete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -24
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
J. Anchor bolts shall be accurately set and shall be maintained in position by templates while
embedded in the concrete.
K. Cleaning: The surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly
cleaned of dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances
immediately before the concrete is placed.
3.3 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING
A. General
1. The placement of concrete shall conform to the applicable portions of ACI 301 and
the indicated requirements.
2. No aluminum materials shall be used in conveying any concrete.
B. Non-Conforming WORK or Materials
1. Concrete which during or before placing is found not to conform to the indicated
requirements will be rejected and shall be immediately removed from the WORK.
2. Concrete that is not placed in accordance with these requirements or which is of
inferior quality shall be removed and replaced.
C. Unauthorized Placement
1. No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of an authorized representative
of the ENGINEER.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing at least 24 hours in
advance of the placement of any concrete.
D. Placement in Wall and Column Forms
1. Concrete shall not be dropped through reinforcement steel or into any deep form, nor
shall concrete be placed in any form in such a manner as to leave accumulation of
mortar on the form surfaces above the placed concrete.
2. In such cases, means such as hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas,
rubber, or metal shall be used for placing concrete in the forms in a manner that it
may reach the place of final deposit without separation.
3. In no case shall the free fall of concrete below the ends of ducts, chutes, or buggies
exceed 4 feet in walls and 8 feet in columns.
4. Concrete shall be uniformly distributed during the process of deposition, and in no
case after deposition shall any portion be displaced in the forms more than 6 feet in
the horizontal direction.
5. Concrete in wall forms shall be deposited in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than
2 feet, and care shall be exercised to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction
joints except where such are required for sloping members.
6. Each layer shall be placed while the previous layer is still soft.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -25
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
7. The rate of placing concrete in wall forms shall not exceed 5 feet of vertical rise per
hour.
8. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of forms such that the concrete
at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway.
E. Casting New Concrete Against Old
1. An epoxy adhesive bonding agent shall be applied to the old surfaces according to
the manufacturer's written recommendations.
2. This provision shall not apply to joints where waterstop has been provided.
3. Refer to Section 03 32 00—Joints in Concrete, for other requirements.
F. Conveyor Belts and Chutes
1. Ends of chutes, hopper gates, and other points of concrete discharge throughout the
CONTRACTOR's conveying, hoisting, and placement system shall be designed and
arranged such that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever
receptacle immediately receives it.
2. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER.
3. Chutes longer than 50 feet will not be permitted.
4. The minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the indicated
consistency will readily flow in them.
5. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a
manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted.
6. Conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered.
G. Placement in Slabs
1. Concrete placement in sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the
slab to the top for the full width of the placement.
2. As the WORK progresses, the concrete shall be vibrated and carefully worked around
the slab reinforcement, and the surface of the slab shall be screeded in an up-slope
direction.
H. Temperature of Concrete
1. The temperature of concrete when it is being placed shall be not more than 90
degrees F nor less than 50 degrees F.
2. For sections less than 12 inches thick, the temperature of concrete when placed shall
be not less than 55 degrees F.
I. Hot or Cold Weather Procedures
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -26
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. If required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall submit detailed procedures
for the production, transportation, placement, protection, curing, and temperature
monitoring of concrete during hot or cold weather.
2. The submittal shall include procedures to be implemented upon abrupt changes in
weather conditions or equipment failures.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to additional compensation for satisfying the
hot weather placement or the cold weather placement requirements below.
J. Hot Weather Placement
1. If the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees F or greater, the time between
introducing the cement into the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45
minutes.
2. If the concrete is placed when the weather is such that the temperature of the concrete
would exceed 90 degrees F, the CONTRACTOR shall employ effective means such
as pre-cooling of aggregates, using ice as mixing water, or placing at night as
necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete below 90 degrees F as it is
placed.
3. During the curing period, the maximum temperature decrease measured at the
surface of the concrete shall not exceed 50 degrees F in 24 hours nor 5 degrees F in
one hour.
K. Cold Weather Placement
1. The placement of concrete shall conform to ACI 306.1 — Cold Weather Concreting,
and the following requirements:
a. Remove snow, ice, and frost from the surfaces, including reinforcement, against
which concrete is to be placed.
b. Before beginning concrete placement, thaw the subgrade to a minimum depth
of 6 inches.
C. Reinforcement and embedded items shall be warmed to above 32 degrees F
prior to concrete placement.
d. Maintain the concrete temperature above 50 degrees F for at least 72 hours after
placement.
e. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated more than necessary to prevent the
temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed, from falling below the minimum
temperature criterion.
3.4 PUMPING OF CONCRETE
A. General: If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the
CONTRACTOR shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of
concrete using conventional methods.
B. Pumping Equipment
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -27
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. The pumping equipment shall have 2 cylinders and shall be designed to operate with
one cylinder in case the other one is not functioning.
2. In lieu of this requirement, the CONTRACTOR may have a standby pump on the Site
during pumping.
3. The minimum diameter of the hose conduits shall be in accordance with ACI 304.2R
— Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods.
4. Pumping equipment and hose conduits that are not functioning properly shall be
replaced.
5. Aluminum conduits for conveying the concrete will not be permitted.
C. Field Control: Concrete samples for slump, air content, and test cylinders shall be taken
at the placement end of the hose.
3.5 ORDER OF PLACING CONCRETE
A. General
1. The order of placing concrete in the WORK shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER.
2. In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, the concrete shall be placed in units as
bounded by construction joints at the indicated locations.
B. The placing of units shall be done by placing alternate units in a manner such that each
unit placed shall have cured at least 5 Days for hydraulic structures and 2 Days for all
other structures before the contiguous unit or units are placed, except that the corner
sections of vertical walls shall not be placed until the 2 adjacent wall panels have cured at
least 10 Days for hydraulic structures and 4 Days for all other structures.
C. Concrete Surfaces
1. The surface of the concrete shall be level whenever a run of concrete is stopped.
2. For a level, straight, intermediate joint on the exposed surface of walls, a wood strip
at least 3/4-inch thick shall be tacked to the forms on these surfaces.
3. The concrete shall be carried approximately 1/2 inch above the underside of the strip.
4. The strip shall be removed one hour after the concrete is placed, and any irregularities
in the edge formed by the strip shall be leveled with a trowel and laitance shall be
removed.
3.6 TAMPING AND VIBRATING
A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled and
compacted throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated, into a
dense and homogeneous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly embedding the
reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight excess of water to the
exposed surface of concrete.
B. Vibrators
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -28
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Vibrators shall be Group 3 in accordance with ACI 309 — Consolidation of Concrete,
high speed power vibrators (8000 to 12,000 rpm) of an immersion type in sufficient
number and with at least one standby unit as required.
2. Group 2 vibrators may be used only at specific locations when accepted by the
ENGINEER.
C. Waterstops
1. Care shall be exercised when placing concrete around waterstops.
2. The concrete shall be carefully worked by rodding and vibrating to make sure that air
and rock pockets have been eliminated.
3. Where flat-strip type waterstops have been placed horizontally, the concrete shall be
worked under the waterstops by hand, making sure that air and rock pockets have
been eliminated.
4. Concrete that is surrounding the waterstops shall be given additional vibration over
and above that used for adjacent concrete placement to ensure complete embedment
of the waterstops in the concrete.
D. Concrete in Walls
1. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed, stirred,
or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels, or forked tools until it
completely fills the forms or excavations and closes snugly against each surface.
2. Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers previously placed
have been worked thoroughly.
3. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to
accomplish the required results within 15 minutes after concrete of the prescribed
consistency has been placed in the forms.
4. The vibrating head shall not contact the surfaces of the forms.
5. Care shall be exercised not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner
that causes segregation of its constituents.
3.7 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES
A. General
1. Concrete surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, or
roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous hard surface.
2. Allowable deviations from plumb or level and from the alignment, profiles, and
dimensions are defined as tolerances and shall be as indicated.
3. These tolerances are to be distinguished from irregularities in finish as indicated.
4. Aluminum finishing tools shall not be used.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -29
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Formed Surfaces
1. No treatment shall be required after form removal except for curing, repair of defective
concrete, and treatment of surface defects.
2. Surface holes larger than 1 inch in diameter or deeper than 1/2 inch are defined as
surface defects in basins and exposed walls.
C. Unformed Surfaces
1. General
a. After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, unformed top surfaces of
slabs, floors, walls, and curbs shall be brought to a uniform surface with suitable
tools.
b. Immediately after the concrete has been screeded it shall be treated with a liquid
evaporation retardant, and the retardant shall be used again after each operation
as necessary to prevent drying shrinkage cracks.
2. The classes of finish for unformed concrete surfaces are defined as follows:
a. Finish U1
1) Sufficient leveling and screeding to produce an even, uniform surface with
surface irregularities not to exceed 3/8 inch.
2) No further special finish is required.
b. Finish U2
1) After sufficient stiffening of the screeded concrete, surfaces shall be float
finished with wood or metal floats or with a finishing machine using float
blades.
2) Excessive floating of surfaces while the concrete is plastic and dusting of
dry cement and sand on the concrete surface to absorb excess moisture
will not be permitted.
3) Floating shall be the minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free
from screed marks and is uniform in texture.
4) Surface irregularities shall not exceed 1/4 inch.
5) Joints and edges shall be tooled where indicated or as determined by the
ENGINEER.
C. Finish U3
1) After the Finish U2 surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of
fine material from being drawn to the surface, steel troweling shall be
performed with firm pressure such as will flatten the sandy texture of the
floated surface and produce a dense, uniform surface free from blemishes,
ripples, and trowel marks.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 -30
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2) The finish shall be smooth and free of irregularities.
d. Finish U4
1) Trowel the Finish U3 surface to remove local depressions or high points.
2) In addition, the surface shall be given a light broom finish with brooming
perpendicular to drainage unless otherwise indicated.
3) The resulting surface shall be sufficiently rough to provide a nonskid finish.
e. Unformed surfaces shall be finished according to the following schedule:
F- UNFORMED SURFACE FINISH SCHEDULE
Area Finish
grade slabs and foundations to be covered with concrete U1
or fill material
floors to be covered with grouted tile or topping grout U2
water bearing slabs U3
slabs not water bearing U4
interior slabs and floors to receive architectural finish U3
top surface of walls U3
3.8 CURING AND DAMPPROOFING
A. General: Concrete shall be cured for not less than 7 Days after placement, in accordance
with the methods indicated below for the different parts of the WORK.
Surface to be Cured or Dampproofed Method
unstripped forms 1
construction joints between footings and walls, and between floor 2
slab and columns
encasement and ductbank concrete and thrust blocks 3
concrete surfaces not specifically indicated in this Paragraph 4
floor slabs on grade in hydraulic structures 5
B. Method 1
1. Wooden forms shall be wetted immediately after concrete has been placed and shall
be kept wet with water until removal.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00- 31
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. If steel forms are used the exposed concrete surfaces shall be kept continuously wet
until the forms are removed.
3. If forms are removed within 7 Days of placing the concrete, curing shall be continued
in accordance with Method 6, below.
C. Method 2
1. The surface shall be covered with burlap mats which shall be kept wet with water for
the duration of the curing period, until the concrete in the walls has been placed.
2. No curing compound shall be applied to surfaces cured under Method 2.
D. Method 3
1. The surface shall be covered with moist earth not less than 4 hours nor more than 24
hours after the concrete is placed.
2. Earthwork operations that may damage the concrete shall not begin until at least 7
Days after placement of the concrete.
E. Method 4
1. The surface shall be sprayed with a liquid curing compound.
2. The compound shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions at a maximum coverage rate of 200 square feet per gallon and in such a
manner as to cover the surface with a uniform film that will seal thoroughly.
3. Seal Protection
a. Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to avoid
damage to the seal during the 7-Day curing period.
b. If the seal is damaged or broken before expiration of the curing period, the break
shall be repaired immediately by the application of additional curing compound
over the damaged portion.
4. Wherever curing compound has been applied by mistake to surfaces against which
concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is to adhere, such compound
shall be entirely removed by wet sandblasting just prior to the placing of new concrete.
5. Application Schedule
a. The curing compound shall be applied as soon as the concrete has hardened
enough to prevent marring on unformed surfaces and within 2 hours after
removal of forms.
b. Repairs to formed surfaces shall be made within the 2 hour period; provided,
however, that any such repairs which cannot be made within the said 2 hour
period shall be delayed until after the curing compound has been applied.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00-32
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. When repairs are to be made to an area on which curing compound has been
applied, the area involved shall first be wet-sandblasted to remove the curing
compound.
6. At locations where concrete is placed adjacent to a panel which has been coated with
curing compound, the panel shall have curing compound reapplied to an area within
6 feet of the joint and to any other location where the curing membrane has been
disturbed.
7. Prior to final acceptance of the WORK, visible traces of curing compound shall be
removed in such a manner that does not damage the surface finish.
F. Method 5
1. Until the concrete surface is covered with curing compound, the entire surface shall
be kept damp by applying water using nozzles that atomize the flow such that the
surface is not marred or washed.
2. The concrete shall be given a coat of curing compound in accordance with Method 4,
above.
3. Not less than one hour nor more than 4 hours after the curing compound has been
applied, the surface shall be wetted with water delivered through a fog nozzle, and
concrete-curing blankets shall be placed on the slabs.
4. Curing Blankets
a. The curing blankets shall be laid with the edges butted together and with the
joints between strips sealed with 2-inch wide strips of sealing tape or with edges
lapped not less than 3 inches, and fastened together with a waterproof cement
to form a continuous watertight joint.
b. The curing blankets shall be left in place during the 7-Day curing period and shall
not be removed until after concrete for adjacent WORK has been placed.
C. If the curing blankets become torn or otherwise ineffective, the CONTRACTOR
shall replace damaged sections.
d. During the first 3 Days of the curing period, no traffic of any nature and no
depositing, temporary or otherwise, of any materials will be permitted on the
curing blankets.
e. During the remainder of the curing period, foot traffic and temporary depositing
of materials that impose light pressure will be permitted only on top of plywood
sheets 5/8-inch minimum thickness, laid over the curing blanket.
f. The CONTRACTOR shall add water under the curing blanket as often as
necessary to maintain damp concrete surfaces.
G. Method 6
1. Method 6 shall apply to both walls and slabs.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 33
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. The concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum
period of at least 7 Days, beginning immediately after the concrete has reached final
set or the forms have been removed.
3. Until the concrete surface is covered with the curing mats, the entire surface shall be
kept damp by applying water using nozzles that atomize the flow such that the surface
is not marred or washed.
4. Curing Mats
a. Heavy curing mats shall be used as a curing medium to retain the moisture
during the curing period.
b. The curing mats shall be weighted or otherwise held substantially in contact with
the concrete surface to prevent dislodging by wind or other causes.
C. Edges shall be continuously held in place.
5. The curing mats and concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the use of sprinklers
or other means both during and after normal working hours.
6. Immediately after the application of water has terminated at the end of the curing
period, the curing mats shall be removed, the entire concrete surface shall be wetted,
and curing compound shall be immediately applied to the entire surface in accordance
with Method 4, above.
7. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of excess water from the curing operation in order
to avoid damage to the WORK.
H. Dampproofing
1. The exterior surfaces of walls to be backfilled shall be dampproofed as follows.
2. Asphalt Emulsion
a. Immediately after the completion of curing, the surface shall be sprayed with a
dampproofing agent consisting of an asphalt emulsion.
b. Application of the agent shall be in 2 coats.
C. The first coat shall be diluted to 1/2 strength by the addition of water, and shall
be sprayed on so as to provide a maximum coverage rate of 100 square fee per
gallon of dilute solution.
d. The second coat shall consist of an application of the undiluted material, and
shall be sprayed on so as to provide a maximum coverage rate of 100 square
feet per gallon.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect the concrete against damage until final acceptance.
B. Weather Protection
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 34
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic
and whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring.
3.10 CURING DURING COLD WEATHER
A. Water curing of concrete may be reduced to 6 Days during periods when the mean daily
temperature in the vicinity of the Site is less than 40 degrees F, provided that during the
prescribed period of water curing, when temperatures are such that concrete surfaces
may freeze, water curing has been temporarily discontinued.
B. Compound-Cured Concrete
1. Concrete that is to be cured by an application of curing compound shall require no
additional protection from freezing if the protection at 50 degrees F for 72 hours is
obtained by means of approved insulation in contact with the forms or concrete
surfaces.
2. Otherwise, the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours
immediately following 72 hours protection at 50 degrees F.
C. Concrete cured by water shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours
immediately following the 72 hours of protection at 50 degrees F.
D. Discontinuance of Protection
1. Discontinuance of protection against freezing temperatures shall be such that the
drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not exceed
40 degrees F in 24 hours.
2. In the spring, when the mean daily temperature rises above 40 degrees F for more
than 3 successive Days, the required 72-hour protection at a temperature not lower
than 50 degrees F may be discontinued for as long as the mean daily temperature
remains above 40 degrees F, provided that the concrete shall be protected against
freezing temperatures for not less than 48 hours after placement.
E. Artificial Heat
1. Where artificial heat is employed, special care shall be taken to prevent the concrete
from drying.
2. The use of unvented heaters will be permitted only when unformed surfaces of
concrete adjacent to the heaters are protected for the first 24 hours from an excessive
carbon dioxide atmosphere by application of curing compound, provided that the use
of curing compound for such surfaces is otherwise permitted.
3.11 TREATMENT OF SURFACE DEFECTS
A. General
1. Surface defects are defined in Finishing Concrete Surfaces, above.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 35
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. As soon as forms are removed, the exposed concrete surfaces shall be carefully
examined and any irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground in order to
secure a smooth, uniform, and continuous surface satisfactory to the Engineer.
3. Plastering or coating of surfaces to be smoothed will not be permitted.
4. No repairs shall be made until after inspection by the ENGINEER.
5. In no case will extensive patching of honeycombed concrete be permitted.
6. Concrete containing minor voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects
shall be repaired as indicated below.
7. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression
defects shall be completely removed and replaced..
8. Repairs of surface defects shall be performed promptly.
B. Preparation
1. Defective surfaces to be repaired shall be cut back from trueline a minimum depth of
1/2-inch over the entire area.
2. Feathered edges will not be permitted.
3. Where chipping or cutting tools are not required in order to deepen the area properly,
the surface shall be prepared for bonding by the removal of laitance and soft material,
plus not less than 1/32-inch depth of the surface film from hard portions by means of
an efficient sandblast.
4. After cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in advance of
shooting with shotcrete or with cement mortar such that while the repair material is
being applied the surfaces underneath will remain moist but not so wet as to
overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends.
C. Materials
1. The material used for repair shall consist of a mixture of one sack of cement to 3 cubic
feet of sand.
2. For exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of Atlas White Portland
cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of the
surrounding concrete.
D. Holes
1. Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be reamed with suitably toothed reamers in order to
leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough.
2. Holes then shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout.
3. Holes left by form-tying devices having a rectangular cross section and other
imperfections having a depth greater than their least surface dimension shall not be
reamed but shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00-36
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
E. Repairs
1. Repairs shall be built up and shaped in such a manner that the completed WORK will
conform to the indicated requirements, using approved methods which will not disturb
the bond, cause sagging, or cause horizontal fractures.
2. The surfaces of repaired concrete shall receive the same kind and amount of curing
treatment as required for the concrete in the repaired section.
F. Cracks: Prior to filling any structure with water, cracks shall be repaired in accordance with
the requirements of Section 03 01 30—Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation.
3.12 CONCRETE REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
A. All defects and repairs not covered under Treatment of Surface Defects shall be repaired
per Section 03 01 30 - Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation.
3.13 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat,
lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until Final Acceptance.
B. Particular care shall be exercised in order to prevent the drying shrinkage damage of
concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the concrete surface.
C. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which
becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed WORK, or
which departs from the established fine or grade, or which, for any other reason, does not
conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be repaired or removed and
replaced with acceptable materials to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 31 00 - 37
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 03 32 00 -JOINTS IN CONCRETE
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide joints in concrete, complete and in place, in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
B. Joints in concrete structures shall be the types defined below and will be permitted only
where indicated, unless specifically accepted by the ENGINEER.
1.2 TYPES OF JOINTS
A. Construction Joints
1. When fresh concrete is placed against a hardened concrete surface, the joint between
the pours shall be defined as a construction joint.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, joints in water-bearing members shall be provided with a
waterstop and/or sealant groove of the shape indicated.
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Furnish placement drawings showing the location and types of joints for each
structure.
2. Test Reports
a. Furnish certified test reports from the sealant manufacturer on the actual batch
of material supplied, demonstrating compliance with the indicated requirements.
b. Furnish the test reports before using the sealant on the Project.
3. Welding Certification
a. Furnish copies of the waterstop welding certification by manufacturer or
authorized agent of the manufacturer.
b. Every person who is to be involved with waterstop installation shall be required
to have individual certification on file with the ENGINEER, stating that the named
individual is certified and trained to install waterstop in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.
4. Furnish manufacturer's information demonstrating compliance of the following with
the indicated requirements:
a. bearing pad
b. neoprene sponge
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. preformed joint filler
d. backing rod
e. waterstop
C. Samples
1. Prior to production of the material required under this Section, submit qualification
samples of waterstops which accurately represent the material being provided.
2. Such samples shall be extruded or molded sections of each size or shape to be
installed.
3. The balance of the material to be used shall not be produced until after the
ENGINEER has reviewed the qualification samples.
D. Certificates
1. Furnish written certification from the manufacturer, as an integral part of the shipping
form, that the material shipped to the Site meets or exceeds the indicated physical
property requirements.
2. Supplier certificates will not be accepted.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waterstop Inspection
1. Waterstop field joints shall be subject to inspection, and no such WORK shall be
scheduled or started without having made prior arrangements with the ENGINEER
for the required inspections.
2. Provide not less than 24 hours notice for the scheduling of such inspections.
3. Field joints in waterstops shall be subject to inspection for misalignment, bubbles,
inadequate bond, porosity, cracks, offsets, and other defects that would reduce the
potential resistance of the material to water pressure at any point.
4. Defective field joints shall be replaced with material that passes inspection, and faulty
material shall be removed from the Site and destroyed.
B. The following waterstop defects represent a partial list of defects which shall be grounds
for rejection:
1. offsets at joints greater than 1/16 inch or 15 percent of material thickness at any point,
whichever is less
2. exterior cracking at the joint due to incomplete bond, which is deeper than 1/16 inch
or 15 percent of material thickness at any point, whichever is less
3. any combination of offset or exterior cracking that will result in a net reduction in the
cross-section of the waterstop in excess of 1/16 inch or 15 percent of material
thickness at any point, whichever is less
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. misalignment of the joint which results in misalignment of the waterstop in excess of
1/2 inch in 10 feet
5. porosity in the welded joint as evidenced by visual inspection
6. bubbles or inadequate bonding which can be detected with a penknife test. (If, while
prodding the entire joint with the point of a penknife, the knife breaks through the outer
portion of the weld into a bubble, the joint shall be considered defective.)
7. visible signs of separation when the cooled splice is bent by hand at any sharp angle
8. evidence of burned material
C. Waterstop Samples
1. Prior to use of the waterstop material in the field, a sample of a prefabricated (shop
made fitting) mitered cross and a tee constructed of each size or shape of material to
be used shall be submitted.
2. Samples shall be prefabricated (shop made fitting) so that the material and
workmanship represent the fittings to be provided.
3. In addition, field samples of prefabricated fittings (crosses, tees, and the like) will be
selected at random by the ENGINEER for testing by a laboratory at the OWNER's
expense.
4. When tested, the tensile strength across the joints shall be at least 1120 psi for PVC
waterstops.
D. Construction Joint Sealant
1. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare adhesion and cohesion test specimens at intervals
of 5 Days while sealants are being installed.
2. The sealant material shall show no signs of adhesive or cohesive failure when tested
in accordance with the following procedure in laboratory and field tests:
a. Sealant specimen shall be prepared between 2 concrete blocks (1-inch by 2-
inch by 3-inch).
b. Spacing between the blocks shall be one inch.
C. Coated spacers (2-inch by 1-1/2-inch by 1/2-inch) shall be used to set and hold
sealant cross-sections of 1/2-inch by 2-inch with a width of one inch.
d. The sealant shall be cast and cured in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, except that the curing period shall be not less than 24 hours.
e. Following the curing period, the gap between the blocks shall be widened to 1-
1/2 inches, and spacers shall be used to maintain this gap for 24 hours prior to
inspection for failure.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.5 SPECIAL CORRECTION OF DEFECTS REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a 5-year written warranty of the entire sealant installation
against faulty and/or incompatible materials and workmanship, together with a statement
that the CONTRACTOR agrees to repair or replace, to the satisfaction of the OWNER,
any defective areas which become evident within the 5-year period.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 WATERSTOPS
A. PVC Waterstops
1. Waterstops shall be extruded from an elastomeric polyvinyl chloride compound
containing the plasticizers, resins, stabilizers, and other materials necessary to meet
the indicated requirements of this Section.
2. No reclaimed or scrap material shall be used.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the waterstop manufacturer and shall furnish
to the ENGINEER for review, current test reports and a written certification of the
manufacturer that the material to be shipped to the Site meets the physical
requirements as outlined in the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Specification CRD-
0572-PVC Waterstops, and those indicated.
4. Flatstrip and Center-Bulb Waterstops
a. Flatstrip and center-bulb waterstops shall be manufactured such that at no place
shall the thickness of waterstops, including the center bulb type, be less than 3/8
inch.
b. The waterstop shall be provided with hog rings installed at 12 inches on centers
along the waterstop.
C. Shapes shall be as indicated, or as acceptable to the ENGINEER.
5. When tested in accordance with the indicated test standards, the waterstop material
shall meet or exceed the following requirements:
Physical Property, Sheet Material Value ASTM Std
Tensile Strength-min, psi 2000 D 638, Type IV
Ultimate Elongation-min, percent 350 D 638, Type IV
Low Temp Brittleness, max degrees F -35 D 746
Stiffness in Flexure, min, psi 600 D 747
Accelerated Extraction (CRD-0572
Tensile Strength-min, psi 1500 D 638, Type IV
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
_T_
Ultimate Elongation, min, percent 300 FD638, Type IV
Effect of Alkalies (CRD-0572
Change in Weight, percent plus 0.25/minus 0.10 ------
Change in Durometer, Shore A plus and minus 5 D 2240
Finish Waterstop
Tensile Strength-min, psi 1400 D 638, Type IV
Ultimate Elongation, min percent 280 D 638, Type IV
B. Preformed Hydrophilic Waterstop
1. Hydrophilic (bentonite-free) waterstops shall be Hydrotite RSS-040 P by
Greensbreak Group, Inc., Hydro-Flex Waterstop as manufactured by Henry Co.,
or Earthshield Type 20, as manufactured by JP Specialties, or equal.
2. The cross-sectional area of the waterstop shall not be less than 0.5 square inch.
3. Hydrophilic waterstop shall be the type that expands in the presence of water to form
a watertight joint seal without damaging the concrete in which it is cast.
4. The waterstop shall be manufactured from butyl rubber with hydrophilic properties.
5. The waterstop shall have a delay coating to inhibit initial expansion due to moisture
present in fresh concrete.
6. The minimum expansion ratio of modified chloroprene shall be not less than 2-to-1
volumetric change in distilled water at 70 degrees F (21 degrees C).
7. The bonding agent for hydrophilic waterstop shall be the manufacturer's
recommended adhesive for wet, rough concrete.
C. When types of waterstops not listed above are indicated, they shall be subjected to the
same requirements as those listed in this Section.
2.2 JOINT SEALANT FOR WATER-BEARING JOINTS
A. The joint sealant shall be a polyurethane polymer designed for bonding to concrete which
is continuously submerged in water.
B. No material will be accepted which has an unsatisfactory history as to bond or durability
when used in the joints of water-retaining structures.
C. Joint sealant material shall meet the following requirements (73 degrees F and 5 percent
R.H.):
Work Life, minutes 45 - 180
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Time to Reach 20 Shore A Hardness (at 77 degrees F, 200 24 hours
gram quantity), max
Ultimate Hardness (ASTM D 2240, Shore A) 20 -45
Tensile Strength (ASTM D 412), min 175 psi
Ultimate Elongation (ASTM D 412), minimum 400 percent
Tear Resistance (Die C, ASTM D 624), pounds per inch of 75
thickness, min
Color Light Gray
D. Polyurethane sealants for waterstop joints in concrete shall conform to the following
requirements:
1. Sealant shall be 2-part polyurethane with the physical properties of the cured sealant
conforming to or exceeding the requirements of ASTM C 920 — Elastomeric Joint
Sealant, or Federal Specification TT-S-0227 E(3) - Sealing Compound, Elastomeric
Type, Multicomponent, for Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing Buildings and Other
Structures, for 2-part material, as applicable.
2. For vertical joints and overhead horizontal joints, only "non-sag" compounds shall be
used, conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 920, Class 25, Grade NS, or Federal
Specification TT-S-0227 E(3), Type II, Class A.
3. For plane horizontal joints, use the self-leveling compounds meeting the requirements
of ASTM C 920 Class 25, Grade P, or Federal Specification TT-S-0227 E(3), Type I.
4. For joints subject to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic, a compound providing non-
tracking characteristics and having a Shore A hardness range of 35 to 45 shall be
used.
5. Primer materials, if recommended by the sealant manufacturer, shall conform to the
printed recommendations of the manufacturer.
E. Sealant Manufacturers
1. Sealants shall be PSI-270 as manufactured by Polymeric Systems Inc., Sikaflex 2C,
as manufactured by Sika Corporation, Pelseal (with Viton) 2112/2012, or equal.
F. Sealants for non-waterstop joints in concrete shall be in conformance with the
requirements of Section 07 92 13 — Sealants and Caulking.
2.3 JOINT MATERIALS
A. Bearing Pad
1. Bearing pads used in the floor-to-wall joints shall consist of neoprene or natural
rubber.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Neoprene bearing pads shall have a minimum ulitimate tensile strength of 1,500 psi
(10.5 MPa), a minimum elongation of 500%, a maximum compressive set of 50%,
and a hardness of 40 to 50 durometere according to ASTM D2240. Neoprene bearing
pads shall contain only virgin crystallization-resistant polychloroprene as the raw
polymer and the physical properties shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
D2000, line call-out for M 2 BC 410 Al 4 B14 for 40 durometer material.
3. Natural rubber bering pads shall contain only virgin natural polyisoprene as the raw
polymer, and the physical properties shall comply with ASTM D 2000, line call-out M
4AA414A1 3.
B. Sponge Filler
1. Sponge filler shall be closed-cell neoprene or rubber conforming to ASTM D1752,
Type 1, or to the requirements of ASTM D1056, Types 2A1 through 2A4.
C. Neoprene Sponge
1. The sponge shall be neoprene, closed-cell, expanded, conforming to ASTM D 1056 -
Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber, Type 2C5-E1.
D. Joint Filler
1. Joint filler for expansion joints in waterholding structures shall be neoprene
conforming to ASTM D 1056, Type 2C5-E1.
2. Joint filler material in other locations shall be of the preformed non-extruding type,
constructed of cellular neoprene sponge rubber or polyurethane of firm texture.
3. Bituminous fiber type will not be accepted.
4. Non-extruding and resilient-type preformed expansion joint fillers shall conform to the
requirements and tests set forth in ASTM D 1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and
Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction, for
Type I, except as otherwise indicated.
2.4 BACKING ROD
A. The backing rod shall be an extruded closed-cell, polyethylene foam rod.
B. The rod material shall be compatible with the joint sealant material, and shall have a tensile
strength of not less than 40 psi and a compression deflection of approximately 25 percent
at 8 psi.
C. The rod shall be 1/8 inch larger in diameter than the joint width except that a one-inch
diameter rod shall be used for a 3/4-inch wide joint.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Waterstops shall be embedded in the concrete across joints as indicated.
B. Waterstops shall be fully continuous for the extent of the joint.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 - 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Splices necessary to provide such continuity shall conform to the printed instructions of
the waterstop manufacturer.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall take suitable precautions and provide means to support and
protect the waterstops during the progress of the WORK, and shall repair or replace any
waterstops damaged during progress of the WORK at no additional cost to the OWNER.
E. Waterstops shall be stored so as to permit free circulation of air around the waterstop
material.
F. When any waterstop is installed in the concrete on one side of a joint while the other
portion of the waterstop remains exposed to the atmosphere for more than 2 Days,
suitable precautions shall be taken to shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct
rays of the sun during the entire exposure time until the exposed portion of waterstop is
embedded in concrete.
3.2 SPLICES IN PVC WATERSTOPS
A. Splices in PVC waterstops shall be performed by heat sealing the adjacent waterstop
sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations.
B. It is essential that:
1. The material shall not be damaged by heat sealing.
2. The splices shall have a tensile strength of not less than 80 percent of the unspliced
material.
3. The continuity of the waterstop ribs and of its tubular center axis shall be maintained.
4. No edge welding will be accepted.
C. Butt joints of the ends of 2 identical waterstop sections may be made while the material is
in the forms.
D. Other Joints
1. Joints with waterstops involving more than 2 ends to be jointed together, and joints
that involve an angle cut, alignment change, or the joining of 2 dissimilar waterstop
sections, shall be prefabricated prior to placement in the forms, allowing not less than
24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint.
2. Upon inspection and approval, such prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies shall be
installed in the forms and the ends of the 24-inch strips shall be butt-welded to the
straight run portions of waterstop in place in the forms.
E. Where a centerbulb waterstop intersects and is jointed with a non-centerbulb waterstop,
care shall be taken to seal the end of the centerbulb, using additional PVC material if
needed.
3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Setting Waterstops
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. In order to eliminate faulty installation that may result in joint leakage, particular care
shall be taken as to the correct positioning of the waterstops during installation.
2. Adequate provisions shall be made to support and anchor the waterstops during the
progress of the WORK and to ensure proper embedment in the concrete.
3. The symmetrical halves of the waterstops shall be equally divided between the
concrete pours at the joints.
4. The center axis of the waterstops shall be coincident with the joint openings.
5. Thoroughly work the concrete in the vicinity of joints for maximum density and
imperviousness.
B. Waterstop Placement
1. In placing waterstops in the forms, means shall be provided to prevent them from
being folded over by the concrete as it is placed.
2. Waterstops shall be held in place with light wire ties on 12-inch centers, which shall
be passed through hog rings at the edge of the waterstop and tied to the curtain of
reinforcing steel.
3. Horizontal waterstops, with their flat face in a vertical plane, shall be held in place with
continuous supports to which the top edge of the waterstop shall be tacked.
4. In placing concrete around horizontal waterstops with their flat face in a horizontal
plane, the concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand in order to avoid
the formation of air and rock pockets.
C. In placing centerbulb waterstops in expansion joints, the centerbulb shall be centered on
the joint filler material.
D. Waterstop in vertical wall joints shall terminate 6 inches from the top of the wall, where
such waterstop does not connect with any other waterstop and is not to be connected to
a future concrete placement.
E. Joint Location
1. Construction joints and other types of joints shall be provided where indicated.
2. The location of joints, regardless of type, shall be submitted for acceptance by the
ENGINEER.
F. Joint Preparation
1. Special care shall be used in preparing concrete surfaces at joints where bonding
between 2 sections of concrete is required.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, such bonding shall be required at every horizontal joint
in walls.
3. Surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with Section 03 31 00 — Cast-in-Place
Concrete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00- 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
G. Joints in Concrete Pavements and Slabs on Grade
1. Unless indicated otherwise, jointing shall be in accordance with ACI 330.1.
2. Maximum joint spacing shall not exceed 30 times the slab thickness nor 15 feet,
whichever is smaller.
3. If jointing requirements are not indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall submit drawings
describing the proposed jointing.
H. Construction Joint Sealant
1. Construction joints in water-bearing floor slabs and elsewhere as indicated shall be
provided with tapered grooves which shall be filled with a construction joint sealant.
2. The material used to form the tapered grooves shall be left in the grooves until just
before the grooves are cleaned and filled with joint sealant.
3. After removing the forms from the grooves, laitance and fins shall be removed, and
the grooves shall be sand blasted.
4. The grooves shall be allowed to thoroughly dry, after which they shall be blown out
and immediately thereafter they shall be primed and filled with the construction joint
sealant.
5. The primer shall be furnished by the sealant manufacturer, and no sealant shall be
used without a primer.
6. Care shall be used to completely fill the sealant grooves.
7. Areas designated to receive a sealant fillet shall be thoroughly cleaned as outlined for
the tapered grooves prior to application of the sealant.
I. The primer and sealant shall be placed strictly in accordance with the printed
recommendations of the manufacturer, taking special care to properly mix the sealant prior
to application.
J. The sides of the sealant groove shall not be coated with bond breaker, curing compound,
or any other substance which would interfere with proper bonding of the sealant.
K. The sealant shall achieve final cure at least 7 Days before the structure is filled with water.
L. The sealant shall be installed by a competent waterproofing specialty contractor with a
successful record of performance in similar installations.
M. Mixing
1. Catalyst-cured, 2-part materials shall be thoroughly and uniformly mixed, and special
care shall be taken to properly mix the sealer before its application.
2. Before any sealer is placed, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have workers
performing the WORK carefully instructed on the proper method of mixing and
application by a representative of the sealant manufacturer.
N. Failure to Cure
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Any joint sealant that fails to fully and properly cure after the manufacturer's
recommended curing time for the conditions of the WORK shall be completely
removed, and the groove shall be thoroughly sandblasted to remove traces of the
uncured or partially cured sealant and primer.
2. The groove shall be re-sealed with the indicated joint sealant.
3. Costs of such removal, joint treatment, re-sealing, and appurtenant WORK shall be
the CONTRACTOR's responsibility as part of the WORK.
O. Hydrophilic Waterstop
1. Where a hydrophilic waterstop is indicated, it shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and recommendations except as may be modified in this
Section.
2. When requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange for the
manufacturer to furnish technical assistance in the field.
3. Hydrophilic waterstop shall only be used where complete confinement by concrete is
provided.
4. Hydrophilic waterstop shall not be used in expansion or contraction joints nor in the
first 6 inches of a non-intersecting joint.
5. Location
a. The hydrophilic waterstop shall be located as near as possible to the center of
the joint, and it shall be continuous around the entire joint.
b. The minimum distance from the edge of the waterstop to the face of the member
shall be 5 inches.
6. Placement
a. Where the thickness of the concrete member to be placed on the hydrophilic
waterstop is less than 12 inches, the waterstop shall be placed in grooves
formed or ground into the concrete.
b. The groove shall be at least 3/4 inch deep and 1-1/4 inches wide.
C. When placed in the groove, the minimum distance from the edge of the
waterstop to the face of the member shall be 2-1/2 inches.
7. Where a hydrophilic waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop, the
hydrophilic waterstop shall overlap the PVC waterstop for a minimum of 6 inches and
shall be adhered to PVC waterstop by a single component water-swelling sealant as
recommended by the manufacturer.
8. The hydrophilic waterstop shall not be installed where the air temperature falls below
the manufacturer's recommended range.
9. Preparation
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. The concrete surface under the hydrophilic waterstop shall be smooth and
uniform, and the concrete shall be ground smooth if needed.
b. Alternatively, the hydrophilic waterstop shall be bonded to the surface using an
epoxy grout that completely fills voids and irregularities beneath the waterstop
material.
C. Prior to installation, the concrete surface shall be wire brushed to remove any
laitance or other materials that may interfere with the bonding of epoxy.
10. Securing
a. The hydrophilic waterstop shall be secured in place with concrete nails and
washers at 12-inch maximum spacing.
b. The above requirement shall be in addition to the adhesive recommended by
the manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 JOINTS IN CONCRETE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 32 00 - 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 03 60 00 -GROUTING
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide grout, complete and in place, in accordance with the
Contract Documents
B. The following types of grout are covered in this Section:
1. Cement Grout
2. Non-Shrink Grout- Class I (cement-based)
3. Non-Shrink Grout - Class II (cement-based)
4. Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout
5. Epoxy Anchor Grout for Post Installed Adhesive Anchors
6. Structural Repair Grout
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals.
1. Certified testing lab reports for tests indicated herein.
2. Test results and service report from the field tests and the demonstration and training
session verifying the requirements indicated herein.
3. Certifications that grouts used on the project contain no chlorides or other chemicals
that cause corrosion.
4. Manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing,
handling, placement, curing, and appropriate uses for each type of grout used in the
WORK, and location of use. The current ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report shall be
submitted for all epoxy anchor grouts for adhesive anchors.
5. Manufacturer's certification that its non-shrink grout does not contain aluminum, zinc,
or magnesium powders as a method of expansion.
6. Submit manufacturer's written warranty as indicated herein.
7. Name and telephone number of grout manufacturer's representative who will give on-
Site service. The representative shall have at least one year of experience with the
indicated grouts.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Field Tests
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Compression test specimens will be taken from the first placement of each type of
grout, and at intervals thereafter selected by the ENGINEER. The specimens will be
made by the ENGINEER or its representative.
2. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for cement grout and cement based
non-shrink grout will be performed in accordance with ASTM C 1107 — Standard
Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink), at intervals
during construction selected by the ENGINEER. As a minimum, a set of 3 specimens
will be made for testing at 7 Days, 28 Days, and each additional time period as
appropriate.
3. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for topping grout and concrete/grout
fill will be performed in accordance with Sections 03 31 00 and 03 31 50 - Cast-in-
Place Concrete, at intervals during construction selected by the ENGINEER.
4. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grouts will be performed
in accordance with ASTM C 579— Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength
of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer
Concretes, Method B, at intervals during construction selected by the ENGINEER. A
set of 3 specimens will be made for testing at 7 Days and each earlier time period as
appropriate.
5. The cost of laboratory tests on grout will be paid by the OWNER except where test
results show the grout to be defective. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall pay for
the tests, removal and replacement of Defective Work, and re-testing, all as part of
the WORK.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in obtaining specimens for testing
and shall furnish materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens.
B. Construction Tolerances: Construction tolerances shall be as indicated in Sections
C. 03 31 00 and 03 31 50 unless indicated otherwise.
D. Pre-Installation Demonstration and Training
1. Cement and Epoxy-Based Non-Shrink Grouts
a. The grout manufacturer shall give a demonstration and training session for the
cement based non-shrink and epoxy grouts to be used on the project, before any
installation of grout is allowed.
b. Training session shall use a minimum of 5 bags of cement-based non-shrink
class I grout mixed to fluid consistency. Tests shall be conducted for flow cone
and bleed tests. Six cubes for testing at 1, 3, and 28 Days shall be made. The
remaining grout shall be placed, and curing may be initiated on actual project
placements such as baseplates and tie holes to provide on-the-job training for
the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR employees who will
be doing the grouting shall participate in this training and demonstration session.
The training session shall include methods for curing the grout.
c. The manufacturer shall mix enough cement-based non-shrink class II grout for a
minimum of 15 tie holes and shall train the CONTRACTOR'S employees in how
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
to perform the WORK and cure the grout. The CONTRACTOR shall have the
employees assisting in the mixing and sealing of the tie holes.
d. If the project includes patching, throughbolt holes, epoxy anchors, and/or
blockouts, the manufacturer shall also train the CONTRACTOR'S employees in
the mixing and curing of the epoxy grouts for each of these applications.
e. The CONTRACTOR shall transport the test cubes to an independent test
laboratory, obtain the test reports, and report these demonstration and training
test cube strengths to the ENGINEER.
2. Epoxy Anchor Grout for Adhesive Anchors
a. Special inspection for all adhesive anchor installations shall be provided:
1) As recommended or required by the ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report.
2) As requiredby the enforceable building code.
3) As otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.
b. The most stringent of the above requirements shall be used. The cost of special
inspection of adhesive anchors shall be paid for by the OWNER.
c. Before installing adhesive anchors in the WORK, adhesive anchor installers shall
be trained and qualified at the Site by the manufacturer's representative. Training
and qualification for each installer shall include at least:
1) Hole drilling procedure, hole preparation and cleaning techniques,
adhesive injection technique and dispenser training/maintenance, rebar
dowel preparation and installation, and proof loading/torquing.
2) Anchors installed in both the vertical and horizontal positions in a mock-up
concrete panel of adequate size and thickness. Anchors shall be tested in
tension. A minimum of 3 anchors shall be tested for each installation
position.
3) Anchors shall be tested at 2 times the published allowable tension load or
1-1/4 times the maximum design strength of the anchors in tension as
indicated in the ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report. The test load need not
exceed 80 percent of the nominal yield strength of the anchor, based on
steel strength, as determined by ACI 318 Appendix D.
4) If any of the 3 test bolts in any installation position fail to reach the test
loads, the installer shall be re-tested with the same procedure. Re-testing
is required only for the failed installation position.
5) An installer who has 3 consecutive successful bolt tests in the first or
second trial is considered qualified for adhesive anchor installation for this
project. The manufacturer's representative shall issue a certificate to the
qualified installer, and a copy of the certificate shall be filed with the
CONTRACTOR and be submitted to the ENGINEER.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
6) The test anchor size shall be the largest size adhesive anchor used on the
project. The anchor embedment length and edge distances shall be
adequate to resist the test loads listed above.
7) Each installer shall be re-qualified every 6 months for the duration of the
project by the same qualifying procedure.
8) The certification of each qualified installer shall be available for verification
at the Special Inspector's request.
9) Defective anchors noted by the Special Inspector shall be replaced and re-
installed by the CONTRACTOR without any additional compensation.
1.4 SPECIAL CORRECTION OF DEFECTS PROVISIONS
A. Manufacturer's Warranty
1. Furnish one year warranty for WORK provided under this section.
2. Manufacturer's warranty shall not contain a disclaimer limiting responsibility to the
purchase price of products or materials.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 APPLICATION
A. Unless indicated otherwise, grouts shall be provided as listed below whether indicated on
the Drawings or not.
Application Type of Grout
Anchor bolts, anchor rods and reinforcing steel required Epoxy Anchor Grout
to be set in grout.
Beam and column (1 or 2 story) base plates less than Non-Shrink - Class I
16-inches in the least dimension.
Storage tanks and other non-motorized equipment and Non-Shrink - Class I
machinery under 30 horsepower
Filling blockout spaces for embedded items such as Non-Shrink - Class I
railing posts, gate guide frames, etc. (Class II where
placement time exceeds
20 min.)
Under precast concrete elements Non-Shrink - Class II
Surface repairs Cement Grout
Repair of small (largest dimension less than 12 inches) Non-Shrink- Class I or
holes and defects in concrete members which are not Non-Shrink - Class II or
water bearing and not in contact with soil or other fill Structural Repair Grout
material
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Repair of small (largest dimension less than 12 inches) Non-Shrink - Class II or
holes and defects in concrete members which are water Structural Repair Grout
bearing or in contact with soil or other fill materials
Repair of large (largest dimension greater than 12 Structural Repair Grout
inches) holes and defects in concrete members.
Any application not listed above, where grout is Non-Shrink Class I,
indicated unless specifically
indicated otherwise
Mortar fill in joints between precast corewall panels in Non-Shrink - Class 1
AWWA D110 Type III prestressed concrete tanks
2.2 CEMENT GROUT
A. Cement grout shall be composed of one part cement, 3 parts sand, and the minimum
amount of water necessary to obtain the desired consistency. Where needed to match the
color of adjacent concrete, white portland cement shall be blended with regular cement as
needed. The minimum compressive strength at 28 Days shall be 4000 psi.
B. Cement grout materials shall be as indicated in Sections 03 31 00 and 03 31 50.
2.3 NON-SHRINK GROUTS (cement-based)
A. General
1. Cement-based non-shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, fluid, non-gas
liberating, non-metallic, cement type grout requiring only the addition of water.
Cement from kilns burning metal-rich hazardous waste fuel shall not be used.
2. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which
the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non-shrink
grout shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular application.
3. Grout shall not contain chlorides or additives that may contribute to corrosion.
4. Grout shall be formulated to be used at any consistency from fluid to plastic.
5. Cement-based non-shrink grout shall have the following minimum properties when
tested at a fluid consistency, at 28 Days:
a. Minimum tensile splitting strength of 500 psi per ASTM C 496 - Standard Test
Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
b. Minimum flexural strength of 1000 psi per ASTM C 580 - Standard Test Method
for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars,
Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes.
c. Minimum bond strength (concrete to grout) of 1900 psi per modified ASTM C 882
- Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with
Concrete by Slant Shear.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Non-Shrink Grout— Class I
1. Non-Shrink Grout — Class I shall have a minimum 28 Day compressive strength of
5000 psi when mixed at a fluid consistency.
2. Non-Shrink Grout—Class I shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107, Grade B or
C, when mixed to fluid, flowable, and plastic consistencies.
3. Non-Shrink Grout — Class I shall have a maximum early age height change of 4.0
percent expansion, and shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) in accordance with
ASTM C 827 — Standard Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of
Cylindrical Specimens of Cementitious Mixtures. The grout when tested shall not
bleed or segregate at maximum allowed water.
4. Non-Shrink Grout— Class I shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) and a maximum of
0.3 percent expansion in the hardened state when tested in accordance with ASTM
C 1090 — Standard Test Method for Measuring Changes in Height of Cylindrical
Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout.
5. Furnish certification that the non-shrink property of grout is not based on gas
production or gypsum expansion.
6. Non-Shrink Grout—Class I shall be Masterflow 713 Plus by BASF, Five Star Grout
by Five Star Products, Sikagrout 212 by Sika Corporation, Duragrout by L&M
Construction Chemicals; High-Flow Grout by Euclid Chemical Company, CG
200 PC by Hilti, or equal.
C. Non-Shrink Grout—Class II
1. Non-Shrink Grout — Class II shall be a high precision, fluid, extended working time,
grout. The minimum 28-Day compressive strength shall be 7500 psi, when mixed at
a fluid consistency.
2. Non-Shrink Grout — Class II shall have a maximum early age height change of 4.0
percent expansion, and shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) in accordance with
ASTM C 827.
3. Non-Shrink Grout—Class II shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) and a maximum of
0.3 percent expansion in the hardened state when tested in accordance with ASTM
C 1090.
4. Non-Shrink Grout — Class II shall have an extended working time of 30 minutes
minimum when mixed to a fluid consistency as defined in ASTM C 827 at temperature
extremes of 45 to 90 degrees F in accordance with ASTM C 1107.
5. Non-Shrink Grout — Class II shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107, Grade B
or C when tested using the amount of water needed to achieve fluid consistency per
ASTM C 939.
6. The grout when tested shall not bleed or segregate at maximum allowed water
content.
7. Provide certification that its non-shrink property is not based on gas production or
gypsum expansion.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
8. Non-Shrink Grout — Class II shall be Masterflow 928 by BASF, Five Star Fluid Grout
100 by Five Star Products, Crystex by L&M Construction Chemicals, or equal.
2.4 NON-SHRINK EPDXY GROUT
A. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall be a flowable, non-shrink, 100 percent solids system. The
epoxy grout system shall have 3 components: resin, hardener, and specially blended
aggregate, each premeasured and prepackaged. The resin component shall not contain
any non-reactive diluents. Resins containing butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) or other highly
volatile and hazardous reactive diluents are not acceptable. Variation of component ratios
is not permitted unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's
instructions shall be printed on each container in which the materials are packaged.
B. Epoxy grout shall have a maximum early age height change of 4.0 percent expansion,
and shall have no shrinkage (0.0 percent) in accordance with ASTM C 827, (modified for
epoxy grouts by using an indicator ball with a specific gravity between 0.9 and 1.1).
C. Epoxy grout shall have a negligible (less than 0.0006 in/in) length change after hardening,
and a coefficient of thermal expansion less than 0.00003 in/in F when tested according to
ASTM C 531 — Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal
Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer
Concretes.
D. The epoxy grout shall develop a minimum compressive strength of 9000 psi in 24 hours
and 13,000 psi in seven days when tested in accordance with ASTM C 579, method B.
E. The mixed epoxy grout shall have a minimum working life of 90 to 120 minutes at 70
degrees F.
F. The effective bearing area shall be a minimum of 95 percent EBA in accordance with
ASTM C 1339 — Standard Test Method for Flowability and Bearing Area of Chemical-
Resistant Polymer Machinery Grouts, for bearing area and flow.
G. The chemical formulation of the epoxy grout shall be that recommended by the
manufacturer for the particular application. Do not reduce aggregate loading or add
solvents to increase flowability.
H. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall have the following minimum properties when tested at 7
Days:
1. Minimum bond strength to concrete of 3000 psi per ASTM C 882 modified.
2. Minimum bond strength to steel of 1700 psi per ASTM C 882 modified.
3. Minimum flexural strength of 2500 psi per ASTM C 580.
4. Minimum tensile strength of 2000 psi per ASTM C 307 -- Standard Test Method for
Tensile Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings.
I. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall be Five Star DP Epoxy Grout by Five Star Products, Inc.,
Masterflow 648 CP Plus by BASF, Sikadur 42 Grout-Pak by Sika Corporation, or equal.
2.5 EPDXY ANCHOR GROUT
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 - 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
A. Epoxy anchor grout for use in concrete shall be certified for use in accordance with ICC-
ES AC 308.
B. Epoxy anchor grout shall conform to ASTM C 881 — Standard Specification for Epoxy-
Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete, Type IV, Class A, B and C, Grade 3 with the
exception of gel time.
C. Heat deflection temperature per ASTM D 648 — Standard Test Method for Deflection
Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position shall be a minimum
120 degrees F.
D. Manufacturer shall certify that the epoxy anchor grout will maintain 100 percent of its
capacity up to a short term temperature of 110 degrees F and 50 percent of its capacity
up to a short term temperature of 150 degrees F.
E. Grout shall come in a 2 chambered cartridge with a metering system that provides the
proper ratio of hardener and resin. The grout shall also come with a static mixer nozzle to
thoroughly mix the hardener and resin together.
F. Epoxy anchor grout shall be capable of being used in submerged applications once cured.
G. Compressive strength per ASTM D 695 — Standard Test Method for Compressive
Properties of Rigid Plastics shall be 10,000 psi minimum.
H. Whenever possible, overhead anchors subject to vibration, anchors in fire-resistive
construction or high fire risk areas, and anchors subject to working or operating
temperatures above 100 degrees F shall be cast-in-place anchors. Whenever cast-in-
place anchors cannot be used in these applications, use cement based non-shrink grout
and oversized holes.
I. Embedment of adhesive anchors/rebar shall be deep enough to develop the anchor/rebar
unless otherwise noted on the Contract Documents. Embedment shall not exceed 67
percent of the member depth.
J. Epoxy anchor grout shall be Pure110+ by Powers Fasteners; HIT-RE 500-SD by Hilti,
SET-XP by Simpson Strong-Tie, or equal.
2.6 STRUCTURAL REPAIR GROUT
A. Structural repair grout shall be an extended set, pre-packaged cement based mortar
requiring only the addition of potable water. The material shall not contain any chlorides
or lime other than the amounts contained within the hydraulic cement composition.
B. Structural repair grout shall have a minimum compressive strength per ASTM C 109 of
6,000 psi at 7 days.
C. Structural repair grout shall have a minimum bond strength per ASTM C 882 of 2,000 psi
at 1 day.
D. For repairs larger than 2 cubic feet in volume, the structural repair grout may be extended
by the addition of clean, damp, coarse aggregate per the manufacturer's written
recommendations.
E. Structural repair grout shall be Structural Concrete ES by Five Star Products, or equal.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 -8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.7 CURING MATERIALS
A. Curing materials shall be in accordance with Section 03 31 00 and 03 31 50 and as
recommended by the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts.
2.8 CONSISTENCY
A. The consistency of grouts shall be that necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted
for the particular application. Dry pack consistency is defined such that the grout is plastic
and moldable but will not flow. Where "dry pack" is called for in the Contract Documents,
it shall mean a grout of that consistency; the type of grout to be used shall be as indicated
herein for the particular application.
B. The slump for topping grout and concrete/grout fill shall be adjusted to match placement
and finishing conditions but shall not exceed 4-inches.
2.9 MEASUREMENT OF INGREDIENTS
A. Measurements for cement grout shall be made accurately by volume using containers.
Shovel measurements shall not be allowed.
B. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the
manufacturer.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Grout shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.2 GENERAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall arrange for the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts to provide on-
Site technical assistance within 72 hours of request, as part of the WORK.
B. Grout shall not be placed until base concrete or masonry has attained its design strength,
unless authorized otherwise by the ENGINEER.
C. When cementitious grouts are used on concrete surfaces, the concrete surface shall be
saturated with water for 24 hours prior to placement. Upon completion of the saturation
period, excess water shall be removed with clean, oil free compressed air prior to grouting.
Concrete substrate shall not be wet prior to placement of epoxy grouts.
D. Surface preparation, curing, and protection of cement grout shall be in accordance with
Section 03 31 00 and 03 31 50. The finish of the grout surface shall match that of the
adjacent concrete unless otherwise indicated.
E. Surfaces that will be in contact with grout shall be free of dirt, loose rust, oil, wax, grease,
curing compounds, laitance, loose concrete, and other deleterious materials.
F. Shade the WORK from sunlight for at least 24 hours before and 48 hours after grouting.
G. Contact the grout manufacturer's representative for assistance on hot and cold weather
grouting techniques and precautions if applicable.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 - 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.3 GROUTING PROCEDURES
A. General: Mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, curing, and other
means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the instructions
and recommendations of the manufacturer.
B. Structural, equipment, tank, and piping support bases shall be grouted, unless indicated
otherwise.
1. The original concrete shall be blocked out or finished off a sufficient distance below
the plate to provide for a minimum one-inch thickness of grout or other thickness if
indicated.
2. After the base plate has been set in position at the proper elevation by steel wedges
or double nuts on the anchor bolts, the space between the bottom of the plate and
the original pour of concrete shall be filled with non-shrink-type grout through a
headbox of appropriate size. The mixture shall be of a fluid consistency and poured
continuously into the space between the plate and the base concrete. Forms for grout
shall be tight against retaining surfaces, and joints shall be sealed as recommended
by the grout manufacturer to be liquid-tight. Forms shall be coated as recommended
by the grout manufacturer for easy form release. Where this method of placement is
not practical or where required by the ENGINEER, alternate grouting methods shall
be submitted by the CONTRACTOR for acceptance by the ENGINEER.
3. Concrete equipment pads for equipment bases that will be epoxy-grouted shall be
sized so that, when the equipment base is fully grouted, the epoxy grout is stopped
not less than 4-inches from the edge of the pad.
C. For execution of grout products for repair of large and small diameter holes, refer to
Section 03 01 30 - Concrete Repair and Rehabilitation.
D. Drilled Anchors and Reinforcing Bars
1. General
a. Drilled anchors and reinforcing bars shall be installed in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions and applicable ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report
requirements. Holes shall be drilled, brushed and cleaned in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Drilled anchors shall be installed in concrete having
a minimum age of 21 days at the time of anchor installation. Anchors shall not be
loaded until the grout has cured for the full cure time indicated by the
manufacturer and reached its indicated strength in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
b. The CONTRACTOR shall identify the position of reinforcing steel and other
embedded items prior to drilling holes. Care shall be exercised in drilling to avoid
damaging existing reinforcing or embedded items. The location of drilled holes
shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or cutting any existing reinforcing bars
or embedded items. Notify the ENGINEER if reinforcing steel or other embedded
items are encountered during drilling. Take precautions as necessary to avoid
damaging prestressing tendons, electrical and communications conduit, and
piping.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. The following requirements apply to adhesive anchors installed using cement based
non-shrink grout and epoxy anchor grout:
a. Unless otherwise indicated, when adhesive anchors are used to resist tensile
forces in structural applications, the minimum depth of embedment shall be
greater than or equal to the development length (Id) determined in accordance
with ACI 318 for a cast in place reinforcing bar of the same diameter and grade,
unless it can be shown by calculation that the anchor spacing and edge distance
is sufficient to develop the tensile strength of the anchor in a lesser depth of
embedment. Calculations shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33
00 — Contractor Submittals.
b. Core drilling of holes is not allowed.
c. Relocation of drilled holes and adjustments or modifications to anchored or
fastened items shall be considered part of the WORK and shall be provided at
no additional cost to the OWNER.
d. All abandoned drilled holes shall be filled with Epoxy Anchor Grout.
3. Epoxy Adhesive Anchors
a. Grout shall be proportioned and mixed per the manufacturer's instructions.
b. Holes shall be dry.
4. Cement Based Non-Shrink Grout used for Anchorage
a. In places of high temperature or fire hazard, anchor bolts and anchor rods shall
be grouted in using cement based non-shrink grout, Class I.
b. When the anchor bolt or anchor rod diameter is one-inch or less, the hole
diameter shall be a minimum of 2-inches. When the anchor bolt/rod diameter is
greater than one-inch,the hole diameter shall be at least twice the anchor bolt/rod
diameter.
c. Drilled holes shall be saturated with water for not less than 24 hours before
installation of anchor/rod/rebar.
d. The non-shrink grout shall be placed in the holes in a non-sag (trowelable)
consistency. The grout shall be placed in the holes before the anchor bolt/rod
and then the anchor bolt/rod inserted and vibrated to ensure proper coverage.
3.4 CONSOLIDATION
A. Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each
application, to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled.
3.5 CURING
A. Cement based grouts shall be cured per Sections 03 31 00 and 03 31 50 and per the
manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GROUTING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 03 60 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 05 50 00 — MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Provide miscellaneous metalwork and appurtenances, complete and in place, as indicated
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Federal Specifications
MIL-G-18015 A (3) (Ships) Aluminum Planks. (6063-T6)
MIL-PRF-907F Antiseize Thread Compound, High Temperature
B. Codes
OSHA 1927.10 Fixed Ladders
C. Commercial Standards
AA-M32C22A41 Aluminum Assn.
AASHTO HS-20 Truck Loading
AISC Manual of Steel Construction
AISI Design of Light Gauge, Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members
ASTM A 36 Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings
ASTM A 53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and
Seamless
ASTM A 123 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
ASTM A 153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM A 193 Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High
Temperature Service
ASTM A 194 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High
Temperature Service
ASTM A 307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength
ASTM A 325 Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile
Strength
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
ASTM A 500 Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing
in Rounds and Shapes
ASTM A 992 Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing
ASTM F 1554 Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 105-ksi
Yield Strength
ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel
ANSI/AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code -Aluminum
ANSI/AWS QC1 Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 / 01 33 00 -
Contractor Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Shop Drawings shall conform to AISC recommendations and specifications, and shall
show holes, and the like, as may be required for other parts of the WORK.
2. Shop Drawings shall include complete details of members and connections, anchor
bolt layouts, schedules for fabrication procedures, and diagrams for the sequence of
erection.
C. Grating
1. Submit layout drawings for grating, showing the direction of span, type and depth of
grating, size and shape of grating panels, seat angle details, and details of grating
hold down fasteners.
2. Submit load and deflection tables for each style and depth of grating used.
D. Anchor Submittals
1. Submit an ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report listing the ultimate load capacity in tension
and shear for each size and type of concrete anchor.
2. Submit manufacturer's recommended installation instructions and procedures for
anchors.
3. Upon review by the ENGINEER, these instructions shall be followed specifically.
4. No substitution for the indicated anchors will be considered unless accompanied with
an ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report verifying strength and material equivalency.
5. Complete structural calculations and anchorage details shall be prepared and
submitted by the Contractor for all anchors and anchor groups that are shown but not
completely detailed (type, size, location, spacing and embedment) on the Contract
Documents. Calculations and anchorage details shall be signed and stamped by a
Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Weld procedures and welder qualifications shall be available in the CONTRACTOR's field
office for review.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Steel
Wide Flange Shapes ASTM A 992
Shapes, Plates, Bars ASTM A 36
Pipe, Pipe Columns, Bollards ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B standard
weight unless indicated otherwise
HSS ASTM A 500 Grade B
B. Corrosion Protection
1. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricated steel metalwork which will be used in a
corrosive environment and/or will be submerged in water or wastewater shall be
coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 09 96 00 - Protective Coating,
and shall not be galvanized prior to coating.
2. Other miscellaneous steel metalwork shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
C. Stainless Steel
1. Unless otherwise indicated, stainless steel metalwork and bolts shall be fabricated
from Type 316 stainless steel.
2. Where anaerobic conditions are noted, Type 304 stainless steel shall be used.
D. Aluminum
1. Unless otherwise indicated, aluminum metalwork shall be fabricated from Alloy 6061-
T6.
2. Aluminum in contact with concrete, masonry, wood, porous materials, or dissimilar
metals shall have contact surfaces coated in accordance with the requirements of
Section 09 96 00 - Protective Coating.
E. Cast Iron
1. Unless otherwise indicated, iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
A 48, Class 50B, or better.
2.2 ALUMINUM RAILINGS
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00- 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
A. General
1. Aluminum handrails and railings shall be component systems, complete with anchors,
attachments, balusters, brackets, caps, fasteners, gates (swing with self-latching
hardware or be removable), posts, sleeves, trim, and any other related items as
required or necessary for a complete installation.
2. Gates and removable rail sections shall be complete with hardware such as self-
closing hinges, self-latching latches, hasps, and the like.
3. Railings shall conform to Building Code and OSHA requirements, General Industry
Occupational Safety and Health Standards (29CFR1910).
4. Provide dielectric separation between railing post and stringer where steel stringers
are provided.
B. Materials shall conform to the following requirements-
1.
equirements:1. Aluminum
a. Aluminum shall be U.S. Alloy 6063 T-5 or T-6.
b. Aluminum pipe rail shall not be less than 1-1/2-inch diameter Schedule 40 pipe.
2. Electrolysis protective material shall be in accordance with the requirements of
Section 09960/ 09 96 00 - Protective Coating.
3. Sleeves shall be of galvanized steel or PVC.
4. Grout for handrail posts shall consist of an inorganic, non-shrink, non-metallic
premixed grout in accordance with the requirements of Section 03315 / 03 60 00 -
Grouting, with a minimum 28-Day compressive strength of 4,000 psi.
5. Fasteners, screws, and bolts shall be concealed and shall be fabricated from stainless
steel or aluminum.
6. Aluminum welding rods shall be of a type recommended by the aluminum
manufacturer for anodized finished products.
7. Kickplates shall be provided on railings and not set in curbs.
C. Pipe railing systems, including handrails, railings, tube caps, and other miscellaneous
parts of the rails, shall be provided with a clear anodized finish, AA-M32C22A41.
D. Manufacturers or Equal
1. C-V Pipe Rail by Crane Veyor Corp.
2. Connectorail by Julius Blum and Co.
2.3 METAL STAIRS
A. Metal Stairs
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Metal stairs shall be composed of steel or aluminum stringers and supports, shall be
fabricated in accordance with the standard practice of the National Association of
Ornamental Metal Manufacturers, and shall be as indicated.
2.4 GRATING STAIR TREADS
A. Grating stair treads shall be designed to support a live load of 100 psf or a concentrated
load at mid-span of 300 pounds, whichever creates the higher stress.
B. The maximum deflection due to the uniform live load shall be as required for metal grating,
below.
C. Grating stair treads shall be provided with an integral non-slip nosing.
2.5 SAFETY STAIR NOSINGS
A. Safety stair nosing shall be provided on concrete stairs and other locations as indicated.
B. The nosing shall be 3 inches wide and fabricated from extruded aluminum with cast-in
abrasive strips and integral extruded anchors.
C. The color of the cast abrasive shall be as selected by the ENGINEER from among the
manufacturer's standard colors.
D. The nosing shall be Amstep Products Style 231-A, Grating Pacific XRS-3, Robertson
Grating Products Type 9511, or equal.
2.6 METAL GRATING
A. General
1. Metal grating shall be of the indicated design, size, and type.
2. Grating shall be supported around an opening by support members.
3. Where grating is supported on concrete, unless otherwise indicated provide
embedded support angles that match the grating material and are mitered and welded
at their corners.
4. Banding
a. The grating shall be completely banded at edges and cutouts.
b. The banding material and cross-section shall be equivalent to the bearing bars.
c. The banding shall be welded to each cut bearing bar.
5. The grating pieces shall be fastened to each support in 2 locations.
6. Where grating forms the landing at the top of a stairway, the edge of the grating that
forms the top riser shall have an integral non-slip nosing with a width equal to that of
the stairway.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00- 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
7. Where the grating depth is not indicated, provide grating within allowable stress levels
and which shall not exceed a deflection of 1/4 inch or the span divided by 180,
whichever is less.
8. Design Loading
a. For standard duty grating, the loading to be used for determining stresses and
deflections shall be the uniform live load of the adjacent floor or 100 psf,
whichever is greater, or a concentrated load of 1000 pounds.
B. Material
1. Except where indicated otherwise, bar grating shall be fabricated entirely of:
a. aluminum
1) Bearing and Banding Bars: Alloy 6061-T6
2) Cross Bars: Alloy 6063-T5
2. Grating that may be partially or wholly submerged shall be fabricated entirely of Type
316 stainless steel
C. Standard-Duty Grating
1. No single piece of grating shall weigh more than 80 pounds, unless indicated
otherwise.
2. Standard duty grating shall be composed of serrated bar grating.
3. Cross bars shall be welded or mechanically locked tightly into position such that there
is no movement between the bearing and cross bars.
2.7 HATCHES
A. Where access hatches are mounted on a floor slab (including top slabs that are not
covered with a roofing membrane) or on a concrete curb, the hatch shall be flush-type as
indicated.
B. Hatches mounted on a roof surface that has a membrane or other roofing material
covering it shall be of the integral raised curb-type in accordance with the requirements of
Section 07720 / 07 72 00 - Roof Accessories.
C. Hatches shall be fabricated from aluminum 5086 H34, 6063-T5 or 6061-T6, unless
otherwise indicated.
D. Hatch hardware shall be fabricated from Type 316 stainless steel, and shall be of the
gutter-type.
E. The design live load shall be 300 psf, unless indicated otherwise.
F. Configuration
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Hatch opening sizes, number and swing direction of door leaves, and locations shall
be as indicated.
2. Indicated sizes are for the clear opening.
3. Where the number of leaves is not indicated, openings larger than 42 inches in either
direction shall be provided with double-leaf doors.
4. Unless indicated otherwise, hinges shall be located on the longer dimension side.
5. Unless indicated otherwise, ladder hatches shall be a minimum of 30 inches wide by
36 inches long, with the ladder centered on the shorter dimension and the door hinge
opposite the ladder.
G. Door leaves shall be fabricated from a minimum of 1/4-inch thick checkered-pattern plate.
H. Channel frames shall be fabricated from a minimum 1/4-inch material with an anchor
flange around the perimeter.
I. Hatches shall be provided with an automatic hold-open arm with release handle.
J. Hatches shall be designed for easy opening from both inside and outside.
K. Hatches shall be designed to be water-tight and shall be equipped with a joint gutter, a
moat-type edge drain, and drain piping of the length and size necessary to remove the
drain water from all dry spaces accessed by the hatch.
L. A minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter drain connection shall be provided, located by the
manufacturer.
M. Hatches shall be provided with a recessed hasp for a padlock covered by a hinged lid that
is flush with the surface.
N. Hatches shall be Bilco Type J or JD, Babcock-Davis Type B-FGA, or equal.
O. Nets
1. Unless indicated otherwise, hatch nets shall be provided on floor hatches.
2. Hatch nets shall conform to OSHA requirements.
3. Hatch nets shall be Hatch Net 121, as manufactured by Safe Approach, Inc,Auburn,
ME, or equal.
2.8 IRON CASTINGS
A. General
1. Iron castings shall be of uniform quality, free from blowholes, porosity, hard spots,
shrinkage, distortion, or other defects.
2. The castings shall be smooth and well cleaned by shotblasting.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Covers and grates shall fit together evenly, such that the cover fits flush with the
surrounding finished surface and such that the cover does not rock or rattle when a
loading is applied.
4. Round covers and frames shall be provided with machined bearing surfaces.
B. Covers and grates with matching frames shall be designed to support the following
loadings:
1. Where located within a structure, the design loading shall match that required for the
adjacent floor area, or, if no floor loading is indicated, a minimum of 300 pounds per
square foot.
2. Exterior covers and grates shall be designed for AASHTO HS-20 loading unless
indicated otherwise.
2.9 MANHOLE RUNGS
A. Rungs shall meet ASTM C 478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections and the
following requirements:
1. Rungs shall be spaced not less than 10 inches apart nor more than 14 inches apart,
as measured between centerlines of the rungs.
2. Rungs shall be parallel, level, and uniformly spaced.
3. The rungs shall be shaped such that a person's foot cannot slide off the end of the
rung.
4. Rungs shall be surfaced to prevent injury from punctures or lacerations, and to
prevent snagging of clothing.
5. The minimum perpendicular clearance between rungs and any obstruction behind the
ladder shall be 6 inches.
6. The minimum width of rungs shall be 14 inches.
B. Submit certified test results in accordance with ASTM C 497 - Standard Test Methods for
Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile, Section 10, for the following loads:
1. The horizontal pull-out load shall be 400 pounds.
2. The vertical load shall be 800 pounds.
C. Material
1. Rungs shall be fabricated from co-polymer polypropylene that encapsulates a
minimum 1/2-inch grade 60 steel reinforcing rod.
2. The co-polymer polypropylene shall meet ASTM D 4101, Type PP200633430.
2.10 BOLTS AND ANCHORS
A. Standard Service (Non-Corrosive Application)
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Bolts, anchor rods, anchor bolts, washers, and nuts shall be fabricated from steel as
indicated.
2. Threads on galvanized bolts, rods and nuts shall be formed with suitable taps and
dies such that they retain their normal clearance after hot-dip galvanizing.
3. Except as otherwise indicated, steel for bolt material, anchor rods, anchor bolts, and
cap screws shall be in accordance with the following requirements:
a. Structural Connections: ASTM A 307, Grade A or B, hot-dip galvanized
b. Headed Anchor Rods and Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, hot-dip or
mechanically galvanized with Grade A matching nuts
c. High-Strength Bolts, where indicated: ASTM A 325
d. Pipe and Equipment Flange Bolts: ASTM A 193, Grade B-7
B. Corrosive Service
1. Bolts, anchor rods, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers in the locations listed below shall
be fabricated from stainless steel as indicated.
a. buried locations
b. submerged locations
c. locations subject to seasonal or occasional flooding
d. inside hydraulic structures below the top of the structure
e. inside buried vaults, manholes, and structures that do not drain through a gravity
sewer or to a sump with a pump
f. chemical handling areas
g. inside trenches, containment walls, and curbed areas
h. locations indicated or designated by the ENGINEER to be provided with stainless
steel bolts
C. Unless otherwise indicated, stainless steel bolts, anchor rods, anchor bolts, nuts, and
washers shall be fabricated from Type 316 stainless steel, Class 2, conforming to ASTM
A 193 for bolts and to ASTM A 194 for nuts.
D. Buried pipe flange bolts and nuts on pipe of Class 275 and greater shall be in accordance
with ASTM Al93/A194, Grade B7.
E. Coating
1. Threads on stainless steel bolts and rods shall be protected with an antiseize lubricant
suitable for submerged stainless steel bolts, meeting government specification MIL-
A-907E.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Buried bolts in poorly drained soil shall be coated the same as the buried pipe.
3. Antiseize lubricant shall be classified as acceptable for potable water use by the NSF.
4. Antiseize lubricant shall be "PURE WHITE" by Anti-Seize Technology, Franklin
Park, IL, 60131, AS-470 by Dixon Ticonderoga Company, Lakehurst, NJ, 08733,
or equal.
F. Bolt Requirements
1. The bolt and nut material shall be free-cutting steel.
2. The nuts shall be capable of developing the full strength of the bolts.
3. Threads shall be Coarse Thread Series conforming to the requirements of the
American Standard for Screw Threads.
4. Bolts and cap screws shall have hexagon heads and nuts shall be Heavy Hexagon
Series.
5. Bolts and nuts shall be installed with washers fabricated from material matching the
base material of bolts, except that hardened washers for high-strength bolts shall
conform to the requirements of the AISC Specification.
6. Lock washers fabricated from material matching the bolts shall be installed where
indicated.
7. The length of each bolt shall be such that the bolt extends at least 1/8 inch beyond
the outside face of the nut before tightening, except for anchor bolts which shall be
flush with the face of the nut before tightening.
G. Adhesive Anchors
1. General
a. Unless otherwise indicated, drilled concrete or masonry anchors shall be
adhesive anchors.
b. No substitutions will be considered unless accompanied with a current ICC-ES
or IAPMO-UES report verifying strength and material equivalency.
2. Epoxy Anchors
a. Epoxy adhesive anchors are required for drilled anchors for outdoor installations,
in submerged, wet, splash, overhead, and corrosive conditions, and for
anchoring handrails and reinforcing bars.
b. Epoxy shall be in accordance with the requirements of 03315 / 03 60 00 -
Grouting.
c. Threaded rod shall be galvanized for general purpose applications and fabricated
from Type 316 stainless steel for use in corrosive applications.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
d. Epoxy anchors shall not be permitted in areas where the concrete temperature
is in excess of 100 degrees F or higher than the limiting temperature
recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is lower.
e. Epoxy anchors shall not be used where anchors are subject to vibration or fire.
f. Minimum substrate temperatures shall be maintained during the full curing period
as required by the manufacturer.
3. Unless otherwise noted, threaded rod shall be galvanized steel.
H. Expanding-Type Anchors
1. Expanding-type anchors, if indicated or permitted, shall be galvanized steel unless
otherwise noted, shall be of the expansion type, and shall be Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Bolt 2 anchors, Hilti Kwik-Bolt TZ anchors, Powers Power-Stud+ SDI or
SD2 anchors, or equal.
2. Lead caulking anchors will not be permitted.
3. Minimum size shall be as indicated on the Contract Documents.
4. Non-embedded buried or submerged anchors shall be fabricated from stainless steel.
I. Non-Shrink Grouted Anchors
1. Grouted anchors, if indicated or permitted, shall be grouted with a non-shrink
cementitious grout in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Non-shrink grout material shall be Class B or C in accordance with Section 03315 /
03 60 00 - Grouting
PART 3 --EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Fabrication and Erection: Except as otherwise indicated, the fabrication and erection of
structural steel shall conform to the requirements of the American Institute of Steel
Construction "Manual of Steel Construction."
B. Aluminum Railings
1. Aluminum railing fabrication and installation shall be performed by craftsmen
experienced in the fabrication of architectural metalwork.
2. Exposed surfaces shall be free from defects or other surface blemishes.
3. Dimensions and conditions shall be verified in the field.
4. Joints, junctions, miters, and butting sections shall be precision fitted with no gaps
occurring between sections, and with surfaces flush and aligned.
5. Electrolysis protection of materials shall be provided.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a 1/2-inch drain line to the nearest floor drain for floor
hatches.
3.2 WELDING
A. Method
1. Welding shall be performed by the metal-arc method or gas-shielded arc method as
described in the American Welding Society "Welding Handbook" as supplemented by
other pertinent standards of the AWS.
2. The qualification of the welders shall be in accordance with the AWS Standards.
B. Quality
1. In assembly and during welding, the component parts shall be adequately clamped,
supported, and restrained in order to minimize distortion and for control of dimensions.
2. Weld reinforcement shall be as indicated by the AWS Code.
3. Upon completion of welding, remove weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by
attachments.
4. Welds shall be repaired in order to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform
weld contours and dimensions.
5. Sharp corners of material that is to be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum
of 1/32 inch on the flat.
3.3 GALVANIZING
A. Structural steel plates shapes, bars, and fabricated assemblies required to be galvanized
shall, after the steel has been thoroughly cleaned of rust and scale, be galvanized in
accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 123.
B. Any galvanized part that becomes warped during the galvanizing operation shall be
straightened.
C. Bolts, anchor rods, anchor bolts, nuts, and similar threaded fasteners, after being properly
cleaned, shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 153.
D. Field Repairs
1. Field repairs to damaged galvanizing shall be performed by preparing the surface and
applying a coating.
2. Surface preparation shall consist of removing oil, grease, soil, and soluble material
by cleaning with water and detergent (SSPC SP1)followed by brush-off blast cleaning
(SSPC SP7) over an area extending at least 4 inches into the undamaged area.
3. The coating shall be applied to at least 3 mils dry film thickness, and shall be Zinc-
Clad XI by Sherwin-Williams, Galvax by Alvin Products, Galvite by ZRC
Worldwide, or equal.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.4 DRILLED ANCHORS
A. Drilled anchors and reinforcing bars shall be installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Holes shall be roughened with a brush on a power drill, and then cleaned and dried.
C. Drilled anchors shall not be installed until the concrete has reached the required 28-day
compressive strength.
D. Adhesive anchors shall not be loaded until the adhesive has reached its indicated strength
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
E. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located prior to drilling.
The location of holes shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or cutting any existing
reinforcing bars.
F. All abandoned drilled holes shall be filled with Epoxy Anchor Grout.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 05 50 00 - 13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 07 26 00— UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide vapor retarder, seam tape, accessories and
appurtenant WORK, complete and in place in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1. Vapor Retarder must have the following physical properties, qualities, and performance
characteristics:
a. Manufactured with proprietary polyolefin resins
b. Minimum thickness of 15 mils for plastic membrane.
C. Manufactured in the USA; marketed and sold by a true manufacturer; (No Imported,
Private Labeled,Outsourced,orToll Manufactured products accepted)
d. Products from ISO 9001 Certified Manufacturers.
e. Products and accessories which are stocked,supplied and readily available as needed in
project locale.
f. Manufactured for the following uses in protecting against—moisture, radon gas, methane
gas and sulphates.
g. WaterVapor Permeance(WVP)equal to or less than 0.007(US Perms)and Water
Vapor Transmission (WVT)equal to or less than 0.002(g/hr/m2)-Products with WVP
higher than 0.007 (US Perms) will NOT be accepted.
h. Man ufacturerthatwill provide current independent third(3rd)partytesting results; third
(3rd) party testing to be provided by the manufacturer;and NOT a marketing,pri- vate
label or out-sourcing entity.The ACTUAL manufacturer name and address must be
identified to the requesting party.
i. Manufacturer providing current"Letters of ISO 9001 Certification".
j. Must provide a "Certificate of Origin"upon request.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate membrane samples with other Sections through the
submittal process, as required by the ENGINEER.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 07 26 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. ASTM E 1745-09 Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Con-
tact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs.
2. ASTM E 154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with
Earth Under Concrete Slabs.
3. ASTM E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
4. ASTM E 1643 Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact
with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs.
5. ASTM D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds.
6. ACI 302.2R-06 Vapor Barrier Component(plastic membrane) is not less than 10 mils thick.
C. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. ACI 302.1 R-96 Addendum Vapor Retarder Location: For slabs with vapor-sensitive
floor coverings, locate retarder in direct contact with the slab (not beneath a layer of
granular fill).
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00— Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions.
C. Submit current laboratory test results showing compliance with ASTM &ACI Standards.
D. Submit current third party test results.
E. Provide all documents required in section 1.1A-1 with submittals.
F. Products that do not meet all criteria in section 1.1A-1 will not be accepted.
G. Warranty: Submit a copy of the warranty.
H. Certifications:
1. Certification of Manufacturer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated.
2. Certification of installer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects
with addresses of the project location, date of project completion, and contact
information of the consultant firm of record, general contractor and owner.
3. Certification by the Manufacturer's technical field representative that surfaces have
been prepared and the products have been applied in accordance with the
Manufacturer's recommendations.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 26 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Certification from an independent testing laboratory that the submitted materials meet
the requirements of the references indicated.
5. When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required
to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
I. Application Schedule: Furnish a detailed and complete application schedule indicating
location and detail of installation.
J. Samples: When requested by the ENGINEER, submit samples of the materials proposed.
Samples shall be clearly marked to show the Manufacturer's name, product identification,
finish and color. New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved
by the ENGINEER. Upon approval,the samples shall become the standard for acceptance
for the project with regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples
shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Vapor retarder, seaming tape, and pipe boots shall be
provided by a single Manufacturer, each.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications:
1. Vapor retarder, seaming tape, and pipe boots Manufacturer shall have a minimum of
20 years of sealants and caulking manufacturing experience.
2. Manufacturers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
C. Installer Qualifications:
1. Installer shall have a minimum of 5 years' experience in the successful completion of
at least 5 projects of similar size and scope, employing similar products, materials,
applications, and performance requirements.
2. Installers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
D. Manufacturer's Technical Field Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for a
Manufacturer's technical field representative to be on Site for at least 1 day, beginning at
the start of surface preparation and continuing through application, to train the installers
and to supervise the WORK. The Manufacturer's technical field representative shall
observe as necessary to certify in writing that the completed WORK has been performed
according to the Manufacturer's instructions.
E. Vapor retarder, seaming tape, and pipe boots WORK shall comply with the following
references:
1. Manufacturer's installation instructions for placement, seaming, and pipe boot
installation.
2. ASTM E 1648-98
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 26 00 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. Furnish Manufacturer's 5-year written warranty to cover defects in materials, products,
and manufacturing workmanship.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish separate, but concurrently running, 5-year written
warranty to cover labor.
C. Warranties shall be non-prorated for the entire warranty period.
D. The term of the warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Vapor Retarder's shall be manufactured with proprietary polyolefin resins.Film thickness alone
shall be 15 mils or greater—reinforcing scrims or backing cannot be basis for minimum mil
thickness.
a. Water Vapor Permeance ASTM E 96 0.007 Perms(US)
b. Water Vapor Permeance ASTM E 96 0.002 Perms (Metric)
C. Water Vapor Retarder ASTM E 1745 Meets Class A(Plastics)
d. Tensile Strength ASTM D 882 136 lbs/in
e. Puncture Resistance ASTM D 1709 5210 grams
f. Life Expectancy ASTM E 154 Indefinite
g. Chemical Resistance ASTM E 154 Unaffected
h. Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D 903 8 lbs / in
B. Seam Tape shall have the following qualities:
a. WaterVapor Permeance ASTM E 96 0.01 Perms
b. Tensile Strength(lbs/in) ASTM D 1970 MD-20.09/TD-26.42
c. Peel Adhesion(lbs/in) ASTM C 794 5.55
d. Elongation to Break ASTM D 412 320% (rubberized asphalt)
e. Total Thickness 30 mil
B. VAPOR RETARDER
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 26 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
1. Subject to the general requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product
listed below, or equal:
a. Inteplast Group; Barrier-Bac VBC-350, including seam tape, additional
adhesives, and pipe boot as recommended by Manufacturer.
b. Grace Construction Products; Florprufe 120, including seam tape, liquid
detailing compound, additional adhesives, and pipe boot as recommended by
Manufacturer.
C. SEAM TAPE AND WELDING
Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal:
a. Inteplast Group; Barrier-Bac Seam Tape and Welding, including additional
adhesives to secure seam tape as recommended by Manufacturer.
b. Grace Construction Products; Preprufe Tape, including liquid detailing
compound and additional adhesives to secure seam tape as recommended by
Manufacturer.
D. PIPE BOOTS
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal:
a. Inteplast Group; Barrier-Bac, including seam tape and additional adhesives
as recommended by Manufacturer.
b. Grace Construction Products; Florprufe 120, including seam tape, liquid
detailing compound, and additional adhesives as recommended by
Manufacturer.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 07 26 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.2 APPLICATION SCHEDULE
A. Under-slab vapor retarder shall be installed in contiunious contact with the underside of
slab as required for the completion of the WORK.
3.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions, and referenced standards, for
environmental conditions before, during, and after installation.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.4 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where sealants and caulking will be
installed for compliance with the requirements for installation, taking into account
tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of installed sealants and
caulking.
a. Surfaces to receive vapor retarder shall be dry, free of oil, dirt, dust and other
contaminants and loose materials, and shall be in the proper condition as
indicated by the Manufacturer prior to the application of the vapor retarder
materials.
b. Masonry, concrete, and cementitious forms shall have been completely installed
and the surface shall be dry and free from frost at the time of application.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR's acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Surface preparation shall be in compliance with the applicable references and with the
Manufacturer's written instructions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 07 26 00 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Protrusions, bumps, ridges, and loose substrate surface materials shall be removed by
sanding or grinding.
C. Bituminous or resinous materials shall be removed from surfaces to receive vapor retarder
materials.
D. Immediately before application of vapor retarder materials, scrape surfaces to be covered
free from foreign materials and brush clean.
E. Substrate shall be leveled and tamped or rolled aggregate, sand or tampered earth base
prior to vapor retarder materials installation.
3.6 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
3.7 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with applicable
references in section 1.3A and 1.313, and with Manufacturer's written instructions. Where
a conflict occurs among these requirements, the more stringent shall apply, as directed
by the ENGINEER.
3.8 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Vapor retarder materials shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction
operations.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required until accepted.
C. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
D. When vapor retarder WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and
equipment, and clean the Site of vapor retarder debris.
- END OF SECTION -
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDER
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 07 26 00 -7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 07 92 13—SEALANTS AND CAULKING
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide sealants and caulking and appurtenant WORK,
complete and in place in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate color samples with other Sections through the
submittal process, as required by the ENGINEER.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
ASTM C 920 Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ASTM D 1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
C. Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute (SWRI).
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00— Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions, and the following:
1. Joint width and depth tables.
2. Manufacturer's full range color charts, indicating custom color availability, for color
selection by OWNER.
C. Warranty: Submit a copy of the warranty.
D. Certifications:
1. Certification of Manufacturer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated.
2. Certification of installer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects
with addresses of the project location, date of project completion, and contact
information of the consultant firm of record, general contractor and owner.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Certification by the Manufacturer's technical field representative that surfaces have
been prepared and the products have been applied in accordance with the
Manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Certification from an independent testing laboratory that the submitted materials meet
the requirements of the references indicated.
5. When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required
to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
E. Application Schedule: Furnish a detailed and complete application schedule indicating
location and detail of installation.
F. Samples: When requested by the ENGINEER, submit samples of the materials proposed.
Samples shall be clearly marked to show the Manufacturer's name, product identification,
finish and color. New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved
by the ENGINEER. Upon approval,the samples shall become the standard for acceptance
for the project with regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples
shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Sealants and Caulking shall be provided by a single
Manufacturer, each.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications:
1. Sealants and caulking Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years of sealants
and caulking manufacturing experience.
2. Manufacturers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
C. Installer Qualifications:
1. Installer shall have a minimum of 5 years' experience in the successful completion of
at least 5 projects of similar size and scope, employing similar products, materials,
applications, and performance requirements.
2. Installers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
D. Manufacturer's Technical Field Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall arrange for a
Manufacturer's technical field representative to be on Site for at least 1 day, beginning at
the start of surface preparation and continuing through application, to train the installers
and to supervise the WORK. The Manufacturer's technical field representative shall
observe as necessary to certify in writing that the completed WORK has been performed
according to the Manufacturer's instructions.
E. Sealant and caulking WORK shall comply with the following references:
1. SWRI.
2. ASTM C 920.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. Furnish Manufacturer's 5-year written warranty to cover defects in materials, products,
and manufacturing workmanship.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish separate, but concurrently running, 5-year written
warranty to cover labor.
C. Warranties shall be non-prorated for the entire warranty period.
D. The term of the warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Sealant and caulking, including compressible filler and joint backing, shall be
recommended by the Manufacturer for the installation indicated.
B. Sealant and caulking, including compressible filler and joint backing, shall be suitable for,
and compatible with, the required installation.
C. Sealant and caulking, including compressible filler and joint backing, shall be suitable for,
and compatible with, the substrates and surfaces indicated.
D. Refer to Section 03 32 00 — Joints in Concrete for joint treatment in concrete hydraulic
structures.
E. Refer to Section 07 84 00 — Fire Safing and Fire Stopping Sealants for fire-rated
applications.
F. Colors for sealants and caulking above grade and exposed to view shall be selected by
the OWNER from Manufacturer's full color range, including custom colors.
2.2 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SEALANTS (HORIZONTAL OR SLOPED PLANES)
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal:
a. Sonneborn, a Division of BASF; Sonolastic SL2, including primer as
recommended by Manufacturer.
B. Description: Two part, pour grade polyurethane base, ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P,
Class 25, Use T, NT, M, A, and I.
2.3 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SEALANTS (VERTICAL PLANE)
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal:
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13- 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. Sonneborn, a Division of BASF; Sonolastic NP2, including primer as
recommended by Manufacturer.
B. Description: Multi-component, gun grade, polyurethane ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS
Class 25, Use NT, T, M, A, G, and O.
2.4 COMPRESSIBLE FILLER
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal:
a. Sandell Manufacturing Co., Inc., Polyseal.
B. Description:
1. Compressible filler shall be an impregnated preformed compressible sealant,
produced by combining permanently elastic, high density open cell, polyurethane
foam with stabilizing acrylics. Compressible filler shall be supplied pre-compressed in
a tape form with a PSA on one side.
2. Compressible filler shall be compatible with sealant Manufacturer's product and shall
not stain the sealant nor the materials to which applied.
2.5 JOINT BACKING (BACKER ROD)
A. Description:
1. Joint backing for joints in superstructure shall be approved, resilient, closed cell
polyethylene rods of diameters to suit joint conditions. Joint backing shall comply with
ASTM D 1752, Type II or III.
2. Where joint depth will not allow for a rod and still provide 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) minimum
depth of sealant, provide approved bond breaker tape at the bottom of the joint.
3. Joint backing shall be compatible with sealant Manufacturer's product and shall not
stain the sealant nor the materials to which applied.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.2 APPLICATION SCHEDULE
A. Joints noted as "caulk," "caulking," or"sealant" shall be caulked as specified herein.
B. Joints to be caulked or sealed include through-bolt holes, door frames, louver and
ventilator frames, joints between openings where items pass through exterior walls,
concrete masonry, or combination of these surfaces, and as otherwise indicated or
required for watertightness, weatherproofing, or airtightness.
1. Sealants and caulking shall be provided at both exterior and interior surfaces of
exterior wall penetrations.
C. Sealants and caulking shall be provided at exterior wall joints, between adjacent materials,
joints between frames or louvers and adjacent materials, copings, caps, sills, masonry
control joints, and otherjoints and penetrations indicated or required for the completion of
the WORK.
D. Sealants and caulking shall be provided at interior joints between frames and masonry, at
tops of masonry walls, between masonry and structural concrete, floor joints in tile, joints
in rooms to be airtight, and other joints and penetrations on the Contract Drawings or as
required for the completion of the WORK.
E. Sealants and caulking shall also be installed elsewhere, where indicated on the Contract
Drawings.
3.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions, and referenced standards, for
environmental conditions before, during, and after installation.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.4 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where sealants and caulking will be
installed for compliance with the requirements for installation, taking into account
tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of installed sealants and
caulking.
a. Surfaces to receive sealants and caulking, including compressible filler and joint
backing, shall be dry, free of oil, dirt, dust and other contaminants and loose
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13 -5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
materials, and shall be in the proper condition as indicated by the Manufacturer
prior to the application of the sealant and caulking materials.
b. Masonry, concrete, and cementitious products shall have been completely cured
and the surface shall be dry and free from frost at the time of application.
C. Joint shapes and sizes shall be as indicated. Where not indicated, joint shapes
and sizes shall be as necessary for job conditions, as directed by the
ENGINEER.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR's acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Surface preparation shall be in compliance with the applicable references and with the
Manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Coatings, including curing compounds, form release agents, and other substances shall
be removed as recommended by the sealant and caulking Manufacturer.
C. Protrusions, bumps, ridges, and loose substrate surface materials shall be removed by
sanding or grinding.
D. Laitance, efflorescence, and loose mortar shall be removed from the joint cavity.
E. Ferrous metal surfaces shall be cleaned of rust, mill scale, and other coatings by wire
brush, grinding, or sandblasting.
F. Protective coatings shall be removed from surfaces to receive sealants and caulking.
1. Solvents used to remove protective coating shall be as recommended by the sealant
and caulking Manufacturer, shall be compatible with the adjacent materials and
surfaces, shall not damage adjacent finishes, and shall be non-staining.
G. Bituminous or resinous materials shall be removed from surfaces to receive sealants and
caulking.
H. Immediately before application of sealant and caulking materials, scrape surfaces to be
covered free from foreign materials and brush clean.
I. Substrate shall be swept to remove all loose materials prior to beginning sealant and
caulking installation.
3.6 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.7 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with applicable
references, and with Manufacturer's written instructions. Where a conflict occurs among
these requirements, the more stringent shall apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. Primer, if recommended by the Manufacturer for the application, shall be applied per the
Manufacturer's recommended procedures.
1. Primer shall be used on concrete masonry units, wood, or other porous surfaces in
accordance with instructions furnished with the sealant. Primer shall be applied to the
joint surfaces to be sealed. Surfaces adjacent to joints shall not be primed.
C. Multi-component sealants shall be mixed according to Manufacturer's printed instructions.
Sealant in guns shall be applied with a nozzle of proper size to fit the width of joint. Sealant
shall be installed to the required depth without displacing the backing. Unless otherwise
indicated or recommended by the Manufacturer, the installed sealant shall be tooled so
that the surface is uniformly smooth and free of wrinkles and to assure full adhesion to the
sides of the joint. Sealants shall be installed free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter,
ridges, and sags. Sealer shall be applied over the sealant if recommended by the sealant
Manufacturer.
D. Sealant depth in joints shall be half of the width of joint, but not less than 1/8-inch (3.2
mm) deep and 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) wide nor more than 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) deep and one-
inch wide (25.4 mm). For joints greater than 1-inch (25.4 mm) wide, provide sealant in a
2 to 1 width-to-depth ratio.
E. Joints shall have a rigid filler material installed to proper depth prior to application of
sealant.
F. Masking film shall be placed on the finish surface on one or both sides of a joint cavity to
protect adjacent finish surfaces from primer or sealant smears. Masking shall be removed
as soon as possible after joint has been filled and tooled.
G. Backing shall be installed to provide the indicated sealant depth. The installation tool shall
be shaped to avoid puncturing the backing.
H. Bond-breaker shall be applied to fully cover the bottom of the joint without contaminating
the sides where sealant adhesion is required.
I. A full bead of sealant shall be applied into the joint under sufficient pressure, with the
nozzle drawn across sealant, to completely fill the void space and to ensure complete
wetting of contact area to obtain uniform adhesion. During application, the tip of the nozzle
shall be kept at the bottom of the joint thereby forcing the sealant to fill from the bottom to
the top. Sealants shall be tooled immediately after exposure with a caulking tool or soft
bristled brush moistened with solvent. The finished sealant-filled joint shall be slightly
concave unless otherwise indicated.
3.8 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13 - 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation.
Films and labels left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
2. Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
3. The surfaces of materials adjoining caulked joints shall be cleaned free of smears of
sealant or other soiling due to caulking operations.
B. Sealants and caulking shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction
operations.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required until accepted.
D. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
E. When sealant and caulking WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers,
and equipment, and clean the Site of sealant and caulking debris.
- END OF SECTION-
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 SEALANTS AND CAULKING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 07 92 13-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 08 11 13— STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide steel doors and frames and appurtenant WORK,
complete, in place, and operational in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
ASTM A 153 Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM A 653 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-
Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) / Steel Door Institute (SDI):
ANSI A 115 Specification for Preparation of Steel Doors and Frames for
Hardware
ANSI/SDI A 250.6 Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on
Standard Steel Doors and Frames
ANSI A 250.8/SDI 100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and
Frames
D. Building Code: Refer to the Drawings to determine which Building Code applies. The
applicable Building Code, defined by the Drawings, is referred to herein as "the CODE."
E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows
F. Steel Door Institute (SDI): Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Standards
Steel Doors and Frames
G. Uniform Building Code (UBC):
UBC 7-2 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
H. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL):
UL 10 Standard for Fire Test Door and Assemblies
UL 10C Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 —Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions.
C. Certifications:
1. Certification of compliance with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.A.
2. Certification of Manufacturer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects
with addresses of the project location, date of project completion, Manufacturer's
products, and contact information of the consultant firm of record, general contractor
and owner.
3. Certification of installer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects
with addresses of the project location, date of project completion, and contact
information of the consultant firm of record, general contractor and owner.
4. Submit certification from a recognized testing agency that fire doors have passed
tests to meet fire ratings indicated.
5. Certification from the Manufacturer stating that galvanizing has been completed in
accordance with these specifications.
6. Certification from the Manufacturer stating that the rust-inhibitive primer is compatible
with painting systems in Section 09 96 00— Protective Coatings.
7. When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required
to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
D. Shop Drawings: Complete Shop Drawings showing location and detail of installation.
1. Shop Drawings shall be drawn to sufficient scale and shall include dimensions, show
elevations and details of construction of each door and frame type, schedule of doors
and frames, frame elevations and details, location and installation requirements for
hardware, thickness of materials, joints, provisions for expansion and contraction,
connections, accessories, and trim. Shop Drawings shall show installation conditions
at openings with various wall thickness and materials.
2. Include details of core and edge construction, through-door louvers, vision panels,
and trim for openings.
E. Samples: The CONTRACTOR shall submit 2 samples of each of the following. Unless
otherwise indicated, samples shall be full size and shall show gauges, configuration,
construction, finish and color proposed for the various components. Samples shall be
clearly marked to show the Manufacturer's name, product identification, finish and color.
New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved by the ENGINEER.
Upon approval, the samples shall become the standard for acceptance for the project with
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. 6-inches (152 mm) by 6-inches (152 mm) frame corner construction, including
galvanizing, welding, grinding, touch-up, and priming.
2. 6-inches (152 mm) by 6-inches (152 mm) door panel construction, including
galvanizing, welding, grinding, touch-up, and priming.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Steel doors and frames shall be provided by a single
Manufacturer.
B. Steel doors and frames shall conform to ANSI A 250.8/SDI 100, except where more
stringent requirements are indicated herein.
C. Fire Rated Openings:
1. Steel doors and frames required to be fire-rated shall bear UL labels indicating the
applicable fire ratings. Designs and construction of such products shall have specific
UL approval according to current procedures for the fire rating. Assemblies shall be
constructed to comply with NFPA 80, with the CODE, and with other requirements
indicated.
2. Steel doors and frame assemblies and components shall be compliant with positive
pressure and S-label requirements. Steel doors and frames shall be coordinated with
door hardware supplier to ensure that total opening installation is compatible with UL
10C and UBC 7-2.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Structural Requirements:
1. Steel doors and frames, including related assemblies, components, and attachment
details shall comply with the CODE and shall be designed and installed for resistance
to the structural design criteria indicated in the Contract Documents in accordance
with the CODE. Where a conflict occurs between the requirements of this Section and
the CODE, the more stringent shall apply.
a. Refer to Section 01 33 17 — Structural Design, Support and Anchorage for
additional design criteria.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional non-standard bracing, reinforcements,
anchors, and heavier gauge materials if required to conform to the structural design
criteria indicated and to other performance requirements indicated.
B. Refer to Section 08 71 00 — Door Hardware, for door hardware to be provided for Steel
Doors and Frames.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13- 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.2 STEEL DOORS
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below:
a. Curries Co., (ASSA ABLOY Group); 747 Series modified by the Manufacturer
with custom upgraded features as required to comply with the Specifications.
b. Steelcraft
c. Pioneer
d. Ceco
B. Description:
1. Provide flush design steel doors, 1 %-inch (45 mm) thick, seamless hollow
construction, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Exterior Doors: 14-gauge galvanized sheet steel, SDI Level 4 Classification
3. Interior Doors: 16-gauge galvanized sheet steel, SDI Level 3-Model; 2 Classification
4. Galvanized steel sheets shall be zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial
quality, complying with ASTM A 653, G90 zinc coating, mill phosphatized.
5. For single-acting swing doors, vertical edge at lock edge shall be beveled 1/8-inch
(3.2 mm) in 2-inches (51 mm).
6. Doors shall be fabricated of 2 outer, galvanized, stretcher-leveled steel sheets not
less than 16-gauge. Doors shall be constructed with smooth, flush surfaces without
visible joints or seams on exposed faces or stile edges. Weep hole openings shall be
provided in the bottom of doors to permit escape of entrapped moisture.
7. Inside of doors shall be reinforced with vertical galvanized sheet steel Sections not
less than 22-gauge. Vertical reinforcing shall be spaced 6-inches (152 mm) on center
and extend full door height. Spot-weld at not more than 5-inches (127 mm) on center
to both face sheets.
8. Insulate spaces between door ribs with one pound, nominal density fiberglass
insulation. R-value of door shall be at least 2.78 hr/Btu/sq. ft./deg F.
9. Tops and bottoms of doors shall be reinforced with 16-gauge horizontal steel
channels welded continuously to outer sheets. Top and bottom edges shall be closed
to provide seal, as integral part of door construction while providing recesses for
required hardware and appurtenances.
C. Through-Door Louvers: Provide through-door louvers of sizes indicated or required.
Louvers shall be 18-gauge, cold-rolled galvanized steel sheet matching the doors.
Fabricate units with stationary, sight-proof blades and channel shaped frames, not less
than 1-inch (25.4 mm) deep. Space louver blades not more than 3/4-inches (19 mm) on
center. Assemble units by welding.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
D. Transom Panels: Same materials and construction as indicated for exterior doors unless
otherwise indicated.
E. Door Hardware Reinforcement:
1. Components shall be reinforced for hardware installation in accordance with
ANSI/SDI A 250.6.
a. Lock and closer reinforcements shall be "box" or"channel" type.
b. Punch single leaf frames to receive 3 silencers. Double leaf frames shall receive
one silencer per leaf at head.
c. Factory prepared hardware locations shall be in accordance with
"Recommended Locations for Builders' Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and
Frames," as adopted by SDI.
d. Supply welded in mortar guards at hardware cutouts in frames built into
masonry or grouted in full.
2.3 STEEL FRAMES
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal:
a. Curries Co., (ASSA ABLOY Group); Masonry/Flush Frame M Type (Equal
Rabbet).
B. Description:
1. Provide hollow metal frames for doors, windows, lites, cased openings, and for other
openings where indicated. Frames shall be 14-gauge galvanized sheet steel, 5 '/<-
inches (146 mm) wide by 2-inches (51 mm) deep, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Stops shall be formed integral with the frame unless otherwise indicated.
b. Provide removable stops where indicated or required on secured room side of
opening, formed of not less than 18-gauge steel sheets. Secure with oval head
machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 12-inches (305 mm) on center.
Form corners with butted hairline joints.
1) Coordinate width of rabbet between fixed and removable stops with type of
glass, panel, and type of installation indicated.
c. Galvanized steel sheets shall be zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial
quality, complying with ASTM A 653, G90 zinc coating, mill phosphatized.
2. Frames shall be fabricated of welded unit construction, with corners mitered,
reinforced, and face welded. No field-spliced frames will be allowed.
3. Frames set in masonry walls are shall be face-welded and ground smooth and re-
primed at the welded area.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13- 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Provide temporary shipping bars to help protect from damage during transit and
handling.
5. Temporary shipping bars shall be removed before setting frames.
6. Welds on frames shall be flush with neatly mitered or butted material cuts.
7. Frames shall be pretreated prior to priming at factory by washing, phosphatizing and
by chromic seal. Primer shall be baked on.
C. Mullions and Transom Bars: Provide closed or tubular mullions and transom bars where
indicated. Except where removable mullions or transom bars are indicated or required,
fasten mullions and transom bars at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. Reinforce
joints between frame members with concealed clip angles or sleeves of same metal and
thickness as frame.
1. Where installed in masonry, leave vertical mullions in frames open at top for grouting.
D. Jamb Anchors:
1. Masonry construction: Adjustable, flat, corrugated or perforated 'T' shaped with leg
not less than 2-inches wide (51 mm) by 10-inches (254 mm) long or masonry "wire"
type not less than 3/16-inch (4.8 mm) diameter.
a. Provide at least 3 anchors equally spaced per jamb up to 7-feet 6-inches (2.3
m) in height. Provide 4 anchors equally spaced per jamb up to 8-feet (2.4 m) in
height, and one additional anchor equally spaced per jamb for each 24-inches
(.61 m) or fraction thereof over 8-feet (2.4 m) in height.
2. In-place masonry or concrete construction: Anchor frame jambs with minimum 3/8-
inch (9.5 mm) countersunk flat head stove bolt and expansion shields 6-inches (152
mm) from top and bottom and 26-inches (660 mm) on center, unless otherwise
indicated.
a. Reinforce frames at anchor locations.
1) Weld pipe spacers, or similar type spacers, per Manufacturer's standard
design in back of frame soffit to protect frame profile during tightening of
bolts and anchors.
b. Apply removable stop to cover anchor bolts where indicated.
3. Provide UL approved fixed anchors at fire rated openings.
E. Floor Anchors: Angle clip type.
1. 16-gauge minimum.
2. 2 fasteners per jamb.
3. Welded to the bottom of each jamb.
F. Preparation for Hardware:
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Reinforcement: Components shall be reinforced for hardware installation in accord
with ANSI/SDI A250.6.
2. Lock and closer reinforcements shall be "box" or"channel" type.
3. Punch single leaf frames to receive 3 silencers. Double leaf frames shall receive one
silencer per leaf at head.
4. Factory prepared hardware locations shall be in accordance with "Recommended
Locations for Builders' Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames," as adopted
by the SDI.
5. Supply welded in mortar guards at hardware cutouts in frames built into masonry or
grouted in full.
G. Head Reinforcing: For frames over 4-feet zero-inches (1.2 m) wide in masonry wall
openings, provide continuous steel channel or angle stiffener, not less than 12-gauge for
full width of opening, welded to back of frame at head.
H. Spreader Bars: Provide removable spreader bar across bottom of frames, tack welded to
jambs and mullions.
I. Plaster Guards: Provide 26-gauge galvanized steel plaster guards or dust cover boxes,
welded to frame, at back of finish hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might
obstruct hardware installation.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall field verify size, location, and placement of doors and frames,
shall advise the ENGINEER in writing of any necessary adjustments, and shall make the
necessary adjustments prior to fabrication. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate field
measurements and Shop Drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to minimize field
adjustments.
B. Doors and frames shall be fabricated to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from
defects, including warping, cupping, buckling, or other defects. Metal shall be accurately
formed to required sizes and profiles.
C. Doors and frames shall be fit and assembled in the Manufacturer's plant. Weld exposed
joints continuously; grind, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. Metallic filler to
conceal manufacturing defects is not acceptable.
D. Doors and frames shall be prepared to receive mortised and concealed door hardware,
including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling, and tapping in accordance with final Door Hardware
Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier, and as indicated in the Contract
Documents.
1. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A 115 for preparation for hardware on
doors and frames.
2. Include thru-bolting holes as required per hardware template.
3. Do not include unnecessary cutouts in door faces not required by hardware template.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13- 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Doors and frames shall be reinforced to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling
and tapping for surface-applied door hardware may be done at Site.
E. Shop Surface Preparation and Priming:
1. Steel surfaces shall be cleaned of dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, oil, grease, and other
foreign materials.
a. Zinc-rich primer shall be applied to damaged galvanized surfaces.
2. Pretreatment shall be applied to cleaned metal surfaces, using cold phosphate
solution or hot phosphate solution.
3. One full shop coat of rust-inhibitive primer shall be applied within time limits
recommended by pretreatment Manufacturer. A smooth coat of even consistency
shall be applied to provide a uniform dry film thickness of not less than 2.0-mils (.05
mm).
F. Zinc-Rich Touch-up Primer: Use 95 percent metallic zinc dust primer in a vehicle
compatible with the epoxy painting systems in Section 09 96 00— Protective Coatings.
G. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 16-gauge sheet metal. Galvanize after
fabrication units complying with ASTM A 153, Class B.
H. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanize, complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or
D, as applicable.
I. Rust-Inhibitive Primer:
1. Air-drying or baking type compatible with epoxy finish paint in Section 09 96 00 —
Protective Coatings.
2. Provide non-standard primer if required to obtain compatibility.
J. Steel doors and frames shall be field painted per Section 09 96 00— Protective Coatings.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
1. Steel doors and frames shall be shipped and stored with temporary stiffeners and
spacers in place to prevent distortion.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID SIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions before,
during, and after installation.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.3 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
2. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration,
or other surface imperfections on the finished units shall be rejected.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where doors and frames will be installed
for compliance with the requirements for installation, taking into account tolerances,
and other conditions affecting performance of installed doors and frames.
a. Provide inserts, backing, blocking, anchoring devices, and reinforcements that
must be built into other WORK for the installation of steel doors and frames.
Coordinate delivery with other WORK to avoid delay.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR's acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
3.4 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with applicable
references, with the requirements of the CODE, and with Manufacturer's written
instructions. Where a conflict occurs among these requirements, the more stringent shall
apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide corrosion resistant fasteners, anchors, and shims
required for a complete installation, and shall be secure, plumb, level, straight, and true to
line, allowing for required movement, including expansion and contraction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13- 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide separation of dissimilar materials to ensure no galvanic
action occurs.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall block and reinforce walls as required to support the Steel Doors
and Frames and appurtenances.
E. Setting Masonry Anchorage Devices: Provide masonry anchorage devices where required
for securing frames to in-place concrete or to existing masonry construction. Set
anchorage devices opposite each anchor location, in accordance with details on Shop
Drawings and anchorage device Manufacturer's instructions. Drilled holes shall be left
rough, not reamed and free from dust and debris.
F. Placing Frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely
until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary
braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
G. In new masonry construction, coordinate frame setting with and prior to the building of
masonry walls. Provide the required anchors for building in place.
H. At in-place concrete or masonry construction, set frames and secure in place with machine
screws and masonry anchorage devices.
I. Remove spreader bars only after frames or bucks have been properly set and secured.
3.6 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
1. Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation.
Films and labels left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
2. Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
B. Upon completion of the installation, doors and frames and appurtenances shall be cleaned
of dirt and other foreign matter to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
1. Cleaning shall be performed again immediately prior to acceptance of the WORK,
when directed by the ENGINEER.
2. Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer's written
instructions.
C. Adjusting and cleaning shall consist of ensuring smooth operation, lubricating and testing
the doors and frames.
1. Doors and frames shall operate smoothly, quietly, and without squeaking and binding.
D. Immediately after installation, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat
and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer.
E. Doors and frames shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction
operations.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required and retest until accepted.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall remove scratches and blemishes to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
H. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
1. Remove and replace defective WORK, including doors or frames that are warped,
bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
I. When door and frame WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and
equipment, and clean the Site of door and frame debris.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 11 13- 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 08 33 00— OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide overhead coiling doors and appurtenant WORK,
complete, in place, and operational in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish professional design and engineering services as
required for overhead coiling doors.
1. Professional design and engineering services may be provided by the Manufacturer
or by an independent licensed civil engineer retained by the CONTRACTOR, either
of which shall comply with the requirements indicated.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate color samples with other Sections through the
submittal process.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
ASTM A 123 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
ASTM A 153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM A 653 Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated
(Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
ASTM D 3363 Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test.
C. Building Code: Refer to the Drawings to determine which Building Code applies. The
applicable Building Code, defined by the Drawings, is referenced herein as "the CODE."
D. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA):
1. NEMA Standard KS 1 — Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment
Switches (600 Volts Maximum).
a. NEMA 4X — Enclosures intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide
a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing
water, and hose-directed water.
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00— Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions, and the following:
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
I. Complete operation instructions.
2. Manufacturer's full-range color charts, indicating custom color availability for color
selection by the OWNER.
C. Warranty: Submit a copy of the warranty.
D. Certifications:
1. Certification by the overhead coiling door Manufacturer that the overhead coiling
doors provided are suitable for, and compatible with, the required installation.
2. When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required
to show compliance with the Contract Documents.
E, Shop Drawings and Calculations: Complete Shop Drawings showing location and detail
of installation, and design calculations.
1. Shop Drawings and Calculations shall be prepared, approved, and stamped by a
professional structural engineer licensed per local engineering laws.
2. Shop Drawings shall be drawn to sufficient scale and shall include dimensions, show
elevations and details of construction of each overhead coiling door type, schedule
of overhead coiling doors, location and installation requirements for hardware,
thickness of materials, joints, provisions for expansion and contraction, connections,
accessories, and trim. Shop Drawings shall show installation conditions at openings
with various wall thickness and materials.
a. Shop Drawings shall include material descriptions, door guides, finish, color,
details of construction, installation, accessories, and operation of each
overhead coiling door type.
F. Samples: The CONTRACTOR shall submit 2 samples of each of the following. Unless
otherwise indicated, samples shall be full size and shall show gauges, configuration,
construction, finish and color proposed for the various components. Samples shall be
clearly marked to show the Manufacturer's name, product identification, finish and color.
New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved by the ENGINEER.
Upon approval, the samples shall become the standard for acceptance for the project with
regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. 3-inches (76 mm) by 4-inches (102 mm) color samples showing substrate, finish, and
color.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Overhead coiling doors shall be provided by a single
Manufacturer.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications:
1. Overhead coiling doors Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 similar successful
projects over the most recent 10 years, employing similar products, materials,
applications, and performance requirements.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Installer Qualifications:
1. Installer shall be trained, certified, and authorized by the Manufacturer to install the
Manufacturer's product.
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. For overhead coiling door and appurtenances furnish Manufacturer's 2-year written
warranty to cover defects in materials, products, and manufacturing workmanship.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish separate, but concurrently running, 2-year written
warranty to cover labor.
C. Warranties shall be non-prorated for the entire warranty period.
D. The term of the warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Structural Requirements:
1. Overhead coiling doors, including related assemblies, components, and attachment
details shall comply with the CODE and shall be designed and installed for resistance
to the structural design criteria indicated in the Contract Documents in accordance
with the CODE. Where a conflict occurs between the requirements of this Section and
the CODE, the more stringent shall apply.
a. Refer to Section 01 33 17 — Structural Design, Support and Anchorage for
additional design criteria.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional non-standard bracing, reinforcements,
anchors, and heavier gauge materials in order to conform to the structural design
criteria indicated and to other performance requirements indicated.
2.2 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
A. Manufacturers and Products:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below.
a. Cornell Iron Works, Inc.; Thermiser ESD20-6F—With Additional Options and
Custom Features as specified herein.
b. The Cookson Company; Temp-Pro Rolling Service Door.
c. Wayne Dalton; Thermotite Model 800C
B. Description:
1. Overhead coiling doors shall be insulated slat, interior mounted, motor operated with
chain-hoist override, with factory applied finish and color as indicated.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. Steel Doors: Interlocking slats of galvanized steel skins conforming to Grade 40
galvanized steel zinc coating, in accordance with ASTM A 653. Each slat shall
be formed of exterior 20-gauge, interior 24-gauge, galvanized steel sheets.
2. Fabricate interlocking sections with end-locks on slats to maintain slat alignment,
prevent wear, and to comply with requirements.
C. Insulation:
1. 7/8-inch (22 mm) foamed in placed, closed cell polyurethane insulation enclosed in
each slat.
2. Total slat R-value: 8.0 hr/Btu/sq ft/deg F minimum.
D. Bottom Bar:
1. Reinforced extruded aluminum interior face with full depth insulation and exterior skin
slat to match curtain material and gauge.
2. Finish and color of interior and exterior surfaces shall match slats.
3. Provide with Manufacturer's standard cylinder lock option.
E. Guides:
1. Minimum of 3/16-inch (4.8 mm) galvanized structural steel and with sufficient depth
to retain the curtains in the guides against the design loads. Provide aluminum guides
for aluminum doors.
2. When wind-locks are necessary in order to comply with the requirements, provide
wind-lock bars of same material as the guides.
3. Provide removable guide stoppers to prevent over-travel of curtain and bottom bar.
4. For steel door guides only—Top 16 1/2-inches (42 cm) of coil side guide angles shall
be removable for ease of door installation and as needed for future door service.
5. Provide wind-locks of same material to comply with requirements.
6. Provide a padlockable chain keeper on guide.
F, Counterbalance, Brackets, and Hood:
1. Fabricated in accordance with the Manufacturer's standard practice.
2. The coil shall be housed in a 24-gauge galvanized steel sheet metal hood with
reinforced top and bottom edges.
3. Provide minimum 1/4-inch (6 mm) steel intermediate-support brackets as required to
prevent excessive sag.
4. Finish shall match the slats.
G. Weatherstripping:
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Bottom bar: At motor operated doors, provide weatherseal with sensing feature,
neoprene extending full width of door.
2. Guides: Provide replaceable vinyl strip sealing against fascia side of door.
3. Lintel: provide nylon brush seal fitted at door header to impede airflow.
4. Hood: provide neoprene / rayon baffle to impede airflow above coil.
H, Locking: Pad-lockable slide bolt on fascia side of bottom bar at each jamb extending into
slots in guides.
2.3 FINISH AND COLOR
A. Steel Components:
1. Galvanizing:
a. Sheet steel shall be provided with a zinc coating at not less than 0.90-oz/sq-ft
of steel and in a manner as to provide a ductile coating, tightly adhered to base
metal and conforming to bond tests converted in accordance with ASTM A 653.
b. Structural shapes and similar heavy steel shall be hot-dipped galvanized per
ASTM A 123 and ASTM A 153, as applicable. Provide phosphate coating for
paint adhesion at the factory.
B. Steel Door Finish:
1. Provide Manufacturer's fusion bonded thermosetting powder cost finish applied to a
minimum 2.5 mils (.0025 inches) cured film thickness.
2. Pencil hardness to be rated H or better per ASTM D 3363.
C. Aluminum Door Finish: Anodized Aluminum
D, Color:
1. Color shall be selected and approved by the OWNER from Manufacturer's full color
range including custom colors, and may be required to exactly match other building
components, as determined by the OWNER.
a. Tentative color selection: To be Selected.
1) The OWNER reserves the option of changing this tentative color selection
during the submittal process.
2.4 OPERATION
A. General:
1. Provide UL listed electric door operator assembly of the size and capacity
recommended in writing by the door Manufacturer; complete with electric motor and
factory-prewired motor controls, worm-gear reduction unit, solenoid operated brake,
clutch, and control station.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Provide auxiliary reduced drive chain hoist with electrically interlocked floor level
disconnect for manual operation. Hoist wheel shall be easily moveable to right or left
hand side of the unit.
B. Electric Door Operators (Basis of Design: Chamberlain Liftmaster, Model GH with options
and custom features as specified herein.)
1. Provide 460-volt, 3-phase motors NEMA 4X rated. Motors shall be high starting
torque, continuous duty, industrial type, protected against overload by a current
sensing or thermal overload device. Speed reduction shall be worm-gear-in-oil-bath
gear reducer with synthetic"All Climate"oil. Door drive shall utilize minimum#50 roller
chain and sprockets.
2. Operator shall be equipped with an electrically interlocked floor level disconnect and
chain hoist for manual operation and an electric solenoid-actuated brake to stop the
motor and hold the door in position.
3. Operator shall be capable of driving the door at a speed of 8 to 9 inches (203 to 229
mm) per second (20 to 23 cm/sec). Fully adjustable, driven linear type limit switch
mechanism shall synchronize the operator with the door. Low friction nylon limit nuts
fitted on threaded steel shaft, rotating on iolite self-lubricating bronze bushings.
4. The motor shall be removable without affecting the limit switch settings.
5. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors with the building
electrical system; see Division 16 Sections of these specifications.
C. Remote Control Station:
1. Provide momentary-contact, 3-button control stations with push button controls
labeled "open," "close," and "stop." Install at location as shown, scheduled, or as
directed by the ENGINEER.
2. Provide interior units full-guarded type, surface-mounted, heavy-duty, weatherproof,
NEMA 4X enclosures.
D. Weather/Sensing Edge:
1. Provide automatic reversing control by an automatic sensing switch within neoprene
or rubber astragal extending full width of door bottom bar. Contact before door fully
closes shall cause door to immediately stop downward travel and reverse direction to
the fully opened position. Provide retracting safety cord and reel connection to control
circuit.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall field verify size, location, and placement of overhead coiling
doors, shall advise the ENGINEER in writing of any necessary adjustments, and shall
make the necessary adjustments prior to fabrication. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate
field measurements and Shop Drawings with fabrication and shop assembly to minimize
field adjustments.
1. Overhead coiling doors shall be assembled before shipment to the Site.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions before,
during, and after installation.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.3 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
2. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration,
or other surface imperfections on the finished units shall be rejected.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where doors and appurtenances will be
installed for compliance with the requirements for installation, taking into account
tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of installed doors and
appurtenances.
a. Provide inserts, backing, blocking, anchoring devices, and reinforcements that
must be built into other WORK for the installation of overhead coiling doors.
Coordinate delivery with other WORK to avoid delay.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR'S acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00 - 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.4 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with applicable
references, with the requirements of the CODE, and with Manufacturer's written
instructions. Where a conflict occurs among these requirements, the more stringent shall
apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide corrosion resistant fasteners, anchors, and shims
required for a complete installation, and shall be secure, plumb, level, straight, and true to
line, allowing for required movement, including expansion and contraction.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide separation of dissimilar materials to ensure no galvanic
action occurs.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall block and reinforce walls as required to support the overhead
coiling doors and appurtenances.
E. Horizontal lines shall be level, and vertical lines shall be plumb.
F. Anchors for guides, brackets, and other fasteners shall be provided as required.
3.6 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
1. Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation.
Films and labels left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
2. Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
B. Upon completion of the installation, overhead coiling doors and appurtenances shall be
cleaned of dirt and other foreign matter to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
1. Cleaning shall be performed again immediately prior to acceptance of the WORK,
when directed by the ENGINEER.
2. Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer's written
instructions.
C. Adjusting and cleaning shall consist of ensuring smooth operation, lubricating and testing
the overhead coiling doors and appurtenances.
1. Overhead coiling doors shall operate smoothly, quietly, and without squeaking and
binding.
D. Overhead coiling doors shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction
operations.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00 - 8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
E. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required and retest until accepted.
F_ The CONTRACTOR shall remove scratches and blemishes to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
G. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
H. When overhead coiling doors WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers,
and equipment, and clean the Site of overhead coiling doors debris.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 33 00 - 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 08 71 00 — DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide door hardware and appurtenant WORK, complete, in
place, and operational in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA):
ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Accessibility Guidelines
C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
ANSI A 117.1 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities
ANSI A 156.1 Butts and Hinges
ANSI A 156.3 Exit Devices
ANSI A 156.4 Door Controls — Door Closers
ANSI A 156.5 Auxiliary Locks and Associated Products
ANSI A 156.6 Architectural Door Trim
ANSI A 156.7 Template Hinge Dimensions
ANSI A 156.8 Door Controls — Overhead Stops
ANSI A 156.13 Mortise Locks and Latches
ANSI A 156.15 Closer Holder Release Devices
ANSI A 156.16 Auxiliary Hardware
ANSI A 156.18 Material and Finishes
D. Builders' Hardware Manufacturers'Association (BHMA).
E. Building Code: Refer to the Drawings to determine which Building Code applies. The
applicable Building Code, defined by the Drawings, is referenced herein as "the CODE."
F. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI): Recommended Procedure for Processing Hardware
Schedules and Templates" and "Architectural Hardware Scheduling and Format."
G. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows
NFPA 101 Life Safety Code
H. Uniform Building Code (UBC):
UBC 7-2 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
I. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL):
UL 10 Standard for Fire Test Door and Assemblies
UL 10C Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00— Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions.
C. Warranty: Submit a copy of the warranty.
D. Certifications:
Certification by the door hardware Manufacturer that the door hardware provided is suitable for,
and compatible with, the required installation.
Certification of Manufacturer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the qualifications
requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects with addresses of the project
location, date of project completion, Manufacturer's products, and contact information of the
consultant firm of record, general contractor and owner.
Certification of supplier's qualifications demonstrating compliance with the qualifications
requirements indicated.
Certification of installer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the qualifications
requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects with addresses of the project
location, date of project completion, and contact information of the consultant firm of record,
general contractor and owner.
Submit certification from a recognized testing agency that fire doors have passed tests to meet
fire ratings indicated.
Certification that materials, construction requirements, and fire ratings will be met in the final
installation.
Certification for hardware in fire rated openings indicating compliance with UL 10C and UBC 7-2.
When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required to show
compliance with the Contract Documents.
E. Shop Drawings: Complete Shop Drawings showing location and detail of installation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Furnish a complete, detailed hardware schedule. The hardware schedule shall indicate groups,
type, style, function, Manufacturer's name, catalog number, location, and finish of each item to be
provided, in accordance with the DHI "Architectural Hardware Scheduling Sequence and Format."
The hardware schedule shall include the following additional information:
a. List each door opening, organized into "hardware sets" indicating complete
designations of every item required for each door opening to function as
intended.
b. Location of each hardware set cross-referenced to floor plans and schedules on
the Drawings.
C. Door sizes shall be noted on the hardware schedule, and hardware shall be in
strict accordance with height, width, and thickness requirements.
d. Special mounting instructions or requirements that vary from standard.
e. Handing and degree of swing of each door.
f. Keying information.
g. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
h. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
i. The hardware schedule shall also include a complete template list showing
template references and data for each item requiring preparation of doors and
frames.
j. Submit separate detailed keying schedule for approval indicating clearly how the
OWNER'S final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled.
F. Samples: When requested by the ENGINEER, submit samples of the materials proposed.
Samples shall be clearly marked to show the Manufacturer's name, product identification,
finish and color. New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved
by the ENGINEER. Upon approval, the samples shall become the standard for acceptance
for the project with regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples
shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Door hardware shall be provided by a single Manufacturer,
each.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications:
Door hardware Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years of door hardware manufacturing
experience.
Door hardware Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 similar successful projects over the most
recent 10 years, employing similar products, materials, applications, and performance
requirements.
Manufacturers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Supplier Qualifications:
Supplier shall be a recognized architectural door hardware supplier who has maintained an office
and has been furnishing hardware in the project's vicinity for a period of at least 2 years.
Supplier shall employ at least one Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) who shall be
responsible for the preparation and execution of the WORK of this Section and who shall be
available to the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and the CONTRACTOR during business hours for
consultation about the project's hardware and requirements.
Supplier shall be a certified direct distributor and be a full sales and service organization for the
Manufacturers proposed.
Suppliers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
D. Installer Qualifications:
Installer shall have a minimum of 5 years' experience in the successful completion of at least 5
projects of similar size and scope, employing similar products, materials, applications, and
performance requirements.
Installer shall be trained, certified, and authorized by the Manufacturer to install the
Manufacturer's product.
Installers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. Furnish Manufacturer's written warranty to cover defects in materials, products, and
manufacturing workmanship. The term of the warranty shall be as indicated below:
Mortise Locksets: 5 years.
Exit Devices: 5 years.
Door Closers: 10 years.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish separate, but concurrently running, 5-year written
warranty to cover labor.
C. Warranties shall be non-prorated for the entire warranty period.
D. The term of the warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Door hardware shall be recommended by the Manufacturer for the installation indicated.
B. Door hardware shall be suitable for, and compatible with, the required installation.
C. Door hardware shall be best grade, entirely free from imperfections in manufacture and
finish. Qualities,weights, and sizes specified herein are the minimum that will be accepted.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
D. Hand of door shall be as indicated. If door handing changes prior to fabrication, the
CONTRACTOR shall make necessary adjustments at the direction of the ENGINEER.
E. The WORK hereunder shall include fabrication and mounting templates as needed for
fabricators and for control of application of hardware items.
In addition thereto, the CONTRACTOR shall provide trim, attachments, and fastenings indicated
or required for proper and complete installation.
F. Door hardware shall be coordinated with other WORK requiring door hardware or
attaching to it. Copies of schedules, templates, etc., shall be furnished in ample time to
avoid fabrication and construction delays. Each item of hardware shall be identified
according to the approved list and schedule. Hardware shall be made to template.
G. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the hardware supplier with Shop Drawings from other
trades with which hardware must be coordinated. After checking these Shop Drawings,
the CONTRACTOR shall promptly supply necessary template information to all concerned
as may be required to facilitate the progress of the job.
Furnish all templates and schedules required by the Manufacturers of the doors and frames to
enable the Manufacturers to make proper provision in their WORK to receive the door hardware.
All locks, lock strikes, and flush bolts shall be made to ANSI standard dimensions.
Procedures for template information shall be in accordance with the handbook, "Recommended
Procedure for Processing Hardware Schedules and Templates."
2.2 FIRE RATED OPENINGS,
A. Hardware furnished in connection with doors bearing UL Labels or where necessary to
meet special requirements shall be in strict accordance with the CODE and shall be
subject to approval of the authority having jurisdiction.
B. Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that comply with NFPA 80 and requirements
of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed by
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) for use on types and sizes of doors indicated.
UL labeled doors shall have UL approved hardware, except that hinges that are not UL approved
shall have a melting point greater than 2,000 degrees F (1093 degrees C).
Certifications of compliance shall be made available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction upon
request.
C. Door assemblies and components shall be compliant with positive pressure and S-label
requirements. Door hardware shall be coordinated with door Manufacturers to ensure that
total opening installation is compatible with UL 10C and UBC 7-2.
2.3 HINGES
A. Manufacturer or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the
Manufacturer listed below, or equal.
1. McKinney.
2. Pemko.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00- 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Description:
Hinges shall conform to ANSI A 156.1/BHMA A 2111 and shall be 5-knuckle design, heavyweight
(0.180-inch minimum (4.6 mm)), ball bearing type, with flush tips.
Two hinges shall be provided for each door leaf up to and including 5-feet (1.5 m) in height and
an additional hinge shall be added for each 2'/z-feet (76 m) or fractions thereof of additional door
height.
Hinges shall be 4'/2 inches (114.3 mm) by 4'/z-inches (114.3 mm), except at doors exceeding 36-
inches (914 mm) in width.
a. Doors exceeding 36-inches (914 mm) in width shall have 5-inches (127 mm) by
4'h-inches (114.3 mm) hinges.
Hinges on exterior doors shall be provided with non-removable pins (NRP).
Provide hinges with countersunk, Phillips flat-head screws unless otherwise indicated.
2.4 CYLINDERS AND KEYING
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide
Manufacturer and product listed below, or equal:
1. Sargent, Signature High Security Cylinders.
B. Description:
Locks and cylinders shall be master keyed to the OWNER'S requirements as directed by the
ENGINEER.
The CONTRACTOR shall have the hardware supplier submit a keying schedule for approval prior
to placing an order for the locks and keying of cylinders. The keying schedule shall be coordinated
between the OWNER, the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR, and the hardware supplier.
C. Keying:
Locks and cylinders shall be construction master-keyed. Locks and cylinders to be master-keyed
or grandmaster-keyed as directed by the OWNER. The factory shall key locks and cylinders.
Furnish the following key amounts:
a. 2 change keys per lock.
b. 3 grand master keys.
C. 6 master keys per master level.
d. 6 construction/temporary keys.
Master keys and all high-security or restricted keyway blanks shall be sealed in tamper-proof
packaged boxes when shipped from the factory. The boxes shall be shrink-wrapped and imprinted
to ensure the integrity of the packaging.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.5 KEY CABINET
A. Manufacturer or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the
Manufacturer listed below, or equal.
1. Teklee.
B. Description: Provide a key control system including envelopes, labels, and tags with self-
locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent
markers, and standard metal cabinet. Key control cabinet shall have expansion capacity
of 150 percent of the number of locks required for the project.
2.6 SURFACE MOUNTED OVERHEAD CLOSERS
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide
Manufacturer and product listed below, or equal:
2. Sargent 351 Series.
B. Description:
Closers shall be ANSI A 156.4, Grade 1 Certified.
Closers shall have non-ferrous covers, one-piece, aluminum alloy bodies forged steel arms, and
separate valves for adjusting and backcheck, closing and latching cycles, and adjustable spring
to provide up to 50 percent increase in spring power.
Closers shall be furnished with parallel arm mounting on doors and shall be mounted to permit
180-degree door swing wherever wall conditions permit. Furnish without hold open arms unless
otherwise indicated. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; install
closers on door unless otherwise approved in writing by the ENGINEER.
Closers shall be powder coated to match door hardware with a special rust inhibitor (SRI)
pretreatment, as recommended in writing by the Manufacturer, applied prior to the powder
coating.
Where closers or other items have lever or similar arms, attachment to doors shall be with sex
bolts only.
Closers for out-swinging exterior doors shall be top-jamb-mounted and furnished with adapter
plates.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide the correct arm with the closers.
Closers shall be provided with sex bolts for fastening through doors, frames and transoms.
2.7 MORTISE LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide
Manufacturer and product listed below, or equal:
1. Sargent 8200 Series.
B. Description:
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Locksets shall be ANSI A 156.13 Series 1000 Grade 1. Functions shall be manufactured in a
single sized case formed from minimum 12-gauge steel. Lockset shall have a field-adjustable,
beveled armored front, with a 0.125-in (3.2 mm) minimum thickness and shall be reversible
without opening the lock body. The lockset shall be 23/-inch (69.9 mm) backset with a one-piece
%-inch (19 mm) anti-friction stainless steel latchbolt. The deadbolt shall be a full 1-inch (25.4 mm)
throw made of stainless steel and have two hardened steel roller inserts. To insure proper
alignment, all trim, shall be thru-bolted and fully interchangeable between rose and escutcheon
designs.
Function of locksets shall be appropriate for doors use. Hardware supplier shall verify lock
functions with the OWNER and the ENGINEER prior to ordering material.
Lock strikes shall be non-handed, boxed type of sufficient length and having curved lips to protect
the trim and jambs and be so shaped as to avoid the possibility of tearing clothing. Strikes shall
be provided with metal strike boxes.
Locks shall be provided with the same cylinder and keyway for master keying. They shall be the
product of the same Manufacturer as the locksets unless otherwise indicated. The correct
cylinders with necessary modifications and components such as cams, collars, rings, retainers,
plates, fasteners, etc., shall be provided for other specialty hardware such as exit devices, store
front locksets, and sliding door locks where the hardware manufacture specified is different than
cylinder Manufacturer.
Exit doors shall be openable at all times from the inside without the use of key or any special
knowledge or effort.
2.8 STRIKES
A. Manufacturer: To be provided by exit device and lockset and latchset device Manufacturer.
B. Description:
Strikes shall be compatible with the installation required.
All strikes shall be non-handed with a curved lip.
2.9 EXIT DEVICES
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide
Manufacturer and product listed below, or equal:
1. Sargent, 80 Series.
B. Description:
Exit devices shall be certified to meet ANSI A 156.3 Grade 1.
Exit devices shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories and shall bear the UL label for life safety
in full compliance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101.
Mounting rails shall be formed from a solid single piece of stainless steel, brass, or bronze no less
than 0.072-inch (1.83 mm) thick. Push rails shall be constructed of 0.062-inch (1.57 mm) thick
material. Painted or anodized aluminum shall not be considered heavy duty and are not
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05103/2018 PAGE 08 71 00-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
acceptable. Hex key dogging shall be standard for all life safety panic hardware. Lever trim shall
be available in finishes and designs to match that of the specified locksets.
2.10 LOCK GUARDS
A. Manufacturer, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the
Manufacturer listed below, or equal:
1. McKinney
B. Description: Provide high security, corrosion resistant, surface mounted lock guards with
concealed fasteners compatible with the installation, at each exterior door.
2.11 DOOR TRIM AND PROTECTIVE PLATES
A. Manufacturer, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the
Manufacturer listed below, or equal:
1. McKinney.
2. Pemko.
B. Description:
Kickplates shall be 0.050-gauge, 2-inches (50.8 mm) less width of door, beveled on 3 sides, and
10-inches (254 mm) high, except where necessary to clear a louver in which case they shall be
8-inches (213 mm) high.
Push plates, pull plates, door pulls, and miscellaneous door trim shall be as indicated.
2.12 WALL MOUNTED DOOR STOPS
A. Manufacturer, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the
Manufacturer listed below, or equal.
1. McKinney
B. Description:
Where a door is indicated to open against a wall, wall mounted doorstops, in the form of wall
bumpers, shall be provided. Provide convex or concave design as indicated.
Wall mounted doorstops shall be non-ferrous, and of the type given in the hardware schedule.
Provide door stops with the proper fasteners, as required by the substrate to which stops are to
be secured.
2.13 OVERHEAD STOPS WITH HOLD OPEN FUNCTION
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide
Manufacturer and product listed below, or equal:
1. Rixson.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00 -9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Description:
Overhead type door holders shall be of correct size for door, 90 degree openable and allowing
for checkmating. Interior doors shall be provided with overhead stops if wall type stops cannot be
used.
Track, slide, arm, and jamb bracket shall be constructed of extruded bronze and shock absorber
spring shall be of heavy tempered steel.
Overhead stops shall be of non-handed design.
2.14 WEATHERSTRIPPING, GASKETING AND SEALS
A. Manufacturer, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the
Manufacturer listed below, or equal.
1. McKinney.
2. Pemko.
B. Description:
Provide continuous weatherseal on exterior doors.
Provide continuous light or sound seals on interior doors where indicated.
Provide UL rated fire and smoke seals on all fire rated doors. Provide intumescent seals as
required to meet UL 10C and UBC 7-2. Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal
strip is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by Manufacturer.
2.15 THRESHOLDS
A. Manufacturer, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the
Manufacturer listed below, or equal.
McKinney.
Pemko.
B. Description:
Provide threshold at each exterior door, and at other locations where indicated. Provided in size
and configuration indicated, fabricated to accommodate door hardware and to fit door frames.
Thresholds shall be aluminum unless otherwise noted.
Threshold units shall comply with ADAAG and ANSI A 117.1.
At Fire Rated doors, provide UL rated thresholds.
Where adjacent floor material differs, provide threshold as appropriate.
Provide marble threshold at toilet rooms.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.16 SILENCERS
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal: Subject to the requirements indicated, provide
Manufacturer and product listed below, or equal:
1. McKinney.
2. Pemko.
B. Description: Interior door frames shall be provided with rubber silencers, 3 for each single
door and 2 for each pair of doors.
2.17 FASTENERS
A. Provide necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to secure
the hardware into position. The fasteners shall match the hardware in material and finish.
B. The hardware provided, such as expansion bolts, sex bolts, toggle bolts and other
approved anchorages shall be coordinated with the job and to each setting condition.
C. Phillips head screws shall be used at exposed conditions. Machine screws shall be used
at metal doors and frames.
D. Required screws shall be supplied as necessary for securing door hardware in the
appropriate manner. Thru-bolts shall be supplied for exit devices and door closers where
required by the CODE and where the appropriate blocking or reinforcing is not present in
the door to preclude their use.
2.18 FINISHES
A. Door hardware shall be 630/US 32D (stainless steel satin finish) unless otherwise
indicated.
B. The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are those
listed in ANSI A 156.18 including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes shown by
certain Manufacturers for their products.
C. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition,
hardness, and other qualities complying with Manufacturer's standards, but in no case
less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
Locks, exit devices, door closers, overhead door holders, hinges, kickplates, pulls and push
plates, thresholds, and other similar items shall be individually packed in separate, suitable,
original, containers as furnished by the hardware Manufacturers. Each container shall be clearly
marked with item numbers, article numbers, and names corresponding to those listed in the
hardware schedule.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. Small miscellaneous items that would not require specific location identifications,
such as wall mounted stops and silencers may be quantity packed if properly
labeled with item numbers and other identification.
The CONTRACTOR shall check the hardware upon delivery with the aid of a representative of
the hardware supplier's firm.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions before,
during, and after installation.
The CONTRACTOR shall make certain that the building is secured and free from weather
elements prior to installing interior door hardware.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.3 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be removed from the
Site.
Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration, or other
surface imperfections on the finished units shall be rejected.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where door hardware will be installed for compliance
with the requirements for installation, taking into account tolerances, and other conditions
affecting performance of installed door hardware.
a. Provide inserts, backing, blocking, anchoring devices, and reinforcements that
must be built into other WORK for the installation of door hardware. Coordinate
delivery with other WORK to avoid delay.
Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of
the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
in an acceptable manner.
Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate CONTRACTOR'S
acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00- 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.4 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with applicable
references, with the requirements of the CODE, ADAAG, ANSI A 117.1 and with
Manufacturer's written instructions. Where a conflict occurs among these requirements,
the more stringent shall apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
Mount hardware units at heights indicated in the following applicable publications, except as
specifically indicated or required to comply with the governing regulations.
a. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with DHI recommended locations for
hardware as applicable for specified doors.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide corrosion resistant fasteners, anchors, and shims
required for a complete installation, and shall be secure, plumb, and true to line, allowing
for required movement, including expansion and contraction.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide separation of dissimilar materials to ensure no galvanic
action occurs.
D. Where cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces that are later
to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation
or application of surface protection with finishing WORK specified in the Division 9
Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the
substrates involved.
3.6 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation. Films and labels
left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
B. Upon completion of the installation, door hardware and appurtenances shall be cleaned
of dirt and other foreign matter to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
Cleaning shall be performed again immediately prior to acceptance of the WORK, when directed
by the ENGINEER.
Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Adjusting and cleaning shall consist of ensuring smooth operation, lubricating and testing
the door hardware.
Door hardware shall operate smoothly, quietly, and without squeaking and binding.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00- 13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. The CONTRACTOR shall adjust and check each operating item of hardware
and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units
that cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly or as intended for the
application made.
b. Latches and bolts shall be installed to automatically engage in keepers, whether
activated by closers or by manual push. In no case should additional manual
pressure be required to engage latch or bolt in keepers.
C. Closers and hinges shall be carefully adjusted to operate the doors noiselessly
and evenly, and hinges shall be installed so as not to bind. Closers, closer arms,
and hold-open arms shall be attached with sex bolts.
d. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and
ventilating equipment.
D. Door hardware shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction operations.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required and retest until accepted.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall remove scratches and blemishes to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
G. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
H. When door hardware WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and
equipment, and clean the Site of door hardware debris.
I. The hardware Supplier shall do a final inspection prior to Substantial Completion to ensure
that all hardware has been correctly installed and is in proper working order, and shall
provide a written report of this inspection to the ENGINEER the file.
3.7 HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. The following schedule is furnished for whatever assistance it may afford the
CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall not consider it as entirely inclusive. Should
any particular door or item be omitted in any scheduled hardware group, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide door or item with hardware same as required for similar
purposes as accepted by the ENGINEER, and at no additional cost to the OWNER.
Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door.
B. Abbreviations:
BO— By Others.
KX— Knox Company.
MC — McKinney.
RX— Rixson.
SA— Sargent.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00 - 14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
PMD — painted to match door.
1. W/SS—with security studs.
C. Hardware Schedule:
1. S- Single Exterior Door:
Quantity Device Description
Per Spec. Hinges
1 Exit Device (ANSI 08) 8313 ET
1 Closer
1 Kickplate
1 Threshold Pemko 2005AV Mill Aluminum
1 Weatherstrip/Gasketing Pemko S88D at Head and Jambs
1 Door Top Drip Pemko 346 at Door Head
1 Door Bottom Pemko 321 DN Annodized Aluminum
2. ED — Double Exterior Doors:
Quantity Device Description
Per Spec. Hinges
1 Exit Device (ANSI 08) 8613 ET
1 Exit Device (ANSI 02) 8610
2 Closer 180 Degrees with Hold Open
2 Kick Plates
1 Threshold Pemko 2005AV Mill Aluminum
1 Weatherstrip/Gasketing Pemko S88D at Head and Jambs
1 Door Top Drip Pemko 346 at Door Head
2 Door Bottom Pemko 321 DN Annodized Aluminum
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 DOOR HARDWARE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 08 71 00- 15
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 09 29 00—GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide gypsum board and appurtenant WORK, complete and
in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM):
ASTM A 36 Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM A 653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)
or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM C 36 Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard
ASTM C 475 Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for
Finishing Gypsum Board
ASTM C 518 Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission
Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus
ASTM C 578 Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal
Insulation
ASTM C 645 Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members
ASTM C 754 Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to
Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products
ASTM C 840 Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum
Board.
ASTM C 1325 Standard Specification for Non-Asbestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced
Cement Substrate Sheets
ASTM D 2626 Standard Specification for Asphalt Saturated and Coated Organic
Felt Base Sheet Used in Roofing
ASTM D 3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the
Surface of Interior Coatings in and Environmental Chamber
ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
ASTM E 96 Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
ASTM E 119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials
ASTM E 136 Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube
Furnace at 750 degrees C
ASTM E 1677 Standard Specification for an Air Retarder (AR) Material or System
for Low-Rise Framed Building Walls
C. Building Code: Refer to the Drawings to determine which Building Code applies. The
applicable Building Code, defined by the Drawings, is referenced to herein as"the CODE."
D. Federal Specifications:
QQ-W-461 H Wire, Steel, Carbon (Round, Bare, and Coated)
E. Gypsum Association:
GA-203 Installation of Screw-Type Steel Framing Members to Receive
Gypsum Board
GA-216 Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of
Gypsum Board
GA-253 Recommended Specification for the Application of Gypsum
Sheathing.
GA-600 Fire Resistance Design Manual
F. Technical Association of Pulp and Paper Industry (TAPPI)
G. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): Fire Resistance Directory.
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00—Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions.
C. Warranty: Submit a copy of the warranties.
D. Certifications:
1. Certification of compliance with the UL specifications where required.
2. Certification of recycled content as required for select materials herein.
3. Certification of installer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects
with addresses of the project location, date of project completion, and contact
information of the consultant firm of record, general contractor, and owner.
E. Shop Drawings: Complete Shop Drawings showing location and detail of installation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Shop Drawings shall be drawn to sufficient scale and shall include dimensions, show
plans, elevations, and details of construction of each board type, location and
installation requirements, thickness of materials, joints, provisions for expansion and
contraction, connections, accessories, and trim.
2. Shop drawings shall show installation conditions at adjacent construction, and shall
include indications for anchorage devices, blocking, backing, insulation and
reinforcement built into the WORK for securing items furnished under other Sections.
F. Samples: When requested by the ENGINEER, submit samples of the materials proposed.
Samples shall be clearly marked to show the Manufacturer's name, product identification,
finish and color. New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved
by the ENGINEER. Upon approval,the samples shall become the standard for acceptance
for the project with regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples
shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility:
1. Gypsum board shall be provided by a single Manufacturer, each.
2. Framing and accessories shall be provided by a single Manufacturer, each.
3. Tape, adhesives, joint and finishing compounds shall be provided by a single
Manufacturer, each.
B. Installer Qualifications:
1. A minimum of 5 years' experience in the successful completion of at least 5 projects
of similar size and scope, employing similar products, materials, applications, and
performance requirements.
2. Installers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
C. WORK of this Section shall conform to applicable portions of GA-203, GA-216, GA-253,
and GA-600.
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. Furnish Manufacturer's 5-year written warranty to cover defects in materials, products,
and manufacturing workmanship.
B. CONTRACTOR shall furnish separate, but concurrently running, 5-year written warranty
to cover labor.
C. Warranties shall be non-prorated for the entire warranty period.
D. The term of the warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Gypsum board, framing, and appurtenances shall be recommended by the Manufacturer
for the installation indicated.
B. Gypsum board, framing, and appurtenances shall be suitable for, and compatible with, the
required installation.
C. Labeling and Certification: Fire rated materials shall bear testing agency labels and
required fire classification numbers.
2.2 FRAMING MEMBERS (FURRING AND NON-LOADBEARING MEMBERS)
A. Manufacturer, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from the Manufacturer listed
below, or equal.
a. Dietrich Metal Framing.
B. Description:
1. Galvanize all steel components to ASTM A 653, G60 Standards, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Studs—ASTM C 645, 20-gauge, C-shape, 3-5/8-inch (92 mm)depth unless otherwise
indicated, or required.
a. Stud System Accessories — Provide stud Manufacturer's standard clips, shoes,
ties, reinforcements, fasteners, and other accessories as required for a
complete stud system.
3. Runners—ASTM C 645 to match studs; type recommended by stud Manufacturer for
floor and head support of studs, and for vertical abutment of gypsum board at other
WORK.
a. Provide slip-type deflection track detail to allow for deck and/or structural
member deflection at connections to underside of structure.
b. Provide UL listed "Fire Track® System" in required sizes, profiles, and
configuration and with necessary accessories (including Fire Track Posi-
Clips®if required) by Fire Track Corp., 1-800-394-9875, or equal, for deflection
track at fire rated partitions as required.
4. Furring Channels — ASTM C 645, 25-gauge, 2-inch (51 mm) web and flanges — Z-
shaped furring channels to receive insulation board; 2-inch (51 mm) hat channels
may be used for furred substrates not receiving insulation board.
5. Tie wire or clips used for securing cross-furring to primary members shall be
galvanized, soft annealed steel wire. The weight of galvanizing shall be not less than
Class 1 as set forth in Federal Specifications QQ-W-461 H. Tie wire gauge shall be
as set forth in the CODE.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
6. Wire hangers supporting main runners in suspended ceilings shall be galvanized steel
and the weight of galvanizing shall be not less than Class 1 as set forth in Federal
Specifications QQ-W-461 H. The gauge of galvanized steel hanger wire shall be as
required by the CODE.
2.3 GYPSUM BOARD
A. Manufacturer, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from one of the
Manufacturers listed below, or equal.
a. GP Gypsum Corporation.
b. National Gypsum Company.
c. United Stated Gypsum Company.
B. Gypsum board shall comply with ASTM C 36.
C. Gypsum board shall be 5/8-inches (16 mm) thick with rounded, tapered edges, unless
otherwise indicated.
D. Gypsum board shall be fire rated "Type X," unless otherwise indicated.
2.4 GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES
A. Tape, joint compound, and finishing compound shall comply with ASTM C 475, and shall
be compatible with the gypsum board, as recommended by the gypsum board
Manufacturer.
1. Tape shall be fiberglass reinforcing tape.
B. Adhesives for fastening gypsum board-to-gypsum board shall be in accordance with the
printed recommendations of the gypsum board Manufacturer.
C. Concealed sealant shall be mastic type, non-shrinking, non-drying, non-migrating, and
non-staining, approved for use by the gypsum board Manufacturer.
D. Metal Accessories: Except as otherwise indicated, provide Manufacturer's standard
galvanized steel beaded units with face flanges for concealment in joint compound,
including corner beads, casing beads, control joints, and edge trim.
1. Provide additional special accessories and shapes as required.
E. Reinforcing for Applied Items:
1. Light-duty applications —minimum 14-gauge galvanized steel sheet attachment plate
for toggle bolt applications, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Heavy-duty applications — ASTM A 36 galvanized steel in required thicknesses and
shapes with required fasteners.
F. Fasteners shall be corrosion resistant coated complying with the referenced standards.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Screws shall be self-drilling, self-tapping, bugle head for use with power tools, length
as recommended by Gypsum Association and the CODE.
a. Type "S" for board-to-sheet metal application.
b. Type "G" for board-to-board application.
2.5 INSULATION
A. Insulation for furred masonry walls shall be two layers of 1-inch (25 mm) ("TUFF-R" rigid,
foil faced, polyisocyanurate with an R-Value of 6.5 (min) by Celotex, or approved equal.
Provide with Manufacturer's compatible foil tape.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
1. Store in dry, well-ventilated space, protected from moisture and humidity.
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. The WORK of the Section shall be carefully coordinated with the WORK of all other related
trades including materials to be built into or applied on gypsum board and items requiring
additional supports within partitions.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall meet at the site with the installers of related WORK and review
the coordination and sequencing of WORK to ensure that everything to be concealed by
WORK of this Section has been accomplished, and that chases, access panels, openings,
supplementary framing and blocking, and similar provisions have been completed.
3.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions, referenced standards, for environmental
conditions before, during, and after installation.
1. Building and areas receiving gypsum board WORK shall be completely dried-in and
adjoining materials shall be sufficiently dry before starting or continuing gypsum
board installation.
2. All windows, doors, roofing, and other waterproofing and weather proofing cladding
and components of the building shell shall in place and complete.
3. Gypsum board shall not be exposed to moisture, excessive or continuous humidity,
or water at any time.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Maintain a minimum room temperature of 55 degrees F, during application of gypsum
board and joint treatment until completely dry or occupied.
5. Provide adequate ventilation as required.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.4 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
2. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration,
or other surface imperfections on the finished units shall be rejected.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where gypsum board, framing, and
appurtenances will be installed for compliance with the requirements for installation,
taking into account tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of
installed gypsum board.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR'S acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
3.5 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
3.6 INSTALLATION —GENERAL
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with the
requirements of the CODE, with applicable references, and with Manufacturer's written
instructions. Where a conflict occurs among these requirements, the more stringent shall
apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
1. Fire rated assemblies shall be installed in accordance with GA-600 and UL Fire
Resistance Directory.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide corrosion resistant fasteners, anchors, and shims
required for a complete installation, and shall be secure, plumb, and true to line, allowing
for required movement, including expansion and contraction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 - 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide separation of dissimilar materials to ensure no galvanic
action occurs.
D. Horizontal lines shall be level, and vertical lines shall be plumb.
E. Coordinate location of concealed supplemental blocking, backing, and additional
anchoring reinforcement with items furnished under other Sections.
3.7 INSTALLATION — FRAMING (FURRING AND NON-LOADBEARING PARITIONS)
A. Partition framing and gypsum board shall extent to underside of structure, unless
otherwise indicated.
B. Installation of framing shall be in accordance with ASTM C 754 and the CODE.
C. Provide slip-type deflection track at all head connections to underside of structure. Provide
for deflection allowance of 1 1/2-inches (38 mm) minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Align runner tracks to the partition layout at both floors and ceilings. Secure tracks to floor
and overhead structure 16-inches (406 mm) on center, maximum. Provide fasteners at all
corners and ends of runner tracks.
E. Full-length studs shall be provided to span the height between runner tracks. Spliced units
shall not be allowed. Friction fit studs to runner tracks by positioning and rotating into
place. Provide positive attachment to runner tracks for studs located at partition corners
and intersections and adjacent to openings, using 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) self-drilling screws at
both flanges and studs.
1. Space studs at 16-inches (406 mm) on center, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Provide additional studs to support corners at partition intersections and corners, and to
support outside corners, terminations of partitions, and both sides of control joints. Provide
any additional bracing and reinforcing members as recommended by the system
Manufacturer to provide complete rigidity at partitions.
G. At openings and doorframes, install two full height studs at all jambs. Fasten the first stud
at each jamb with two self-drilling screws to all frame joint anchors. Place second stud in
tandem with and against first stud.
H. Above openings and heads of frames, a cut-to-length section of track shall be installed.
Flanges shall overlap jamb studs and shall be securely attached to jamb studs.
I. Between frames and ceiling, install cut-to-length jack studs, extending from doorframe
header track to ceiling track. Where control joint is called for at jamb line above frame,
install jack stud approximately 1-inch (25 mm) from first jamb stud. At all other locations
keep jack studs at least 6-inches (152 mm) from jambs to avoid gypsum board joints at
jamb line.
J. Install reinforcing for applied items, such as supplementary framing, runners, furring,
blocking, and bracing at openings and terminations in the WORK, and at locations
required to support fixtures, accessories, equipment, services, heavy trim,furnishings, and
similar WORK that cannot be adequately supported directly on gypsum board alone.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 - 8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Attention is directed to electrical equipment, toilet partitions, lockers, and toilet and
shower accessories requiring additional support. Coordinate these requirements
with the respective trade sections for exact locations.
K. At furred masonry walls, install rigid insulation board between furring strips, friction fit, butt
joints tight with foil facing CMU. Install multiple layers with staggered joints as required to
achieve thickness indicated. Seal all joints prior to installation of gypsum board.
L. Tolerances: Provide framing such that tolerances are 1/16-inch (1.6 mm) maximum offset
between planes of gypsum board faces and 1/8-inch (3.2 mm) in 8-feet (2.4 m)for plumb,
level, warp, and bow, unless otherwise indicated.
3.8 INSTALLATION — GYPSUM BOARD GENERAL
A. Install gypsum board to minimize joints. When joints are necessary, butt tapered joints
together; end joints shall be avoided and kept to a minimum.
1. Boards shall be brought into contact with each other but shall not be forced into place.
Joints on opposite sides of a partition shall not occur on the same stud.
2. Provide expansion joints as shown, as recommended per applicable references, and
as directed.
B. Where gypsum board abuts other materials, such as masonry walls, structural frame, and
decking, the gypsum board shall be held back so as to form a joint, which shall be sealed
with acoustical or fire rated sealant as required for the condition.
1. Isolate edges of gypsum board 1/2-inch (13 mm) from abutment with structure,
particularly at slabs on grade. Provide trim and caulk with sealant.
C. Fasteners:
1. Gypsum board shall be screw-fastened to framing.
a. Screws shall be spaced not to exceed 12-inches (305 mm) on center except at
vertical butting edges of the fire-rated partitions where they shall be 8-inches
(203 mm) on center.
b. Space fasteners in accordance with applicable reference standards and
Manufacturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated.
D. Single Layer Construction: Gypsum board shall be held in firm contact with framing
member while fastenings are being driven. Fastening shall proceed from center portion of
the gypsum board toward the edges and ends. Fasteners shall be set with heads slightly
below the surface of the gypsum board in the dimple formed by the power screwdriver.
Care shall be taken to avoid the breaking of the face paper of the gypsum board.
Improperly driven screws shall be removed.
E. Metal Accessories:
1. Metal edge trim shall be provided whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise
be exposed or semi-exposed, at all discontinued edges, where abutting with another
material, and where otherwise indicated or required.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 - 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Corner beads shall be provided at all exterior corners.
3. Metal accessories shall be set plumb, level, straight and true and shall be shimmed
where necessary. The accessories shall be mitered at corners; exposed joints shall
be accurately and tightly fitted. Sections shall be installed in lengths as long as
practicable, and splices shall be held to a minimum.
4. Metal accessories shall be screw-fastened to framing members with screws spaced
not more than 9-inches (229 mm) apart.
5. Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor metal accessories as required to
fasten gypsum board to framing.
F. Upon completion, gypsum board shall form a smooth, firm flat plane free from ripples,
waves, buckles, bumps, and projecting edges.
3.9 GYPSUM BOARD FINISHING
A. Gypsum board shall be taped, and all screw heads, penetrations, joints, end trim, corner
beads, fastener, and other depressions shall be treated with joint and finishing compounds
applied per applicable references and per Manufacturer's printed recommendations for
three-coat WORK.
B. Finish gypsum WORK in accordance with ASTM C 840, to Level 4 of Gypsum Association
GA-214, and the following:
1. Joint compound shall be mixed in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. A
uniform layer of compound shall be applied over the joint approximately 4-inches
(102 mm) wide and filling the groove. The tape shall be centered over the joint and
embedded into the compound leaving sufficient compound under tape to provide
proper bond.
2. A second and third coat of joint compound or joint finishing compound shall be applied
after each preceding coat has been allowed to thoroughly dry. Coats shall be spread
over tape and the tapered portion of edge and feathered out at the edge.
3. All inside corners shall be coated with at least one coat of joint compound over
perforated tape with the edges feathered out.
4. All screw head dimples shall receive at least three coats of compound.
5. Flanges of corner and casing beads shall be concealed by at least two coats of
compound feathered out approximately 9-in (229 mm) on one or both sides of the
exposed metal as applicable.
6. Allow each application of compound to joints and fastener heads to dry, then sand as
required.
7. Caution shall be used to avoid roughing of the gypsum board paper. All gypsum board
and treated areas shall be left smooth and ready for painting.
8. Gypsum board shall be sanded smooth, dusted, and provided with a textured orange
peel finish coat.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00- 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
9. Joints and penetrations in gypsum board at non-visible locations, such as within attics
or in ceiling plenums shall receive joint treatment, shall be taped, and joints shall be
caulked with sealant. Additional treatment to comply with the required fire ratings
shall be provided.
3.10 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
1. Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation.
Films and labels left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
2. Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
B. Gypsum board shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction operations.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required until accepted.
D. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
E. When gypsum board WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and
equipment, and clean the Site of gypsum board debris.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 GYPSUM BOARD
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 29 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 09 96 00 - PROTECTIVE COATING
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide protective coatings, complete and in place, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Definitions
1. The term "paint," "coatings," or "finishes" as used herein, shall include surface
treatments, emulsions, enamels, paints, epoxy resins, and other protective coatings,
excepting galvanizing or anodizing, whether used as a pretreatment, primer,
intermediate coat, or finish coat.
2. The term "DFT" means minimum dry film thickness, without any negative tolerance.
C. The following surfaces shall not be coated:
1. Concrete, unless required by items on the concrete coating schedule below or the
Drawings.
2. Stainless steel
3. Machined surfaces
4. Grease fittings
5. Glass
6. Equipment nameplates
7. Platform gratings, stair treads, door thresholds, and other walk surfaces, unless
specifically indicated to be coated.
8. Platform gratings, stair treads, door thresholds, and other walk surfaces, unless
specifically indicated to be coated.
D. The coating system schedules summarize the surfaces to be coated, the required surface
preparation, and the coating systems to be applied. Coating notes on the Drawings are
used to show or extend the limits of coating schedules, to show exceptions to the
schedules, or to clarify or show details for application of the coating systems.
E. Where protective coatings are to be performed by a Subcontractor, the Subcontractor shall
possess a valid state license as required for performance of the painting and coating
WORK called for in this specification and shall provide 5 references which show that the
Subcontractor has previous successful experience with the indicated or comparable
coating systems. Include the name, address, and the telephone number for the owner of
each installation for which the Subcontractor provided the protective coating.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Submittals shall include the following information and be submitted at least 30 Days prior
to commencing protective coating WORK:
1. Materials List: Eight copies of a coating materials list showing the manufacturer and
the product number, keyed to the coating systems herein. The list shall be submitted
prior to or at the time of submitting samples.
2. Manufacturer's Information: For each coating system to be used, the following data:
a. Manufacturer's data sheet for each product proposed, including statements on
the suitability of the material for the intended use.
b. Technical and performance information that demonstrates compliance with the
system performance and material requirements.
c. Paint manufacturer's instructions and recommendations on surface preparation
and application.
d. Colors available for each product (where applicable).
e. Compatibility of shop and field applied coatings (where applicable).
f. Material Safety Data Sheet for each product proposed.
C. Samples
1. Samples of paint, finishes, and other coating materials shall be submitted on 8-1/2
inch by 11-inch sheet metal. Each sheet shall be completely coated over its entire
surface with one protective coating material, type, and color.
2. Two sets of color samples to match each color selected by the ENGINEER from the
manufacturer's standard color sheets. If custom mixed colors are indicated, the color
samples shall be made using color formulations prepared to match the color samples
furnished by the ENGINEER. The color formula shall be shown on the back of each
color sample.
3. One 5 pound sample of each abrasive proposed to be used for surface preparation
for submerged and severe service coating systems.
D. Experience Requirements of the Field Applicator:
1. Three references which verify that the coating CONTRACTOR has demonstrated
successful application of the specified coating system in the past 3 years. Provide the
size (area of coating), time of completion, name, the owner's address and telephone
number for each installation referenced.
2. A written statement from the CONTRACTOR stating that they are qualified and
experienced in the application of the specified coating systems. The letter shall state
the manufacturer and model number of mixing, heating, and pumping equipment to
be used to apply the specified coating systems.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. A written statement from the manufacturer certifying that the coating
CONTRACTOR's onsite foreman and each applicator performing WORK on the
project has been trained and approved to apply the selected coating system.
4. CONTRACTOR shall provide SSPC QP 1 Certification or the manufacturer's
certification of the applicator for the specified coating system.
E. Experience Requirements of the Shop Applicator
1. NACE Coating Inspector Program certification documents for the person responsible
for Quality Assurance/Quality Control at the facility. This person will be responsible
for submitting inspection reports to the OWNER.
2. A copy of a typical Quality Assurance/Quality Control inspection report containing
items listed in 3.18 of this Specification.
3. Three references which verify that the shop painting facility has demonstrated
successful application of the specified coating systems in the past 3 years. Provide
the structure name and size (area of coating), time of completion, the owner's name,
address, and telephone number for each installation referenced.
4. The manufacturer shall provide written certification that the shop painting facility's
supervisor and each applicator performing Work on the project have been trained and
approved by the manufacturer to apply the selected coating system.
5. The manufacturer shall state whether or not it has verified that the CONTRACTOR is
going to use the proper mixing, coating application, heating, and environmental
control equipment for the specified coating products. Only heated plural component
equipment shall be used for the 100% solids coating application. Equipment shall be
capable of performing a ratio test.
6. The Shop Coating Applicator shall provide SSPC QP 3 Certification or the coating
manufacturer's certification of the applicator for selected coating system.
1.3 SPECIAL CORRECTION OF DEFECTS REQUIREMENTS
A. Inspection: An inspection may be conducted during the eleventh month following
completion of coating WORK. The CONTRACTOR and a representative of the coating
material manufacturer shall attend this inspection. Defective WORK shall be repaired in
accordance with these specifications and to the satisfaction of the OWNER. The OWNER
may, by written notice to the CONTRACTOR, reschedule the inspection to another date
within the one year correction period or may cancel the inspection altogether. The
CONTRACTOR is not relieved of its responsibilities to correct defects, whether or not the
inspection is conducted.
B. Extended Maintenance of Chemical Tank Lining Systems: The CONTRACTOR shall
promptly repair any defects in the chemical resistant sheet lining system for a period of 2
years after the lining has been placed into service. Such maintenance shall include repair
of the chemical tank and any equipment or facilities damaged by the corrosive action of
the chemicals.
C. Steel Reservoir Coating System Inspection: The CONTRACTOR shall conduct an
inspection during the eleventh month after the date when the reservoir was filled with water
and placed into service. The CONTRACTOR shall require a representative of the coating
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00- 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
material manufacturer to attend the inspection. Defects shall be repaired in accordance
with these specifications and to the satisfaction of the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR is
not relieved of its responsibilities to correct defects, whether or not the inspection is
conducted. If the CONTRACTOR fails to conduct an 11 month inspection for reasons not
attributed to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR is not relieved of its responsibilities to
correct defects, and the correction period shall be extended until the 11 month inspection
is conducted and Defective WORK is repaired.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Suitability: The CONTRACTOR shall use suitable coating materials as recommended by
the manufacturer. Materials shall comply with Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) limits
applicable at the Site.
B. Material Sources: Where manufacturers and product numbers are listed, it is to show the
type and quality of coatings that are required. If a named product does not comply with
VOC limits in effect at the time of Bid opening, that product will not be accepted, and the
CONTRACTOR shall propose a substitution product of equal quality that does comply.
Proposed substitute materials will be considered as indicated below. Coating materials
shall be materials that have a record of satisfactory performance in industrial plants,
manufacturing facilities, and water and wastewater treatment plants.
C. Compatibility: In any coating system only compatible materials from a single manufacturer
shall be used in the WORK. Particular attention shall be directed to compatibility of
primers and finish coats. If necessary, a barrier coat shall be applied between existing
prime coat and subsequent field coats to ensure compatibility.
D. Containers: Coating materials shall be sealed in containers that plainly show the
designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, color, date of
manufacture, and name of manufacturer, all of which shall be plainly legible at the time of
use.
E. Colors: Colors and shades of colors of coatings shall be as indicated or selected by the
ENGINEER. Each coat shall be of a slightly different shade to facilitate inspection of
surface coverage of each coat. Finish colors shall be as selected from the manufacturer's
standard color samples by the ENGINEER.
F. Substitute or"Or-Equal" Products
1. To establish equality under Section 01 60 00 - Products, Materials, Equipment and
Substitutions, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory documentation from the
manufacturer of the proposed substitute or"or-equal" product that the material meets
the indicated requirements and is equivalent or better in the following properties:
a. Minimum and maximum recoat times
b. Minimum and maximum cure time for immersion
c. Abrasion resistance per ASTM D4060 using CS17 Wheel
d. Maximum and minimum dry film thickness per coat
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
e. Compatibility with other coatings
f. Suitability for the intended service
g. Resistance to chemical attack
h. Temperature limitations during application and in service
i. Type and quality of recommended undercoats and topcoats
j. Ease of application
k. Ease of repairing damaged areas
I. Stability of colors
2. Protective coating materials shall be standard products produced by recognized
manufacturers who are regularly engaged in production of such materials for
essentially identical service conditions. When requested, the CONTRACTOR shall
provide the ENGINEER with the names of not less than 10 successful applications of
the proposed manufacturer's products that comply with these requirements.
3. If a proposed substitution requires changes in the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall
bear such costs involved as part of the WORK.
2.2 INDUSTRIAL COATING SYSTEMS
A. System 1 -Alkyd Enamel (Not Used)
B. System 2 - Not Used
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. System 3 - Aluminum Silicone (Not Used)
D. System 3 (VOC-Limited) -Aluminum Silicone (Not Used)
E. System 4 - Epoxy/Polyurethane
1. Materials
Primer type rust-inhibitive, 2 component epoxy
VOC Content, max 285 g/L
Finish type 2 component aliphatic polyurethane
VOC Content 300 g/L, max
Demonstrated suitable for Superior color and gloss retention,
resistance to weathering, chemical
fumes and splash
2. Application and manufacturers
Prime Coat Finish Coat TOTAL SYSTEM
(DFT= 3- 5 mils) (DFT = 3-4 mils) DFT
Carboline 893 Carboline 134 HG (2
coats)
Devoe Devran 224V Devoe 379H
Tnemec Hi-Build Tnemec Series
Epoxoline II Series 75OUVX 6 - 9 MILS
L69
PPG Amerlock 400/2 Amershield
Sherwin Williams S W Hi-Solids
Macropoxy 646 Polyurethane 100
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. System 5 - Inorganic Zinc/Epoxy/Polyurethane (Not Used)
G. System 5 (VOC-Limited) - Inorganic Zinc/Epoxy/Polyurethane (Not Used)
H. System 6 - Inorganic Zinc, Water Based (Not Used)
I. System 7 -Acrylic Latex
1. Material
Primer Product, surface preparation, and DFT
as recommended by manufacturer for
the surface
Finish Type Single component, water based acrylic
latex, with fungicide
VOC Content, max 180 grams per gallon
Demonstrated suitable for PVC piping, weather and mild chemical
resistance, excellent color and gloss
retention
2. Application and manufacturers
Finish Total System DFT
(at least 2 coats required)
PPG-Amercoat 220
Carboline Carbocrylic 3359
Tnemec Series 1028 Enduratone primer plus 6 mils
Sherwin Williams Metalatex
Devoe Devcryl 530
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
J. System 8 - Epoxy, Equipment (Not Used)
K. System 8 (VOC-Limited) - Epoxy, Equipment
1. Materials
Primer Type 2 component epoxy, recoatable
up to one year
Demonstrated suitable for Rust inhibitive, outstanding
chemical, abrasion, and
weathering resistance,
resistance to splash, washdown,
and condensation. Immersion
capability is not required
VOC content, max 250
Finish Type 2 component epoxy, available in
many colors
Demonstrated suitable for Outstanding chemical, abrasion,
and weathering resistance,
resistance to splash, washdown,
and condensation. Immersion
capability is not required
VOC content, max 250
2. Application and manufacturers
Prime Coat Finish Coat Total System DFT
(DFT =4 -5 mils) (DFT=4- 5 MILS)
Devoe Bar-Rust 231 Devoe 224V
PPG- Amerlock 400/2 Amerlock 400/2
Tnemec Series L69 Tnemec Series L69
8 - 10 mils
Carboguard 60 Carboguard 60
Sherwin Williams S W Macropoxy 646
Macropoxy 646
L. System 9 - Inorganic Zinc/Epoxy, Equipment (Not Used)
M. System 9 (VOC-Limited) - Inorganic Zinc/Epoxy, Equipment (Not Used)
N. System 10 -Acrylic, Concrete (Not Used)
O. System 11 - Not Used
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
P. System 12 - Polyurethane, Fiber Glass (Not Used)
Q. System 12 (VOC-Limited) - Polyurethane, Fiber Glass
1. Materials
Primer Type as recommended by manufacturer
Finish Type 2 component aliphatic polyurethane
Demonstrated suitable for Fiberglass, superior color and gloss
retention, resistance to acid and
alkali splash, fumes, and severe
weathering, no immersion
VOC content, max 250 g/L
2. Application
Prime Coat Finish Coats TOTAL SYSTEM DFT
(3 to 4 mils) (4 to 6 mils)
Devoe Bar-Rust 231 DEVTHANE 379H
(2 coats)
Carboline Carbocrylic Carbothane 134 VOC
120 (2 coats)
(2 coats)
7 to 10 mils
PPG Amerlock 400 Amershield VOC
Tnemec Epoxoline Tnemec Series 750
Series L69 UVX
Sherwin Williams S-W Hi-Solids
Macropoxy 646 Polyurethane 250
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00-9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.3 SUBMERGED AND SEVERE SERVICE COATING SYSTEMS
A. System 100 - Amine Cured Epoxy
1. Material
Type high build, amine cure epoxy
VOC content, g/L max 220
Demonstrated suitable for steel, long term immersion in water and
wastewater, resistant to corrosion,
chemical fumes, good color retention
Certification NSF 61 if in contact with potable water
2. Application and manufacturers
Products Total System DFT
(3 coats or more)
PPG-Amercoat 133 15 to 17 mils
Carboline Carboguard 891 HS For non-submerged valves and other
equipment, DFT = 10 to 12 mils
International Bar-Rust 233H
Tnemec Epoxoline Series L69
Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646
PW
B. System 101 - (Not used)
C. System 102 —Thick Film Epoxy
1. Materials
Type high build, 100% solids epoxy
VOC content, max, g/L 100
Demonstrated suitable for long term immersion in water and
wastewater, resistant to corrosion and
chemical fumes
Certification N/A
2. Application and manufacturers
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Products Total System DFT
3 coats or more
PPG- Novoguard 810
RLS Raven 405 FS 28 - 30 mils
Carboline Plasite 4500
Sherwin Williams Dura-Plate 6100
D.
E. System 102 (VOC-Limited) - Polyamide Epoxy (Not Used)
F. System 103 - Not Used
G. System 104 - Not Used
H. System 105 - Epoxy, Steel Reservoirs (Not Used)
I. System 105 (VOC-Limited) - Epoxy, Steel Reservoirs (not Used)
J. System 106 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy (Not Used)
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
K. System 107 - Chemical Resistant Sheet Lining: (Not Used)
L. System 108 - Polyurethane, Concrete
1. Materials
Filler-sealer type epoxy material with portland cement and
aggregate
Primer type Phenolicamine or polyamidoamine epoxy
VOC content, g/L max 250
Finish type aromatic elastomeric polyurethane
Demonstrated suitable for concrete and concrete block masonry, long
term immersion in water and wastewater
and service where subject to splash and
spill of water and wastewater treatment
chemicals
VOC content, g/L max 250
Certification requirement, NSF 61
where coating will be in
contact with potable water
2. Application and manufacturers
Filler-Sealer Primer Finish Coat
DFT= 3- 7-mils DFT = 100 - 125-mils, 75
mils for potable water
Tnemec MortarClad Tnemec Pota-Pox Elasto-Shield 406
218 L140 (potable water) (max 75 mils for
Epoxoprime 201 potable water)
(wastewater)
PPG-Amerlock Amerlock 400/2 Amerlock 490
400/BF
Sherwin Williams S-W Dura-Plate 235 S-W Sherflex (Max
Steel Seam FT 910 100 mils for potable
water)
Polibrid Coatings, Polibrid 670-S Polybrid 705
Inc.
M. System 110 - Not Used
N. System 111 - Vinyl Ester, Concrete (Not Used)
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00- 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.4 SPECIAL COATING SYSTEMS
A. System 200 - PVC Tape: Prior to wrapping the pipe with PVC tape, the pipe and fittings
first shall be primed using a primer recommended by the PVC tape manufacturer. After
being primed, the pipe shall be wrapped with a 20-mil adhesive PCV tape, half-lapped, to
a total thickness of 40 mils.
B. System 201 - Rich Portland Cement Mortar: (Not Used)
C. System 202 - (Not used)
D. System 203 - Epoxy Surfacing on Concrete Floors
1. Material
Type 2 component epoxy floor surfacing
Demonstrated suitable for concrete, resistance to abrasion and many
acids and alkalis such as liquid alum,
sodium hydroxide, and sulfuric acid
VOC Content, g/L, max 250
2. Application and manufacturers
Primer/Sealer Finish Coat
(1/4-inch thick)
PPG-Amerlock Sealer PPG- Megaseal HDSL
Tnemec Power-Tread 237 Tnemec Power-Tread 237
Carboline Semstone 110 Carboline Semstone 145 SL
International Ceilcote 680(M)* International Ceilcote 625 Ceilflor
Series
Sherwin Williams General S-W General Polymers TPM 12
Polymers TPM 12
E. System 204 -Water Retardant, Concrete: (Not Used)
F. System 205 - Polyethylene Encasement: (Not Used)
G. System 206 - Cement Mortar Coating: (Not Used)
H. System 207 - Not Used
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00- 13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
I. System 208-Aluminum Metal Isolation
1 Material
Type high build polyamide epoxy with chemical
and abrasion resistance
Demonstrated suitable for concrete and aluminum substrates, to
isolate aluminum from contact with
concrete and the resulting chemical
degradation
VOC content, max 250
2. Application and manufacturers
Coating
(DFT = 16-20 mils)
PPG- Sigma, Novoguard 840
Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646
Tnemec Epoxoline Series L69
Carboline 890
Devoe Bar-Rust 231
J. System 209- Not Used
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00- 14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
K. System 210 -Acrylic, Wood and Gypsum Board
1. Materials
Primer type as recommended by manufacturer
Finish type single component, water based, acrylic,
fungicide added
VOC content, max, g/L 250
Demonstrated suitable for wood, mild to moderate exposure inside
and outside building, and gypsum board,
inside
2. Application and manufacturers
Prime Coat Finish Coat Total System
(1.5 to 2.5 mils) (4 to 6 mils) DFT
(2 coats)
PPG-Amercoat Amercoat 220P
220P
Carbocrylic 120 Carbocrylic 3359
Tnemec Series 115 Tnemec Series 5.5 to 8.5 mils
Unibond 1028 Enduratone
Sherwin Williams S-W Metalatex
PrepRite ProBlock
Devoe Devcryl 520 Devoe Devcryl
1449
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 - 15
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall require the protective coating manufacturer to furnish a qualified
technical representative to visit the Site for technical support as may be necessary to
resolve field problems.
B. For submerged and severe service coating systems, the CONTRACTOR shall require the
paint manufacturer to furnish the following services:
1. The manufacturer's representative shall provide at least 6 hours of on-Site instruction
in the proper surface preparation, use, mixing, application, and curing of the coating
systems.
3.2 WORKMANSHIP
A. Skilled craftsmen and experienced supervision shall be used on coating WORK.
B. Coating shall be done in a workmanlike manner so as to produce an even film of uniform
thickness. Edges, corners, crevices, and joints shall receive special attention to insure
thorough surface preparation. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges,
waves, laps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture, and finish. The hiding shall be so
complete that the addition of another coat would not increase the hiding. Special attention
shall be given so that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and similar areas receive a film
thickness equivalent to adjacent areas, and installations shall be protected by the use of
drop cloths or other precautionary measures.
C. Damage to other surfaces resulting from the WORK shall be cleaned, repaired, and
refinished to original condition.
3.3 STORAGE, MIXING, AND THINNING OF MATERIALS
A. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Unless otherwise indicated, the coating
manufacturer's printed recommendations and instructions for thinning, mixing, handling,
applying, and protecting its coating materials, for preparation of surfaces for coating, and
for other procedures relative to coating shall be strictly observed.
B. Coating materials shall be used within the manufacturer's recommended shelf life.
C. Storage and Mixing: Coating materials shall be stored under the conditions recommended
by the Product Data Sheets, and shall be thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform
consistency during application. Coatings from different manufacturers shall not be mixed
together.
3.4 PREPARATION FOR COATING
A. General: Surfaces to receive protective coatings shall be prepared as indicated prior to
application of coatings. The CONTRACTOR shall examine surfaces to be coated and
shall correct surface defects before application of any coating material. Marred or abraded
spots on shop-primed and on factory-finished surfaces shall receive touch-up restoration
prior to any field coating application. Surfaces to be coated shall be dry and free of visible
dust.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 - 16
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Protection of Surfaces Not to be Coated: Surfaces that are not to receive protective
coatings shall be protected during surface preparation, cleaning, and coating operations.
C. Hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings,
nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not to be painted shall be removed,
masked, or otherwise protected. Drop cloths shall be provided to prevent coating
materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. The working parts of mechanical
and electrical equipment shall be protected from damage during surface preparation and
coating operations. Openings in motors shall be masked to prevent entry of coating or
other materials.
D. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent WORK during blasting operations.
Spraying shall be conducted under carefully controlled conditions. The CONTRACTOR
shall be fully responsible for and shall promptly repair any and all damage to adjacent
WORK or adjoining property occurring from blasting or coating operations.
E. Protection of Painted Surfaces: Cleaning and coating shall be coordinated so that dust
and other contaminants from the preparation process will not fall on wet, newly-coated
surfaces.
3.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. No coating work shall be performed under the following conditions:
1. Surface or ambient temperatures exceed the manufacturer's recommended
maximum or minimum allowable.
2. Dust or smoke laden atmosphere.
3. Damp or humid conditions, where the relative humidity is above the manufacturer's
maximum allowable.
4. Substrate and ambient temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point and are
decreasing. Dew point shall be measured by use of an instrument such as a Sling
Psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department of Commerce, Weather Bureau
psychrometric tables. Elcometer 319 Dew Point meter or equal may also be used.
5. Ambient temperature that is expected to drop below 50°F or less than 5°F above the
dew point within 8 hours after application of coating.
3.6 SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS
A. The following referenced surface preparation specifications of the Steel Structures
Painting Council shall form a part of this specification:
1. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC SP 1): Removal of oil, grease, soil, salts, and other soluble
contaminants by cleaning with solvent, vapor, alkali, emulsion, or steam.
2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC SP 2): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose
paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, by hand chipping, scraping,
sanding, and wire brushing.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 - 17
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC SP 3): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose
paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, by power tool chipping, descaling,
sanding, wire brushing, and grinding.
4. White Metal Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP 5/NACE 1): Removal of all visible rust, oil,
grease, soil, dust, mill scale, paint, oxides, corrosion products and foreign matter by
blast cleaning.
5. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP 6/NACE 3): Removal of all visible oil, grease,
soil, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter,
except that staining shall be limited to no more than 33 percent of each square inch
of surface area.
6. Brush-Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP 7/NACE 4): Removal of all visible oil, grease,
soil, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose paint.
7. Near-White Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP 10/NACE 2): Removal of all visible oil, grease,
soil, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter,
except that staining shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of each square inch of
surface area.
8. Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal (SSPC 11) When viewed without magnification,
the surface shall be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint,
oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter. Slight residues of rust and paint
may be left in the lower portion of pits if the original surface is pitted. The surface
profile shall not be less than 1 mil (25 microns).
9. Surface Preparation of Concrete (SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6): Removal of protrusions,
laitance and efflorescence, existing coatings, form-release agents, and surface
contamination by detergent or steam cleaning, abrasive blasting, water jetting, or
impact or power tool methods as appropriate for the condition of the surface and the
requirements of the coating system.
3.7 FERROUS METAL SURFACE PREPARATION (UNGALVANIZED)
A. The minimum abrasive blasting surface preparation shall be as indicated in the coating
system schedules included at the end of this Section. Where there is a conflict between
these requirements and the coating manufacturer's printed recommendations for the
intended service, the higher degree of cleaning shall apply.
B. The Shop Painting Facility shall use a minimum blast material mixture of 75% grit and
25% shot material to achieve the proper surface profile.
C. The Field Coating Applicator shall abrasive blast the shop coated surfaces per SSPC SP
7/NACE 4. The previously shop-painted surfaces shall be abraded prior to the application
of the final coats. Special attention shall be given to uncoated steel weld joints, coating
holdbacks, and bare metal.
D. Grease, oil, and welding fluxes shall be removed by wiping with MEK or naphtha cleaning
or with trisodium phosphate detergent per SSPC SP 1.
E. All sharp edges shall be rounded or chamfered and all burrs, rust, scale, welding slag, and
spatter shall be removed and the surface prepared by SSPC SP 2 hand tool cleaning, and
SSPC SP 3 power tool cleaning.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 - 18
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. The Contractor shall test the surfaces for soluble salts with the use of Chlor*Test as
manufactured by Chlor*Rid International or approved equivalent. Any blasted surfaces
shall be tested and shall have a maximum concentration of 5 micrograms per square
centimeter (Ng/cm2). A test shall be conducted for every 100 square feet (ft2) of surface
area to be coated at locations determined by the Inspector.
G. If the soluble salt test indicates chloride concentrations greater than those outlined in these
Specifications, the Contractor shall use Chlor*Rid, as manufactured by Chlor*Rid
International, in the water source during Water Cleaning to remove the salts from the
substrate. A substrate's surface preparation will be accepted once the soluble salt
concentration is below the amounts outlined in these Specifications.
H. The type and size of abrasive shall be selected to produce a surface profile that meets the
coating manufacturer's recommendation for the particular coating and service
conditions.Abrasive shall not be reused unless an automated blasting system is used for
surfaces that will be in non-submerged service. For automated blasting systems, clean
oil-free abrasives shall be maintained. The abrasive mix shall include at least 50 percent
grit.
I. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the applicable federal, state, and local air pollution
control regulations for blast cleaning.
J. Compressed air for air blast cleaning shall be supplied at adequate pressure from well-
maintained compressors equipped with oil and moisture separators that remove at least
95 percent of the contaminants.
K. Surfaces shall be cleaned of dust and residual particles of the cleaning operation by dry
air blast cleaning, vacuuming, or another approved method prior to painting.
L. Enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem shall be vacuum-cleaned
and wiped with a tack cloth.
M. Damaged or defective coating shall be removed by the blast cleaning to meet the clean
surface requirements before recoating.
N. If the required abrasive blast cleaning will damage adjacent WORK,the area to be cleaned
is less than 100 square feet, and the coated surface will not be submerged in service, then
SSPC SP 2 or SSPC SP 3 may be used.
O. Shop-applied coatings of unknown composition shall be completely removed before the
indicated coatings are applied. Valves, castings, ductile or cast iron pipe, and fabricated
pipe or equipment shall be examined for the presence of shop-applied temporary coatings.
Temporary coatings shall be completely removed by solvent cleaning per SSPC SP 1
before the abrasive blast cleaning has been started.
P. Shop primed equipment shall be solvent-cleaned in the field before finish coats are
applied.
3.8 SURFACE PREPARATION OF FERROUS SURFACES WITH EXISTING COATINGS,
EXCLUDING STEEL RESERVOIR INTERIORS
A. General: Grease, oil, heavy chalk, dirt, or other contaminants shall be removed by solvent
or detergent cleaning prior to abrasive blast cleaning. The generic type of the existing
coatings shall be determined by laboratory testing.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00- 19
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the degree of cleaning
indicated in the coating system schedule for the entire surface to be coated. If the degree
of cleaning is not indicated in the schedule, deteriorated coatings shall be removed by
abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC SP 6/NACE 3. Areas of tightly adhering coatings shall
be cleaned to SSPC SP 7/NACE 4, with the remaining thickness of existing coating not to
exceed 3-mils.
C. Incompatible Coatings: If coatings to be applied are not compatible with existing coatings
the CONTRACTOR shall apply intermediate coatings per the manufacturer's
recommendation for the indicated coating system or shall completely remove the existing
coating prior to abrasive blast cleaning. A small trial application shall be conducted for
compatibility prior to painting large areas.
D. Unknown Coatings: Coatings of unknown composition shall be completely removed prior
to application of new coatings.
E. Water Abrasive or Wet Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Where indicated or where Site conditions
do not permit dry abrasive blasting for industrial coating systems due to dust or air pollution
considerations, water abrasive blasting or wet abrasive blasting may be used. In both
methods, paint-compatible corrosion inhibitors shall be used, and coating application shall
begin as soon as the surfaces are dry. Water abrasive blasting shall be done using high
pressure water with sand injection. In both methods, the equipment used shall be
commercially produced equipment with a successful service record. Wet blasting
methods shall not be used for submerged or severe service coating systems unless
indicated.
3.9 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Surface preparation shall not begin until at least 30 Days after the concrete or masonry
has been placed.
B. At the discretion of the Inspector, the Contractor shall test the surfaces for soluble salts
with the use of Chlor*Test as manufactured by Chlor*Rid International or approved
equivalent. Any surfaces shall be tested and shall have a maximum concentration of 5
micrograms per square centimeter (Ng/cm2). A test shall be conducted for every 100
square feet (ft2) of surface area to be coated at locations determined by the Inspector.
C. If the soluble salt test indicates chloride concentrations greater than those outlined in these
Specifications, the Contractor shall use Chlor*Rid, as manufactured by Chlor*Rid
International, in the water source during Water Cleaning to remove the salts from the
substrate. A substrate's surface preparation will be accepted once the soluble salt
concentration is below the amounts outlined in these Specifications.
D. In accordance with ASTM D4262, test to determine the pH of the concrete surface after
the surface has been thoroughly blasted and cleaned. If the pH is outside the range
recommended by the coating manufacturer, then the surface must be neutralized by
removing concrete until the surface pH of 7 or greater is obtained prior to any coating
application. One pH test shall be performed every 200 square feet, or less, and at locations
determined by the Inspector.
E. The Contractor shall test for capillary moisture in accordance with ASTM D4263. Moisture
tests shall be taken every 200 square feet or less and at locations determined by the
Inspector. If capillary moisture is present, the coating manufacturer shall be consulted to
determine primer requirements and special coating application criteria.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -20
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. For below grade structures with surface areas greater than 2,000 square feet, the
Contractor shall install three anhydrous calcium chloride test kits on bare concrete to
measure the Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate (MVTR) on a flat horizontal surface.
Testing and calculations shall be performed according to ASTM F1869. The MVTR shall
be less than 3 lbs per 1,000 square feet per 24 hours. If the MVTR is greater than 3 lbs
per 1,000 square feet per 24 hours, the Contractor shall apply a concrete sealant to reduce
the MVTR through the concrete. The test kits shall be undisturbed for a minimum of 60
hours.
G. Surface Voids: Bugholes, honeycomb, or other surface voids greater than 1/4 inch in depth
or 1/4 inch in diameter shall be filled in with a resurfacing mortar prior to the application of
any primer or finish coat.
H. Holes or other joint defects in masonry shall be filled with mortar and repainted. All voids
and cracks shall be repaired as specified. Loose or spatter mortar shall be removed by
scraping and chipping. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned with clear water by washing
and scrubbing to remove foreign and deleterious substances. Muriatic acid shall not be
used. After cleaning, masonry surfaces shall be sealed or filled with a sealer or block filler
compatible with the specified primer.
I. Coating Pipe Penetrations: A 1/4-inch wide by 3/8-inch deep saw cut shall be made
around the circumference of the pipe as it penetrates the concrete. Prior to the coating
application, the saw cut shall be dried and vacuumed to remove all dust and residue.
J. Coating FloorMall Joints: A 1/4-inch wide by 3/8-inch deep saw cut shall be made on the
vertical and horizontal concrete surfaces around the perimeter of the floor. The saw cut
shall be 2 inches from the joint on both sides. Prior to the coating application, the saw cut
shall be dried and vacuumed to remove all dust and residue.
K. All oil, grease, and form release and curing compounds shall be removed by detergent
cleaning per SSPC-SP 1 before abrasive blast cleaning.
L. New concrete, concrete block masonry surfaces and deteriorated concrete surfaces to be
coated shall be abrasive blast cleaned to remove existing coatings, laitance, and
deteriorated concrete, and to roughen the surface equivalent to 80 Grit sandpaper or ICRI
No. 310.2 Guideline for Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for
Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays Concrete Surface Profile No. 4.
M. Surfaces shall be clean and as recommended by the coating manufacturer before coating
is started.
3.10 PLASTIC, FIBER GLASS AND NONFERROUS METALS SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Plastic and fiber glass surfaces shall be sanded or brush off blast cleaned prior to solvent
cleaning with a chemical compatible with the coating system primer.
B. Non-ferrous metal surfaces shall be solvent-cleaned SSPC SP 1 followed by sanding or
brush-off blast cleaning SSPC SP 7/NACE 4.
C. Surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to coating application.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -21
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.11 SHOP COATING REQUIREMENTS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, items of equipment or parts of equipment which are not
submerged in service shall be shop-primed and then finish-coated in the field after
installation with the indicated or selected color. The methods, materials, application
equipment, and other details of shop painting shall comply with this Section. If the shop
primer requires top coating within a specific period of time, the equipment shall be finish-
coated in the shop and then be touched up after installation.
B. Items of equipment or parts and surfaces of equipment which are submerged or inside an
enclosed hydraulic structure when in service, with the exception of pumps and valves,
shall have surface preparation and coating performed in the field.
C. Shop primed surfaces which are to be incorporated in the work shall be prepared in the
field by cleaning all surfaces as necessary in accordance with SSPC SP 1 and SP 2.
Damaged shop coating shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP 3, Power Tool
Cleaning, and recoated with the primer specified.
D. For every 500 square feet, or less, of steel surface blasted, the surface profile shall be
tested with the use of Press-o-Film as manufactured by Testex, or other RP0287 approved
equal, at locations to be determined by the Inspector. The replica tape thickness shall be
measured using a dial micrometer manufactured by Testex, or other ASTM D4417 Type
C approved equal. For each test area, one replica tape test shall be performed. For each
test area, the three replica tape thickness values shall be recorded and must be within
10% of the coating manufacturer's recommended profile. If the surface profile does not
meet the manufacturer's recommended profile, two additional tests will be performed
within a 12-inch diameter of the initial test. If the values are not satisfactory, the Contractor
shall reblast the affected areas.
E. The interior surfaces of steel water reservoirs, except for Paragraph A surfaces, shall have
surface preparation and coating WORK performed in the field.
F. For certain pieces of equipment it may be undesirable or impractical to apply finish
coatings in the field. Such equipment may include engine generator sets, equipment such
as electrical control panels, switchgear or main control boards, submerged parts of pumps,
ferrous metal passages in valves, or other items where it is not possible to obtain the
indicated quality in the field. Such equipment shall be primed and finish-coated in the
shop and touched up in the field with the identical material after installation. The
CONTRACTOR shall require the manufacturer of each such piece of equipment to certify
as part of its Shop Drawings that the surface preparation is in accordance with these
specifications. The coating material data sheet shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings
for the equipment.
G. For certain small pieces of equipment the manufacturer may have a standard coating
system that is suitable for the intended service conditions. In such cases, the final
determination of suitability will be made during review of the Shop Drawing submittals.
Equipment of this type generally includes only indoor equipment such as instruments,
small compressors, and chemical metering pumps.
H. Shop-painted surfaces shall be protected during shipment and handling by suitable
provisions including padding, blocking, and the use of canvas or nylon slings. Primed
surfaces shall not be exposed to the weather for more than 2 months before being top
coated or less time if recommended by the coating manufacturer.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -22
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
I. Damage to shop-applied coatings shall be repaired in accordance with this Section and
the coating manufacturer's printed instructions.
J. The CONTRACTOR shall make certain that the shop primers and field topcoats are
compatible and meet the requirements of this Section. Copies of applicable coating
manufacturer's data sheets shall be submitted with equipment Shop Drawings.
3.12 APPLICATION OF COATINGS
A. The application of protective coatings to steel substrates shall be in accordance with
SSPC PA1 - Paint Application Specification No. 1.
B. Cleaned surfaces and each coat shall be inspected prior to applying each succeeding
coat. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule such inspection with the ENGINEER in
advance.
C. Blast cleaned ferrous metal surfaces shall be painted before any rusting or other
deterioration of the surface occurs. Blast cleaning shall be limited to only those surfaces
that can be coated in the same day.
D. Coatings shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations and this Section, whichever has the most stringent requirements.
E. Special attention shall be given to edges, angles, weld seams, flanges, nuts and bolts,
and other places where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to be present.
CONTRACTOR shall use an independent stripe coat per SSPC PA Guide 11 for these
areas. Particular care shall be used to ensure that the specified coverage is secured on
the edges and corners of all surfaces.
F. Special attention shall be given to materials that will be joined so closely that proper
surface preparation and application are not possible. Such contact surfaces shall be
coated prior to assembly or installation.
G. Finish coats, including touch-up and damage repair coats shall be applied in a manner
that will present a uniform texture and color matched appearance.
H. Coatings shall not be applied under the following conditions:
1. Temperatures exceeding the manufacturer's recommended maximum and minimum
allowable.
2. Concrete surfaces will be in direct sunlight during application or within 3 hours after
application.
3. Dust or smoke laden atmosphere.
4. Damp or humid weather.
5. Substrate or air temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dew point.
6. Air temperature is expected to drop below 40 degrees F or less than 5 degrees F
above the dew point within 8 hours after application of coating.
7. Wind conditions are not calm.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -23
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
I. Dew point shall be determined by use of a sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S.
Dept. of Commerce, Weather Bureau psychometric tables.
J. Unburied steel piping shall be abrasive blast cleaned and primed before installation.
K. Finish coats shall be applied after concrete, masonry, and equipment installation is
complete, and the working areas are clean and dust free.
3.13 CURING OF COATINGS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain curing conditions in accordance with the conditions
recommended by the coating material manufacturer or by this Section, whichever is the
most stringent, prior to placing the completed coating system into service.
B. In the case of enclosed areas, forced air ventilation, using heated air if necessary, may be
required until the coatings have fully cured.
3.14 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING
A. Identification of piping shall be in accordance with Section 431051 - Piping Identification
Systems.
B. Every valve or connection, where it may be possible for a worker to be exposed to a
hazardous substance, shall be labeled per OSHA Occupational Safety and Health
Standards 29CFR1910.1200.
C. Unburied pipes in structures and in chemical pipe trenches shall be color-code painted.
Colors shall be as selected by the ENGINEER or as indicated.
3.15 SHOP AND FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER a minimum of 3 Days advance
notice of the start of any field surface preparation or coating application, and a minimum
of 7 Days advance notice of the start of any surface preparation activity in the shop.
B. Such WORK shall be performed only in the presence of the ENGINEER, unless the
ENGINEER has granted prior approval to perform such WORK in its absence.
C. Inspection by the ENGINEER, or the waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the
WORK, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to perform the WORK in
accordance with these Specifications.
D. Scaffolding shall be erected and moved to locations where requested by the ENGINEER
to facilitate inspection. Additional illumination shall be furnished on areas to be inspected.
E. Inspection Devices: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish inspection devices in good working
condition for the detection of holidays and measurement of dry film thicknesses of
coatings. Dry-film thickness gauges shall be made available for the ENGINEER's use
while coating is being done, until final acceptance of such coatings. The CONTRACTOR
shall furnish the services of a trained operator of the holiday detection devices until the
final acceptance of such coatings. Holiday detection devices shall be operated only in the
presence of the ENGINEER.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -24
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. Holiday Testing: The CONTRACTOR shall test for continuity all coated ferrous surfaces
inside a steel reservoir, other surfaces that will be submerged in water or other liquids,
surfaces that are enclosed in a vapor space in such structures, and surfaces coated with
any of the submerged and severe service coating systems. Areas that contain
discontinuities shall be marked and repaired or recoated in accordance with the coating
manufacturer's printed instructions and then be retested.
1. Coatings with thickness exceeding 20-mils total DFT: Pulse-type holiday detector
such as Tinker& Rasor Model AP-W, D.E. Stearns Co. Model 14/20, or equal shall
be used. The unit shall be adjusted to operate at the voltage required to cause a
spark jump across an air gap equal to twice the required coating thickness.
2. Coatings with thickness of 20-mils or less total DFT: Tinker & Rasor Model M1 non-
destructive type holiday detector, K-D Bird Dog, or equal shall be used. The unit shall
operate at less than 75 volts. For thicknesses between 10-and 20-mils, a non-sudsing
type wetting agent, such as Kodak Photo-Flo or equal, shall be added to the water
prior to wetting the detector sponge.
G. Film Thickness Testing: On ferrous metals, the dry film coating thickness shall be
measured in accordance with the SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2 using a
magnetic type dry film thickness gauge such as Mikrotest Model FM, Elcometer Model
111/1 EZ, or equal. Each coat shall be tested for the correct thickness. No measurements
shall be made until at least 8 hours after application of the coating. On non-ferrous metals
and other substrates, the coating thicknesses shall be measured at the time of application
using a wet film gauge.
H. Surface Preparation: Confirm proper surface profile with Testex Press-0-Film replica tape
in accordance with NACE RP0287-02.
3.16 Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal - Not Galvanized
Item Surface Prep. System No.
FM-1 All surfaces indoors and Commercial blast (4) epoxy/
outdoors, exposed or covered, cleaning SSPC SP polyurethane
exterior face of steel tank and 6/NACE 3
except those included below.
FM-2 Surfaces of equipment and White metal blast (100) Amine Cured
ferrous surfaces submerged or cleaning SSPC SP Epoxy
intermittently submerged in 5/NACE 1
potable water, utility water, and
wastewater (excluding shop-
coated valves, couplings,
pumps).
FM-3 Interior surfaces of steel tank White metal blast (102) Thick Film Cured
and floor plates. cleaning SSPC SP Epoxy
5/NACE 1
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -25
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.17 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULE, NON-FERROUS METAL, PLASTIC, FIBER GLASS
A. Where isolated non-ferrous parts are associated with equipment or piping, the
CONTRACTOR shall use the coating system for the adjacent connected surfaces. Do not
coat handrails, gratings, frames or hatches. Only primers recommended by the coating
manufacturer shall be used.
Item Surface Prep. System No.
NFS-3 Aluminum surfaces in contact Solvent cleaned SSPC (208) aluminum metal
with concrete, or with any isolation
other metal except galvanized
ferrous metal.
NFS-4 Polyvinyl chloride plastic Solvent cleaned SSPC (7) acrylic latex
piping, indoors and outdoors,
or in structures, not
submerged or insulated.
NFS-5 Fiberglass surfaces. Per paragraph 3.10 (12) (VOC-Limited)
polyurethane, fiber
glass
3.18 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULE-CONCRETE
Item Surface Prep. System No.
C-3 Floor slab and walls, Per paragraph 3.9 (108) polyurethane,
exposure to chemicals, where concrete
indicated.
C-5 Interior surfaces of sewer Per paragraph 3.9 (109) epoxy, concrete
manholes, including
sidewalls, bottom, and metal
appurtenances, for manholes
indicated.
- END OF SECTION -
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PROTECTIVE COATING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 09 96 00 -26
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 10 14 00— BUILDING SIGNAGE
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide building signage and appurtenant WORK, complete and
in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA): ADA Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG).
C. Building Code: Refer to the Drawings to determine which Building Code applies. The
applicable Building Code, defined by the Drawings, is referred to herein as "the CODE."
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
NFPA 704 Identification of the Hazards of Materials for Emergency Response
E. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions, and the following:
1. Manufacturer's full range color charts, indicating custom color availability for color
selection by OWNER.
C. Warranty: Submit a copy of the warranty.
D. Certifications:
1. Certification by the building signage Manufacturer that the building signage provided
is suitable for, and compatible with, the required installation.
2. Certification by the building signage Manufacturer that the building signage provided
is suitable for, and compatible with, the substrates and surfaces indicated.
3. Certification of Manufacturer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated.
4. When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required
to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
E. Shop Drawings: Complete Shop Drawings showing location and detail of installation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 BUILDING SIGNAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 10 14 00- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Shop Drawings shall be drawn to sufficient scale and shall include dimensions, show
elevations and details of construction of each building signage type, schedule of
building signage, mounting details, location and installation requirements, thickness
of materials, joints, provisions for expansion and contraction, connections,
accessories, and trim.
F. Samples: The CONTRACTOR shall submit 2 samples of each of the following. Unless
otherwise indicated, samples shall be full size and shall show gauges, configuration,
construction, finish and color proposed for the various components. Samples shall be
clearly marked to show the Manufacturer's name, product identification, finish and color.
New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved by the ENGINEER.
Upon approval, the samples shall become the standard for acceptance for the project with
regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Full-size sample of each typical building signage type.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Building signage shall be provided by a single Manufacturer,
unless otherwise indicated.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications:
1. Building signage Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 10 years of building signage
manufacturing experience.
2. Building signage Manufacturers shall have the ability to print signs in Spanish.
3. Manufacturers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. Furnish Manufacturer's 15-year written warranty to cover defects in materials, products,
and manufacturing workmanship.
1. Warranty shall include coverage against chipping, fading, rusting, shattering, or
peeling.
B. Warranties shall be non-prorated for the entire warranty period.
C. The term of the warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Building signage shall be recommended by the Manufacturer for the installation indicated.
B. Building signage shall be suitable for, and compatible with, the required installation.
C. Building signage shall be suitable for, and compatible with, the substrates and surfaces
indicated.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 BUILDING SIGNAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 10 14 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.2 RESTRICTIVE/CAUTION SIGNS
A. Signs shall be SetonUltraTuff by Seton, Branford, Connecticut, or approved equal.
B. Signs shall be constructed of a printed polyester film permanently bonded to a rigid
fiberglass panel and over-laminated with Tedlar by Seton, or approved equal, and a total
thickness of 0.11-inch (2.8 mm) minimum.
C. Signs shall be 14-inches (356 mm) wide by 10-inches (254 mm) tall in rounded corners.
Color of signs and letters shall be in accordance with OSHA standards. All other aspects
of the Restrictive/Caution Signs shall be in accordance with OSHA standards. If OSHA
standards do not apply, the color shall be red with white letters, 1-inch (25 mm) high.
D. Signs shall be wall and door surface mounted per Manufacturer standard. Signs shall be
mounted as scheduled, as recommended in writing by the Manufacturer, and as approved
by the ENGINEER.
E. Sign sizes shall be adjusted to suit the number of letters in each sign with a 1 1/2-inch
(38.1 mm) minimum border all around. Two lines are permitted. Center justify the letters.
2.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
A. System shall be manufactured by Seton, Branford, Connecticut, or approved equal.
1. System shall confirm to NFPA 704.
2. System shall use a diamond-shaped symbol divided into four smaller diamonds.
a. Health hazard diamond (left): blue background with a rating number in
contrasting color.
b. Flammability hazard diamond (top): red background with a rating number in
contrasting color.
c. Instability hazard diamond (right): yellow background with a rating number in
contrasting color.
d. Special hazard diamond (bottom): white background with a rating number in
contrasting color.
3. Colors used for the diamonds shall provide an adequate contrast so that the rating
numbers are easily identified.
4. Signs mounted on walls and doors shall be high performances plastic signs.
5. Signs adhered to drums and containers shall be vinyl.
6. Unless otherwise noted, exterior signs shall be a minimum of 15-inches (381 mm) by
15-inches (381 mm) and interior signs shall be a minimum of 10-inches (254 mm)
by 10-inches (254 mm)
2.4 BUILDING SIGNS
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal:
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 BUILDING SIGNAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 10 14 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide Manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal.
a. Seton Identification Products; Fiberglass, Style No. M0027.
B. Description:
1. Signs shall be high performance fiberglass, constructed of a printed polyester film
permanently bonded to a rigid fiberglass panel and over-laminated with a total
thickness of 0.10-inch (2.5 mm) minimum.
2. Signs shall be suitable for interior or exterior use, and resist UV light, dirt, and harsh
chemicals.
3. Signs shall be 14-inches (355 mm) wide by 10-inches (250 mm) tall with rounded
corners. Colors, letters, and other aspects of the signs shall be in accordance with
OSHA standards. If OSHA standards do not apply, the color shall be red selected
by the ENGINEER, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Sign sizes shall be adjusted to suit the number of letters in each sign with a 1 1/2-
inch (38 mm) minimum border. Two lines are permitted. Letters shall be left justified.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 LOCATIONS
A. Signage shall be installed at the locations indicated or as otherwise required by the CODE,
ADAAG, NFPA 704, and OSHA. Where a conflict occurs between the requirements of this
Section and the references herein, the more stringent shall apply, as directed by the
ENGINEER.
B. Where not indicated, signs shall be installed as directed by the ENGINEER.
C. Signs shall be mounted 60-inches (1520-millimeters) above the floor, unless otherwise
indicated.
3.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions before,
during, and after installation.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 BUILDING SIGNAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 10 14 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.4 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
2. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration,
or other surface imperfections on the finished units shall be rejected.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where building signage will be installed for
compliance with the requirements for installation, taking into account tolerances, and
other conditions affecting performance of installed building signage.
a. Provide inserts, backing, blocking, anchoring devices, and reinforcements that
must be built into other WORK for the installation of building signage and
appurtenances. Coordinate delivery with other WORK to avoid delay.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR'S acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
3.5 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
3.6 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with applicable
references, with the requirements of the CODE, nfpa 704, OSHA, and with Manufacturer's
written instructions.Where a conflict occurs among these requirements, the more stringent
shall apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide corrosion resistant fasteners, anchors, and shims
required for a complete installation, and shall be secure, plumb, level, straight, and true to
line, allowing for required movement, including expansion and contraction.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide separation of dissimilar materials to ensure no galvanic
action occurs.
D. Horizontal lines shall be level, and vertical lines shall be plumb.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall block and reinforce walls as required to support building
signage, and appurtenances.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 BUILDING SIGNAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 10 14 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.7 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
1. Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation.
Films and labels left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
2. Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
B. Upon completion of the installation, building signage and appurtenances shall be cleaned
of dirt and other foreign matter to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
1. Cleaning shall be performed again immediately prior to acceptance of the WORK,
when directed by the ENGINEER.
2. Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer's written
instructions.
C. Building signage shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction
operations.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required until accepted.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall remove scratches and blemishes to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
F. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the,
ENGINEER.
G. When building signage WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and
equipment, and clean the Site of building signage debris.
3.8 RESTRICTIVE/CAUTION SIGN SCHEDULE
Quantity Sign Wording Location
DANGER
12 English Equipment may start without warning a Pumps and motors.
12 Spanish a Others to be located by the
PELIGRO ENGINEER.
EI equipo se puede prender sin advertencia
NOTICE . On all exterior doors at the
5 English No Smoking Electrical/Chemical Feed
Building.
5 Spanish AVISO . Located as directed by the
No Fumar ENGINEER.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 BUILDING SIGNAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 10 14 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Quantity Sign Wording Location
EXIT . Locate on inside of each exit
door at the
2 English Electrical/Chemical Feed
2 Spanish SALIDA Building.
• Others to be located by the
ENGINEER.
CAUTION
Non-Potable Water
3 English Do not drink Locate at yard hydrants (3)
3 Spanish PRECAUCI6N where water is non-potable
Agua No Potable
No Beber
EXIT
2 English DO NOT BLOCK DOOR Exterior of each overhead
2 Spanish SALIDA coiling exterior door
NO BLOQUEAR LA PUERTA
3.9 HAZARDOUS IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM SIGN SCHEDULE—Meeting the requirements
of NFPA 704
Quantity Sign Wording Location
0
2 1
3 COR Electrical/Chemical Feed Building
3.10 BUILDING SIGN SCHEDULE
Quantity Sign Wording Location
1 Electrical/Chemical Feed Building Electrical/Chemical Feed Building
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 BUILDING SIGNAGE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 10 14 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 10 44 00 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide fire extinguishers and appurtenant WORK, complete,
in place, and operational in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. Building Code: Refer to the Drawings to determine which building code applies. The
applicable building code, defined by the Drawings, is referenced herein as "the CODE".
C. National Fire Protection Association publications (NFPA):
NFPA 10 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers
D. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL)
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 —Contractor Submittals.
1. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions.
2. Certifications:
a. UL certification for each fire extinguisher unit provided.
b. Certification of Manufacturer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated.
3. When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required
to show compliance with the Contract Documents.
4. Shop Drawings: Complete Shop Drawings showing location and detail of installation.
Shop Drawings shall include mounting and bracket details.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Fire extinguishers shall be provided by a single
Manufacturer.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications:
1. Fire extinguisher Manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years of fire extinguisher
manufacturing experience.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 10 44 00-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Manufacturers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Fire extinguishers, accessories, and installation shall comply with the CODE, NFPA 10,
and with the Manufacturer's published recommendations and specifications.
2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A. Manufacturer, or Equal:
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide products from one of the
Manufacturers listed below, or Equal.
a. J.L Industries, Inc.
b. Larsen's Manufacturing Co.
c. General Fire Extinguisher Co.
B. Description:
1. Fire extinguishers in every location, except in rooms or spaces containing electrical
switchgear, motor control centers, variable frequency drives, generator rooms, etc.,
shall be 20 Ib capacity, 6A:12013C (ABC), UL-rated, chemical multipurpose type.
2. Fire extinguishers in rooms or spaces containing electrical switchgear, motor control
centers, variable frequency drives, generator rooms, etc., shall be 20 Ib capacity 10
BC, UL-rated, carbon dioxide type.
3. Fire extinguishers shall be provided with severe duty corrosion resistant finish, red
enamel steel cylinders.
4. Fire extinguishers shall be provided with mounting brackets,which support the bottom
and sides of extinguishers, and are specially designed for the extinguisher, as
recommended in writing by the Manufacturer.
2.3 ADDITIONAL EXTINGUISHERS
A. Provide 2 additional ABC units and 2 additional BC units to be located as directed.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in Manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 10 44 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Handle materials in strict accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 LOCATIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall verify the fire extinguisher locations and mounting heights on
the Contract Drawings with the Fire Marshall before installation. If locations on the
Drawings are not accepted by the Fire Marshal, install fire extinguishers where directed
by the ENGINEER.
3.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with Manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions before,
during, and after installation.
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.4 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
2. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration,
or other surface imperfections on the finished units shall be rejected.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where fire extinguishers and
appurtenances will be installed for compliance with the requirements for installation,
taking into account tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of installed
fire extinguishers and appurtenances.
a. Provide inserts, backing, blocking, anchoring devices, and reinforcements that
must be built into other WORK for the installation of fire extinguishers and
appurtenances. Coordinate delivery with other WORK to avoid delay.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR's acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
3.5 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 10 44 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.6 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with applicable
references, the requirements of the CODE, with NFPA 10, and with Manufacturer's written
instructions. Where a conflict occurs among these requirements, the more stringent shall
apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall block and reinforce walls as required to support the fire
extinguishers and appurtenances.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide corrosion resistant fasteners, anchors, and shims
required for a complete installation, and shall be secure, plumb, level, straight, and true to
line, allowing for required movement, including expansion and contraction.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall provide separation of dissimilar materials to ensure no galvanic
action occurs.
E. Horizontal lines shall be level, and vertical lines shall be plumb.
F. Secure mounting brackets and fire extinguishers to structure, square and plumb.
3.7 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
1. Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation.
Films and labels left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
2. Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
B. Upon completion of the installation, fire extinguishers and appurtenances shall be cleaned
of dirt and other foreign matter to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
1. Cleaning shall be performed again immediately prior to acceptance of the WORK,
when directed by the ENGINEER.
2. Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with the Manufacturer's written
instructions.
C. Fire extinguishers shall be protected from damage from subsequent construction
operations.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required until accepted.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall remove scratches and blemishes to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
F. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
G. When fire extinguishers WORK is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and
equipment, and clean the Site of fire extinguishers debris.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 10 44 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
H. Fire extinguishers shall be inspected and certified within 30 days of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 10 44 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 13 34 19 - PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide pre-engineered metal building(s) and appurtenant
WORK, complete and in place, with operational components, in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
B. The concrete floor slab and foundation shall be constructed according to the Contract
Documents.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish professional design and engineering services as
required for pre-engineered metal building(s) and appurtenances as indicated herein.
1. Professional design and engineering services may be provided by the manufacturer
or by an independent licensed structural engineer retained by the CONTRACTOR,
either of which shall comply with the requirements indicated.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate color samples with other Sections through the
submittal process.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Where reference is made to any of the below, the revision in effect at the time of bid
opening shall apply.
B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
AISC Steel Construction Manual, Thirteenth Edition
C. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)
AISI Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members
AISI Design of Light Gage Steel Diaphragms
D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
ASTM A 36 Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Ultimate
Tensile Strength
ASTM A 325 Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi
Minimum Ultimate Tensile Strength
ASTM A 529 Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of
Structural Quality
ASTM A 572 Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium
Structural Steel
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19- 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
ASTM A 653 Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron
Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM A 1008 Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-
Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved
Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable
ASTM A 1011 Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,
Structural, High-Strength Low Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with
Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength
E. American Welding Society
AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code-Steel
F. Metal Building Manufacturer's Association (MBMA)
Metal Building Systems Manual.
G. Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association (AAMA).
H. Building Code: Refer to the Drawings to determine which building code applies. The
applicable building code, defined by the Drawings, is referenced herein as "the CODE."
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals.
B. Literature: Manufacturer's specifications, technical data, installation methods, and
maintenance instructions, and the following:
1. Complete operation instructions for operable components.
2. Manufacturer's full-range color charts, indicating custom color availability for color
selection by the OWNER.
3. Additional information for the building system, roof panels, wall panels, accessories
and components.
C. Warranty: Submit a copy of the warranty.
D. Certifications
1. Certification of compliance with the Structural Requirements of paragraph 2.1.A.
2. Certification of manufacturer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects
with addresses of the project location, date of project completion, manufacturer's
products, and contact information of the consultant firm of record, general contractor
and owner.
3. Certification of installer qualifications demonstrating compliance with the
qualifications requirements indicated. Include a list of 5 similar completed projects
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
with addresses of the project location, date of project completion, and contact
information of the consultant firm of record, general contractor and owner.
4. Certification from the manufacturer stating that galvanizing has been completed in
accordance with these specifications.
5. Certification of welder qualifications in accordance with the American Welding Society
Code for Building Construction.
6. When requested by the ENGINEER, furnish other certifications as may be required
to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
E. Shop Drawings and Design Calculations: Complete Shop Drawings showing location and
details of installation, and design calculations.
1. Shop Drawings and Design Calculations shall be prepared, signed, and stamped by
a professional civil or structural engineer registered in the State where the project is
located.
2. Shop Drawings shall be drawn to sufficient scale, showing fully-dimensioned layout,
including plans, sections, elevations and details of construction, connections to the
foundation, joints, penetration details, preformed metal closures, flashing, gutters,
and downspouts, fastenings, system caulking, sealants, gaskets, appurtenances,
locations of framed openings, special project specific conditions, location of custom-
cut panels, provisions for expansion and contraction, doors, windows, louvers,
connections, accessories, and trim.
a. Shop Drawings shall include material descriptions, finish, color, details of
construction, installation, and accessories of each pre-engineered metal building
and shall include, as a minimum:
1) Erection drawings with written procedures to clearly explain proper
installation of fasteners, trim, gaskets, and sealants. Erection drawings
shall also include a notation requiring the installer to coordinate with other
trades.
2) Transverse cross sections.
3) Roof plans showing sizes and locations of structural panels and
connections.
4) Elevations of walls showing sizes and locations of structural panels and
connections, openings for doors, removable wall panels, HVAC and other
mechanical and electrical equipment.
5) Details of door, door frames, and other openings and accessories.
6) Design and detail penetrations, including hot pipe penetrations, to be
weathertight. Coordinate locations of penetrations.
7) Manufacturer's standard details may be used in addition to the shop
drawings listed above provided that the portions that apply are clearly
marked and those parts that do not apply are clearly marked.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
8) Foundation anchor bolt plan with anchor bolts, shear lugs (if required) and
base plate details. A diagram shall be included showing the vertical and
lateral loads applied on the foundation for each load combination.
3. Design Calculations
a. Design calculations shall include a complete stress and deflection analysis of all
structural components and connections.
b. Design calculations shall include supporting information for the structural roof
deck with ICC-ES/IAPMO approval substantiating the capacity of the deck to act
as a roof diaphragm and provide lateral support for out-of-plane loading.
c. Design calculations shall substantiate a complete load path for the wind and
seismic lateral force resisting system including design of drag, collector and
bracing elements (including connections) required to transfer loading, including
overstrength factors, to the foundation. The design calculations shall specifically
address anchorage of the structural system to the foundation, including detailing
of baseplates and anchor rods. Detailing shall consider edge distance and
clearance requirements at slab edges, blockouts and curbs.
4. Specifications for the painting system including paint manufacturer's name, product
trade name, and preparation for shop and field coats.
F. Deferred Approval: The shop drawings and design calculations shall be submitted to the
Building Official(s) having jurisdiction for review and approval prior to construction. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide all engineering support as necessary during the review
process with all Building Official(s) having jurisdiction, including providing responses to
review comments, attendance at meetings, and submitting all requested documentation.
G. Samples: The CONTRACTOR shall submit 2 samples of each of the following. Unless
otherwise indicated, samples shall be full size and shall show gauges, configuration,
construction, finish and color proposed for the various components. Samples shall be
clearly marked to show the manufacturer's name, product identification, finish and color.
New samples shall be resubmitted of each, as required, until approved by the ENGINEER.
Upon approval, the samples shall become the standard for acceptance for the project with
regard to color, finish, and quality of each item. Approval of samples shall not relieve the
CONTRACTOR from compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Metal Wall and Roof Panels
a. Assembled half panels, with representative panel support framing, showing
seam, and appurtenances; one-foot long, in color and finish indicated.
b. Three-inches (76 mm) by 4-inch (102 mm) color samples showing substrate,
finish, and color.
2. Gutter and downspout: One-foot (.30 m) long section of each in material, profile,
finish, and color indicated.
3. Finish trim, closure pieces, and sealant, one-foot long (.30 m) each.
4. Samples of each type fastener required, identified as to use.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single Source Responsibility: Pre-engineered metal buildings and components shall be
provided by a single manufacturer.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications
1. Pre-engineered metal building manufacturer shall be a current member of the Metal
Building Manufacturer's Association (MBMA).
2. Pre-engineered metal building manufacturer shall have a minimum of 20 years of Pre-
engineered metal building manufacturing experience.
3. Pre-engineered metal building manufacturer shall have a minimum of 5 similar
successful projects over the most recent 10 years, employing similar products,
materials, applications, and performance requirements.
4. Manufacturers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
C. Installer Qualifications
1. Installer shall have a minimum of 5 years' experience in the successful completion of
at least 5 projects of similar size and scope, employing similar products, materials,
applications, and performance requirements.
2. Installer shall be trained, certified, and authorized by the manufacturer to install the
manufacturer's product.
3. Installers without these qualifications will not be accepted.
1.5 SPECIAL WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. For pre-engineered metal building(s) and appurtenances furnish manufacturer's 5-year
written warranty to cover defects in materials, products, and manufacturing workmanship.
B. Installation Warranty: At the time of Substantial Completion, the manufacturer shall
warrant that the installation is not defective in and conforms to the manufacturer's erection
drawings, except for reasonable variances not impairing the usefulness thereof.
C. Finish Warranty: The manufacturer shall warrant against spalling, fading, chalking,
peeling, cracking, checking, chipping, or erosion to base metal of the exterior panel finish,
for a period of 10 years from the date of Substantial Completion. The finish shall not
change color more than eight NBS units for a period of 10 years from the date of
Substantial Completion.
D. Weathertight Warranty: Manufacturer shall provide a weathertight warranty against water
penetration of the pre-engineered metal building system, including panel joints and trim
conditions for a period of 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
E. In the event that the pre-engineered metal building fails to meet the warranty standards
above, the manufacturer shall, at the manufacturer's sole cost (including labor and
materials), replace or repair the pre-engineered metal building, as agreeable to the
OWNER throughout the term of the warranty.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19- 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish separate, but concurrently running, 5-year written
warranty to cover installation and associated labor.
G. The term of the warranties shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion, unless
otherwise indicated.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Structural Requirements
1. Pre-engineered metal building(s), including structural framing, accessories, related
assemblies, components, appurtenances and attachment details shall comply with
the CODE and shall be designed and installed for resistance to the structural design
criteria indicated in the Contract Documents in accordance with the CODE. Where a
conflict occurs between the requirements of this Section and the CODE, the more
stringent shall apply.
a. Refer to Section 01 33 17 — Structural Design, Support and Anchorage for
additional design criteria.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional non-standard bracing, reinforcements,
anchors, and heavier gauge materials in order to conform to the structural design
criteria indicated and to other performance requirements indicated.
3. Pre-engineered metal building(s) including related assemblies, components, and
accessories shall be manufactured and installed to maintain the specified
performance requirements, under the structural design criteria indicated, without
defects, damage, or failure.
B. Thermal Movements: Pre-engineered metal building(s) and accessories shall be designed
to provide for such expansion and contraction of component materials as will be caused
by temperature changes without causing buckling, stresses or other cladding components,
failure of joints, undue stress on structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners,
reduction of performance, or other visual or technical detrimental effects.
C. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal.
a. Butler Manufacturing Company - With additional options and custom features
as specified herein.
b. Varco Pruden Buildings - With additional options and custom features as
specified herein.
D. Description
1. Pre-engineered metal building(s) shall be provided complete, and shall include the
structural framing, connections, anchor bolts, framed openings for wall and
penetrations, and framed openings for doors, windows and louvers; metal roofing and
scrim faced insulation with metal wall panel system, gutters and downspouts, pipe
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
flashing, gable trim, flashing, closures, fasteners, sealants, and all other component
parts for a complete weathertight, exterior envelope. Building shall be fully insulated
in walls and roof.
a. Dimensions: The dimensions shall be as indicated on the Contract Documents.
The minimum clear height to the underside of the roof members at their lowest
point (eave height) and the roof slope shall be as indicated on the Contract
Documents.
b. Structural System
1) The building's structural system shall be a clear span rigid frame system
as determined by the manufacturer and in coordination with the Contract
Documents.
2) The building's structural system shall be selected such that it is compatible
with the foundation system shown on the Contract Documents.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Metals
1. Members fabricated from plate or bar stock: provide 42,000-psi minimum yield
strength and comply with the requirements of ASTM A529, A1011, or A572.
2. Members fabricated by cold forming: ASTM A 1008, Grade 50.
3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653 with G90 coating.
4. Bolts for Structural Framing: ASTM A325.
5. Anchors into concrete: ASTM A307
6. Hot rolled structural shapes: ASTM A36, A570, or A992.
2.3 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Design Loads
1. Roof live load, Wind load, and Seismic load shall be per the design criteria listed on
the Structural General Notes Drawing, GS - 1.
2. Collateral loads shall include dead and live loads resulting from HVAC, piping, and
other items suspended from the roof. This loading shall be coordinated with the
drawings of all disciplines and manufacturer's shop drawings.
3. Crane loads shall be as required by the crane manufacturer for the crane capacity
and type indicated on the Contract Documents, including impact and runway
horizontal forces.
B. Design Requirements
1. Design structural panels and exterior covering materials for applicable loads and
combinations of loads in accordance with the MBMA Metal Building Design Manual.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19- 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. For design of structural panels, comply with the requirements of the AISC.
3. For design of light gage steel members, comply with AISI for design requirements and
allowable stresses.
4. Welded connections shall comply with AWS.
5. Design framing to withstand stresses resulting from combinations of loads that
produce the maximum allowable stresses in that member as prescribed in MBMA's
Metal Building Design Manual.
6. The building shall be designed to withstand all loading conditions both with and
without wall panels in place.
2.4 FOUNDATION AND FLOOR SLAB
A. The foundation and floor slab shall be reinforced concrete conforming to the requirements .
of the Contract Documents.
B. The pre-engineered metal building manufacturer shall design the anchorages for the pre-
engineered metal building and make any recommendations for base plate revision based
on actual loading. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the anchorage and base plate
details with the foundation and with the pre-engineered metal building engineer.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the details of anchorages of the pre-engineered
metal building to its foundation. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the anchor bolts and
layout templates and allow for any foundation revisions necessary to adapt or support the
pre-engineered metal building during construction as accepted by the ENGINEER.
2.5 STRUCTURAL FRAMING
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal.
a. Butler Manufacturing Company; WIDESPAN, Type LRF
b. Varco Pruden Buildings: VP Rigid Frame
B. Description
1. Design of the structural system for the pre-engineered metal building shall be clear
span rigid frame with tapered columns, tapered roof beams, and gable roof.
2. Primary Framing
a. Rigid Frames
1) Frames shall consist of welded plate section columns and roof beams
complete with necessary splice plates for bolted field assembly.
2) Welding shall be performed in accordance with the American Welding
Society Code for Building Construction.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 -8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3) All base plates, cap plates, compression plates, and stiffener plates shall
be factory-welded into place and have the connection holes shop
fabricated.
4) All splice plates shall be shop fabricated complete with bolt connection
holes.
5) Columns and roof beams shall be fabricated complete with holes in webs
and flanges for the attachment of secondary structural members and
bracing.
b. All bolts for field assembly of frame members shall be high strength bolts as
indicated on erection drawings.
c. Endwall Structural Members
1) Endwall frames shall consist of endwall corner posts, endwall roof beams,
and endwall posts as required by design criteria.
a) All splice plates and connection clips shall be shop fabricated complete
with bolt connection holes.
b) Beams and posts shall be shop fabricated complete with holes for the
attachment of secondary structural members.
3. Secondary Structural Members
a. Purlins and Girts
1) Purlins and girts shall be 8-inch (203 mm) or 9-1/2-inch (241 mm) deep 'T'
sections, precision roll formed.
2) Outer flange of all purlins and girts shall contain factory-punched holes for
panel connections.
b. Eave Struts
1) Eave struts shall be 8-inch (203 mm) or 9-1/2-inch (241 mm) in deep "C"
sections.
2) Outer flange of all eave struts shall contain factory-punched holes for panel
connections.
c. Bracing
1) Diagonal bracing shall be designed by the building manufacturer and
attached to columns and roof beams.
2) Flange braces, sag angles, etc., when required, shall be supplied by the
building manufacturer.
3) All bracing locations shall be coordinated with ductwork, piping, door
openings, and ventilation openings.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 -9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
d. Secondary Framing
1) Provide framing for wall openings where windows, doors, ventilation
equipment, and removable wall panels occur shall be stiffened flange
channels and shall be provided by the prefabricated metal building
manufacturer.
2) Base channel shall not be less than 14-gauge shop painted cold-formed
sections.
4. Structural Painting
a. Structural steel shall be shop prepared, shop primed, and field painted prior to
erection. For additional requirements, see Section 09 96 00 - Protective Coating.
Primer products shall be compatible with paint system specified in Section 09 96
00 — Protective Coating.
1) Primary Frames - Clean all steel per SSPC-SP2. Apply one coat of water
reducible alkyd primer by spray or dip method to a minimum coating
thickness of 1.0 mil.
2) Secondary Structural Members - Clean all steel per SSPC-SP8. Apply one
coat of coil applied polyester primer to a minimum coating thickness of 0.5
mil (purlins and girts).
2.6 METAL ROOF PANELS
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal
1. Subject to the requirements indicated, provide manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal.
a. Butler Manufacturing Company; MR-24
b. Varco Pruden Buildings: SSR-Standing Seam Roof
B. Description
1. Panels shall be roll formed to provide a width coverage of 24-inches (610 mm).
a. There shall be two major corrugations, 2-3/4 inches (69.8 mm) in profile, spaced
24-inches (610 mm) on center.
b. There shall be minor corrugations, spaced 6-inches (152 mm) on center between
and perpendicular to the major corrugations.
2. The panel endlaps shall be 6-inches (152 mm).
a. Panels shall be of maximum length so as to minimize panel endlaps.
b. Endlaps shall be engineered to occur over and be fastened to a secondary
structural member.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
c. The upper end of all panels shall be marked for the proper location of endlap
sealant.
3. Ridge assembly shall be designed to allow for expansion and contraction.
4. Panels shall be factory pre-punched at panel ends to match pre-punched holes in the
eave structural members. Panel end splices shall be factory pre-punched and pre-
notched. Panel end splices shall allow for expansion and contraction of the panels.
5. Panel Material
a. Panel material shall be 24-gauge galvanized steel (80,000 psi yield) G90 coating
conforming to ASTM Galvanized Specification A-525.
2.7 METAL WALL PANELS
A. Manufacturer and Product, or Equal
1. Subject to the requirements indicated provide manufacturer and product listed below,
or equal.
a. Butler Manufacturing Company; Shadowall
b. Varco Pruden Buildings: Vee Rib Wall Panel
B. Description
1. Panels shall be 36-inch (914 mm)wide with four major corrugations, 1-7/16-inch (36.5
mm) in profile, 12-inch (305 mm) on center with two minor corrugations between each
of the major corrugation the entire length of the panel.
2. Panels shall be one piece from base to building eave.
3. The upper end of panels shall be cut to match roof panels and slopes.
4. The bottom end of the panels shall be straight on.
5. Wall panel ends shall be factory pre-punched and shall match pre-punched holes in
structural steel.
6. Panel material shall be ASTM A446, Grade C, 26 gauge steel with zinc coating
(designated G90) conforming to ASTM A525.
7. Interior Wall Liners
a. MOD-36 Liner Panel shall be nominal 36-inch (914 mm) wide with major
corrugations 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) in profile, 2-9/16-inch (65.1 mm) on center.
b. Panel shall be formed from 28 gauge steel with minimum yield strength of 80,000
psi.
c. Panels finish shall be G60 galvanized steel (per ASTM 525) and 0.60 mil
(minimum) stone white polyester paint on exposed side, and 0.30 mil (minimum)
wash coat paint (color may vary) on unexposed side.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
d. Panels shall extend vertically from floor to underside of roof and provide a
complete interior sheathing at exterior walls.
2.8 METAL WALL AND ROOF PANEL FINISH AND COLOR
A. Finish: Exterior panel surface shall be Butler-Cote 500 FP (70% Kynar 500
fluoropolymer), or equal.
1. Interior surface finish shall be manufacturer's standard polyester paint finish on
reverse face.
B. Color shall be selected and approved by the OWNER from manufacturer's full color range
including custom colors, and may be required to exactly match other building components,
as determined by the OWNER, at no additional cost to the OWNER.
1. Tentative color selection: Color shall exactly match colors indicated below, as
selected and approved by the OWNER.
Metal Roof Panels
Exterior: To Be Selected
Interior: To Be Selected
Metal Wall Panels
Exterior: To Be Selected
Interior: To Be Selected
2. The OWNER reserves the option of changing this tentative color selection during the
submittal process.
3. Color shall be uniform with no variation in shade, and panels of different color batches
will not be acceptable.
2.9 BUILDING ACCESSORIES
A. Accessories
1. Accessories shall be manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated. Location of
standard accessories shall be indicated on the erection drawings.
a. All miscellaneous trim and accessories shall match adjacent panels.
b. Roof Insulation: Insulation shall be 6-inches (152 mm) vinyl faced, fiberglass
blanket insulation with a R-19 value and R-11 liner system. The heat loss caused
by the compression of blanket insulation shall be minimized by the use of spacer
blocks.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
c. Wall Insulation: The exterior walls shall be insulated with 4-inch (102 mm) vinyl
faced, fiberglass blanket insulation with an R-13 value and R-6.5 c.i. value rigid
insulation.
d. Vapor retarder/insulation liner shall be 0.0032-inch (.08 mm) minimum thick vinyl.
e. Metal curbs and pipe flashing shall be manufacturer standard except that interior
faces of curbs must be fully enclosed also.
f. Gutters, downspouts, and trim pieces shall be provided by the manufacturer.
g. Trim materials shall be:
1) Outside corner trim shall be of the same material and finish as the exterior
of wall panel.
2) Gutters, downspouts, eave trim and gable trim shall be prepainted
galvanized steel.
3) Door side trim, drip gutters and base trim shall be prepainted Butler-Tone
slate black galvanized steel.
B. Roof Fasteners
1. Insulation, bearing plates, and panel clips shall be fastened to structural members
with fasteners as per manufacturer's erection drawings, using factory pre-punched
holes in structural members.
2. All connections of panels to structural members except at eave shall be by clips with
moveable tabs that are seamed into the standing seam sidelap.
3. Panel clips shall be fastened to structural members with fasteners as per
manufacturer's erection drawing, using factory pre-punched holes in structural
members.
C. Wall Fasteners
1. Shadowall wall panel-to-structural connections shall be made with Scrubolts or self-
drilling screws. Panel-to-panel connections shall be made with self-drilling screws.
2. Fastener locations shall be as shown on erection drawings.
3. All exposed fasteners shall be prepainted to match wall color.
D. Sealants
1. Factory applied side lap sealant shall be a one part, non-skinning, non-drying,
synthetic butyl elastomer.
2. Field applied hidden sealant at side laps, end laps, and flashing details shall be gun
grade non-skinning butyl elastomer or polymeric non-skinning butyl tape to ensure
weather tightness.
CITY OF FORT WORTH —02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Exposed sealant shall be as one-part moisture curing, gun grade polyurethane as
recommended in writing by the Manufacturer. Color shall match adjacent panels as
approved by ENGINEER. Provide custom color as required.
E. Flashing
1. Preformed metal closures, trim pieces, flashings, sheets, clips, and associated
appurtenances shall be as indicated or as otherwise required for weather tightness or
completeness, and shall be of the same material, color, and finish as the adjacent
panels, unless otherwise indicated.
a. The minimum face dimensions between flashing breaks shall be 12-inches (305
mm). Thermal expansion of exposed items more than 24-feet (7.3 m) in
continuous length shall be accommodated and watertight expansion joints shall
be provided at approved locations.
b. Expansion joints shall be fabricated as approved of materials to match the
flashing.
c. Flashing and trim shall be minimum 20-gauge, formed, extruded metal fabricated
with the same finish and color as the exterior face of the adjacent panels, unless
otherwise indicated.
d. WORK shall be coordinated as required to insure proper flashing and seals to
adjoining construction.
e. Flashing shall be provided for penetrations. Provide penetration enclosures,
including hot pipe penetrations, to be weathertight. Coordinate locations of
protruding pipes.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials to Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages, containers, or
bundles with labels intact, which clearly identify contents.
1. Materials shall be delivered to Site in a dry and undamaged condition and unloaded
per the manufacturer's instructions. The installer shall inspect materials for damage
and stains upon arrival to the Site.
B. Store materials carefully in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, in an
area that is protected from deleterious elements, and in a manner that will prevent damage
to the products.
C. Verify that foundation, floor slab, mechanical and electrical utilities, and placed anchors
are in correct position.
3.2 PRODUCT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions before,
during and after installation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Protect surrounding WORK from damage that may result from operations under this
Section.
3.3 INSPECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be totally responsible for the proper performance and
completion of the WORK under this Section.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall inspect materials for damage and shall confirm conformance
with the specifications, erection drawings, and shop drawings prior to installation.
C. Systems and components shall be inspected before installation.
1. Damaged or defective items shall be rejected and marked as such and shall be
removed from the Site.
2. Exposed surfaces that exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration,
or other surface imperfections on the finished units shall be rejected.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall verify dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with
adjacent WORK.
1. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where metal wall, roof and soffit panels,
system support framing, and appurtenances will be installed for compliances with the
requirements for installation, taking into account tolerances, and other conditions
affecting performances of installed metal panels and appurtenances.
a. Provide inserts, backing blocking, anchoring devices, and reinforcements that
must be built into other WORK for the installation of metal wall, roof and soffit
panels, system support framing, and appurtenances. Coordinate delivery with
other WORK to avoid delay.
b. Prior to installing the pre-engineered metal building the CONTRACTOR and the
pre-engineered metal building installer shall verify final alignment of the
foundation, floor slab, mechanical and electrical utilities to be in compliance with
these specifications with the Contract Documents, with the erection drawings,
and with the shop drawings.
2. Notify the ENGINEER in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely
completion of the WORK. Do not proceed with the WORK until satisfactory conditions
have been corrected in an acceptable manner.
3. Commencement of the installation by the CONTRACTOR shall indicate
CONTRACTOR's acceptance of the substrate, areas, and conditions.
3.4 FABRICATION
A. The building shall be factory fabricated and erected to the manufacturer's written
standards and shall be in accordance with AISC and MBMA standards.
B. The prefabricated building shall be completely fabricated and prepared for shipment
including any necessary crating or bundling. All parts of the building shall be accurately
made and true to dimension so that all parts will easily fit during installation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 15
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.5 PREPARATION
A. Sequence installation properly with the installation and protection of other WORK, so that
neither will be damaged by the installation of the other.
3.6 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Installation shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, with
applicable references, with AISC, AISI, MBMA, with the requirements of the CODE,
and with manufacturer's written instructions. Where a conflict occurs among these
requirements, the more stringent shall apply, as directed by the ENGINEER.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide corrosion resistant fasteners, anchors, and shims
required for a complete installation, and shall be secure, plumb, level, straight, and
true to line, allowing for required movement, including expansion and contraction.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall provide separation of dissimilar materials to ensure no
galvanic action occurs.
a. Paint, bituminous coating, or sealant as recommended by the metal panel
manufacturer shall separate dissimilar metals.
4. Horizontal lines shall be level, and vertical lines shall be plumb.
5. Manufacturer shall provide detailed instructions covering the tools, fasteners,
sealants, gaskets, and procedures required to assure performance of the metal panel
assembly.
6. WORK shall be coordinated as required to insure proper flashing and seals to
adjoining construction.
7. Install panels in one continuous length, without horizontal seams, joints or laps.
B. Installation and Erection
1. Installation and erection of the building shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
standards and shall be workmanship of the highest quality. No field cutting of
structural parts will be permitted. Field cutting and patching of panels and accessories
will not be permitted unless authorized by the ENGINEER. Such field modifications,
when authorized, shall be performed in a manner which will not impair the
appearance, weather tightness, or structural quality of the material. Erection shall be
accomplished in sufficient time to meet the schedule specified.
3.7 ROOF AND WALL PANELS
A. General: Apply panels and associated items for neat and weather tight enclosure. Avoid
"panel creep" or application not true to line. Protect factory finishes from damage.
1. Flash and seal roof panels at eave and rake with rubber, neoprene or other closures
to exclude weather.
B. Roof Panel Application
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 16
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Panels shall be factory cut-to-length according to the erection drawings as furnished
by the manufacturer.
2. Panels shall be positioned and aligned to hold the 24-inch (610 mm) module
throughout the building length.
3. Pre-punched panels shall be positioned and aligned by matching the pre-punched
holes in the panel with the pre-punched roof structural.
4. Panel sidelaps shall be field seamed; all sidelap sealant shall be factory applied.
5. Endlaps will be at least 6-inches (152 mm) and fastened together over and to
structural members.
6. Panel sidelaps and endlaps shall be sealed with weather sealing compound to
prevent the entry of capillary moisture.
7. Fasteners shall be installed with proper tools, in a workmanlike manner according to
the recommendations of the Manufacturer.
C. Wall Panel Application
1. Structural system shall be plumb before wall panels are attached.
2. Panels shall be aligned and attached in accordance with the erection drawings.
3. Sidelaps shall be at least one corrugation.
4. Panels shall be closed at base by metal closure.
3.8 CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adhesive papers used for masking which become firmly bonded when exposed to heat
and/or light shall not be used.
1. Remove masking film and temporary labels as soon as possible after installation.
Films and labels left in place after installation shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
2. Residue shall not be left on any surfaces.
B. Upon completion of the installation of pre-engineered metal building and appurtenances
shall be cleaned of dirt and other foreign matter to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
C. Cleaning shall be performed again immediately prior to acceptance of the WORK, as
determined by the ENGINEER.
1. Cleaning shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions.
2. Pre-engineered metal building shall be protected from damage from subsequent
construction operations.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall make adjustments required until accepted.
CITY OF FORT WORTH—02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK—05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19- 17
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
E. The CONTRACTOR shall remove scratches and blemishes to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
F. Damaged or defective items shall be removed and replaced at the direction of the
ENGINEER.
G. When pre-engineered metal building WORK is completed, remove unused materials,
containers, and equipment, and clean the Site of debris.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 13 34 19 - 18
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 22 30 00 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide plumbing fixtures and plumbing equipment as
indicated, complete with water, gas and electric connections and hook-ups, for a
complete and operable installation as indicated in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 46 01 00 — EQUIPMENT, GENERAL apply to this Section.
1.2 - CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — CONTRACTOR
SUBMITTALS.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Certified pump curves for each pump
C. O&M Data
1. Submittals shall include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement
part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Plumbing piping, fixtures, specialties, equipment, and appurtenances shall be new, first-
quality products manufactured for the intended usage.
B. Materials, capacities, features, finishes, and manufacturers shall be as indicated and
shall be compatible with elements of the WORK to which they relate or connect.
C. Any pipe, plumbing fitting or fixture, solder, or flux used in the installation or repair of any
public water system or any plumbing in a facility providing water for human consumption,
shall be "lead free" except when necessary for the repair of leaded joints of cast iron
pipes.
i) Lead free means not more than 0.2 percent lead when used with respect to solder
and flux, not more than 8 percent when used with respect to pipes and pipe fittings,
and not more than 4 percent with respect to plumbing fixtures.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 22 30 00-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.2 GAS WATER HEATERS (NOT USED)
2.3 TANKLESS GAS FIRED NON-CONDENSING WATER HEATER FOR EMERGENCY
SHOWERS AND EYE WASH (NOT USED)
2.4 INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FOR EMERGENCY SHOWERS AND
EYE WASH
A. Provide an electric instantaneous water heater of the size and capacity as indicated.
B. The heater shall minimize temperature fluctuation from normal flows as high as 20 GPM
with instantaneous drops to as low as 2.5 GPM with minimal overshoot to aid in the
transition between emergency shower use to the use of an eyewash station.
C. The hot water shall ensure temperatures never exceed "tepid" ANSI standards, and
shall operate without the necessity of tempering valves and scald guards.
D. Control
1. The unit shall be microprocessor controlled.
2. When an emergency shower or eye wash is activated, the cold water entering the
heater shall pass over a thermostat, turning on an electrical heat coil that shall heat
the water up to 125 degrees F.
3. As the mixture of hot and cold water is adjusted, other converting thermostats shall
recalculate the flow of energy sequentially adding or subtracting energy to maintain
a constant temperature.
4. When the hot water is turned off, the flow of energy shall turn off as well.
E. The heater shall be UL-listed, and shall be guaranteed for life against leakage and
rupture.
F. Instantaneous electric waters shall be provided with the following features:
1. precise digital temperature control to ensure safe operation within the ANSI
standards
2. internal safety features
3. anti-scald protection
4. thermal overheat protection
5. flow activation
6. internal fusing and internal fused disconnect
7. Incoloy heating elements
8. bimetal overheat protection
9. NEMA-4X enclosure (stainless steel, type 316)
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 22 30 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
10. external emergency stop button
11. solid-state relays
12. internal finger-safe fusing
13. dual PID control with digital display of set-point and actual temperature
14. copper/brass construction for increased heat exchanger life
15. alarm option with dry contacts that open on flow activation
16. alarm option that activates a local audible and visual alarm on the heater based on
flow activation
17. protection ground fault to terminate the high voltage supply to the heating elements
and disable operation of the unit
18. 1-inch pressure and temperature relief valve
19. 1-1/4-inch Y-strainer (stainless steel)
G. Instantaneous electric water heaters shall meet the following requirements:
Water Heater Option 1
Water heater identification 8145101
Instant Hot Water Heater#1
Location Electrical and Chemical Feed Building
Exchanger material Copper/brass
Box white aluminum casing
Power input, KW 63
Minimum Water Flow and 20 GPM, 20 AT °F
Temperature rise
Operating range, psi 5-100
Max AMPS 76
Codes compliance ANSI Z358.1-2004, IECC 2006
Test procedure ANSI Z21.10.3
Voltage/ phase / Hertz 480 / 3 /60
H. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Safety Shower and Eyewash: KELTECH INCORPORATED, Model SNA 63KW.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 22 30 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.5 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS (NOT USED)
2.6 SOLAR COLLECTION SYSTEM (NOT USED)
2.7 ULTRAVIOLET (UV) WATER PURIFIER (NOT USED)
2.8 EMERGENCY SHOWER WATER TEMPERING TANK (NOT USED)
2.9 EMERGENCY SHOWER THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE (NOT USED)
2.10 CIRCULATING PUMPS (DOMESTIC HOT WATER) (NOT USED)
2.11 EXPANSION/COMPRESSION TANKS AND ACCESSORIES (NOT USED)
2.12 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Pressure gauges shall consist of:
1. minimum 4-1/2-inch diameter dial;
2. cast aluminum case;
3. zero adjustment;
4. phosphor bronze or stainless bourdon tube and socket;
5. stainless steel movement;
6. double strength glass window; and
7. white face with black embossed figures and graduations.
B. Pressure gauges shall have a guaranteed accuracy of 1/2 to one percent of the scale
range.
C. The pressure range for the progressing cavity pumps shall be (-)30— (+)30 psig, all other
pressure gauges shall be 0-150psig unless otherwise noted.
D. Provide each pressure gauge with a pigtail siphon and a 3-way cock.
E. Pressure gauges shall be arranged such that they may be read from the operating floor.
F. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Ashcroft Maxisafe Durogauge;
2. Wexsler
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 22 30 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.13 THERMOMETERS (NOT USED)
2.14 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A. Pressure relief valves shall have a relieving capacity and pressure as required to permit
a rise in pressure within the vessel or piping not more than 25 percent above the working
pressure when the valve is relieving.
B. The valve shall consist of a semi-steel body with stainless steel trim suitable for tight
shutoff.
C. The valve shall be equipped with a manual lift lever for testing, and shall be field
adjustable to a minimum of plus or minus 10 percent of the normal setting.
D. The valve shall be constructed to the requirements of ASME Code for Unfired Vessels
and stamped accordingly.
E. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Lunkenheimer Figure 629;
2. Consolidated Type 1851.
2.14 SUMP PUMPS
F. The CONTRACTOR shall provide submersible sump pumps located as indicated.
1. Pumps shall have 4/10 hp motor, single phase, 115 volts, with overload protection.
2. Cast-iron casing, watertight to a minimum 20-foot submergence, complete with
removable inlet strainer.
3. Cast-iron impeller capable of passing 2-inch minimum diameter solids.
4. Stainless steel shaft with lubricated mechanical seals.
5. Hardware shall be corrosion-resistant steel.
6. Pump shall be supplied complete with automatic float control for shutoff of the pump
at water low level, with 10-foot minimum length, UL listed power cord, and with 2-
inch diameter discharge to be connected to socket joint, 2-inch diameter Schedule
80 PVC piping.
7. Pump to be capable of pumping washdown water at a design point of 68 gpm at 14-
feet of total dynamic head.
G. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. ABS Pumps, Inc.
2. Aurora Pumps
3. Yeomans-Morris-Chicago Pump Company
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 22 30 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Crane-Deming
5. Flygt Corporation
6. Goulds (ITT) Pumps, Inc.
7. Pacific Pumping Company
2.15 SUMBERSIBLE CLOGLESS SLUDGE PUMPS (NOT USED)
2.16 SIMPLEX GRINDER PUMP SYSTEM (NOT USED)
2.17 DUPLEX GRINDER PUMP SYSTEM (SEWAGE EJECTORS) (NOT USED)
2.18 BACKFLOW PREVENTER
A. Provide reduced pressure backflow prevention units where indicated.
B. The units shall be of bronze body construction, with celcon check seats and stainless
steel relief valve seats, shafts, and bolts.
C. The units shall be provided with tight-seating check valve and relief assemblies, and
bronze bodies with non-rising stem ball valve test cocks.
D. The units shall be Wafts Regulator Co., No. 909 Series, or equal.
E. Installation shall meet local code requirements.
2.19 FLOOR DRAINS IN CHEMICAL AREAS
A. Floor drains in chemical handling areas subject to corrosive liquids shall be made of
Acid Resisting Epoxy Coated Cast Iron iron body with NO-HUB mechanical joints,
heavy-duty cast iron deep flange slotted grate, and Sediment Bucket
B. Thermoplastic floor drains are not acceptable.
C. Manufacturer, or Equal
1. Zurn Z520 for slab-on-grade drains, or for drains on upper floors
2. Josam Mfg. Co.,
3. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall install the water heaters in accordance with the
manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. The WORK shall be coordinated with plumbing piping and related electrical WORK.
C. Equipment openings shall be sealed until piping connections are made.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 22 30 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 23 00 00 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems and
associated equipment complete with supports, mounting frames, ventilators, ductwork,
piping, louvers, panels, filters, grilles, electric drive units and controls, mechanical
equipment, electrical work, appurtenances, testing, and balancing, as indicated in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The equipment shall be installed ready for operation.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Codes, as referenced herein, are indicated in Section 01 42 19 — Reference Standards.
B. The WORK and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations
or publications of the State Energy Resources Conservation and Development
Commission, the State Fire Marshall, the Industrial Safety Orders, the Health and Safety
Rules (Air Conditioning systems), the local plumbing code, the local building code, and
other local codes.
C. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed to permit WORK in violation of the
above codes, rules and regulations.
D. In the absence of applicable codes, the installation and workmanship shall follow the
standards set by the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE).
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
1. Submit complete shop drawings and certificates, test reports, affidavits of compliance,
for all equipment, ductwork and piping systems, in accordance with the requirements
in Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals, and as indicated in the individual
equipment, piping or ductwork Sections.
2. Construction Drawings
a. The HVAC Drawings define the general layout, configuration, routing, size and
the general intent of the design. and are not fabrication drawings.
b. The ductwork dimensions provided on the design drawings represent a free area
and they are clear inside dimensions. The contractor shall be responsible to
account for the loss of free area due acoustical lining, or any internal
obstructions, and oversize the ductwork to provide the same free area as the
one shown on the design drawings.
C. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to develop the Shop Drawings
required for the construction of the HVAC system.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. The Shop Drawings shall include all necessary dimensions and details regarding
equipment, pipe and ductwork joints, fittings, valves, appurtenances, design
calculations, and material lists.
4. The submittals shall include detailed layout, spool, or fabrication drawings which shall
show all fittings, and supports as necessary to accommodate the equipment as a
complete and functional system.
B. Equipment Numbers
1. Equipment is identified by assigned numbers for reference and location purposes in
the Contract Documents.
2. Indicate the appropriate equipment numbers on the Shop Drawings and other
submittals.
C. Furnish certified fan curves for each fan.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Air conditioners, heaters, fans, ventilators, grilles, and the like, that are provided by the
CONTRACTOR shall carry the manufacturer's standard warranty.
B. Warranties shall be furnished to the ENGINEER upon final acceptance of the completed
systems by the OWNER.
C. Refrigerant compressors shall carry a manufacturer's 5-year warranty.
D. Control System
1. The temperature and equipment control system shall be warranted free from defects
in workmanship and material under normal use and service for a period of one year
after acceptance by the ENGINEER.
2. Equipment that proves to be defective in workmanship or material during the warranty
period shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced by the automatic control manufacturer
as part of the Contract.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Quality
1. Mechanisms and other parts shall be amply proportioned for the stresses which may
occur during operation and for any other stresses which may occur during fabrication
and erection.
2. Individual parts furnished which are alike in all units shall be alike in workmanship,
design, and materials, and shall be of the manufacturer's top-line, industrial-
commercial grade.
B. Supports
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Equipment and appurtenances shall be firmly anchored or connected to supporting
members.
2. Equipment shall be supported on restrained spring-type vibration isolators.
3. Supports as required for the proper installation of the equipment, but not forming an
integral part of the building structure, shall be provided unless otherwise indicated.
C. Noise and Vibration Control
1. The system shall be free of objectionable vibrations and noise.
2. Provide flexible connections in ducts and piping connections to fans, compressors,
and other vibrating equipment.
D. Seismic Restraints
1. Design the equipment, duct and piping supports and restraints for static, dynamic,
and seismic loads in in accordance with the International Building Code.
2. Seismic restraints shall not induce stresses in the equipment, ductwork and piping
caused by thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Comply with spec 01 33 17 — Structural Design, Support and Anchorage
2.2 MOTORS
A. Motors provided with the equipment shall conform to the latest IEEE and NEMA
requirements for mechanical and electrical characteristics, including service factors.
B. Motors shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 26 05 10 — Electric
Motors.
C. Each motor shall bear the manufacturer's nameplate with complete motor data.
D. Each motor shall be of ample size and construction to continuously carry the loads which
might be imposed by the equipment throughout the full range of operation of the
equipment.
E. The maximum motor loading shall be less than or equal to the nameplate horsepower
rating, exclusive of the service factor.
2.3 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. The WORK of this section shall include:
1. Provide controls, sensors and control panels relating to the HVAC systems, including
starters, thermostats, motorized dampers, louver operators and other equipment as
indicated.
2. Provide control wiring of 120-volt and less as indicated in this Section and in
conformance the requirements of Division 26 — Electrical and Division 40 —
Instrumentation and Control.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. The WORK of Division 26 shall include:
1. Provide local power disconnects, where required.
2. Provide circuit breakers, starters in motor control centers, and 120-, 208-, 240- and
480-volt power feeders from the starters and circuit breakers to the HVAC equipment,
as indicated.
C. Starters, whether as an integral or separate part of the equipment, shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Section 26 29 00 — Low-Voltage Motor Control Centers.
D. Enclosures shall be of the same NEMA class as the electrical equipment in the same area.
E. Starters shall be of the same manufacturer as the starters indicated under Section 26 29
00 — Low-Voltage Motor Control Centers.
F. Low-voltage control wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code.
G. Control wiring for line voltage 120-volt and higher shall be in conformance with the
requirements of Section 26 05 19—Wires and Cables.
H. Control Panels shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 26 05 15 — Local
Control Panels and Miscellaneous Electrical Devices.
I. Conduit shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 26 05 33 — Electrical
Raceway Systems and Section 26 05 43— Underground Raceway Systems.
J. Duct Smoke Detectors
1. Furnish and install all duct smoke detectors whether shown on the drawings or
required by code. If the project includes an existing fire alarm panel all signals from
the duct smoke detectors shall be transmitted to the existing fire alarm panel. If the
project does not include an exisiting fire alarm panel, and a new fire alarm panel is
not required for any other reason, signals from the duct smoke detectors shall be
transmitted to the HVAC automatic temperature control panel.
2. Air Handling Units and Fans
a. Provide duct smoke detectors on both the intake and the discharge of air handling
units, and fans as required by code.
b. The detector shall shut off the respective air handling unit or fan upon the
detection of smoke.
3. Smoke detectors shall operate on the photoelectric principle, and shall respond to a
predetermined smoke density regardless of the rate of combustion, the distance
between the detector and fire source, the combustible material, the temperature or
velocity of the smoke, and whether the fire is in a confined or open area.
4. The detectors shall be designed to ignore invisible airborne particles or smoke
densities that are below the factory-set alarm point.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
5. The smoke detectors shall be capable of operating at a humidity range of 10 to
90 percent RH.
6. The smoke detectors shall operate from a 24-VDC power source, and shall be
Simplex, 4098 Series, ADT; Pyrotronics; or equal.
K. Refer to the Temperature Controls Sequence of Operation on the Drawings for additional
information regarding operation of the fire alarm system.
2.4 FLASHING
A. Equipment that passes through roofs of buildings or structures shall be provided with
flashing as indicated.
B. Flashing shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 07 63 00 — Flashing
and Sheet Metal.
2.5 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Heating piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with screwed fittings.
B. Refrigerant piping shall be Type L hard temper copper with cast brass fittings.
C. Provide a drain at each low point in the piping system.
D. Copper and steel pipe and fittings shall be in conformance with the requirements of
Section 23 23 00 — Copper Refrigeration Tube and Section 43 10 53 — Steel Pipe,
respectively.
E. Joints in refrigeration piping shall be made with silver solder.
2.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide all necessary hangers, supports, concrete inserts, anchors and guides for material
and equipment to be installed.
B. No perforated strap hangers and no wire supports will be accepted.
C. Insulation Allowance
1. Hangers supporting insulated pipe shall be sized to fit the pipe plus the insulation.
2. The insulation at support points shall be provided with a metal shield in order to
prevent damage to the insulation.
D. Anchors and guides shall be constructed of steel, in accordance with approved Shop
Drawings, and as indicated.
E. Pipe hangers used to support uninsulated copper piping shall be copper-plated.
F. Anchors
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Anchorages shall be obtained by welding lugs onto the pipe and providing abutting
surfaces against the lugs to restrict longitudinal movement.
2. Anchors shall be designed such that the pipe may be removed by removing bolts; no
welding of pipe to the anchor will be accepted.
3. bolting materials shall be cadmium-plated.
G. Guides shall be located not more than 20 feet from each expansion loop or joint.
H. Horizontal runs of pipe shall be provided with supports spaced such that the sag of the
unsupported length will not create any pockets in the piping (weight of fluid included).
I. Pipe support lengths shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 43 10 52—
Pipe Supports.
J. Vertical Piping
1. Vertical piping shall be:
a. supported at the base with fittings made for this purpose; or
b. supported from the nearest horizontal member or floor with a riser extension pipe
clamp.
2. Provide a riser extension clamp at each floor.
K. Hangers for ductwork and equipment shall be as indicated and in accordance with the
guidelines of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
(SMAC NA).
L. Inserts shall be galvanized.
2.7 PIPE SLEEVES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall examine the Drawings carefully for sleeves that are to be built
into the construction and plan the WORK accordingly, such that the sleeves are placed
well in advance and care is taken with their location and support until encased.
B. Sleeves shall be fabricated from standard weight galvanized steel pipe for dry interior
installations.
C. Sleeves for exterior or wet installations shall be fabricated from standard-weight ductile
black steel, stainless steel, or standard-weight PVC for pipe temperatures below 120
degrees F.
D. Sleeves shall be sized one pipe size larger than uninsulated piping and one pipe size
larger than piping plus insulation for insulated pipe.
E. Locations
1. Where pipes pass through floors, sleeves shall extend 3 inches above the finished
floor.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Where pipes pass through walls, sleeves shall be flush with the wall.
2.8 MOTORIZED DAMPERS
A. General
1. Provide the motorized opposed blade dampers as indicated.
2. Damper sizes and capacities shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Design and Construction
1. The damper and frames shall be fabricated from aluminum with a minimum thickness
of B&S 12-gauge.
2. The aluminum blades shall be provided with interlocking edges, with one center and
two edge crimps, and brass bearings.
3. The frame shall be of welded channel construction, and shall be provided with lugs
and mounting brackets for damper operators.
4. The dampers shall be provided with felt or rubber seals at their edges in order to
minimize air infiltration when closed.
C. Motors
1. Damper motors shall be electric, with necessary linkages for positioning the damper
blades.
2. The motors shall be powered open and spring-closed, unless otherwise indicated.
2.9 BACKDRAFT OR GRAVITY DAMPERS
A. General
1. Provide backdraft dampers on the exhaust fans and ventilators where indicated.
2. Damper sizes and capacities shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Design and Construction
1. The dampers shall be of the multi-blade type, with soft-seating gaskets for minimizing
noise and air leakage when closed.
2. Blades shall be constructed of 16-gauge aluminum, and shall be of an airfoil design.
3. Frames shall be fabricated from 16-gauge extruded aluminum alloy.
4. The frames shall be totally out of the air stream, and arranged for flange mounting.
5. The dampers shall be designed to operate at 0.05 inch w.g. S.P., or less.
6. Blades shall be individually counterbalanced, and shall be provided with non-ferrous
pins turning in nylon bearings.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Damper Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Air Balance, Inc.
2. Air Dynamic
3. Ruskin, Model BD2A1
2.10 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS (MANUAL AND MOTORIZED)
A. General
1. Provide volume control dampers in accessible locations in branch supply ducts and
at each exhaust air opening, in order to properly regulate the volume of air delivered
or withdrawn from each inlet and outlet, and as indicated.
2. Damper sizes and capacities shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Construction
1. The volume dampers shall be of the opposed blade type.
2. The dampers shall be constructed of aluminum, of B & S 14-gauge thickness.
3. The dampers shall be suitably reinforced with sturdy control shafts.
4. Ductwork shall be reinforced to double thickness at damper shaft openings.
C. Air Extractor Type
1. The volume control dampers indicated to be of the air extractor type shall be
constructed of stainless steel, of 20-gauge for frames and of 24-gauge thickness for
blades.
D. No splitter dampers will be accepted.
E. Manual control dampers shall be provided with mechanisms for adjustment and locking
into position after being set.
F. Motors
1. Damper motors shall be electric, with either modulating or 2-position control and
necessary linkages.
2. The motors shall be powered open and spring-closed, unless otherwise indicated.
2.11 REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS
A. General
1. Provide supply and return registers and grilles, and all supply diffusers as indicated.
2. The sizes, capacities, and deflection of each unit shall be as indicated on the
Drawings.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. The following schedule shall be followed:
Rectangular Supply Titus Model TMS-AA with optional dampers;
Diffusers (SD) Metalair; or equal
Round Supply Titus Model TMRA-AA with optional dampers;
Diffusers (SD) Metalair; or equal.
Titus Model 301 FS Aluminum; Tuttle and Bailey; or
Supply Grilles (SG) equal: with 1/2"x 1/2" x 1/2" aluminum grid and no
dampers
Return Grilles (RG) Titus Model 50-F; Tuttle and Bailey; or equal: with
1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" aluminum grid and no dampers
Return Registers Titus Model 350FL; Tuttle and Bailey; or equal
(RR)
Supply Registers Titus Model 272FL; Tuttle and Bailey; or equal: with
(SR) opposed-blade dampers
C. Registers, grilles and diffusers shall be constructed of aluminum.
D. The finish shall be a white baked-on enamel.
E. Accessory equipment shall be constructed of aluminum, or steel if aluminum is not
available, and provided with a white baked-on enamel.
F. The proper border style shall be selected by the CONTRATOR to suit the installation
conditions.
G. Registers, grilles, and diffusers located in corrosive atmospheres, as indicated, shall be
painted with a special protective coating in accordance with the requirements of Section
09 96 00 — Protective Coating.
2.12 FLAT AIR FILTERS
A. Flat air filters used in the air handling units packaged air conditioning units shall be 4-inch
thick, pleated, throw-away type, and provided as an integral part of each unit.
B. Filter Supply
1. Furnish 3 complete spare filter changes for each flat filter in each unit.
2. Provide one new filter set in each unit at the time of turning the units over to the
OWNER.
3. Filters used in the units during construction are not included in the above supply, and
these filters shall be provided as part of the WORK.
C. The air filters shall be:
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. constructed of an adhesive-coated fiber media;
2. rated at 300-fpm face velocity; and
3. rated at 0.04-inch w.g. initial resistance and 0.50-inch w.g. recommended final
resistance.
D. Flat Air Filters Manufacturer, or Equal
1. Airguard Industries
2. Farr Co.
3. Snyder General Corp.
2.13 WALL LOUVERS
A. General
1. Provide wall louvers where indicated.
2. Provide louvers complete with aluminum bird screen and necessary linkages for the
operating section.
3. Louver sizes and capacities shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
4. Louvers shall be of the adjustable type or fixed type as indicated or required, and shall
be provided with a drain gutter in each blade and downspouts in jambs and mulllions.
5. The louvers shall be provided with an extended sill.
B. Construction
1. Stationary blades and adjustable blades shall be contained within a single 6-inch
louver frame.
2. The adjustable section shall include low-leakage blade and jamb seals.
3. Louver components, including heads, jambs, sills, blades, and mullions, shall be
factory-assembled by the louver manufacturer.
4. The water stop at the sill shall be factory-caulked watertight.
C. Finish
1. Provide louvers with a Kynar® 500, or equal, finish.
2. The color of the louver shall be submitted for the ENGINEER's approval.
D. Performance
1. Submit published louver performance data bearing the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal
for Air Performance & Water Penetration, for approval prior to fabrication.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. The performance data shall demonstrate pressure drop and water penetration equal
to or less than the indicated model.
E. Adjustablel-type wall louvers shall be Ruskin Model ELC 6375D, or equal.
F. Fixed-type wall louvers shall be Ruskin Model ELF 6375D, or equal, with extruded 6063T5
aluminum alloy construction as follows:
1. Frame: 0.125-inch wall thickness; box-type
2. Blades: stationary section and adjustable center pivoted section; 0.125-inch wall
thickness; 37-1/2-degree angle on approximate 4-1/2-inch centers
3. Operator: electric-type; furnished with louver; 120-volt maximum
2.14 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. General
1. Provide vibration control isolation all rotating equipment except electric motors.
2. Where rotating units are part of factory-assembled package units, such as a package
air handling unit, provide the isolator under the unit casing.
B. Support suspended equipment by a combination of spring and fiberglass isolation
hangers, incorporating minimum 2-inch thick neoprene jacketed fiberglass inserts in series
with springs, encased in steel brackets.
C. Mount floor-mounted or platform-mounted built-up or package air handling units on
structural steel or concrete bases with isolator springs and brackets.
D. Springs used in the vibration isolators shall have approximately one inch of deflection
under load, and shall have a minimum additional travel of 50 percent between the design
height and the solid height.
E. All isolation equipment shall be provided in strict compliance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
F. Pads
1. For vibration isolation between HVAC equipment and supports and where indicated,
provide 3/4-inch-thick rubber pads for full contact between equipment and support
2. The pads shall be Mason Industries, Super W Pads, or equal.
2.15 TEMPERATURE AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL
A. General
1. Design and provide a complete electric-electronic system of automatic temperature
control as indicated.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. The temperature control equipment and devices shall be furnished by Johnson
Controls, Honeywell, or Barber Colman.
B. Wiring and Switches
1. Provide wiring incidental to the temperature control system, including electrical
interlock.
2. Furnish detailed wiring diagrams along with necessary supervision.
3. Provide control wiring (line voltage or low voltage) as required to complete the
temperature control system (by interconnecting starters, thermostats, PE switches,
relays, and like devices) in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 00 00 —
Electrical Work, General.
4. Provide HOA switches in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 05 15 —
Local Control Panels and Miscellaneous Electrical Devices.
5. Switches shall be UL-listed and of a type to meet the current and voltage requirements
of the particular application.
C. Thermostats
1. Room thermostats shall be of the digital type, provided with heating and cooling
setpoints.
2. Adjustment shall be accomplished by pressing the thermostat UP or DOWN arrows.
3. Comfort Setpoints: adjustable from 66 to 80 degrees F
4. Setback Setpoints: adjustable from 55 to 70 degrees F for heating setback; adjustable
from 75 to 90 degrees F for cooling setback
5. Automatic Setback Time Period:
a. 7-day setback programming;
b. up to 2 automatic setback comfort time periods per day;
c. built-in setback override, adjustable from 10 minutes to 40 hours;
d. 7-day electric time clock; and
e. heat/cool/fan annunciators to indicate equipment operation and automatic
heating/cooling changeover
6. The thermostats shall meet the Energy Conservation Standard approval where
required by the State having jurisdiction over the Project.
7. Provide an insulating back where exterior wall mounting is indicated.
8. Provide guards for room thermostats installed in areas other than administrative
offices or control rooms.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
D. Relays
1. Provide 2-position relays, capacity relays, sequencing relays, and other controls as
necessary in order to provide a properly operating automatic control system.
2. Relays shall be UL-listed and of a type to meet the current and voltage requirements
of the particular application.
E. Control Panels
1. General
a. Control panels shall be provided with relays, control switches, transformers, pilot
lights, timers, time clocks, step controllers, gages, thermostats (unless otherwise
indicated), and other accessories necessary for the particular system.
b. The panels shall be of aluminum construction with a baked enamel finish, and
shall be provided with a hinged front door and locking handle.
c. Manual switches and direct-reading gauges shall be flush-mounted on the front
face, and identified by engraved and riveted Bakelite or laminated plastic
nameplates with white letters on black background.
d. Manual switches shall be of heavy-duty, oil-tight construction.
2. Wiring
a. Control devices shall be prewired internally.
b. Wires leaving the panel shall be terminated at separate numbered terminal strips.
c. Provide individual connectors for every item of mechanical equipment, integral
and remote pilot lights, and other devices described for each panel.
d. Power and control circuit requirements shall be as indicated on the Electrical
Drawings.
e. Identify wires by color coding or numerical tags at both ends.
f. Wire each control device to the terminal strip without splices.
g. Provide integral circuit protection for panel-mounted control devices.
h. Wire each panel with a single 20-amp, 120-volt, ac feeder in accordance with the
requirements of Section 26 05 15 — Local Control Panels and Miscellaneous
Electrical Devices.
3. Diagrams
a. Secure the panel electrical wiring diagrams to the inside of the panel door.
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.16 PAINTING
A. Painting of the equipment and materials shall comply with the requirements of Section 09
96 00— Protective Coating.
B. Touch-Ups
1. Touch up factory-painted surfaces that are rusted or scratched.
2. Clean finishes to be touched up to bright metal, prime with a corrosion inhibitor, and
finish with a coating to match the original finish.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Openings - New Construction
1. Provide necessary openings in walls, floors and roofs for the passage of heating and
ventilating equipment in the buildings.
2. Openings shall be as indicated or as required to provide passage for heating and
ventilating WORK.
3. Provide hanger and support inserts into masonry or structural steel as required for
proper completion of the WORK.
B. Openings - Existing Construction
1. Provide openings required in the existing construction for piping and equipment that
are not specifically indicated.
2. Openings shall be cut in a neat and orderly manner with as little damage to existing
structures as possible.
3. The patching of openings that have been cut shall match the existing construction.
4. Provide hangers and supporting members installed in the existing masonry or
structural steel as required for proper completion of the WORK.
3.2 TEMPERATURE AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL
A. After completion of the installation, use trained personnel to adjust thermostats and
sensors in the motors and other provided equipment, and place them in complete
operating condition subject to the approval of the ENGINEER.
B. Instruct the operating personnel in the operation of the control system.
END OF SECTION
HEATING, VENTILATING, AND
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING, GENERAL
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 00 00-14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 23 05 00— HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The WORK included in this Section shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, instruments,
tools, and services as required for the total system balancing of the heating, ventilating,
and air conditioning (HVAC) systems as indicated in the Contract Documents.
B. The WORK under this Section shall include the following items:
1. Preparation for balancing of air systems;
2. Preparation for balancing of hydronic and steam systems;
3. Preparation of control systems; and,
4. Notification requirements by the General Contractor of systems readiness.
1.2 REFERENCES
Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) MN-4 Test and Balance Procedures
PART 2 -- EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) of the air conditioning systems and related
ancillary equipment shall be performed by a certified, independent third-party, AABC
Agency, selected and employed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the OWNER.
B. The preparation for and corrections necessary for the testing, adjusting, and balancing of
these systems, as described herein, are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
C. Make changes or replacements to fan sheaves and belts, dampers, valves, and the like,
as may be required for correct balance as advised by the TAB firm, as part of the WORK.
D. Provide and coordinate the services of qualified, responsible subcontractors, suppliers,
and personnel, as required to correct, repair, or replace deficient items or conditions found
during the course of the Project, including the testing, adjusting, and balancing period.
E. Operate the systems for the length of time necessary to properly verify their completion
and readiness for TAB.
F. Scheduling
1. Project completion schedules shall allow for sufficient time to permit the completion
of TAB services prior to OWNER occupancy.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Allow adequate time for coordinating OWNER-required services associated with the
testing and balancing activities during the construction period and prior to Substantial
Completion.
G. Accessibility
1. Install valves, dampers, and miscellaneous adjustment devices in a manner that will
leave them accessible and readily adjustable.
2. Should any such device not be readily accessible, provide access as requested by
the TAB firm.
3. Malfunctions encountered by TAB personnel and reported to the CONTRACTOR
shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately such that the balancing work can
proceed with minimal delays.
H. The TAB firm shall check, adjust, and balance the components of the HVAC system in
order to obtain the optimal performance of the equipment.
I. The WORK is intended to be accomplished after the system components are installed and
operating as indicated and required.
J. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to place the equipment into service.
K. The following components of the HVAC systems shall be tested, adjusted, and balanced:
1. air moving equipment;
2. air distribution systems;
3. HVAC pumps (chilled water, hot water, condenser water, and the like);
4. heating and cooling systems; and,
5. control systems (testing and verification).
3.2 FIELD TESTING
A. During the progress of the work, tests shall be performed as indicated and as required by
authorities having jurisdiction, including the local building department, the OWNER, the
OWNER's insuring agency, and the ENGINEER.
B. Perform such tests as part of the WORK, including qualified personnel, equipment
apparatus, additional thermometer wells, gauge connections, instrument connections, and
services as required to perform the tests.
C. Submit 6 copies of each complete test report to the ENGINEER for review, and send 2
copies of the accepted report to the OWNER.
3.3 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Leaks, damage, and defects discovered or resulting from tests shall be repaired or
replaced to a like-new condition.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Leaky pipe joints, ductwork, and the like, shall be removed and replaced with acceptable
materials.
C. Reporting
1. During the balancing process, as abnormalities and malfunctions of equipment or
components are discovered by the TAB personnel, the TAB firm shall advise the
ENGINEER and OWNER in writing such that the conditions may be corrected by the
CONTRACTOR.
2. The written document need not be formal, but must be understandable and legible.
3. The TAB firm shall not instruct or direct subcontractors in any of the WORK.
3.4 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Have the building and air conditioning systems in complete operational readiness for the
TAB WORK to begin.
B. Allow sufficient time for the TAB firm to perform their WORK within the construction
schedule.
C. Complete the WORK by systems or floors, whichever is the more efficient method for
testing systems.
D. Scheduling
1. Within 2 weeks after the construction schedule has been developed, schedule a TAB
coordination meeting to include the TAB firm, the CONTRACTOR and primary
subcontractors, the ENGINEER, and the OWNER for the purpose of developing a
testing schedule for the Project.
2. Submit copies of the proposed schedule to the TAB firm at least one week prior to the
coordination meeting.
E. Promptly correct deficiencies of materials and workmanship identified as delaying
completion of the TAB firm's WORK.
F. Assume responsibility for added costs to the OWNER resulting from failure to have the
building and air conditioning systems ready for TAB when scheduled, and from failure to
correct deficiencies promptly.
G. Coordinate with the TAB firm to compile and submit:
1. one set of HVAC specifications;
2. one copy of relevant revisions, clarifications, and modifications;
3. one complete set of Drawings, less the Civil and Structural sheets;
4. one set of the HVAC floor plans of the conditioned spaces;
5. one copy of approved submittal data for installed equipment; and,
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
6. one copy of related changes as required to accomplish the indicated test procedures.
H. Provide all HVAC control communications software with the appropriate licenses and
hardware interfaces.
3.5 TAB FIRM'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The following observations and tests shall be performed by the TAB firm:
1. During the construction submittal stage and before the submittal documents are
finalized, review the mechanical and HVAC submittals, drawings and specifications
for balance-ability and furnish commentary.
2. During construction, review approved HVAC submittals such as control diagrams, air
handling devices, and the like, that pertain to TAB work and balancing.
3. Perform construction observations and submit a written report including the following
topics.
a. The ductwork prior to insulation and ceiling cover-up; and,
b. The piping prior to insulation and ceiling cover-up.
4. Perform a pre-balance site review and submit a written report.
3.6 OPERATIONAL READINESS
A. "Operational readiness," as referred to in this Section, shall be defined as the time when
the construction status of the building permits the closing of doors, windows, ceilings, and
the like, in order to obtain simulated or projected operating conditions.
B. Operational readiness of the HVAC system shall require that the following items have
been accomplished:
1. Air Distribution Systems
a. The installation conforms to the indicated design requirements.
b. Volume, smoke, and smoke/fire dampers have been properly located and are
functional.
c. Dampers have tight closure and open fully with smooth and free operation.
d. Supply, return, exhaust, and transfer grilles, registers, diffusers, and terminal
devices have been installed and secured in a full open position.
e. Air handling systems, units, and associated apparatus, such as heating and
cooling coils, filter sections, access doors, and the like, have been sealed to
eliminate uncontrolled bypass or leakage of air.
f. Final clean filters are in place, coils are clean with fins straightened, bearings are
properly greased, belts are aligned and tightened, and the system is completely
operational.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
g. It has been verified that all systems are operating within the design pressure limits
of the piping and ductwork.
h. Fans (supply, return, and exhaust) are operating and verified for freedom from
vibration, proper fan rotation and belt tension.
i. Heater elements in motor starters are of proper size and rating, in accordance
with the starter manufacturer's requirements.
j. Motor amperage and voltage have been recorded on each phase at start-up, and
verified that they do not exceed nameplate ratings.
k. Terminal units (mixing boxes and fan powered boxes) have been installed and
controls are functional.
2. Automatic Controls
a. A meeting has been held with the ENGINEER, the TAB firm, and the OWNER,
for a pre-submittal review of the proposed controls strategy.
b. Control components have been installed in accordance with project requirements
and are functional, including electrical interlocks, damper sequences, air and
water resets, fire and freeze stats, high- and low-temperature thermostats,
safeties, and the like.
c. Controlling instruments have been calibrated and set for design operating
conditions with the exception of components that require input from the TAB firm,
but a default has been set.
1) Cooperate with the TAB firm and provide all software and interfaces in
order to communicate with the system.
d. Controls, sensors, operators, sequences, and the like, have been checked before
notifying the TAB firm that the Energy Management System is operational.
1) Furnish technical support (technicians and necessary computers) for a
complete check of these systems.
e. Fire alarm detection devices, sequences, inter-locks, and the like, have been
checked before notifying the TAB firm that the system is operational.
1) Checked devices shall include the Fireman's Override Panel.
2) Provide all detection devices (fire and smoke), complete with all smoke
zones identified along with all alarm and event chart devices identified.
3) Certify that the systems are totally operational prior to the TAB beginning.
f. A start-up report has been submitted.
1) The start-up report shall include the submitted and actual RPM, and the
actual and nameplate voltage and amperage of all motors.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2) This requirement applies to each piece of electrically-driven air conditioning
equipment in the system, including supply and exhaust fans, other fans of
fractional horsepower, pumps, and the like.
3) Furnish the addresses and initial set points of all controlled devices.
3.7 NOTIFICATION OF SYSTEM READINESS
A. After the above operational readiness items have been accomplished, notify the
ENGINEER in writing, certifying that the WORK has been accomplished and that the
building and the air conditioning systems are in operational readiness for testing,
adjusting, and balancing.
B. With the notification, include a copy of tabulated data as required.
C. The ENGINEER will notify the TAB firm of the readiness for balancing, and forward copies
of the CONTRACTOR's certification and tabulated motor voltages, currents, and RPM.
D. If the TAB firm has been notified as described above and the inspection reveals that the
TAB services notification is premature, costs of the inspection and wasted work
accomplished by the TAB firm shall be reimbursed to the appropriate parties by the
CONTRACTOR.
3.8 TESTING AND BALANCING
A. In coordination with the TAB firm, submit an overview of system TAB procedures including:
1. An agenda;
2. Field observation reports;
3. System testing, including:
a. Traverses to be made;
b. Instrumentation to be used;
c. How correction factors for grilles and diffusers will be obtained;
d. How measurements will be verified at maximum and minimum;
e. How control components will be verified; and,
4. Report forms with each systems components identified and numbered.
B. Personnel
1. All personnel employed on the WORK shall be employees of the TAB firm.
2. The WORK shall be performed under the direct supervision of an AABC-Certified Test
and Balance Engineer.
3. Submit resumes for each person on the Project, including education, experience, and
certification.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Warranty
1. The TAB firm shall submit a National Performance Guaranty in accordance with
AABC National Standards.
3.9 INSTRUMENTATION
A. Ensure that instruments being used are currently calibrated and listed in the TAB report,
showing instrument description, serial number, and date of calibration.
B. The accuracy of instruments used shall be as indicated in the current AABC National
Standards.
3.10 FINAL AIR BALANCE
A. When systems are complete and ready for operation, the TAB firm shall perform a final air
balance for all air systems and record the results.
B. The volume of air for the supply, return, exhaust, and outside air equipment and terminals
shall be tested and balanced within the tolerances of the AABC Standard.
C. Air handling unit and fan volumes shall be adjusted by changing fan speed.
D. Air distribution device volume shall be adjusted using the spin-in damper for flexible duct-
connected devices, and the damper for duct-connected devices.
E. Air distribution devices shall be balanced with air patterns as indicated.
F. Duct volume dampers shall be adjusted to provide air volume to branch ducts where such
dampers are indicated.
G. The general scope of balancing by the TAB firm shall include the following items:
1. Filters: Check air filters and filter media and balance only systems with essentially
clean filters and filter media.
2. Fan Speed: Measure and record RPM at each fan speed.
3. Voltage and Amperage Readings: Measure and record the final operating amperages
and voltage for each motor.
4. Static Pressure Profile
a. Static pressure profiles shall be measured and recorded across each supply fan,
cooling coil, heating coil, return air fan, air handling unit filter, and exhaust fan,
and at the furthest air device or terminal unit from the air handler supplying that
device.
b. Furnish static pressure profiles for systems which do not perform as designed.
5. Equipment Air Flow: Adjust and record exhaust, return, outside, and supply air CFM
and temperatures, as applicable, at each fan and coil.
6. Coil Temperatures
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. Set controls for full cooling and for full heating loads.
b. Read and record entering and leaving dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures
(cooling only) at each cooling coil, heating coil, and HVAC terminal unit.
c. At the time of reading, record water flow and entering and leaving water
temperatures.
d. In variable flow systems, adjust the air and water flow to design for all the above
readings.
7. Zone Air Flow: Adjust each zone of multizone units, each HVAC terminal unit, and air
handling unit for design CFM.
8. Outlet Air Flow
a. Adjust each exhaust inlet and supply diffuser, register and grille to within the
tolerances shown in the AABC Standard.
b. Include all terminal points of air supply and all points of exhaust.
9. Pitot Tube Traverses
a. For use in future troubleshooting by maintenance personnel, measure air velocity
in all exhaust ducts, main supply ducts, outside air, and return ducts, and record
by the Pitot tube traverse method shown in the AABC Standard.
b. Locations of these traverse test stations shall be described both verbally and by
graphic representation on the sheet containing the data.
10. Maximum and minimum airflow on terminal boxes shall be adjusted, measured, and
recorded.
3.11 TESTING OF TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS
a. Coordinate with the CONTRACTOR in order to ensure that the most effective
total system operation is within the design limitations, and to obtain a mutual
understanding of the intended control performance.
b. Verify that all control devices are properly connected and operated by the
intended controller.
c. Observe that all valves are properly installed in the piping system in relation to
direction of flow and location.
d. Observe the calibration of all controllers.
e. Verify the proper application of all normally opened and normally closed valves.
f. Sensors
1) Observe the locations of all sensors in order to verify whether their position
will allow them to sense the intended temperatures and pressures of the
media accurately.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2) The CONTRACTOR shall relocate the sensors as deemed necessary by
the TAB firm.
g. Verify that the sequence of operation for control modes is in accordance with
approved Shop Drawings and as indicated.
h. Verify the proper operation of all interlock systems.
i. Perform variable volume system verification in order to assure the system and its
components track, with changes from full flow to minimum flow.
3.12 REPORTS
a. The indicated TAB activities shall culminate in a report neatly typed and
arranged.
b. Include with the data the date tested, personnel present, records of test
instruments used, and a list of all measurements taken.
c. The intent of the final report is to provide a reference of actual operating
conditions for the OWNER's operations personnel.
d. All measurements and recorded readings (air, water, electricity, and the like) that
appear in the reports shall be certified by the TAB firm's TBE (Testing and
Balancing Engineer).
e. Submit report data on forms approved by the ENGINEER.
f. Submit 6 copies of the final report to the ENGINEER and 2 copies to the OWNER,
indicating a summary of actual operating data and any abnormal operating
conditions.
g. The report shall contain all required information as indicated herein, as well as
information indicated in the AABC Standard.
3.13 TAB FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND BALANCING
A. At the time of TAB final acceptance inspection, the TAB firm shall recheck, in the presence
of the ENGINEER, specific and random selections of data that were recorded in the
certified test and balance report.
B. Points and areas for recheck shall be selected by the ENGINEER.
C. Measurements and test procedures shall be the same as the submitted and approved test
and balance agenda.
D. Selections for verification, specific plus random, shall not exceed 10 percent of the total
number tabulated in the report, except where special air systems require a complete
recheck for safety reasons.
E. If 10 percent of the random verification tests demonstrate a measured flow deviation of 10
percent or more from that recorded in the certified test and balance report, the report shall
be automatically rejected.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. In the event the report is rejected, all systems shall be readjusted and tested, new data
recorded, a new certified test and balance report submitted, and a new inspection test
made, as part of the WORK.
G. Final Acceptance will not occur until after the successful completion of the TAB verification
process.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC TESTING AND BALANCING
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 05 00-10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 23 07 00— PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide pipe and equipment insulation, complete and in place,
as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. In addition to the insulation indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall insulate cold or hot piping
and exhausts that could be hazardous to personnel upon contact.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Federal Specifications
HH-1-558B Insulation Blocks, Boards, Blankets, Felts, Sleeving
(Pipe and Tube Covering), and Pipe Fitting
Covering, Thermal (Mineral Fiber, Industrial Type)
B. Commercial Standards
ASTM C 547 Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation
TM E 84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Submit complete Shop Drawings of thermal insulation, with manufacturer's data on
materials, covering,jackets, and finish, in accordance with the requirements of Section 01
33 00 —CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS.
B. Furnish the following certifications:
1. Certification from the heating system manufacturer that the insulation has been
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Certification from the acoustic insulation/duct lining manufacturer that the lining has
the indicated sound absorption coefficients.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Components of the insulation, including covering, mastics, and adhesives, shall have a
flame-spread rating of not greater than 25 and a smoke development rating of not greater
than 50.
B. Ratings shall be as established by tests in accordance with ASTM E 84, and the above
federal and commercial specification standards.
C. Insulation shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.2 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, the insulation thickness shall be as follows:
Pipe Minimum Thickness
of Insulation (inches)
Hot and cold potable water 6-inch and smaller 1
8-inch and larger 1-1/2
Hot and chilled process water 6-inch and smaller 1-1/2
8-inch and larger 2
Low-pressure steam (50 psig and less) 4-inch and smaller 1
5-inch and larger 1-1/2
High-pressure steam (51 psig and all sizes 3
greater)
Condensate, boiler blowdown, and boiler 8-inch and smaller 1-1/2
feed
10-inch and larger 2
Heated sludge and process piping 6-inch and smaller 1
8-inch and larger 1-1/2
Compressed air piping and liquid all sizes 2
refrigerant piping exposed to the weather
Heat-traced piping 3-inch and smaller 1
4-inch and larger 1-1/2
Equipment and Tanks Minimum Thickness of
Insulation (inches)
Boilers, heaters, and manufactured equipment as recommended by manufacturer
Heat exchangers, tanks, and vessels 3
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.3 PIPING INSULATION
A. Except as indicated otherwise, piping shall be insulated with heavy density, unfaced,
fiberglass pipe insulation.
B. Pipe insulation shall have an average density of 4 pounds per cubic foot or greater, and
its conductivity (k) shall not exceed 0.23 BTU-inch per (hour) (square foot) (degree F) at
a mean temperature of 75 degrees F.
C. Supporting Hangers
1. For 3-inch piping and larger, the insulation shall be protected at supporting hangers
by the suitable hollow steel protection saddles, filled with loose glass fiber insulation
as indicated.
2. For piping smaller than 3-inch, place 1/16-inch thick sheet metal shims between the
insulation and the supporting hanger; the shim shall be at least 6 inches long.
3. The insulation shall be oversized for installation over electric heating cable.
4. The insulation shall have a factory-applied white fire-retardant vapor-barrier jacket of
kraft paper and aluminum foil laminated together and reinforced with fiberglass yarn.
5. Fittings and valves shall be covered with the same material as the pipe, cut in
segments to fit snugly without open spaces, held in place with copper wire or cement,
and then covered with the same jacketing material as the pipe.
6. Insulated fittings adjacent to vapor-barrier insulation shall be sealed with an
acceptable vapor-barrier cement before installation of the finish jacket.
7. The pipe insulation and vapor-barrier shall be continuous through hangers and
supports.
8. Where insulation is indicated for the top-half segment of pipe, insulation at support
locations shall be of the same density.
9. The bottom-half insulation segments provided between the pipe and the insulation
protection shields shall have a density of not less than 6 Ib/cu ft.
D. Jacketing
1. A final covering of the insulation for piping shall be of 0.016-inch thick smooth
aluminum, preformed jacketing with a factory-attached moisture barrier.
2. Valves, flanges, fittings, and ends of insulation shall be covered with a pre-molded,
precision-formed, high-low temperature aluminum fitting cover or end cap, or
equivalent preformed unit to match the piping insulation jacket.
3. The pre-molded covers shall be sized to receive the same thickness of insulation as
used on the adjacent piping, and shall be sized to cover and protect the insulated
fitting.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 -3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Joints shall be sealed with silicone mastic or solvent welding to provide a continuous
air- and weather-tight joint.
5. Strapping shall be 1/2-inch wide, Type 3003 aluminum or stainless steel.
6. Pre-molded fittings shall be VMSI Insul-Jac 1100 Aluminum alloy, or equal.
E. Standard Temperature Insulation
1. Standard temperature insulation shall be used for process, cold and hot water, steam,
and condensate piping and equipment with surface temperatures up to 850 degrees
F.
2. Pipe insulation and jacketing shall be applied to piping where indicated, including
associated fittings, flanges, and valves.
3. Pipe insulation shall consist of a molded-type pipe covering, constructed of fibrous
glass with a minimum k-factor of 0.23 at 75 degrees F mean temperature.
F. High Temperature Insulation
1. High temperature insulation shall be employed for engine exhaust pipes, flues, and
similar pipes and equipment with surface temperatures up to 1200 degrees F.
2. High temperature insulation shall consist of 4-inch thick calcium silicate or similar pre-
molded blocks, constructed in 2 layers of 2-inch thickness each with staggered joints,
and applied over a 3/4-inch-high metal rib lath.
3. The inner layer shall be suitable for 1200 degrees F, and the outer layer for 1000
degrees F.
4. Bends, voids, joints, fittings, and other parts of the piping system shall be filled with
insulating cement.
5. Aluminum lagging with preformed aluminum fittings shall be banded to the insulation
in a similar fashion as required for standard insulation.
6. Allowance shall be made for thermal expansion.
G. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Armstrong Contracting and Supply Corp.
2. Certain-Teed Corporation
3. Johns Manville
4. Owens-Corning
5. P.P.G. Industries, Inc.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 -4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2.4 AERATION PIPING INSULATION
A. Provide acoustical-thermal insulation on blower inlet, discharge and blowoff piping,
including fittings, flanges, valves, couplings, meters, silencers, and appurtenances.
B. Acoustical Insulation
1. Acoustical insulation shall consist of 1/2-inch thick fiberglass laminated to a lead
barrier having a density of 16 ounces per square foot.
2. The fiberglass/lead barrier shall have a temperature rating to 350 degrees F, and shall
be Hushcloth as manufactured by American Acoustical Products, Alpha
Associates, Inc., or equal.
3. The acoustical insulation shall overlap at least 2 inches in both the transverse and
longitudinal directions and shall be installed to avoid sagging or gapping.
C. Scrim
1. The acoustical insulation shall be held in place by the use of scrim fabric at least 6
inches wide.
2. Provide at least 2 wraps of scrim per length of acoustical insulation.
3. The scrim shall be 5 x 5-thread-count fiberglass mesh, with a thread thickness of 0.03
inch, and weighing 5.8 ounces per square yard.
4. Scrim shall be Alpha Associates Luben 8405, or equal.
D. Thermal Insulation
1. The acoustical insulation shall be covered by a fiberglass thermal insulation and
fiberglass lagging fabric.
2. The thermal insulation shall have an average density of 4 pounds per cubic foot or
greater, and its conductivity (k) shall not exceed 0.23 BTU-inch per (hour) (square
foot) (degree F) at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F.
3. The thermal insulation shall be as manufactured by Manville, Owens-Corning, or
equal.
E. Lagging Fabric
1. The final covering shall be a 100 percent fiberglass lagging fabric, with a thickness of
0.034 inch, and weighing 19 ounces per sq yd.
2. The lagging fabric shall be Alpha Associates (Style 2025), J.P. Stevens Co., or equal.
F. Compression Couplings and Expansion Joints
1. Compression couplings and expansion joints on piping shall be covered as indicated,
using rigid insulation block.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 - 5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. The insulation block shall be composed of hydrous calcium silicate, and segmented to
wrap around the piping.
G. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Manville, Thermo 12
2. Owens-Corning, Kaylo 10
H. Valves and flanges shall be covered in a similar manner to the adjacent piping.
2.5 STANDBY GENERATOR PIPING INSULATION
A. The exhaust piping, fittings, and silencers shall be insulated with a rigid calcium silicate
material, capable of withstanding pipe temperatures of 1200 degrees F, and shall be of
Kaylo 10 Asbestos Free type pipe insulating material, or equal.
B. The silencer insulation shall be 6 inches thick, and the exhaust piping and fittings
insulation shall be 4 inches thick.
C. The insulation shall be pre-molded blocks in 2 layers with staggered joints, applied on a
3/4-inch high metal rib lath, and covered with a glass cloth vapor barrier jacket secured by
adhesive.
D. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Armstrong Contracting and Supply Corporation
2. Certain-Teed Corporation
3. Johns Manville
4. Owens-Corning
5. P.P.G. Industries, Inc
2.6 ANTI-CONDENSATION PIPING INSULATION
A. In general, piping 5 inches and larger in diameter for raw water, settled water, filtered
water, service water, water tanks, and as indicated, shall be insulated.
B. The insulation shall be a flexible closed-cell elastomeric thermal insulation, black in color
and provided with a smooth skin on one side to form the outer exposed insulation surface.
C. The insulation shall be supplied in sheets and rolls, as follows:
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Thickness 1/8-inch to 2-inch
Thermal conductivity 0.27 BTU-inch per (hour) (square
foot) (degree F) at a mean
temperature of 75 degrees F
Water vapor permeability 0.10 perm-inch
Water absorption 6 percent maximum
Upper use limit 180 degrees F
Lower use limit -40 degrees F
Flame-spread rating 25 or less
Smoke-developed rating (thickness to 3/4-inch) 50 or less
Smoke-developed rating (thickness 1-inch or 100 or less
greater)
D. Manufacturer, or Equal
1. Armstrong, AP Armaflex Sheet and Roll
2.7 BURIED HEATING PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION
A. Insulate piping with one-inch thick, hard preformed fiberglass.
B. Manufacturer, or Equal
1. Ric-Wil-Galva-Guard
2.8 BOILER BREECHING PIPING INSULATION
A. The flue piping, fittings, and breeching shall be insulated with a rigid calcium silicate
material capable of withstanding pipe temperatures of 1200 degrees F.
B. The insulation shall be 4 inches thick.
C. The insulation shall be covered with a glass cloth vapor barrierjacket secured by adhesive.
D. Manufacturer, or Equal
1. Owens-Corning, Kaylo 10 -Asbestos Free
2. Johns Manville
2.9 DUCTWORK INSULATION
A. Supply ductwork and outside air ductwork shall be insulated as indicated under this
Section.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 -7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Insulation shall be provided for air duct systems operating at internal air temperatures up
to 250 degrees F.
C. The finished duct system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A and 90B.
D. Duct wrap insulation shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1290, Type III, to a maximum
service temperature of 250 degrees F.
E. Facing material shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1136, Type II, when surface
burning characteristics are determined in accordance with ASTM E 84 with the foil surface
of the material exposed to the flame.
F. Density and Thickness
1. Density: 1.5 lbs per cu ft
2. Thickness: 1-1/2 inches or 2 inches, as indicated
G. The duct wrap insulation shall consist of a blanket of glass fibers factory-laminated to a
reinforced foil/ kraft (FRK) vapor retarder facing, with a 2-inch-wide (minimum) stapling
and taping flange on one edge.
H. The duct wrap insulation shall provide installed R-values as indicated in the following table:
R-value',2,
Density, Nominal Thickness,
lbs/cu ft inches (hour) (sq ft) (degree
F) per BTU
1.50 1-1/2 6.0
1.50 2 8.0
' at 75 degrees F mean temperature
2 assumes 25 percent compression of insulation
I. Exposed Ductwork
1. Ductwork with exterior insulation which is exposed to the weather shall be protected
with an aluminum-magnesium alloy jacket having a minimum thickness of 0.016 inch.
2. The jacketing shall include built-in isolation felt.
3. The jacket shall be lapped at least 3 inches at joints, and secured with stainless steel
bands on 6-inch centers.
J. Duct Lining
1. The fiberglass ductwork lining shall be one-inch thick, and shall have a density 1-1/2-
lbs/cu ft.
2. The liner shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less, a smoke development rating
of 50 or less, an average thermal conductivity not to exceed 0.23 BTU-inch per (hour)
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 - 8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
(square foot) (degree F) at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F, and shall be suitable
for duct velocities up to 5,000 FPM.
3. The liner shall have sound absorption coefficients as follows:
Frequency, Hertz 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC
Sound absorption coefficient 0.15 0.55 0.71 0.94 1.03 1.05 0.80
4. The indicated duct sizes are the airway dimensions of the duct system which does not
include provisions for the duct liner; therefore, the CONTRACTOR shall add the duct
liner thickness to the indicated duct sizes.
K. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Manville Products Corporation, Linacoustic-HP
2. Owens-Corning
2.10 EQUIPMENT AND TANK INSULATION
A. Low Temperature Insulation
1. For equipment and tank insulation up to 250 degrees F, use pipe insulation as
described above.
2. The installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
3. An aluminum jacket shall be installed over the insulation for protection.
B. High-Temperature Insulation
1. High temperature insulation shall be utilized for equipment and tanks with surface
temperatures up to 1200 degrees F.
2. The high temperature insulation shall consist of 4-inch thick calcium silicate or similar
pre-molded blocks, constructed in 2 layers of 2-inch thickness each, with staggered
joints, and applied over a 3/4-inch high metal rib lath.
3. The inner layer shall be suitable for use up to 1200 degrees F, and the second layer
shall be suitable for use up to 1000 degrees F.
4. Bends, voids, joints, fittings and other parts shall be filled with insulating cement.
5. Aluminum laggings shall be banded to the insulation in a similar fashion as indicated
for standard insulation, and allowances shall be made for thermal expansion.
6. The insulation thickness shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the
equipment or tank.
C. Ductwork Insulation Manufacturer, or Equal
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00- 9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Owens Corning, Fiberglas All-Service Duct Wrap
2. Johns Manville, Type 150
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Insulation and liners shall be installed by a qualified insulation contractor in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3.2 PIPING INSULATION
A. Piping, fittings, and valves to be insulated shall be clean and dry prior to installation of
insulation.
B. Piping indicated to be insulated shall be completely insulated inside structures, except
where indicated otherwise.
3.3 INSULATION OF STRAIGHT DUCT AND FITTINGS
A. Before applying the duct wrap, air ducts shall be clean, dry and tightly sealed at joints and
seams.
B. Portions of the duct designated to receive duct wrap shall be completely covered with duct
wrap.
C. Remove a 2-inch piece of insulation from the facing at the end of the piece of duct wrap
to form an overlapping stapling and taping flap.
D. Install duct wrap insulation with facing outside such that the tape flap overlaps the
insulation and facing at the other end of the piece of duct wrap.
E. Adjacent sections of the duct wrap insulation shall be tightly butted and overlapped with
the 2-inch stapling and taping flap.
F. If the duct is rectangular or square, install insulation such that it is not excessively
compressed at corners.
G. Seams shall be stapled approximately 6 inches on center, using 1/2-inch steel outward
clinching staples.
H. Seams and joints shall be sealed with pressure-sensitive tape matching the insulation
facing (either plain foil or FRK backing stock) or glass fabric and mastic.
I. Cloth duct tape of color or finish using reclaimed rubber adhesives will not be accepted
for use on duct wrap insulation.
J. Where rectangular ducts are 24 inches or greater in width, the duct wrap insulation shall
be additionally secured to the bottom of the duct with mechanical fasteners such as pins
and speed clip washers, spaced on 18-inch centers (maximum) to prevent the insulation
from sagging.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
K. Where a vapor retarder is indicated, seal tears, punctures and other penetrations of the
duct wrap facing using one of the above methods to provide a vapor-tight system.
L. Damaged Insulation
1. The CONTRACTOR shall replace insulation that has been damaged or removed by
modifications to the existing ductwork.
2. The replacement insulation shall be new and joints between new and existing
insulation shall be made water-tight.
3.4 DUCTWORK INSPECTION
A. After completing the installation of the duct wrap and before operations are to commence,
visually inspect the system and verify that it has been installed correctly.
B. Open system dampers and turn on fans to blow scraps and other loose pieces of material
out of the duct system; allow for a means of removal of such material.
C. Check the duct system to ensure that there are no air leaks through joints.
3.5 FIBERGLASS INSULATION
A. Fiberglass insulation shall be securely held in place before the final covering is applied.
B. A scrim fabric, similar to a 20 x 10 thread count mesh and 100 percent fiberglass, shall be
pasted in place to hold the pipe insulation securely to the pipe.
C. The scrim fabric shall be at least 4-inches wide, with at least 2 applications per length of
pipe insulation, and one at each joint.
3.6 JACKETING
A. Joints shall be neatly finished with no ragged ends.
B. When finished, the covering shall show no exposed staples or other binding used during
installation.
C. Staples, if used, shall be stainless steel.
3.7 LAGGING FABRIC
A. The final lagging fabric shall be neatly pasted in place with a 3-inch longitudinal overlap
using a Luben No. 9 adhesive, or equal.
B. Each transverse joint shall have a 3-inch butt strip of the same fiberglass fabric.
C. Final joints shall be neatly finished with no ragged ends and the covering shall present a
neat, uniform surface when finished.
D. The fabric shall show no exposed staples or other binding used during construction;
staples, if used, shall be stainless steel.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-0510312018 PAGE 23 07 00 - 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.8 COMPRESSION COUPLINGS AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. The rigid insulation blocks shall be held in place with stainless steel bands, approximately
1/2 inch wide by 0.015 inch thick.
B. After banding, the blocks shall be finished with a trowel coat of insulating cement to filling
voids, and troweled to a smooth, neat finish.
C. The installation shall then be covered with an acoustical insulation consisting of a
fiberglass fabric weighing 24.6 oz. per sq yd, and coated with a loaded vinyl weighing 83.4
oz. per sq yd.
D. The acoustical insulation shall be Alpha-Sonic Style No. 75, or equal.
E. The acoustical insulation shall be covered with a 100-percent fiberglass lagging fabric as
indicated.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 PIPE, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 07 00 - 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 23 09 23 — HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS (STAND ALONE
SYSTEM)
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 PRODUCTS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION
A. Section 23 - Hydronic Piping - The HVAC Sub-Contractor shall:
1. Furnish and install all automatic valves, temperature sensor wells, flow meters, etc.,
which are specified to be supplied by this section.
2. Furnish and install any necessary reducing fittings required to install smaller than line-
size control valves.
3. Furnish and install all necessary pressure taps, water, drain and overflow connections
and piping.
4. Furnish and install all necessary penetrations and spool pieces required for flow
devices.
B. Section 23 - Refrigerant Piping - The HVAC Sub-Contractor shall:
1. Furnish and install all pressure and temperature sensor wells and sockets, which are
specified to be supplied by this section.
C. Section 23 - Ductwork Accessories - The HVAC Sub-Contractor shall:
1. Furnish and install all duct smoke detectors whether shown on the drawings or
required by code. If the project includes an existing fire alarm panel all signals from
the duct smoke detectors shall be transmitted to the existing fire alarm panel. If the
project does not include an exisiting fire alarm panel, and a new fire alarm panel is
not required for any other reason, signals from the duct smoke detectors shall be
transmitted to the HVAC automatic temperature control panel.
2. Furnish and install all automatic dampers and provide necessary blank off plates or
transitions required to install dampers that are smaller than duct size.
3. Assemble multiple section dampers with required interconnecting and jackshaft
linkage and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of
damper motors.
4. Furnish and install all necessary sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate stratification
and provide the air volumes specified. Locate baffles by experimentation. Fix and
seal permanently in place only after stratification problems have been eliminated.
5. Furnish and install airflow stations specified under this section.
6. Furnish and install access doors or other approved means of access through ducts
for service to control equipment.
D. Section 26 Electrical - The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall:
1. Furnish and install and connect all power wiring. Power wiring shall be defined as:
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. Wiring of all power feeds through all disconnect starters and variable speed
controllers to electric motors.
b. Provide local power disconnects, where required.
c. Provide circuit breakers, starters in motor control centers, and 120-, 208-, 240-
and 480-volt power feeders from the starters and circuit breakers to the HVAC
equipment, as indicated.
d. Wiring of 120 VAC normal/emergency power feeds to all temperature control
panels.
e. Power wiring to 120/277-volt single-phase motors shown on electrical plans and
all VAV boxes shown (with or without fan motors).
f. All conduit, wiring and terminations between the ATC Panel and the Facility
SCADA System
E. Section 23 Electrical - The HVAC Sub-Contractor shall:
1. Design and install a complete HVAC controls system as described herein and contract
drawings.
2. Provide controls, sensors and control panels relating to the HVAC systems, including
starters, thermostats, duct smoke detectors, motorized dampers, louver operators
and other equipment as indicated.
3. Provide control wiring of 120-volt and less as indicated in this Section and in
conformance the requirements of Division 26 — Electrical and Division 40 —
Instrumentation and Control.
F. Starters, whether as an integral or separate part of the equipment, shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Section 26 29 00— Low-Voltage Motor Control Centers.
G. Enclosures shall be of the same NEMA class as the electrical equipment in the same area.
H. Starters shall be of the same manufacturer as the starters indicated under Section 26 29
00— Low-Voltage Motor Control Centers.
I. Low-voltage control wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code.
J. Control wiring for line voltage 120-volt and higher shall be in conformance with the
requirements of Section 26 05 19—Wires and Cables.
K. Control Panels shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 26 05 15— Local
Control Panels and Miscellaneous Electrical Devices.
L. Conduit shall be in conformance with the requirements of Section 26 05 33 — Electrical
Raceway Systems and Section 26 05 43— Underground Raceway Systems.
M. Duct Smoke Detectors
1. Furnish and install all duct smoke detectors whether shown on the drawings or
required by code. If the project includes an existing fire alarm panel all signals from
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
the duct smoke detectors shall be transmitted to the existing fire alarm panel. If the
project does not include an exisiting fire alarm panel, and a new fire alarm panel is
not required for any other reason, signals from the duct smoke detectors shall be
transmitted to the HVAC automatic temperature control panel.
2. Air Handling Units and Fans
a. Provide duct smoke detectors on both the intake and the discharge of air handling
units, and fans as required by code.
b. The detector shall shut off the respective air handling unit or fan upon the
detection of smoke.
3. Smoke detectors shall operate on the photoelectric principle, and shall respond to a
predetermined smoke density regardless of the rate of combustion, the distance
between the detector and fire source, the combustible material, the temperature or
velocity of the smoke, and whether the fire is in a confined or open area.
4. The detectors shall be designed to ignore invisible airborne particles or smoke
densities that are below the factory-set alarm point.
5. The smoke detectors shall be capable of operating at a humidity range of 10 to
90 percent RH.
6. The smoke detectors shall operate from a 24-VDC power source, and shall be
Simplex, 4098 Series, ADT; Pyrotronics; or equal.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The General Conditions of the Contract, Supplementary Conditions, and General
Requirements are a part of this specification and shall be used in conjunction with this
section as a part of the contract documents. Consult them for further instructions
pertaining to this work. The Contractor is bound by the provisions of Division 0 and Division
1.
B. The following sections constitute related work:
1. Section 1 - Submittal Requirements
2. Section 1 - Commissioning
3. Section 23 - Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
4. Section 23 - Heat-Generation Equipment
5. Section 23 -Air Handling Equipment
6. Section 23 —Air Conditioning Equipment
7. Section 23 -Air Distribution
8. Section 23 -Test and Balance
9. Section 26 - Basic Electrical requirements
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
10. Section 26 -Wiring Methods
11. Section 26 - Electrical Power (Uninterruptible Power Supplies, Variable Frequency
Drives)
12. Section 26 - Emergency Systems
13. Section 26 — Fire Alarm and Detection System
1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All WORK, materials, and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of all
codes and ordinances of the local, state, and federal authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Such codes, when more restrictive, shall take precedence over the Contract Documents.
C. The installation shall comply with the following codes:
1. National Electric Code (NEC)
2. International Building Code (IBC)
3. International Mechanical Code (IMC)
4. ASHRAE/ANSI 135-2001: Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and
Control Systems (BACNET)
5. All BAS DDC controllers and local user displays shall be UL-listed under Standard UL
916, category PAZX and Standard ULC C100, category UUKL7.
6. All electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part
15, Governing Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Interference and labeled as such.
7. ASHRAE/ANSI 135-2001: Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and
Control Systems (BACnet).
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Standards
1. The system shall conform to the minimum standards indicated in Tables 1 and 2,
below.
2. Information transmission and display times shall be based upon network, rather than
modem, connections.
3. Programmable controllers shall be capable of executing DDC PID control loops at a
selectable frequency adjustable down to once per second.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for selecting execution times consistent with
the mechanical process under control.
5. The system shall report all values with an end-to-end accuracy as listed or better than
those listed in Table 1.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
6. Control loops shall maintain measured variable at set point within the tolerances listed
in Table 2.
TABLE 1 - REPORTING ACCURACY
MEASURED VARIABLE REPORTED ACCURACY
Space Temperature plus or minus one degree F
Ducted Air plus or minus one degree F
Outside Air plus or minus 2 degrees F
Dew Point plus or minus 3 degrees F
Water Temperature plus or minus one degree F
Delta-T plus or minus 0.25 degree F
Relative Humidity plus or minus 5 percent RH
Water Flow plus or minus 5 percent of full
scale
Airflow (terminal) plus or minus 10 percent of
full scale (see Note 1)
Airflow (measuring stations) plus or minus 5 percent of full
scale
Airflow (pressurized spaces) plus or minus 3 percent of full
scale
Air Pressure (ducts) plus or minus 0.1 inch w.g.
Air Pressure (space) plus or minus 0.01 inch w.g.
Water Pressure plus or minus 2 percent of full
scale (see Note 2)
Electrical (A, V, W, Power Factor) 5 percent of reading (see
Note 3)
Carbon Monoxide (CO) plus or minus 5 percent of
reading
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) plus or minus 50 ppm
Note 1: 10 percent to 100 percent of full scale
Note 2: for both absolute and differential pressure
Note 3: not including utility-supplied meters
TABLE 2 - CONTROL STABILITY AND ACCURACY
CONTROLLED CONTROL ACCURACY RANGE OF MEDIUM
VARIABLE
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Airflow plus or minus 10 percent of --
full scale
Space plus or minus 2.0 degrees F -----
Temperature
Duct plus or minus 3 degrees F -----
Temperature
Humidity plus or minus 5 percent RH -----
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor
Submittals.
B. No WORK may begin on any segment of the Project until submittals have been
successfully reviewed for conformity with the design intent.
C. Submittals shall include:
1. Direct Digital Control System Hardware
a. A complete bill of materials of equipment to be used, indicating quantity,
manufacturer, model number, and other relevant technical data.
b. Manufacturer's description and technical data, such as performance curves,
product specification sheets, and installation and maintenance instructions for the
following items and other relevant items not listed:
1) Direct Digital Controller (controller panels)
2) Transducers/Transmitters
3) Sensors (including accuracy data)
4) Actuators
5) Valves
6) Relays/Switches
7) Control Panels
8) Power Supply
9) Batteries
10) Wiring
2. Wiring diagrams and layouts for each control panel, showing all termination numbers.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Schematic diagrams for all field sensors and controllers, and floor plans of all sensor
locations and control hardware.
4. Diagrams
a. Submit schematic diagrams for all control, communication, and power wiring.
b. Submit a schematic drawing of the central system installation. Show all interface
wiring to the control system.
c. Submit riser diagrams of wiring between central control unit and all control panels.
D. Controlled Systems
1. Schematic Diagrams
a. Submit a schematic diagram of each controlled system.
b. Indicate all control points labeled, with point names shown or listed.
c. Graphically show the location of all control elements in the system.
2. Schematic Wiring Diagrams
a. Submit a schematic wiring diagram for each controlled system.
b. Label all elements.
c. Where a control element is the same as that shown on the control system
schematic, it shall be labeled with the same name.
d. Label all terminals.
3. Instrument List
a. Submit an instrumentation list for each controlled system.
b. Each element of the controlled system shall be listed in table format.
c. The table shall show element name, type of device, manufacturer, model number,
and product data sheet number.
4. Description
a. A complete description of the operation of the control system, including
sequences of operation.
b. Include and reference a schematic diagram of the controlled system.
5. 1/O
a. Submit a points list for each system controller, including both inputs and outputs
(1/0), point number, the controlled device associated with the 1/0 point, and the
location of the 1/0 device.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23- 7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
6. Quantities of items submitted will be reviewed but shall be the responsibility of the
CONTRACTOR.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All products used in this project installation shall be new and currently under manufacture,
and shall be the version currently being sold by the manufacturer for use in new
installations.
B. This installation shall not be used as a test site for any new products unless explicitly
approved by the owner in writing. Spare parts shall be available for at least five years after
completion of this contract.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Labor and materials for the control system specified shall be warranted free from defects
for a period of 12 months after final completion and OWNER receives beneficial use of the
system.
B. Control system failures during the warranty period shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced
at no additional cost or reduction in service to the OWNER.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall respond to the OWNER's request for warranty service within 24
hours during normal business hours.
D. All WORK shall have a single warranty date, even when the OWNER has received
beneficial use due to an early system start-up.
E. If the WORK specified is split into multiple contracts or a multi-phase contract, then each
contract or phase shall have a separate warranty start date and period.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Temperature Controls
1. Temperature Control Panels furnished and installed by the HVAC Sub-Subcontractor
shall be in accordance with specification 26 05 14. Temperature control Panels
provided by HVAC equipment manufacturers shall be in accordance with specification
40 95 17.
2. The temperature control system shall be as indicated on contract documents and shall
consist of DDC controllers.
3. HVAC Sub-Subcontractor shall be responsible for the installation, calibration and
operator training as necessary for a complete and full operating temperature control
system.
4. The temperature control system shall be a complete stand-alone building automation
system, modular in construction and not requiring a central computer for operation or
programming.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
5. All programming shall be possible from a keypad/display on any field panel or from a
remote computer.
6. Systems which do not have a keypad/display capability shall be provided with a
portable interface with required cables and software.
B. BAS Components
1. The basic elements of the Building Automation System (BAS) structure shall be built
from only standard components kept in inventory by the BAS supplier.
2. The components shall not require customizing other than setting jumpers and
switches, and adding firmware modules, software modules or software programming
to perform required functions.
3. The BAS shall possess a fully modular architecture, permitting expansion through the
addition of more DDCP units, sensors, actuators, and operator terminals.
4. Expansion beyond this must be able to be accomplished in additional panels or
expansion modules without abandoning any initial equipment.
C. Direct Digital Control Panel
1. The Direct Digital Control Panel's (DDCP's) software shall include a complete
operating system, control algorithm application packages, and a complete custom
control, calculation application package to accomplish the indicated sequence of
operation.
2. In addition to pre-programmed package software, DDCP controllers shall be provided
with field-flexible programming capabilities without the use of external equipment
such as EPROM programmers in order to meet the indicated requirements.
3. Each DDCP shall be capable of performing all specified control functions in a
completely independent manner.
4. Each DDCP unit shall be capable of sharing point information with other such units,
such that control sequences or control loops executed at one control unit may receive
input signals from sensors connected to other units within the network.
D. Programming
1. Control software shall utilize "block" programming techniques connecting tested
control blocks to form control sequencing.
2. Line-by-line programming requiring complete definition will not be accepted as a
programming technique.
3. The programmer shall fill in the control parameters for each block to perform the
required control sequence.
2.2 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE
A. Each intelligent field panel shall be completely user programmable, and shall include the
indicated programs installed in the base operating system.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23-9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
B. Alarms
1. The alarm program shall provide for alarm reporting as follows:
a. Pilot light indication at local ATC Panel
b. Remote annunciation of identified alarm to facility SCADA System via hardwired
contact closure
C. Analog Input Scaling
1. Analog inputs shall be scaled and labeled to read out in engineering units of the
variable being measured (e.g., DEG., CFM, etc.).
D. Analog Outputs
1. Each analog output shall be user programmable to be direct or reverse acting and
vary the output between 2 and 10 VDC.
2. The panel shall allow the user to program minimum and maximum output levels as
well as a manual fixed output level.
3. The analog output shall be assignable to operate based on any physical input or
calculated value on the network.
E. System Calendar
1. Each panel other than Application Specific Controllers (such as Terminal Controllers)
shall be provided with a 365/366 day battery-backed clock, with an automatic daylight
savings time switch-over on the day entered.
F. PID Control
1. In order to provide precise control, each analog output shall be programmable with a
proportional plus integral plus derivative (PID) program.
2. Individual constants shall be programmable for the P, I, and D functions.
3. The integral time interval shall be user programmable.
4. The current proportional term, the integral term, and the PID sum shall be dynamically
displayed on the screen to provide assistance to start-up and service personnel in
tuning the system.
G. The diagnostics program in each panel shall monitor and report system status.
2.3 BUILDING CONTROLLERS
A. General
1. Provide an adequate number of Building Controllers to achieve the indicated
performance.
2. Each controller shall meet the following requirements.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
a. The Building Controller shall be provided with sufficient memory to support its
operating system, database, and programming requirements.
b. Controllers that perform scheduling shall be provided with a real-time clock.
B. Communication
1. The Building Controller shall be provided with a service communication port for
connection to a portable operator terminal.
C. Environment
1. Building Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient conditions.
2. Controllers used outdoors or in wet ambient conditions shall be mounted within
waterproof enclosures, and shall be rated for operation at minus 40 degrees F to plus
150 degrees F.
3. Controllers used in conditioned space shall be mounted in dust-protective enclosures,
and shall be rated for operation at 32 degrees F to 120 degrees F.
D. Keypad
1. Provide a local keypad and display or a connection for a portable operator terminal
for each Building Controller.
2. The keypad shall be provided for interrogating and editing data.
3. An optional system security password shall be available to prevent unauthorized use
of the keypad and display.
4. If the manufacturer does not provide this keypad and display, provide a portable
operator terminal.
E. Serviceability
1. Provide diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and processor.
2. All wiring connections shall be made to field-removable, modular terminal strips or to
a termination card connected by a ribbon cable.
F. Memory
1. The Building Controller shall maintain all BIOS and programming information in the
event of a power loss for at least 72 hours.
2. Applications shall be maintained in flash memory.
G. Immunity to Power and Noise
1. The controller shall operate at 90 percent to 110 percent of its nominal voltage rating,
and shall perform an orderly shutdown below 80 percent nominal voltage.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23- 11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Operation shall be protected against electrical noise of 5 to 120 Hz and from keyed
radios up to 5 W at 3 feet.
2.4 INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE
A. Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through building controllers,
advanced application controllers, or application-specific controllers.
B. Input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to itself, to
another point, or to ground will cause no damage to the controller.
C. All input and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24 V of any duration, such
that contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller.
D. Binary Inputs
1. Provide binary inputs to allow the monitoring of ON-OFF signals from remote devices.
2. The binary inputs shall provide a wetting current of at least 12 mA in order to be
compatible with commonly available control devices, and shall be protected against
the effects of contact bounce and noise.
3. Binary inputs shall sense "dry contact" closure without external power(other than that
provided by the controller) being applied.
2.5 AUXILIARY CONTROL DEVICES
A. General
1. All materials and equipment used shall be standard components, of regular
manufacture for this application.
2. All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual
use.
3. Exceptions to the indicated requirements will not be accepted.
B. Airflow Measurement Devices (AMD) with Temperature and Airflow Alarming Capability
1. Airflow measurement devices shall use the principle of thermal dispersion and provide
one self-heated bead-in-glass thermistor and one zero power bead-in-glass
thermistor at each sensing node.
a. Thermal dispersion devices that indirectly heat a thermistor are not acceptable.
b. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall review, approve placement
and the operating airflow rates for each measurement location indicated on the
plans.
c. Provide one AMD for each measurement location provided on the plans,
schedules and/or control diagrams to determine the average airflow rate and
temperature at each measurement location.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Each AMD shall be provided with a microprocessor-based transmitter and one or
more sensor probes.
a. Devices that have electronic signal processing components on or in the sensor
probe are not acceptable.
3. Airflow measurement shall be field configurable to determine the average actual or
standard mass airflow rate.
a. Actual airflow rate calculations shall have the capability of being adjusted
automatically by the transmitter for altitudes other than sea level.
4. Temperature measurement shall be field configurable to determine the velocity
weighted temperate or simple arithmetic average temperature.
5. Sensor Probes
a. Sensor probes shall be constructed of gold anodized, 6063 aluminum alloy tube
insert 316 stainless steel tube in lieu of 6063 aluminum alloy tube, when required.
b. Sensor probe mounting brackets shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
c. Probe internal wiring between the connecting cable and sensor nodes shall be
Kynar coated copper. PVC jacketed internal wiring is not acceptable.
d. Probe internal wiring connections shall consist of solder joints and spot welds.
Connectors of any type within the probe are not acceptable. Printed circuit boards
within the probe are not acceptable.
e. Probe internal wiring connections shall be sealed and protected from the elements
and suitable for direct exposure to water.
f. Each sensor probe shall be provided with an integral, FEP jacket, plenum rated
CMP/CL2P, UL/cUL Listed cable rated for exposures from -67°F to 392 °F (-55°
C to 200° C) and continuous and direct UV exposure. Plenum rated PVC jacket
cables are not acceptable.
g. Each sensor probe cable shall be provided with a connector plug with gold plated
pins for connection to the transmitter.
h. Each sensor probe shall contain one or more independently wired sensing nodes.
i. Sensor node airflow and temperature calibration data shall be stored in a serial
memory chip in the cable connecting plug and not require matching or
adjustments to the transmitter.
j. Each sensor node shall be provided with two bead-in-glass, hermetically sealed
thermistors potted in a marine grade waterproof epoxy. Devices that use epoxy
or glass encapsulated chip thermistors are not acceptable.
k. Each thermistor shall be individually calibrated at a minimum of 3 temperatures to
NIST-traceable temperature standards.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
I. Each sensor node shall be individually calibrated to NIST-traceable airflow
standards at a minimum of 16 calibration points.
m. The number of independent sensor nodes provided shall be as follows:
Area ft' [m2] # Sensor Nodes
_< 0.5 [5 0.047] 1
> 0.5 & 5_ 1 [5_ 0.093] 2
> 1 & 5_ 2 [> 0.093 & 5_ 0.186] 4
> 2 & 5_ 4 [> 0.186 & 5_ 0.372] 6
> 4 & 5_ 8 [> 0.372 & 5_ 0.743] 8
> 8 & 5_ 12 [> 0.743 & 5_ 1.115] 12
> 12 & 5_ 14 [> 1.115 & 5_ 1.30] 14
> 14 [> 1.30] 16
n. A total of 4 probes shall be required for openings with an aspect ratios 1.5 and
with an area >_ 25 ft2 (>_ 2.32 m2).
6. Transmitter
a. A remotely located microprocessor-based transmitter shall be provided for each
measurement location.
b. The transmitter shall be comprised of a main circuit board and interchangeable
interface card.
c. All printed circuit board interconnects, edge fingers, and test points shall be gold
plated.
d. All printed circuit boards shall be electroless nickel immersion gold (ENIG) plated.
e. All receptacle plug pins shall be gold plated.
f. The transmitter shall be capable of determining the average airflow rate and
temperature of the sensor nodes.
g. Separate integration buffers shall be provided for display airflow output, airflow
signal output (analog and network) and individual sensor output (IR-interface).
h. The transmitter shall be capable of providing a high and/or low airflow alarm.
i. The transmitter shall be capable of identifying an AMD malfunction via the system
status alarm and ignore any sensor node that is in a fault condition.
j. The transmitter shall be provided with a 16-character, alpha-numeric, LCD
display.
k. The airflow rate, temperature, airflow alarm and system status alarm shall be
visible on the display.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
I. The transmitter shall be provided with two field selectable (0-5/0-10 VDC or 4-
20mA), scalable, isolated and over-current protected analog output signals and
one isolated RS-485 (field selectable BACnet MS/TP or Modbus RTU) network
connection;
m. Analog output signals shall provide the total airflow rate and be field configurable
to output one of the following: temperature, airflow alarm; or system status alarm
n. Network communications shall provide the average airflow rate, temperature,
airflow alarm, system status alarm, individual sensor node airflow rates and
individual sensor node temperatures.
o. [insert if desired:] Provide an infra-red 1/0 card mounted on the transmitter PCB
for communication to a handheld retrieval device that can download individual
sensor node airflow and temperature data in real time.
p. The transmitter shall be powered by 24 VAC and use a switching power supply
that is over-current and over-voltage protected.
q. The transmitter shall use a"watchdog"timer circuit to ensure continuous operation
in the event of brown-out and/or power failure.
7. Performance
a. Each sensing node shall have an airflow accuracy of ±2% of reading over an
operating range of 0 to 5,000 FPM (25.4 m/s).
b. Accuracy shall include the combined uncertainty of the sensor nodes and
transmitter.
c. Devices whose overall accuracy is based on individual accuracy specifications of
the sensor probes and transmitter shall demonstrate compliance with this
requirement over the entire operating range.
d. Each sensing node shall have a temperature accuracy of±0.15° F (0.1' C) over
an operating range of-20° F to 160° F. (-28.9° C to 71° C).
8. Listings and Certifications
a. The AMD shall be UL873 Listed as an assembly.
b. Devices claiming compliance with the UL Listing based on individual UL
component listing are not acceptable.
c. The AMD shall be BTL Listed.
d. The AMD shall carry the CE Mark for European Union Shipments.
9. Installation
a. Install in accordance with manufacturer's placement guidelines. A written report
shall be submitted to the consulting mechanical engineer if any discrepancies are
found.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 15
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
10. Adjusting
a. The AMD shall not be adjusted to match field measurements without approval
from the consulting mechanical engineer when installations meet or exceed
manufacturer's suggested placement
11. Acceptable Manufacturers or equal:
a. EBTRON, inc. model GTX116-P is the basis of design
b. Sierra
c. Johnson Controls
C. Control Valves
1. Control valves shall be of the 2-way or 3-way type, as indicated.
2. Provide valve actuators and trim in order to provide the following minimum close-off
(differential) pressure ratings:
a. Water Valves (2-way): 50 percent of total system (pump) head
b. Water Valves (3-way): 300 percent of pressure differential between ports A and
B at design flow, or 100 percent of total system (pump) head
3. Water Valves
a. Body and trim style and materials shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations for the design conditions and indicated service, with equal
percentage ports for modulating service.
b. Valve Sizing Criteria:
1) Two-position Service: line size
2) Two-way Modulating Service: Pressure drop shall be equal to twice the
pressure drop through heat exchanger (load), 50 percent of the pressure
difference between supply and return mains, or 5 psi, whichever is greater.
3) Three-way Modulating Service: Pressure drop shall be equal to twice the
pressure drop through the coil exchanger (load), 5 psi maximum.
4) Where butterfly valves are to be used for modulating service, the valve shall
be sized no smaller than a drop of one line size.
c. Ball valves will be accepted for modulating, floating or 2-position operation where
the valve size is less than one inch.
d. Ball valves shall be provided with bronze cast brass ANSI Class 250 bodies, a
nickel-plated brass ball, a brass stem, and an RTFE seat with EPDM O-ring seal.
e. Globe Valves
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23- 16
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1) Control valves up to 4-inch shall be of the globe type.
2) Globe valves of sizes up to and including 2-1/2-inch shall be provided with a
screwed configuration.
3) Provide a flanged configuration for globe valves 3-inch and larger.
4) All globe-type control valves shall be provided with a cast iron ANSI Class
125 body, as a minimum, with a brass-guided plug, self-adjusting EPR ring
U-cup packing, and a molded elastomer disc seat.
f. Butterfly Valves
1) Valves larger than 4-inch shall be of the butterfly type.
2) All butterfly valves shall be provided with ANSI Class 150, polyester coated,
cast iron, lug type bodies, with aluminum bronze discs, Buna-N elastomer
seats, acetal bushing, and self-adjusting stem seals.
D. Valve Actuators
1. Electronic valve actuators shall be suitable for direct-coupled mounting to the valve
bonnet.
2. Valve actuators shall be properly sized to provide sufficient torque to position the
valve throughout its operating range.
3. All globe valve actuators shall be of the spring return type.
4. Where butterfly valves are indicated, double-acting non-spring return actuators may
be used.
5. Unless otherwise indicated, provide normally open valves for heating water
applications and normally closed valves for chilled water applications.
E. Damper Actuators
1. Electronic damper actuators shall be of the direct-couple rotary type, suitable for
mounting directly on the damper end shaft.
2. Electronic damper actuators shall be properly sized to provide sufficient torque to
position the damper throughout its operating range.
3. On dampers with multiple sections, provide one actuator per section.
4. Damper actuators used on economizers and outside air dampers shall be of the
spring return type.
F. Control Panels
1. All direct digital controllers mounted on HVAC equipment located indoors shall be
installed in NEMA 4X enclosures.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 17
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. All direct digital controllers mounted on HVAC equipment located outdoors shall be
installed in NEMA 4X enclosures.
3. Enclosures shall be of suitable size to accommodate power supplies, relays, and
accessories as required for the application.
4. Each enclosure shall include a subpanel for direct mounting of the enclosed devices,
including matched key locks for all enclosures.
5. Construction
a. Control panels shall contain all relays, control switches, transformers, pilot lights,
timers, time clocks, step controllers, gages, thermostats, and other accessories
as necessary for the particular system.
b. The panels shall be constructed of aluminum with a baked enamel finish, and
shall include a hinged front door with locking handle.
c. All manual switches and direct-reading gauges shall be flush-mounted on the
front face, and identified by engraved and riveted Bakelite or laminated plastic
nameplates with white letters on black background.
d. Manual switches shall be of heavy-duty, oil-tight construction.
6. Wiring
a. Control devices shall be pre-wired internally.
b. Terminate all wires leaving the panel at separate numbered terminal strips.
c. Provide individual connectors for every item of mechanical equipment, all integral
and remote pilot lights, and other devices indicated for each panel.
d. Power and control circuit requirements shall be as indicated on the Electrical
Drawings.
e. Identify all wires by color coding or numerical tags at both ends.
f. Wire each control device without splices to the terminal strip.
g. Provide integral circuit protection for all panel-mounted control devices.
h. Wire each panel with a single 20-amp, 120-volt, AC feeder in accordance with
the requirements of Section 26 05 15— Local Control Stations and Miscellaneous
Electrical Devices.
7. Panel electrical wiring diagrams shall be secured to the inside of the panel door.
G. Differential Pressure Switches (Air)
1. Provide differential pressure switches across fans and filters for status indication.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 18
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. The differential pressure switches shall be provided with an adjustable setpoint from
0.05 inch w.c. to 12 inches w.c., with a switch differential that progressively increases
from 0.04 inch w.c. at minimum to 0.8 inch w.c. at maximum.
3. The switch shall be SPDT-rated for 15A (non-inductive) at 125VAC.
H. Float Switches
1. Provide float switches in condensate drain pans as required by code.
2. Float switches shall utilize a magnetically actuated dry reed switch.
3. The float shall be constructed of seamless polypropylene.
4. The switch shall be SPDT-rated for 16A (non-inductive) at 120VAC.
I. Smoke Detectors
1. Division 26 — shall provide HVAC duct and area smoke detectors and wire into the
fire alarm system in accordance with the requirements of Section 23 00 00— Heating,
Ventilating, and Air Conditioning, General.
2. Division 23 —shall provide interlock wiring between duct smoke detectors and starter
safety circuits.
J. Differential Pressure Transducers (Air)
1. Provide differential pressure transducers for monitoring air system and airflow
measuring station differential pressures.
2. Differential pressure transducers shall be 100 percent solid-state, and shall include
glass-on-silicon, ultra-stable capacitance sensors.
3. Each differential pressure transducer shall incorporate short circuit and reverse
polarity protection.
4. Transducer output shall be either 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA.
5. Provide the differential pressure transducers in an enclosure that is suitable for duct
mounting.
6. The desired set point shall be within the top 50 percent of the transducer's operating
range.
K. Current Sensing Relays
1. Provide current switches for indication of equipment status.
2. Amperage ratings shall be adjustable, with the desired set point to be within the top
50 percent of the current relay's operating range.
3. Current sensing relays shall incorporate trip indication LEDs, and shall be sized for
proper operation with the equipment served.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 - 19
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
L. Thermostats - Line Voltage
1. Materials: cold-rolled steel; beige thermoplastic; liquid sensing element
2. Contact Rating
a. 6 amps running; 36 amps locked rotor; 120 VAC
b. 3.5 amps running; 21 amps locked rotor; 208 VAC
c. 3.0 amps running; 8 amps locked rotor; 240 VAC
3. Switch Action: single-pole, double-throw; open on rising temperature
4. Sensing Element: coiled bulb and capillary
5. Range: 0 to 130 degrees F
6. Manufacturer, or Equal
a. Dry Locations (no hose valves or open water processes in room): Johnson
Controls Model A19BAC-1 in NEMA 1 enclosure
b. Wet (hose valves or open water processes in room) or Outdoor Locations:
Johnson Controls Model A19PRC-1 in NEMA 4X enclosure.
M. Duct and Well Temperature Sensors
1. Sensors for duct and water temperature sensing shall incorporate either RTD or
thermistor sensing devices.
2. The sensing element accuracy shall be 0.1 percent or better over the sensor span.
3. Where the element is being used for sensing mixed air or coil discharge temperatures
or the duct cross sectional area is in excess of 10 square feet, the element shall be
of the averaging type.
4. Immersion sensors shall use matched Type 316 stainless steel bulb wells.
5. Provide duct and immersion sensors with conduit connection housings.
6. Provide sensors with adequate standoffs for insulation installation.
N. Occupancy Sensors
1. Occupancy sensors shall be provided with occupancy-sensing sensitivity adjustment,
and an adjustable off-delay timer with a range encompassing 30 seconds to 15
minutes.
2. Occupancy sensors shall be rated for operation in ambient air temperatures from 50
to 110 degrees F.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23-20
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Occupancy sensors shall be of the passive infrared type, and shall be provided with
a multi-level, multi-segmented viewing lens and a conical field of view with a viewing
angle of 180 degrees and a detection of at least 20 feet.
4. Passive infrared occupancy sensors shall provide field-adjustable background light-
level adjustment with an adjustment range suitable to the light level in the sensed
area.
5. Passive infrared sensors shall be immune to false triggering from radio frequency
interference and other electromagnetic interference.
O. Selector Switches
1. Selector switches shall be of the 2- or 3-position, knob or key type as required by the
sequence of operation.
2. Selector switches shall be of oil-tight construction and fitted with snap-fit contact
blocks rated for 10A, 600 Vac/dc operation.
3. Provide labels indicating switch position.
P. Pushbutton Switches
1. Pushbutton switches shall be of either the maintained or momentary type as required
by the sequence of operation.
2. Pushbutton switches shall be of oil-tight construction and fitted with snap-fit contact
blocks rated for 10A, 600 Vac/dc operation.
3. Provide labels indicating switch function.
Q. Pilot Lights
1. Provide pilot lights as required by the sequence of operation.
2. Pilot lights shall utilize multi-colored dome lenses and replaceable LED lamps.
3. Provide labels indicating light function.
2.6 WIRING AND RACEWAYS
A. Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, and raceways as indicated in the applicable Sections
of Division 26— Electrical.
B. All insulated wire shall be copper conductor, and UL-labeled for 90-degree C minimum
service.
2.7 CONTROL SYSTEM CONTRACTORS AND MANUFACTURERS, OR EQUAL
A. Schneider Electric—Authorized Field Office, Wadsworth Solutions
B. Johnson Controls — Factory Branch Office
C. Siemens — Factory Branch Office
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23-21
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
D. Honeywell — Factory Branch Office
E. Trane —Authorized Field Office, Gardiner Trane
F. The above list of manufacturers applies to controller software, custom application
programming language, building controllers, custom application controllers; and
application specific controllers; all other indicated products(e.g., sensors, valves, dampers
and actuators) need not necessarily be manufactured by the above manufacturers.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. The Drawings shall be thoroughly examined for control device and equipment locations,
and any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions shall be reported to the ENGINEER for
resolution before rough-in work is started.
B. Inspect the Project Site to verify that the equipment may be installed as indicated, and
report any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions to the ENGINEER for resolution before
rough-in work is started.
C. Examine the Contract Documents for other parts of the WORK, and if head room or space
conditions appear inadequate, report these discrepancies to the engineer and obtain
written instructions for any changes that may be necessary to accommodate the WORK
with the work of others.
D. Changes in the WORK made necessary by the failure or neglect of the contractor to report
such discrepancies shall be considered to be part of the Contract.
3.2 COORDINATION
A. Site
1. Where the WORK will be installed in close proximity to, or will interfere with, the work
of other trades, the contractor shall assist in accommodating space conditions to
make a satisfactory adjustment.
2. If the contractor installs the WORK before coordinating with other trades, so as to
cause any interference with the work of other trades, the contractor shall make the
necessary changes in the WORK in order to correct the condition as part of the
Contract.
3. Coordinate and schedule the WORK with all other work in the same area, or with work
that is dependent upon other work, in order to facilitate mutual progress.
B. Coordination with Other Controls
1. Other controls and control devices that are to be part of or integrated into the control
system specified in this section. These controls shall be integrated into the system
and coordinated by the contractor as follows:
2. All communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in Part 2,
"Communication" of this Specification.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -22
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Each supplier of a control product is responsible for the configuration, programming,
startup, and testing of that product to meet the sequences of operation described in
this Section.
4. The HVAC Sub-Contractor shall coordinate and resolve any incompatibility issues
that arise between the control products provided under this section and those
provided under other sections or divisions of this specification.
5. The HVAC Sub-Contractor is responsible for the integration of control products
provided by multiple suppliers regardless of where this integration is described within
the contract documents.
C. Coordination with Facility SCADA System
1. Each Automatic Temperature Control System Panel (ATC) shall annunciate critical
alarms with Pilot Light (Red) illumination.
2. All critical alarms will also be annunciated to the Facility SCADA system via hard wired
contact closure of each respective alarm.
3. All other local Pilot Light indication (Green — System On) (Yellow— System Caution)
(Blue—System Off) are considered non-critical and not required to be annunciated to
the Facility SCADA System
4. Division 23 - shall provide necessary relays and termination strip for wiring to the
Facility SCADA System. Conduit and wiring between the ATC Panel and the SCADA
system sall be by Electrical Sub - Contractor
5. See general sheets for ATC panel and Pilot Light layout.
3.3 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP
A. Install equipment, piping, wiring, and raceway parallel to building lines (i.e., horizontal,
vertical, and parallel to walls) wherever possible.
B. Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration isolation of piping
and equipment.
C. Install all equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by the National Electrical
Code (NEC).
D. Verify the integrity of all wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and grounds.
E. All equipment, installation, and wiring shall comply with acceptable industry specifications
and standards for performance, reliability, and compatibility and shall be executed in strict
adherence to local codes and standard practices.
3.4 WIRING FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS
A. Furnish and install all wire, conduit, raceways, and cable systems as required for the
complete operation of the Building Management and Control System in accordance with
the requirements of Section 26 05 19—Wire and Cable.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -23
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.5 SENSOR INSTALLATION
A. Install sensors in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for the environment within which the sensor
operates.
C. Room temperature sensors shall be installed on concealed junction boxes properly
supported by the wall framing.
D. All wires attached to sensors shall be air-sealed in their raceways or in the wall in order to
stop air transmitted from other areas from affecting sensor readings.
E. Averaging Sensors
1. Sensors used in mixing plenums and hot and cold decks shall be of the averaging
type.
2. Averaging sensors shall be installed in a serpentine manner vertically across the duct.
3. Support each bend with a capillary clip.
F. Temperature Sensors
1. All pipe-mounted temperature sensors shall be installed in wells.
2. Install all liquid temperature sensors with heat-conducting fluid in thermal wells.
G. Pressure Transducers
1. The piping to the pressure ports on all pressure transducers shall contain a capped
test port located adjacent to the transducer.
2. All pressure transducers, other than those controlling VAV boxes, shall be located in
field device panels and not on the equipment monitored or on ductwork.
3. Mount transducers in a vibration-free location accessible for service without the need
for ladders or special equipment.
4. All air and water differential pressure sensors shall be provided with gauge tees
mounted adjacent to the taps, and water gauges shall be provided with shutoff valves
installed before the tee.
3.6 ACTUATORS
A. Mount and link control damper actuators according to manufacturer's instructions.
B. To compress seals when spring-return actuators are used on normally closed dampers,
the actuator shall be powered to an approximately 5-degree open position, the damper
closed manually, and then the linkage tightened.
C. Check the operation of damper/actuator combination in order to confirm that the actuator
modulates damper smoothly throughout the stroke to both OPEN and CLOSED positions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -24
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
D. Provide all mounting hardware and linkages for the actuator installation.
E. Electric and Electronic Actuators
1. Dampers
a. Actuators shall be direct-mounted on the damper shaft or jackshaft unless
indicated as a linkage installation.
b. For low-leakage dampers with seals, the actuator shall be mounted with a
minimum 5 degrees available for tightening the damper seals.
c. Actuators shall be mounted in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
2. Valves
a. Actuators shall be connected to valves with adapters approved by the actuator
manufacturer.
b. The actuators and adapters shall be mounted in accordance with the actuator
manufacturer's recommendations.
3.7 CONTROLLERS
A. General
1. Provide a separate controller for each AHU or other HVAC system.
2. A DDC controller may control more than one system provided that all points
associated with the system are assigned to the same DDC controller.
3. Control of an AHU or other mechanical equipment item shall not be split between
multiple controllers; points used for control loop reset, such as outside air or space
temperature, are exempt from this requirement.
B. Building Controllers and Custom Application Controllers
1. Building controllers and custom application controllers shall be selected to provide a
minimum of 15 percent spare 1/0 point capacity for each point type found at each
location.
2. If input points are not universal, 15 percent of each type shall be required, and if
outputs are not universal, 15 percent of each type is required.
3. A minimum of one spare is required for each type of point used.
4. The future use of spare capacity shall require providing the field device, field wiring,
point database definition, and custom software.
5. No additional controller boards or point modules shall be required to implement use
of such spare points.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -25
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.8 PROGRAMMING
A. Provide sufficient internal memory for the specified sequences of operation and trend
logging.
B. Provide a minimum of 25 percent of available memory free for future use.
C. BACnet Points
1. Provide a detailed BACnet points list.
2. In addition to standard 1/0 information, the BACnet points list shall contain the
proposed 1/0 names and BACnet object description.
3. The proposed 1/0 names and object descriptions are subject to change as directed
by the ENGINEER.
4. Deliver an as-built list of the BACnet points with actual names and BACnet object
addresses to the Owner at Project completion.
D. Software Programming
1. Provide programming for the system and adhere to the indicated sequences of
. operation.
2. Provide all other system programming necessary for the operation of the system but
not indicated in this Section.
3. Embed into the control program sufficient comment statements to clearly describe
each section of the program, reflecting the language used in the sequences of
operation.
3.9 CONTROL SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING
A. Start-up Testing
1. All testing listed in this article shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR and shall
make up part of the necessary verification of an operating control system.
2. This testing shall be completed before the ENGINEER is notified of the system
demonstration.
B. Furnish all labor and test apparatus required to calibrate and prepare for service of all
instruments, controls, and accessory equipment furnished under this Section.
C. Verify that all control wiring is properly connected, free of shorts and ground faults, and
that terminations are tight.
D. Enable the control systems and verify calibration of all input devices individually.
E. Perform calibration procedures according to manufacturers' recommendations.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23-26
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
F. Verify that all binary output devices (e.g., relays, solenoid valves, two-position actuators
and control valves, magnetic starters, etc.) operate properly and that the normal positions
are correct.
G. Verify that all analog output devices (e.g., I/Ps, actuators, etc.) are functional, that start
and span are correct, and that direction and normal positions are correct.
H. Control Valves
1. Check all control valves and automatic dampers in order to ensure proper action and
closure.
2. Make any necessary adjustments to valve stem and damper blade travel.
I. Verify that the system operation adheres to the sequences of operation.
J. Simulate and observe all modes of operation by overriding and varying inputs and
schedules.
K. Tune all PID loops and optimize START/STOP routines.
L. Alarms and Interlocks
1. Check each alarm separately by including an appropriate signal at a value that will
trip the alarm.
2. Interlocks shall be tripped using field contacts to check the logic, as well as to ensure
that the fail-safe condition for all actuators is in the proper direction.
3. Interlock actions shall be tested by simulating alarm conditions to check the initiating
value of the variable and interlock action.
3.10 CONTROL SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Demonstration
1. Prior to acceptance, the control system shall undergo a series of performance tests
to verify operation and compliance with this Section.
2. These tests shall occur after the contractor has completed the installation, started up
the system, and performed tests.
3.11 TRAINING
A. Provide a minimum of one on-site or classroom training sessions of one day, throughout
the Contract period for personnel designated by the OWNER.
B. Additional Training
1. Provide one additional training sessions at 6 and 12 months following the facility's
turnover.
2. Each session to be 8 hours in length and shall be coordinated with the OWNER.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23-27
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Train the designated OWNER's staff to perform the following items:
1. Day-to-day Operations:
a. Operate the system proficiently
b. Understand the control system architecture and configuration
c. Understand the DDC system components
d. Understand system operation, including DDC system control and optimizing
routines (algorithms)
e. Operate the workstation and peripherals
f. Log on and off the system
g. Access graphics, point reports, and logs
h. Adjust and change system set points, time schedules, and holiday schedules
i. Recognize malfunctions of the system by observation of the system graphics,
trend logs, and other system tools
j. Understand system drawings and the operation and maintenance manual
k. Understand the job layout and location of control components
I. Access data from the DDC controllers and ASCs
m. Operate portable operator terminals
2. Advanced Operations:
a. Create, delete, and modify alarms, including annunciation and routing of these
items
b. Create, delete, and modify trend and graph or print these both on ad-hoc basis
and at user-definable time intervals
c. Create, delete, and modify reports
d. Add, remove, and modify the system's physical points
e. Create, modify, and delete programming
f. Add panels when required
g. Add operator interface stations
h. Create, delete, and modify system displays, both graphical and others
i. Perform DDC system field checkout procedures
j. Perform DDC controller unit operation and maintenance procedures
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -28
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
k. Configure hardware including controllers and 1/0 points
1. Maintain, calibrate, and replace system components
3. System Management and Administration:
a. Maintain software and prepare backups
b. Interface with job-specific, third-party operator software
c. Add new users and understand password security procedures
D. Groupings
1. Split the above objectives into 3 logical groupings, as follows and based on the above
descriptions.
2. Participants may attend one or more of these, depending on their level of knowledge
required.
a. Day-to-day operators
b. Advanced operators
c. System managers and administrators
E. Provide a course outline and materials in accordance with the "Submittals" article in Part
1 of this Section.
F. The instructor shall provide one copy of training material per student
G. The instructor shall be factory-trained and experienced in presenting this material.
H. Classroom training shall be performed using a network of working controllers
representative of the installed hardware.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 09 23 -29
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 23 23 00 -COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide copper tube for refrigeration service, complete and in
place, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents
1.2 REFERENCES
AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (AHRI)
AHRI 710 (2009) Performance Rating of Liquid-Line Driers
AHRI 711 (2009) Performance Rating of Liquid-Line Driers
AHRI 720 (2002) Refrigerant Access Valves and Hose Connectors
ANSI/AHRI 750 (2007) Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves
ANSI/AHRI 760 (2007) Performance Rating of Solenoid Valves for Use With Volatile
Refrigerants
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34
ASHRAE 17 (2008) Method of Testing Capacity of Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion
Valves
AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS A5.8/A5.8M (2011) Specification for Filler Metals
for Brazing and Braze Welding, AWS BRH (2007; 5th Ed) Brazing Handbook, AWS
D1.1/D1.1 M (2010) Structural Welding Code—Steel, AWS Z49.1 (2005) Safety in Welding
and Cutting and Allied Processes
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME B1.20.1 (1983; R 2006) Pipe Threads, General Purpose
ASME B16.11 (2009) Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded
ASME B16.21 (2011) Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ASME B16.22 (2001; R 2010) Standard for Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder
Joint Pressure Fittings
ASME B16.26 (2011) Standard for Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes
ASME B16.3 (2011) Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
ASME B16.5 (2009) Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24
Metric/Inch Standard
ASME B16.9 (2007) Standard for Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings
ASME B31,1 (2010) Power Piping
ASME B31.5 (2010) Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components
ASME B31.9 (2011) Building Services Piping
ASME B40.100 (2005; R 2010) Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments
ASME BPVC SEC IX (2010) BPVC Section IX-Welding and Brazing Qualifications
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A193/A193M (2011) Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel
Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose Applications
ASTM A334/A334M (2004a; R 2010) Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded
Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service
ASTM A53/A53M (2010) Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless
ASTM A653/A653M (2011) Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM B117 (2011) Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus
ASTM B280(2008) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning
and Refrigeration Field Service
ASTM B32 (2008) Standard Specification for Solder Metal
ASTM B62 (2009) Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal
Castings
ASTM B75 (2002; R 2010) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube
ASTM B75M (1999; R 2011) Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube (Metric)
ASTM B813 (2010) Standard Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering of
Copper and Copper Alloy Tube
ASTM D3308 (2006) PTFE Resin Skived Tape
ASTM D520 (2000; R 2011) Zinc Dust Pigment
ASTM E84 (2011 b) Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit four(4) copies of qualified procedures, and list of names and identification symbols
of qualified welders and welding operators, prior to non-factory welding operations. Piping
shall be welded in accordance with the qualified procedures using performance qualified
welders and welding operators. Procedures and welders shall be qualified in accordance
with ASME BPVC SEC IX. Welding procedures qualified by others, and welders and
welding operators qualified by another employer may be accepted as permitted by ASME
B31.1. Notify the Contracting Officer 24 hours in advance of tests to be performed at the
work site, if practical. The welder or welding operator shall apply the personally assigned
symbol near each weld made, as a permanent record.
B. Contract Drawings: Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate
all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Carefully investigate the
plumbing, fire protection, electrical, structural and finish conditions that would affect the
work to be performed and arrange such work accordingly, furnishing required offsets,
fittings, and accessories to meet such conditions.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect stored items from the weather, humidity and temperature variations, dirt and dust,
or other contaminants. Proper protection and care of all material both before and during
installation is the Contractor's responsibility. Replace any materials found to be damaged
at the Contractor's expense. During installation, cap piping and similar openings to keep
out dirt and other foreign matter.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM
A. Refrigerant piping, valves, fittings, and accessories shall be in accordance with
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34 and ASME 831.5, except as specified herein. Refrigerant piping,
valves, fittings, and accessories shall be compatible with the fluids used and capable of
withstanding the pressures and temperatures of the service. Refrigerant piping, valves,
and accessories used for refrigerant service shall be cleaned, dehydrated, and sealed
(capped or plugged) prior to shipment from the manufacturer's plant. Submit drawings, at
least 2 weeks prior to beginning construction, provided in adequate detail to demonstrate
compliance with contract requirements. Drawings shall consist of:
1. Piping layouts which identify all valves and fittings.
2. Plans and elevations which identify clearances required for maintenance and
operation.
2.2 PIPE, FITTINGS AND END CONNECTIONS (JOINTS)
A. Copper Tubing:
1. Copper tubing shall conform to ASTM B280 annealed or hard drawn as required.
2. Copper tubing shall be soft annealed where bending is required and hard drawn
where no bending is required.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Soft annealed copper tubing shall not be used in sizes larger than 1-3/8 inches. Joints
shall be brazed except that joints on lines 7/8 inchand smaller may be flared. Cast
copper alloy fittings for flared copper tube shall conform to ASME B16.26 and ASTM
B62.
4. Wrought copper and bronze solder-joint pressure fittings shall conform to ASME
B16.22 and ASTM B75M ASTM B75. Joints and fittings for brazed joint shall be
wrought-copper or forged-brass sweat fittings.
5. Cast sweat-type joints and fittings shall not be allowed for brazed joints. Brass or
bronze adapters for brazed tubing may be used for connecting tubing to flanges and
to threaded ends of valves and equipment.
B. Solder
1. Solder shall conform to ASTM B32, grade Sb5, tin-antimony alloy for service
pressures up to 1034 kPa 150 psig. Solder flux shall be liquid or paste form, non-
corrosive and conform to ASTM B813.
C. Brazing Filler Metal
1. Filler metal shall conform to AWS A5.8/A5.8M, Type BAg-5 with AWS Type 3 flux,
except Type BCuP-5 or BCuP-6 may be used for brazing copper-to-copper joints.
2.3 VALVES
A. Valves, General
1. Valves shall be designed, manufactured, and tested specifically for refrigerant
service. Valve bodies shall be of brass, bronze, steel, or ductile iron construction.
Valves 25 mm 1 inch and smaller shall have brazed or socket welded connections.
Valves larger than 25 mm 1 inch shall have butt welded end connections.
2. Threaded end connections shall not be used, except in pilot pressure or gauge lines
where maintenance disassembly is required and welded flanges cannot be used.
Internal parts shall be removable for inspection or replacement without applying heat
or breaking pipe connections.
3. Valve stems exposed to the atmosphere shall be stainless steel or corrosion resistant
metal plated carbon steel. Direction of flow shall be legibly and permanently indicated
on the valve body.
4. Control valve inlets shall be fitted with integral or adapted strainer or filter where
recommended or required by the manufacturer. Purge, charge and receiver valves
shall be of manufacturer's standard configuration.
B. Refrigerant Stop Valves
1. Valve shall be the globe or full-port ball type with a back-seating stem especially
packed for refrigerant service. Valve packing shall be replaceable under line pressure.
Valve shall be provided with a handwheel operator and a seal cap. Valve shall be the
straight or angle pattern design as indicated.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
C. Check Valves
1. Valve shall be the swing or lift type as required to provide positive shutoff at the
differential pressure indicated. Valve shall be provide with resilient seat.
D. Liquid Solenoid Valves
1. Valves shall comply with ANSI/AHRI 760 and be suitable for continuous duty with
applied voltages 15 percent under and 5 percent over nominal rated voltage at
maximum and minimum encountered pressure and temperature service conditions.
2. Valves shall be direct-acting or pilot-operating type, packless, except that packed
stem, seal capped, manual lifting provisions shall be furnished. Solenoid coils shall
be moisture-proof, UL approved, totally encapsulated or encapsulated and metal
jacketed as required.
3. Valves shall have safe working pressure of 2760 kPa 400 psi and a maximum
operating pressure differential of at least 1375 kPa 200 psi at 85 percent rated
voltage. Valves shall have an operating pressure differential suitable for the
refrigerant used.
E. Expansion Valves
1. Valve shall conform to ANSI/AHRI 750 and ASHRAE 17. Valve shall be the
diaphragm and spring-loaded type with internal or external equalizers, and bulb and
capillary tubing.
2. Valve shall be provided with an external superheat adjustment along with a seal cap.
Internal equalizers may be utilized where flowing refrigerant pressure drop between
outlet of the valve and inlet to the evaporator coil is negligible and pressure drop
across the evaporator is less than the pressure difference corresponding to 2 degrees
F of saturated suction temperature at evaporator conditions. Bulb charge shall be
determined by the manufacturer for the application and such that liquid will remain in
the bulb at all operating conditions. Gas limited liquid charged valves and other valve
devices foR limiting evaporator pressure shall not be used without a distributor or
discharge tube or effective means to prevent loss of control when bulb becomes
warmer than valve body.
3. Pilot-operated valves shall have a characterized plug to provide required modulating
control. A de-energized solenoid valve may be used in the pilot line to close the main
valve in lieu of a solenoid valve in the main liquid line. An isolatable pressure gauge
shall be provided in the pilot line, at the main valve.
4. Automatic pressure reducing or constant pressure regulating expansion valves may
be used only where indicted or for constant evaporator loads.
F. Safety Relief Valves
1. Valve shall be the two-way type, unless indicated otherwise.
2. Valve shall bear the ASME code symbol. Valve capacity shall be certified by the
National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. Valve shall be of an
automatically reseating design after activation.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
G. Evaporator Pressure Regulators, Direct-Acting
1. Valve shall include a diaphragm/spring assembly, external pressure adjustment with
seal cap, and pressure gauge port. Valve shall maintain a constant inlet pressure by
balancing inlet pressure on diaphragm against an adjustable spring load. Pressure
drop at system design load shall not exceed the pressure difference corresponding to
a 2 degrees F change in saturated refrigerant temperature at evaporator operating
suction temperature. Spring shall be selected for indicated maximum allowable
suction pressure range.
H. Refrigerant Access Valves
1. Refrigerant access valves and hose connections shall be in accordance with AHRI
720.
2.4 PIPING ACCESSORIES
A. Filter Driers
1. Driers shall conform to AHRI 711AHR1 710. Sizes 15 mm 5/8 inch and larger shall be
the full flow, replaceable core type. Sizes 1/2 inch and smaller shall be the sealed
type. Cores shall be of suitable desiccant that will not plug, cake, dust, channel, or
break down, and shall remove water, acid, and foreign material from the refrigerant.
2. Filter driers shall be constructed so that none of the desiccant will pass into the
refrigerant lines. Minimum bursting pressure shall be 1,500 psi.
B. Sight Glass and Liquid Level Indicator
1. Assembly and Components: Assembly shall be pressure- and temperature-rated and
constructed of materials suitable for the service. Glass shall be borosilicate type.
2. Ferrous components subject to condensation shall be electro-galvanized.
C. Gauge Glass
1. Gauge glass shall include top and bottom isolation valves fitted with automatic
checks, and packing followers; red-line or green-line gauge glass; elastomer or
polymer packing to suit the service; and gauge glass guard.
D. Bull's-Eye and Inline Sight Glass Reflex Lens
1. Bull's-eye and inline sight glass reflex lens shall be provided for dead-end liquid
service. For pipe line mounting, two plain lenses in one body suitable for backlighted
viewing shall be provided.
E. Moisture Indicator
1. Indicator shall be a self-reversible action, moisture reactive, color changing media.
Indicator shall be furnished with full-color-printing tag containing color, moisture and
temperature criteria. Unless otherwise indicated, the moisture indicator shall be an
integral part of each corresponding sight glass.
F. Vibration Dampeners
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Dampeners shall be of the all-metallic bellows and woven-wire type.
G. Flexible Pipe Connectors
1. Connector shall be a composite of interior corrugated phosphor bronze or Type 300
Series stainless steel, as required for fluid service, with exterior reinforcement of
bronze, stainless steel or monel wire braid. Assembly shall be constructed with a
safety factor of not less than 4 at 300 degrees F. Unless otherwise indicated, the
length of a flexible connector shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the
service intended.
H. Strainers
1. Strainers used in refrigerant service shall have brass or cast iron body, Y-or angle-
pattern, cleanable, not less than 60-mesh noncorroding screen of an area to provide
net free area not less than ten times the pipe diameter with pressure rating compatible
with the refrigerant service. Screens shall be stainless steel or monel and reinforced
spring-loaded where necessary for bypass-proof construction.
I. Pressure and Vacuum Gauges
1. Gauges shall conform to ASME 840.100 and shall be provided with throttling type
needle valve or a pulsation dampener and shut-off valve. Gauge shall be a minimum
of 3-1/2 inches in diameter with a range from 0 kPa 0 psig to approximately 1.5 times
the maximum system working pressure. Each gauge range shall be selected so that
at normal operating pressure, the needle is within the middle-third of the range
J. Temperature Gauges
1. Temperature gauges shall be the industrial duty type and be provided for the required
temperature range. Gauges shall have Fahrenheit scale in 2 degrees graduations
scale (black numbers) on a white face. The pointer shall be adjustable. Rigid stem
type temperature gauges shall be provided in thermal wells located within 1.5 m 5
feet of the finished floor. Universal adjustable angle type or remote element type
temperature gauges shall be provided in thermal wells located 5 to 7 feet above the
finished floor. Remote element type temperature gauges shall be provided in thermal
wells located 2.1 m 7 feet above the finished floor.
K. Stem Cased-Glass
1. Stem cased-glass case shall be polished stainless steel or cast aluminum, 9 inches
long, with clear acrylic lens, and non-mercury filled glass tube with indicating-fluid
column.
L. Bimetallic Dial
1. Bimetallic dial type case shall be not less than 3-1/2 inches, stainless steel, and shall
be hermetically sealed with clear acrylic lens.
2. Bimetallic element shall be silicone dampened and unit fitted with external calibrator
adjustment. Accuracy shall be one percent of dial range.
M. Liquid-, Solid-, and Vapor-Filled Dial
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Liquid-, solid-, and vapor-filled dial type cases shall be not less than 3-1/2 inches,
stainless steel or cast aluminum with clear acrylic lens.
2. Fill shall be nonmercury, suitable for encountered cross-ambients, and connecting
capillary tubing shall be double-braided bronze.
N. Thermal Well
1. Thermal well shall be identical size, 1/2 or 3/4 inch NPT connection, brass or stainless
steel. Where test wells are indicated, provide captive plug-fitted type 1/2 inch NPT
connection suitable for use with either engraved stem or standard separable socket
thermometer or thermostat. Mercury shall not be used in thermometers. Extended
neck thermal wells shall be of sufficient length to clear insulation thickness by 1 inch.
O. Pipe Hangers, Inserts, and Supports
1. Pipe hangers, inserts, guides, and supports shall conform to MSS SP-58 and MSS
SP-69.
P. Escutcheons
1. Escutcheons shall be chromium-plated iron or chromium-plated brass, either one
piece or split pattern, held in place by internal spring tension or set screws.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Factory Coating
1. Unless otherwise specified, equipment and component items, when fabricated from
ferrous metal, shall be factory finished with the manufacturer's standard finish, except
that items located outside of buildings shall have weather resistant finishes that will
withstand [125] [500] hours exposure to the salt spray test specified in ASTM B117
using a 5 percent sodium chloride solution. Immediately after completion of the test,
the specimen shall show no signs of blistering, wrinkling, cracking, or loss of adhesion
and no sign of rust creepage beyond 3 mm 1/8 inch on either side of the scratch mark.
Cut edges of galvanized surfaces where hot-dip galvanized sheet steel is used shall
be coated with a zinc-rich coating conforming to ASTM D520, Type I.
B. Refrigernant Pipe Insulation
1. Insulation shall be a flexible, closed-cell elastomeric pipe insulation, AP Armaflex, AC
Accoflex.
2. Adhesive shall be Armaflex 520, 520 Black or 520 BLV Adhesive. The insulation must
conform to ASTM C534 Grade 1, Type I.
3. Insulation materials shall have a closed cell structure to prevent moisture from wicking
which makes it an efficient insulation.
4. Insulation materials shall be manufactured without the use of CFC's, HFC's or
HCFC's. It is also formaldehyde free, low VOCs, fiber free, dust free and resists mold
and mildew.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
5. Insulation materials shall have a flame-spread index of less than 25 and a smoke-
developed index of less than 50 as tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. In addition,
the products, when tested, shall not melt or drip flaming particles, and the flame shall
not be progressive.
6. Insulation materials shall have a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.27 Btu-in./h-ft2-
°F at a 75°F mean temperature as tested in accordance with ASTM C 177 or ASTM
C 518.
7. Insulation materials shall have a maximum water vapor transmission of 0.08 perm-
inches when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96, Procedure A.
8. As a minimum, insulated items installed indoors shall have a flame spread index no
higher than 75 and a smoke developed index no higher than 150.
9. Insulated items (no jacket) installed indoors and which are located in air plenums, in
ceiling spaces, and in attic spaces shall have a flame spread index no higher than 25
and a smoke developed index no higher than 50.
10. Flame spread and smoke developed indexes shall be determined by ASTM E84.
11. Insulation shall be tested in the same density and installed thickness as the material
to be used in the actual construction. Material supplied by a manufacturer with a jacket
shall be tested as a composite material.
12. Jackets, facings, and adhesives shall have a flame spread index no higher than 25
and a smoke developed index no higher than 50 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E84.
13. All liquid and suction lines shall be insulated continuously from a point 6" inside the
display case to the suction service valve at the compressor.
14. All low temperature lines (+10°F and below) shall be insulated with a minimum of 1"
wall thickness.
15. All medium and high temperature lines (above +10°F) shall be insulated with a
minimum of 3/4" wall thickness.
16. Heat reclaim lines shall be insulated from the condensing unit to the heat reclaim units
with 3/4"thickness.
17. All refrigerant copper lines must be free of extraneous chemicals such as corrosive
cleaners or building materials' dust prior to the installation of the insulation. The
insulation must be clean and dry prior to installation.
18. Refrigerant pipe shall be sealed while slipping on insulation to prevent foreign matter
from entering the tube.
19. Insulation is to be slid onto pipe; longitudinal slitting of the insulation is not allowed
except on mitered sections. Insulation shall be pushed onto pipe, not pulled.
20. Insulation shall be mitered, preadhered and longitudinally slit inside throat to fit over
all Ptraps, tees and elbows or bends over 900
.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
21. All butt joints and mitered seams shall be adhered with full coverage of adhesive on
both surfaces. Insulation shall not be stretched when adhering.
22. Insulation must be installed in an adequately ventilated area. It may be necessary to
increase insulation thickness if adequate ventilation is not present, Do not crowd the
insulation, allow for adequate air movement.
23. At the beginning, at every 12 to 18 feet, and at the ends of piping runs, the insulation
shall be adhered directly to the copper using a 2" strip of adhesive. Insulation should
not be adhered to the pipe at the extreme low points in any piping run.
24. Saddles shall be installed under all insulated lines at unistrut clamps, clevis hangers,
or locations where insulation may be compressed.
25. Armafix IPH or NPH insulation pipe hangers can be installed at the compression
locations and the seams shall be sealed with Armaflex 520, 520 Black or 520 BLV
contact adhesive.
26. To minimize the movement of Armafix, a pair of non-skid pads be adhered to the
clamps. In addition, to prevent loosening of the clamps, use of an anti-vibratory
fastener, such as a nylon-locking nut.
27. Wood dowels or blocks, of a thickness equal to the insulation, shall be inserted and
must be completely sealed into the insulation at the saddle locations. All seams shall
be sealed with Armaflex 520, 520 Black or 520 BLV contact adhesive.
28. Hangers clamped directly to the pipe shall be insulated over the hanger; insulation
shall be fully adhered to the hanger. In addition, hangers with double rods shall be
insulated between the rods. All seams of the insulation shall be sealed with adhesive.
29. All insulation exposed to sunlight or installed outdoors shall be protected with two
coats of WB Armaflex Finish or weather resistant coating.
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. After becoming familiar with all details of the work, perform a verification of dimensions in
the field. Submit a letter, at least 2 weeks prior to beginning construction, including the
date the site was visited, conformation of existing conditions, and any discrepancies found
before performing any work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Pipe and fitting installation shall conform to the requirements of ASME 831.1. Pipe shall
be cut accurately to measurements established at the jobsite, and worked into place
without springing or forcing, completely clearing all windows, doors, and other openings.
Cutting or other weakening of the building structure to facilitate piping installation will not
be permitted without written approval. Pipe or tubing shall be cut square, shall have burrs
removed by reaming, and shall permit free expansion and contraction without causing
damage to the building structure, pipe, joints, or hangers.
1. Directional Changes: Changes in direction shall be made with fittings, except that
bending of pipe 4 inches and smaller will be permitted, provided a pipe bender is
CITY OF FORT WORTH - 02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
used and wide weep bends are formed. Mitering or notching pipe or other similar
construction to form elbows or tees will not be permitted. The centerline radius of
bends shall not be less than 6 diameters of the pipe. Bent pipe showing kinks,
wrinkles, flattening, or other malformations willnot be accepted.
2. Functional Requirements: Piping shall be installed 4 mm/m 1/2 inch/10 feet of pipe in
the direction of flow to ensure adequate oil drainage. Open ends of refrigerant lines
or equipment shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep moisture,
dirt, or other foreign material out of the system. Piping shall remain capped until
installation. Equipment piping shall be in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings. Equipment and piping
arrangements shall fit into space allotted and allow adequate acceptable clearances
for installation, replacement, entry, servicing, and maintenance.
B. Fittings and End Connections
1. Threaded Connections: Threaded connections shall be made with tapered threads
and made tight with PTFE tape complying with ASTM D3308 or equivalent thread-
joint compound applied to the male threads only. Not more than three threads shall
show after the joint is made.
C. Brazed Connections
1. Brazing shall be performed in accordance with AWS BRH, except as modified herein.
During brazing, the pipe and fittings shall be filled with a pressure regulated inert gas,
such as nitrogen, to prevent the formation of scale. Before brazing copper joints, both
the outside of the tube and the inside of the fitting shall be cleaned with a wire fitting
brush until the entire joint surface is bright and clean. Brazing flux shall not be used.
Surplus brazing material shall be removed at all joints. Steel tubing joints shall be
made in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Joints in steel tubing
shall be painted with the same material as the baked-on coating within 8 hours after
joints are made. Tubing shall be protected against oxidation during brazing by
continuous purging of the inside of the piping using nitrogen. Piping shall be supported
prior to brazing and not be sprung or forced.
D. Welded Connections
1. Welded joints in steel refrigerant piping shall be fusion-welded. Branch connections
shall be made with welding tees or forged welding branch outlets. Pipe shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all scale and foreign matter before the piping is assembled.
During welding the pipe and fittings shall be filled with an inert gas, such as nitrogen,
to prevent the formation of scale. Beveling, alignment, heat treatment, and inspection
of weld shall conform to ASME 831.1. Weld defects shall be removed and rewelded
at no additional cost to the Government. Electrodes shall be stored and dried in
accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M or as recommended by the manufacturer.
Electrodes that have been wetted or that have lost any of their coating shall not be
used.
E. Flared Connections
1. When flared connections are used, a suitable lubricant shall be used between the
back of the flare and the nut in order to avoid tearing the flare while tightening the nut.
F. Flanged Connections
CITY OF FORT WORTH - 02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. When steel refrigerant piping is used, union or flange joints shall be provided in each
line immediately preceding the connection to each piece of equipment requiring
maintenance, such as compressors, coils, chillers, control valves, and other similar
items. Flanged joints shall be assembled square end tight with matched flanges,
gaskets, and bolts. Gaskets shall be suitable for use with the refrigerants to be
handled.
G. Valves General
1. Refrigerant stop valves shall be installed on each side of each piece of equipment
such as compressors condensers, evaporators, receivers, and other similar items in
multiple-unit installation, to provide partial system isolation as required for
maintenance or repair. Stop valves shall be installed with stems horizontal unless
otherwise indicated. Ball valves shall be installed with stems positioned to facilitate
operation and maintenance. Isolating valves for pressure gauges and switches shall
be external to thermal insulation. Safety switches shall not be fitted with isolation
valves. Filter dryers having access ports may be considered a point of isolation. Purge
valves shall be provided at all points of systems where accumulated noncondensable
gases would prevent proper system operation.Valves shall be furnished to match line
size, unless otherwise indicated or approved.
H. Expansion Valves
1. Expansion valves shall be installed with the thermostatic expansion valve bulb located
on top of the suction line when the suction line is less than 2-1/8 inches in diameter
and at the 4 o'clock or 8 o'clock position on lines larger than 2-1/8 inches. The bulb
shall be securely fastened with two clamps. The bulb shall be insulated. The bulb
shall installed in a horizontal portion of the suction line, if possible, with the pigtail on
the bottom. If the bulb must be installed in a vertical line, the bulb tubing shall be
facing up.
I. Valve Identification
1. Each system valve, including those which are part of a factory assembly, shall be
tagged.Tags shall be in alphanumeric sequence, progressing in direction of fluid flow.
Tags shall be embossed, engraved, or stamped plastic or nonferrous metal of various
shapes, sized approximately 1-3/8 inch diameter, or equivalent dimension,
substantially attached to a component or immediately adjacent thereto. Tags shall be
attached with nonferrous, heavy duty, bead or link chain, 14 gauge annealed wire,
nylon cable bands or as approved. Tag numbers shall be referenced in Operation and
Maintenance Manuals and system diagrams.
J. Vibration Dampers
1. Vibration damper shall be provided in the suction and discharge lines on spring
mounted compressors. Vibration dampers shall be installed parallel with the shaft of
the compressor and shall be anchored firmly at the upstream end on the suction line
and the downstream end in the discharge line.
K. Strainers
1. Strainers shall be provided immediately ahead of solenoid valves and expansion
devices. Strainers may be an integral part of an expansion valve.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
L. Filter Dryer
1. A liquid line filter dryer shall be provided on each refrigerant circuit located such that
all liquid refrigerant passes through a filter dryer.
2. Dryers shall be sized in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the
system in which it is installed.
3. Dryers shall be installed such that it can be isolated from the system, the isolated
portion of the system evacuated, and the filter dryer replaced. Dryers shall be installed
in the horizontal position except replaceable core filter dryers may be installed in the
vertical position with the access flange on the bottom.
M. Sight Glass
1. A moisture indicating sight glass shall be installed in all refrigerant circuits down
stream of all filter dryers and where indicated. Site glasses shall be full line size.
N. Discharge Line Oil Separator
1. Discharge line oil separator shall be provided in the discharge line from each
compressor. Oil return line shall be connected to the compressor as recommended
by the compressor manufacturer.
O. Accumulator
1. Accumulators shall be provided in the suction line to each compressor.
P. Flexible Pipe Connectors
1. Connectors shall be installed perpendicular to line of motion being isolated. Piping for
equipment with bidirectional motion shall be fitted with two flexible connectors, in
perpendicular planes. Reinforced elastomer flexible connectors shall be installed in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Piping guides and restraints related to
flexible connectors shall be provided as required.
Q. Temperature Gauges
1. Temperature gauges shall be located specifically on, but not limited to the following:
the liquid line leaving a receiver and the suction line at each evaporator or liquid
cooler. Thermal wells for insertion thermometers and thermostats shall extend
beyond thermal insulation surface not less than 25 mm 1 inch.
R. Pipe Hangers, Inserts, and Supports
1. Pipe hangers, inserts, and supports shall conform to MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69,
except as modified herein. Pipe hanger types 5, 12, and 26 shall not be used. Hangers
used to support piping 50 mm 2 inches and larger shall be fabricated to permit
adequate adjustment after erection while still supporting the load. Piping subjected to
vertical movement, when operating temperatures exceed ambient temperatures, shall
be supported by variable spring hangers and supports or by constant support
hangers.
S. Hangers
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-13
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Type 3 shall not be used on insulated piping. Type 24 may be used only on trapeze
hanger systems or on fabricated frames.
T. Inserts
1. Type 18 inserts shall be secured to concrete forms before concrete is placed.
Continuous inserts which allow more adjustments may be used if they otherwise meet
the requirements for Type 18 inserts.
U. C-Clamps
1. Type 19 and 23 C-clamps shall be torqued in accordance with MSS SP-69 and have
both locknuts and retaining devices, furnished by the manufacturer.
2. Field-fabricated C-clamp bodies or retaining devices are not acceptable.
V. Angle Attachments
1. Type 20 attachments used on angles and channels shall be furnished with an added
malleable-iron heel plate or adapter.
W. Saddles and Shields
1. Where Type 39 saddle or Type 40 shield are permitted for a particular pipe attachment
application, the Type 39 saddle, connected to the pipe, shall be used on all pipe 4
inches and larger when the temperature of the medium is 60 degrees F or higher.
Type 40 shields shall be used on all piping less than 4 inches and all piping 4 inches
and larger carrying medium less than 16 degrees C 60 degrees F. A high density
insulation insert of cellular glass shall be used under the Type 40 shield for piping 2
inches and larger.
X. Horizontal Pipe Supports
1. Horizontal pipe supports shall be spaced as specified in MSS SP-69 and a support
shall be installed not over 1 foot from the pipe fitting joint at each change in direction
of the piping. Pipe supports shall be spaced not over 5 feet apart at valves. Pipe
hanger loads suspended from steel joist with hanger loads between panel points in
excess of 50 pounds shall have the excess hanger loads suspended from panel
points.
Y. Vertical Pipe Supports
1. Vertical pipe shall be supported at each floor, except at slab-on-grade, and at intervals
of not more than 4.5 m 15 feet not more than 2.4 m 8 feet from end of risers, and at
vent terminations.
Z. Pipe Guides
1. Type 35 guides using, steel, reinforced polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) or graphite
slides shall be provided where required to allow longitudinal pipe movement. Lateral
restraints shall be provided as required. Slide materials shall be suitable for the
system operating temperatures, atmospheric conditions, and bearing loads
encountered.
CITY OF FORT WORTH - 02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-14
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
AA. Steel Slides
1. Where steel slides do not require provisions for restraint of lateral movement, an
alternate guide method may be used. On piping 4 inches and larger, a Type 39 saddle
shall be used. On piping under 4 inches, a Type 40 protection shield may be attached
to the pipe or insulation and freely rest on a steel slide plate.
BB. High Temperature Guides with Cradles
1. Where there are high system temperatures and welding to piping is not desirable,
then the Type 35 guide shall include a pipe cradle, welded to the guide structure and
strapped securely to the pipe. The pipe shall be separated from the slide material by
at least 4 inches, or by an amount adequate for the insulation, whichever is greater.
CC. Multiple Pipe Runs
1. In the support of multiple pipe runs on a common base member, a clip or clamp shall
be used where each pipe crosses the base support member.
2. Spacing of the base support members shall not exceed the hanger and support
spacing required for an individual pipe in the multiple pipe run.
DD. Structural Attachments
1. Attachment to building structure concrete and masonry shall be by cast-in concrete
inserts, built-in anchors, or masonry anchor devices. Inserts and anchors shall be
applied with a safety factor not less than 5. Supports shall not be attached to metal
decking.
2. Masonry anchors for overhead applications shall be constructed of ferrous materials
only.
3. Structural steel brackets required to support piping, headers, and equipment, but not
shown, shall be provided under this section.
EE. Seismic Requirements
1. Piping and attached valves shall be supported and braced to resist seismi loads as
specified under UFC 3-310-04 and Sections 13 48 00 SEISMIC SECTION 23 23 00
Page 22
2. Comply with spec section 01 33 17 —Seismic and Wind Design Criteria
FF. Pipe Alignment Guides
1. Pipe alignment guides shall be provided where indicated for expansion loops, offsets,
and bends and as recommended by the manufacturer for expansion joints, not to
exceed 1.5 m 5 feet on each side of each expansion joint, and in lines 4 inches or
smaller not more than 2 feet on each side of the joint.
GG. Pipe Anchors
1. Anchors shall be provided wherever necessary or indicated to localize expansion or
to prevent undue strain on piping. Anchors shall consist of heavy steel collars with
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-15
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
lugs and bolts for clamping and attaching anchor braces, unless otherwise indicated.
Anchor braces shall be installed in the most effective manner to secure the desired
results using turnbuckles where required. Supports, anchors, or stays shall not be
attached where they will injure the structure or adjacent construction during
installation or by the weight of expansion of the pipeline. Where pipe and conduit
penetrations of vapor barrier sealed surfaces occur, these items shall be anchored
immediately adjacent to each penetrated surface, to provide essentially zero
movement within penetration seal. Detailed drawings of pipe anchors shall be
submitted for approval before installation.
HH. Building Surface Penetrations
1. Sleeves shall not be installed in structural members except where indicated or
approved. Sleeves in nonload bearing surfaces shall be galvanized sheet metal,
conforming to ASTM A653/A6531M, Coating Class G-90, 20 gauge. Sleeves in load
bearing surfaces shall be uncoated carbon steel pipe, conforming to ASTM
A53/A531M, Schedule 30. Sealants shall be applied to moisture and oil-free surfaces
and elastomers to not less than 1/2 inch depth. Sleeves shall not be installed in
structural members.
Il. Refrigerated Space
1. Refrigerated space building surface penetrations shall be fitted with sleeves
fabricated from hand-lay-up or helically wound, fibrous glass reinforced polyester or
epoxy resin with a minimum thickness equal to equivalent size Schedule 40 steel
pipe. Sleeves shall be constructed with integral collar or cold side shall be fitted with
a bonded slip-on flange or extended collar. In the case of masonry penetrations where
sleeve is not cast-in, voids shall be filled with latex mixed mortar cast to shape of
sleeve and flange/external collar type sleeve shall be assembled with butyl elastomer
vapor barrier sealant through penetration to cold side surface vapor barrier overlap
and fastened to surface with masonry anchors. Integral cast-in collar type sleeve shall
be flashed with not less than 4 inches of cold side vapor barrier overlap of sleeve
surface. Normally noninsulated penetrating round surfaces shall be sealed to sleeve
bore with mechanically expandable seals in vapor tight manner and remaining warm
and cold side sleeve depth shall be insulated with not less
2. than 4 inches of foamed-in-place rigid polyurethane or foamed-in-place silicone
elastomer. Vapor barrier sealant shall be applied to finish warm side insulation
surface. Warm side of penetrating surface shall be insulated beyond vapor barrier
sealed sleeve insulation for a distance which prevents condensation. Wires in
refrigerated space surface penetrating conduit shall be sealed with vapor barrier plugs
or compound to prevent moisture migration through conduit and condensation
therein.
JJ. General Service Areas
1. Each sleeve shall extend through its respective wall, floor, or roof, and shall be cut
flush with each surface. Pipes passing through concrete or masonry wall or concrete
floors or roofs shall be provided with pipe sleeves fitted into place at the time of
construction. Sleeves shall be of such size as to provide a minimum of 1/4 inch all-
around clearance between bare pipe and sleeves or between jacketed-insulation and
sleeves.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-16
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Except in pipe chases or interior walls, the annular space between pipe andsleeve or
between jacket over-insulation and sleeve shall be sealed in accordance with Section
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS.
KK. Waterproof Penetrations
1. Pipes passing through roof or floor waterproofing membrane shall be installed through
a 17 ounce copper sleeve, or a 0.032 inch thick aluminum sleeve, each within an
integral skirt or flange.
2. Flashing sleeve shall be suitably formed, and skirt or flange shall extend not less than
8 inches from the pipe and be set over the roof of floor membrane in a troweled
coating of bituminous cement.The flashing sleeve shall extend up the pipe a minimum
of 2 inches above the roof or floor penetration. The annular space between the
flashing sleeve and the bare pipe or between the flashing sleeve and the metal-jacket-
covered insulation shall be sealed as indicated. Penetrations shall be sealed by either
one of the following methods.
3. Waterproofing Clamping Flange: Pipes up to and including 10 inches in diameter
passing through roof or floor waterproofing membrane may be installed through a cast
iron sleeve with caulking recess, anchor lugs, flashing clamp device, and pressure
ring with brass bolts. Waterproofing membrane shall be clamped into place and
sealant shall be placed in the caulking recess.
4. Modular Mechanical Type Sealing Assembly: In lieu of a waterproofing clamping
flange and caulking and sealing of annular space between pipe and sleeve or conduit
and sleeve, a modular mechanical type sealing assembly may be installed. Seals
shall consist of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the
annular space between the pipe/conduit and sleeve with corrosion protected carbon
steel bolts, nuts, and pressure plates. Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to
form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt
head and each nut. After the seal assembly is properly positioned in the sleeve,
tightening of the bolt shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide
a watertight seal rubber sealing elements to expand and provide a watertight seal
between the pipe/conduit seal between the pipe/conduit and the sleeve. Each seal
assembly shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to fit the pipe/conduit
and sleeve involved. The Contractor electing to use the modular mechanical type
seals shall provide sleeves of the proper diameters.
LL. Escutcheons
1. Finished surfaces where exposed piping, bare or insulated, pass through floors, walls,
or ceilings, except in boiler, utility, or equipment rooms, shall be provided with
escutcheons. Where sleeves project slightly from floors, special deep-type
escutcheons shall be used. Escutcheon shall be secured to pipe or pipe covering.
MM. Access Panels
1. Access panels shall be provided for all concealed valves, vents, controls, and items
requiring inspection or maintenance. Access panels shall be of sufficient size and
located so that the concealed items may be serviced and maintained or completely
removed and replaced.
NN. Identification Tags
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-17
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. Provide identification tags made of brass, engraved laminated plastic or engraved
anodized aluminum indicating service and item number on all valves and dampers.
Tags shall be 1-3/8 inch minimum diameter and marking shall be stamped or
engraved. Indentations shall be black for reading clarity. Tags shall be attached to
valves with No. 12 AWG copper wire, chrome-plated beaded chain or plastic straps
designed for that purpose.
3.3 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Clean uncontaminated system(s) by evacuation and purging procedures currently
recommended by refrigerant and refrigerant equipment manufacturers, and as specified
herein, to remove small amounts of air and moisture. Systems containing moderate
amounts of air, moisture contaminated refrigerant, or any foreign matter shall be
considered contaminated systems. Restoring contaminated systems to clean condition
including disassembly, component replacement, evacuation, flushing, purging, and re-
charging, shall be performed using currently approved refrigerant and refrigeration
manufacturer's procedures. Restoring contaminated systems shall be at no additional cost
to the Government as determined by the Contracting Officer. Water shall not be used in
any procedure or test.
3.4 REFRIGERANT PIPING TESTS
A. General
1. After all components of the refrigerant system have been installed and connected,
subject the entire refrigeration system to pneumatic, evacuation, and startup tests as
described herein. Submit a schedule, at least 2 weeks prior to the start of related
testing, for each test. Identify the proposed date, time, and location for each test.
Conduct tests in the presence of the Contracting Officer. Water and electricity
required for the tests will be furnished by the Government. Provide all material,
equipment, instruments, and personnel required for the test. Provide the services of
a qualified technician, as required, to perform all tests and procedures indicated
herein.
2. SYSTEMS. Submit 6 copies of the tests report in bound 8 1/2 by 11 inch booklets
documenting all phases of the tests performed. The report shall include initial test
summaries, all repairs/adjustments made, and the final test results.
B. Preliminary Procedures
1. Prior to pneumatic testing, equipment which has been factory tested and refrigerant
charged as well as equipment which could be damaged or cause personnel injury by
imposed test pressure, positive or negative, shall be isolated from the test pressure
or removed from the system. Safety relief
2. valves and rupture discs, where not part of factory sealed systems, shallbe removed
and openings capped or plugged.
C. Pneumatic Test
1. Pressure control and excess pressure protection shall be provided at the source of
test pressure. Valves shall be wide open, except those leading to the atmosphere.
Test gas shall be dry nitrogen, with minus minus 70 degree F dewpoint and less than
5 ppm oil. Test pressure shall be applied in two stages before any refrigerant pipe is
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-18
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
insulated or covered. First stage test shall be at 10 psi with every joint being tested
with a thick soap or color indicating solution. Second stage tests shall raise the system
to the minimum refrigerant leakage test pressure specified in ANSI/ASHRAE 15 & 34
with a maximum test pressure 25 percent greater. Pressure above 100 psig shall be
raised in 10 percent increments with a pressure acclimatizing period between
increments. The initial test pressure shall be recorded along with the ambient
temperature to which the system is exposed. Final test pressures of the second stage
shall be maintained on the system for a minimum of 24 hours. At the end of the 24
hour period, the system pressure will be recorded along with the ambient temperature
to which the system is exposed. A correction factor of 0.3 psi will be allowed for each
degree F change between test space initial and final ambient temperature, plus for
increase and minus for a decrease. If the corrected system pressure is not exactly
equal to the initial system test pressure, then the system shall be investigated for
leaking joints. To repair leaks, the joint shall be taken apart, thoroughly cleaned, and
reconstructed as a new joint. Joints repaired by caulking, remelting, or back-
welding/brazing shall not be acceptable. Following repair, the entire system shall be
retested using the pneumatic tests described above. The entire system shall be
reassembled once the pneumatic tests are satisfactorily completed.
D. Evacuation Test
1. Following satisfactory completion of the pneumatic tests, the pressure shall be
relieved and the entire system shall be evacuated to an absolute pressure of 300
micrometers. During evacuation of the system, the ambient temperature shall be
higher than 35 degrees F. No more than one system shall be evacuated at one time
by one vacuum pump. Once the desired vacuum has been reached, the vacuum line
shall be closed and the system shall stand for 1 hour. If the pressure rises over 500
micrometers after the 1 hour period, then the system shall be evacuated again down
to 300 micrometers and let set for another 1 hour period. The system shall not be
charged until a vacuum of at least 500 micrometers is maintained for a period of 1
hour without the assistance of a vacuum line. If during the testing the pressure
continues to rise, check the system for leaks, repair as required, and repeat the
evacuation procedure. During evacuation, pressures shall be recorded by a
thermocouple-type, electronic-type, or a calibrated-micrometer type gauge.
E. System Charging and Startup Test
1. Following satisfactory completion of the evacuation tests, the system shall be charged
with the required amount of refrigerant by raising pressure to normal operating
pressure and in accordance with manufacturer's procedures. Following charging, the
system shall operate with high-side and low-side pressures and corresponding
refrigerant temperatures, at design or improved values. The entire system shall be
tested for leaks. Fluorocarbon systems shall be tested with halide torch or electronic
leak detectors.
F. Refrigerant Leakage
1. If a refrigerant leak is discovered after the system has been charged, the leaking
portion of the system shall immediately be isolated from the remainder of the system
and the refrigerant pumped into the system receiver or other suitable container. Under
no circumstances shall the refrigerant be discharged into the atmosphere.
G. Contractor's Responsibility
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-19
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
1. At all times during the installation and testing of the refrigeration system, take steps
to prevent the release of refrigerants into the atmosphere. The steps shall include,
but not be limited to, procedures which will minimize the release of refrigerants to the
atmosphere and the use of refrigerant recovery devices to remove refrigerant from
the system and store the refrigerant for reuse or reclaim. At no time shall more that 3
ounces of refrigerant be released to the atmosphere in any one occurrence. Any
system leaks within the first year shall be repaired in accordance with the
requirements herein at no cost to the Government including material, labor, and
refrigerant if the leak is the result of defective equipment, material, or installation.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 COPPER REFRIGERATION TUBE
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 23 00-20
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 23 31 13 — METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Provide ductwork, complete and operable, as indicated in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B. Furnish design calculations used to determine duct wall thickness and reinforcements.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
AMCA 500 Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters
ASTM D 638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics
ASTM D 790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and
Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials
ASTM D 2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness
ASTM D 2310 Standard Classification for Machine-Made "Fiberglass" (Reinforced
Thermosetting Resin) Pipe
ASTM D 2563 Standard Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Glass-
Reinforced Plastic Laminate Parts
ASTM D 2992 Standard Practice for Obtaining Hydrostatic or Pressure Design
Basis for "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting
Resin) Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D 2996 Filament-Wound "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber-Reinforced
Thermosetting Resin) Pipe
ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
SMACNA Thermoset FRP Duct Construction Manual
A. Codes and Standards, General
1. Perform and provide the WORK in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations
or publications of the State Energy Resources Conservation and Development
Commission, the State Fire Marshall, the Industrial Safety Orders, the Health and
Safety Rules (Air Conditioning systems), the local Plumbing Code, the local Building
Code, and other local codes.
2. In the absence of applicable codes, follow the installation and workmanship standards
set by the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE).
3. Provide the ductwork systems in accordance with the latest edition of the ASHRAE
Handbook, SMACNA Manual, and the International Mechanical Code.
CITY OF FORT WORTH - 02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Where conflict between these standards arises, the most stringent criterion shall
control. Ducts shall be listed for use without the necessity for internal fire protection
sprinklers or any devices relied on to cut off air flow in the event of fire by Factory
Mutual Research Standard 4922.
5. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with AS-E handbook, Equipment Volume, Chapter
"Duct Construction," for fabrication and installation of metal duct.
6. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air
Conditioning and Ventilation Systems," NFPA 90B "Standard for the Installation of
Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems," and NFPA 91 "Standard for the
Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems."
7. Field Reference Manual: Have available for reference at Project field office a copy of
SMACNA "Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards."
8. Comply with SMACNA's"HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible"for
fabrication and installation of metal duct, and SMACNA's "Round Industrial Duct
Construction Standards" intended for use by designers of industrial ventilation
systems.
1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 - Contractor
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. The HVAC design drawings define the general layout, configuration, routing, size, and
the general intent of the design and are not fabrication drawings. CONTRACTOR's
shall be responsibility to develop the shop drawings required for the construction of
the HVAC system(s).
2. Submit detailed fabrication drawings with layouts and all necessary dimensions and
details on equipment, and ductwork. Show all fittings, and supports necessary to
accommodate the equipment provided in a complete and functional system. Show
main and branch runs, fittings, offsets, takeoffs, accessories, supports, anchorage,
point loads and seismic restraints, and dimensions of sub-assemblies to be shipped.
3. The ductwork dimensions provided on the design drawings represent a free area and
they are clear inside dimensions. The contractor shall be responsible to account for
the loss of free area due acoustical lining, or any internal obstructions, and oversize
the ductwork to provide the same free area as the one shown on the design drawings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications, General
1. Ductwork shall be fabricated and installed by experienced workers who have
experience with fabrication, and installation of ductwork.
2. Work and materials shall be in full accordance with the latest rules and regulations or
publications of the State Energy Resources Conservation and Development
Commission, the State Fire Marshall, the Industrial Safety Orders, the Health and
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
Safety Rules (Air Conditioning systems), the local Plumbing Code, the local Building
Code, and other local codes.
3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed to permit work in violation of
the above codes, rules and regulations.
4. In the absence of applicable codes, the installation and workmanship shall follow the
standards set by the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE).Use firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of ETFE
coated stainless steel duct products of types, materials, and sizes required.
5. The manufacturer shall perform their own sheet metal fabrication and coating
processes.
6. Use manufacturers whose ETFE-coated stainless steel duct shall have been in
satisfactory use for not less than 5 years.
7. The OWNER shall have the right to tour the manufacturer's plant any time that
fabrication is being performed on duct intended for the Project.
8. Installer Qualifications: The installation contractor shall have at least 3 years of
successful experience on duct projects, specifically industrial exhaust systems.
B. Inspection and Testing
1. All ductwork shall be inspected and approved by a qualified QC person in order to
ensure proper welding and dimensional tolerances. The Inspector shall provide a
written approval to the resident engineer or owner, stating that the ductwork has been
inspect and is free of any defects.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. General
1. Duct, fittings, and dampers shall be protected from damage and shall be supported
by minimum 4-inch wide strapping to avoid damage due to flex strains and point
loading during shipping and installation.
2. Debris and other extraneous material shall not be allowed to enter the duct.
3. Duct, fittings, and dampers shall not be thrown or dropped.
B. Material Protection
1. Protect coated duct from damage due to normal handling during shipment and
storage.
2. Protection shall be applied to ends of the duct in order to prevent dirt and moisture
from entering ducts and fittings.
3. Protection must be of suitable strength and material to withstand tearing and
puncture.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Multiple pieces may be bolted together at the factory to provide protection and limit
the number of open ends requiring protection.
C. Consignee must inspect shipment upon delivery and note any and all damages and
discrepancies on bill of lading and notify manufacturer within 24 hours.
D. Coated duct
1. Coated duct shall not be stored in an area where it will have a chance to be damaged
from traffic or debris.
2. All coated duct shall be stored on cardboard, Styrofoam, or similar material.
3. Where possible, store coated duct inside and protect from dirt and debris.
4. Where necessary to store outside, store coated duct above grade and enclose with
waterproof wrapping in order to protect from dirt and debris.
5. If the coating is scratched during shipping or himd ling it must be inspected using the
methods described in Part 2 - Products.
6. Contact the manufacturer for approved repair procedures.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Provide the ductwork manufacturer's standard warranty.
B. Furnish the warranty to the ENGINEER upon final acceptance of the completed systems
by the OWNER.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Ductwork shall be firmly anchored or connected to supporting members.
B. Provide necessary hangers, supports, concrete inserts, and anchors for material and
equipment to be installed.
C. No perforated strap hangers nor wire supports will be accepted.
D. Construct the anchors and insertsof 304 stainless steel.
E. Locate hangers and supports not greater than 10 feet from each expansion loop or joint.
F. Provide hangers and supports for ductwork and equipment in accordance with SMACNA
standards.
2.2 ALUMINUM DUCTWORK (ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE ALUMINUM UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED)
A. General
1. Provide air-tight and well-braced ductwork.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Carefully support the ductwork in horizontal runs, with rod and angle supports at no
greater than 8-foot intervals.
3. Run ductwork as close as possible to the indicated layouts.
B. Construction
1. Construct sheet metal ducts and plenums with air-tight joints and seams in
accordance with ASHRAE standards and the SMACNA Duct Construction Manual.
2. Tape the joints on concealed ducts with pressure-less tape and adhesive, except for
welded and soldered joints.
3. Ductwork materials shall be aluminum, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Provide the following duct gauges, as a minimum:
Maximum Dimension of Aluminum B and S Gauge
Duct(inches)
12 and less 24
13 through 30 22
31 through 54 20
55 through 84 18
5. All low pressure ductwork shall be designed for 3 inches vacuum and pressure and
be constructed of sheet metal of not less than the gauge designated in table above,
and gauge designations provided by Brown and Sharpe Standards.
6. Radius of bends shall be not less than 1.5 duct diameters, unless otherwise indicated.
7. Provide turning vanes on all mitered elbows and extractors, as required and indicated.
8. Except where accepted by the ENGINEER, provide fan discharge connections and
ductwork reductions with duct side slopes not exceeding 30 degrees.
9. Properly insulate aluminum duct and supports from concrete or dissimilar metals by
an applied bituminous coating or by rubber gaskets at contact points.
10. Construct interior partitions from aluminum, in accordance with the latest ASHRAE
guide recommendations for construction for high-pressure rectangular duct work.
11. Construct the units in accordance with the ASHRAE guide recommendations for high-
pressure ductwork.
12. Seams shall be lock-formed and mastic-filled.
13. Provide rectangular casing seams in the corners of the silencer shell in order to
provide maximum unit strength and rigidity.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
14. Provide interior partitions with die-formed entrance and exit shapes in order to provide
the maximum aerodynamic efficiency and minimum self-noise characteristics in the
sound attenuator.
15. Blunt noses or squared off partitions will not be accepted.
16. Use solid galvanized steel to attach the interior partitions to the casing, welded to the
outer casing.
17. Attachment of the interior partitions to the tracks shall be such that a minimum of 4
thicknesses of metal exist at this location.
18. The track assembly shall stiffen the exterior casing, provide a reinforced attachment
detail for the interior partitions, and shall maintain a uniform airspace width along the
length of the silencer for consistent aerodynamic and acoustic performance.
19. In addition to the above attachments, secure the interior partitions to the outer casing
with welded nose clips at both ends of the sound attenuator.
20. Achieve airtight construction by the use of a duct-sealing compound applied at the
Site.
21. Sound traps shall not fail structurally when subjected to a differential air pressure of
8 inches w.g. inside-to-outside of casing.
C. Seams
1. Provide double-locked seams.
2. Provide rectangular ducts with longer than a 12-inch dimension with full-perimeter
standing seams not less than one inch high.
3. Provide reinforcements at intervals not greater than 30 inches along the duct.
4. No "S" seams will be accepted.
D. Low-Pressure Ductwork
1. Design all low-pressure ductwork for 3 inches vacuum and pressure.
2. Construct low-pressure ductwork of sheet aluminum of not less than 18-gauge, where
the largest dimension of a duct is 12 inches or less in width or diameter, and not less
than 16-gauge for widths or diameters larger than 12 inches.
3. Gauge designations refer to Brown and Sharpe Standards.
E. Access Doors
1. Provide access doors in the ductwork at all fire dampers, motorized and back draft
dampers, filters, and as indicated.
2. Provide doors with the following features:
a. continuously hinged;
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
b. double-skinned;
c. constructed of either 22-gauge galvanized steel or 20-gauge aluminum to match
the ductwork material;
d. one cam lock for sizes up to 16 inches square or 2 cam locks for sizes over 16
inches square;
e. match insulation thickness in door with ductwork insulation; and,
f. foam sealing gaskets on all four sides.
3. Access Doors Manufacturer, or Equal
a. Ruskin, SMACNA Standard Duct Access Doors
F. Flexible Connections
1. Attach the equipment to the ducts through using flexible connections in order to
facilitate removal of the units and for sound isolation.
2. Provide flexible connectors consisting of heavy duct canvas or woven glass fabric,
silicon-coated.
3. Canvas connectors shall be composed of a heavy cotton that is impregnated for
waterproofing and fire retardance.
4. Use glass fabric where temperatures exceed 200 degrees F.
5. The weight of the canvas shall be 20 ounces per sq yd.
6. The weight of the glass fabric shall be approximately 12 ounces per sq yd.
7. Flexible duct shall be insulated.
8. The maximum length of flexible duct shall not exceed 10 feet.
9. Flexible duct connections shall be composed of banded or flanged 8-oz canvas,
reinforced plastic, or equal, at each point where a blower unit is connected to a duct.
10. Maintain a minimum clearance of 3 inches between the duct and the source of
vibration.
11. Provide materials that join and support the flexible duct in accordance with the latest
edition of SMACNA.
G. Supports
1. Provide aluminum angles with 304 stainless steel threaded hanger rods as supports
for horizontal ducts and plenums.
2. Supports for vertical ducts shall be aluminum of the angle bracket type.
3. Sufficiently brace inlet ducts to withstand the maximum negative pressure.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
H. Seismic Restraints
1. Design the duct supports and restraints for static, dynamic, and seismic loads in Zone
4 in accordance with the International Building Code.
2. Seismic restraints shall not induce stresses in the ductwork caused by thermal
expansion and contraction.
3. Comply with spec 01 33 17 — Seismic and Wind Design Criteria
I. Duct Dimensions
1. Increase sheet metal duct dimensions by 2 inches for internally lined ducts.
J. Corrosion-Resistant Ducts
1. Provide exhaust hoods as indicated, constructed of Type 316 stainless steel.
2. Fabricate the stainless steel ducts of the same gauge as the galvanized steel ducts.
K. Balancing Dampers
1. Provide butterfly or multi-blade dampers as indicated and required in order to balance
the air quantities to their indicated values.
2. Provide a locking quadrant on each manual damper, with easy access for operation.
L. Inspection Doors
1. Provide duct inspection doors consisting of a 12-inch by 16-inch steel frame with
gasketing around its periphery, and either a hinged glass or a removable visual panel.
2. Doors shall be constructed of Plexiglas, Lucite, or equal.
3. On smaller ducts, provide separate 6-inch by 8-inch doors with 6-inch by 6-inch visual
panels.
4. Provide duct inspection doors at each duct-mounted fire damper and electric duct
heater.
M. Bird Screens
1. Provide removable bird screens on outside air intakes and exhaust air discharges to
outside air.
2. Secure the screens in frames constructed of the same metal as the screens.
3. The bird screens shall be 1/2-inch mesh by 14-gauge, and shall be of same material
and finish as duct, hood, louver, or equipment to which the screens are attached.
N. Turning Vanes
1. Square-turn elbows shall be fitted with shop-fabricated double-blade turning vanes
mounted inside the rails.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Construction shall be of the same material as the ductwork and shall be rigid enough
to prevent vibration at high air flow.
O. Air Extractors
1. Provide an air extractor on each take-off from the main supply duct adjacent to a
diffuser, register, or grille, where a splitter is not used.
2. Provide extractors with synchronized steel curved blades, heavy side rails, and a
screw operator.
3. Air Extractors Manufacturer, or Equal
a. Carnes
b. Tuttle and Bailey
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Floor, Wall and Roof Openings for New Construction
1. Provide necessary openings in walls, floors and roofs for the passage of heating and
ventilating equipment in buildings.
2. The openings shall be as indicated, or as required to provide passage for the heating
and ventilating WORK.
3. Provide hanger and support inserts into masonry or structural steel as required for
proper completion of the WORK.
B. Floor, Wall and Roof Openings for Existing Construction
1. Provide openings for piping and equipment as required in the existing construction,
whether or not they are specifically indicated.
2. Cut the openings in a neat and orderly manner without damaging existing structures.
Do not overcut corners.
3. Patch openings to match the existing construction.
4. Provide and assume responsibility for hangers and supporting members in the
existing masonry or structural steel as required for proper completion of the WORK.
C. Interior and Exterior Wall Penetrations
1. Where ducts pass through exterior walls, interior partitions or pass through walls
dividing two separate controlled areas, conceal the space between construction
openings and the duct with sheet metal flanges of the same gauge as the duct.
2. Overlap the opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Field Measurements
a. Duct lengths shall be determined from measurements taken at the Site.
b. The indicated dimensions are approximate and shall not be used for fabrication.
2. Install ducts as indicated.
3. Necessary provisions shall be taken into consideration during fabrication and
installation of ductwork to provide for expansion and contraction.
4. Ductwork shall be free from vibration when in operation.
5. Provide necessary vibration isolation devices.
6. Apply antiseize compound to bolt threads.
7. Provide smooth bends or internal turning vanes at elbows, tees, and other points
where the air flow changes direction.
8. The inside of duct, specials, and fittings shall be smooth, clean, and free from blisters,
sand and dirt.
9. Ductwork shall be airtight.
10. Joints shall be carefully and neatly constructed, as indicated and as recommended
by the manufacturer.
11. Flanges
a. Tighten flange bolts sufficiently to slightly compress the gasket and make a seal,
but not so tightly as to distort the flanges.
b. Provide a flat washer under each nut and bolt head.
12. Dampers
a. Position the dampers to fit into the connecting ductwork at the indicated locations.
b. Install axles in the horizontal position unless otherwise necessary for proper
operation of the damper.
13. Supports and Hangers
a. Support the ductwork in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
and as indicated.
b. Duct supports shall comply with SMACNA Standards and applicable code
requirements.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
c. Supports and hangers shall transmit loads into the building structural frame
through a system of intermediate beams and struts as necessary to comply with
the indicated requirements.
d. Supports or hangers employing clip angles or similar devices for attachment to
the duct will not be accepted.
e. Design the supports to resist IBC seismic forces.
14. Alignment and Elevation
a. Provide ductwork to the indicated lines and elevations, and slope as indicated to
facilitate water drainage.
b. Use laser beam equipment or surveying instruments to maintain alignment and
elevation.
c. If laser beam equipment is used, perform periodic elevation measurements with
surveying instruments in order to verify accuracy.
B. Control Dampers
1. General
a. Coordinate damper submittals for type, quantity, and size in order to ensure
compatibility with sheet metal design.
b. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for field installation of control dampers.
c. Unless specifically designed for vertical blade application, mount the dampers
with the blade axis horizontal.
2. Duct Openings
a. Duct openings shall be free of obstructions and irregularities that might interfere
with blade or linkage rotation or actuator mounting.
b. Duct openings shall measure 3/4 inch larger than damper dimensions, and shall
be square, straight, and level.
3. Damper Sections
a. Individual damper sections, as well as entire multiple section assemblies, shall
be completely square and free of racking, twisting, and bending.
b. Measuring the damper sections diagonally from upper corners to opposite lower
corners of each damper section, both dimensions shall be within 1/8 inch of each
other.
4. Shafts
a. Install an extended shaft or jackshaft in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
b. If a sticker on the damper face shows recommended extended shaft location,
attach the shaft on the labeled side of damper to that blade.
5. Operation
a. Damper blades, axels, and linkage shall operate without binding.
b. After installation but before system operation, cycle the damper in order to ensure
proper operation.
c. On multiple section assemblies, sections shall open and close simultaneously.
6. Provide a visible and accessible indication of damper position on the drive shaft end.
7. Support ductwork or damper actuator in areas of damper when required in order to
prevent sagging due to damper or damper actuator weight.
8. After installing low-leakage dampers with seals, caulk between the frame and the duct
or opening in order to prevent leakage around the perimeter of damper.
9. Routing
a. Locate coated stainless steel duct runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically
and horizontally, and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible.
b. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise
indicated, run duct in the shortest route that does not obstruct usable space or
block access for servicing the building and equipment.
c. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural
and permanent enclosure elements of the building.
d. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal the duct from view,
by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction, or above suspended
ceilings.
e. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except if indicated.
f. Coordinate the layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar
finish WORK.
10. Electric Equipment Spaces
a. Do not route duct through or directly over transformers, electrical equipment and
electrical enclosures.
3.3 DUCT CLEANING
A. The ducts shall be blown clean of dust and debris using compressed air.
B. Do not use system fans for duct cleaning.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 METAL DUCTWORK SYSTEMS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 31 13-12
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
SECTION 23 34 00— FAN EQUIPMENT
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Provide fans, blowers, ventilators, and appurtenances, complete and operable, as
indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Where 2 or more fans, blowers, ventilators or appurtenances of the same type or size are
required, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 —Contractor
Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Submit certified fan curves for each fan
C. O&M Data
1. Submittals shall include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement
part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
1.3 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish, tag, and box for shipment and storage the following spare parts:
1. Drive Belts: Provide one for each fan
1.4 REFERENCES
A. The following is a list of standards that may be referenced in this section:
1. Air Moving and Conditioning Association (AMCA):
a. AMCA 300-14 Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans
b. Standard 99, Standards Handbook, Reverberant Room Method for Sound
Testing of Fans.
c. Standard 210, Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating.
2. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE):
a. HVAC Applications chapter in "Seismic Restraint Design".
b. Spec 01 33 17 — Seismic and Wind Design Criteria
3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 112, Standard Test
Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 FAN EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 34 00 - 1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): MG 1-12.53a, Motors and
Generators.
5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a. 70, National Electric Code (NEC).
b. 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
6. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).
7. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): Product Directories.
1.5 MOTORS
A. All motors shall conform to the latest IEEE and NEMA requirements for mechanical and
electrical characteristics, including service factors.
B. Motors shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 26 05 10—Electric Motors.
C. Each motor shall bear the manufacturer's nameplate with complete motor data.
D. Each motor shall be of ample size and construction to carry continuously all loads which
might be imposed by the piece of equipment it drives throughout the full range of operation
of the equipment, and the maximum motor loading shall in all cases be less than or equal
to the nameplate horsepower rating, exclusive of the service factor.
E. All 2-speed motors shall be 2-winding motors.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PROPELLER WALL FANS
A. Direct drive, axial type sidewall fan shall be provided as follows:
B. Propellers shall be constructed with fabricated steel or fabricated aluminum. A standard
square key and set screw or tapered bushing shall lock the propeller to the motor shaft.
All propellers shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
C. Motors shall be permanently lubricated, heavy duty type, carefully matched to the fan load,
and furnished at the specified RPM, voltage, phase, and enclosure.
D. Motor drive frame assemblies and fan panels shall be galvanized steel or painted steel.
Drive frame assemblies shall be welded wire or formed channels and fan panels shall
have prepunched mounting holes, formed flanges, and a deep formed inlet venturi. Drive
frames and panels shall be bolted construction or welded construction (level 2 fans only).
E. The axial exhaust shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seals for both sound and air
performance.
F. The propeller blade shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
G. Fans shall be complete with gravity shutters, wall mount housing, bird screen, motor side
guard, and an externally mounted disconnect switch.
CITY OF FORT WORTH - 02669 FAN EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 34 00 -2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
H. Fan, panel mount, shutters, housing, blades, screen, and guard shall be coated with High
Performance Epoxy, or equal.
I. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Greenheck, Model Model AER-E20C-606-A5
2. Aerovent
3. Penn
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Fans, blowers, ventilators, and hoods shall be installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Pipe the housing drains to the nearest utility drain.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 FAN EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 34 00 -3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 23 52 00—AIR HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Provide the air handling units and appurtenances, complete and operable, as indicated in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Single Manufacturer: Where 2 or more air handling units or appurtenances of the same
type or size are to be provided, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor
Submittals.
B. The submittals shall include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement
part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
C. Furnish a certified fan curve for each fan.
1.3 CODE REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform the WORK in strict accordance with the State Mechanical Code, the State of
Texas, City of Fort Worth, and other authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Obtain the required certifications and become thoroughly familiar with the local codes.
C. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits.
1.4 REFERENCES
AMCA 99 Standard Handbook
AMCA 210 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes
AMCA 300 Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices
AMCA 301 Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices
AMCA 500 Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters
ANSI/AFBMA 9 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings
ANSI/UL 900 Test Performance of Air Filter Units
ARI 410 Forced-Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils
ARI 430 Standard for Application of Central-Station Air Handling Units
ARI 260 Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR HANDLING UNITS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 52 00-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems
SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards
AMCA 611-95 Methods of Testing Airflow Measurement Stations for Rating
ASHRAE 52.1/52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for
Removal Efficiency by Particle Size
ASHRAE 62 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
ASHRAE 90.1 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential
Buildings
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
A. GENERAL
1. Unit with Integral Heating shall be fully assembled at the factory and consist of an
insulated metal cabinet, outdoor air intake weatherhood with aluminum mesh filter
with bird screen, motorized intake damper curb assembly, service receptacle, freeze
protection, filter assembly for intake air, supply air blower assembly and an electrical
control center.All specified components and internal accessories factory installed and
tested and prepared for single-point high voltage connection.
B. CABINET
1. Materials: Formed, double wall insulated metal cabinet, fabricated to permit access
to internal components for maintenance. Underside of unit shall have formed metal
panels covering base panel insulation.
a. Outside casing: 18 gauge, galvanized (G90) steel meeting ASTM A653 for
components that do not receive a painted finish. Pre-painted components as
supplied by the factory shall have polyester urethane paint on 18 gauge G60
galvaneal steel. Base rail is 12 gauge, galvazined (G90) steel. Components that
receive a painted finish per A/E specification shall be of 18 gauge type A60
galvaneal steel and shall be painted with a baked industrial enamel finish.
Components that receive a painted finish per A/E specification shall be painted
with a polyester urethane powder coat.
b. Internal assemblies: 24 gauge, galvanized (G90) steel except for motor supports
which shall be minimum14 gauge galvanized (G90) steel.
2. Cabinet Insulation: Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B and erosion requirements
of UL 181.
a. Materials: Fiberglass insulation. If insulation other than fiberglass is used, it
must also meet the Fire Hazard Classification shown below.
I. Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm)
II. Fire Hazard Classification: Maximum flame spread of 25 and smoke
developed of 50, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 411.
III. Location and application: Full interior coverage of entire cabinet to include
walls and roof of unit shall be semi-rigid type and installed between inner and
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR HANDLING UNITS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 52 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
outer shells of all cabinet exterior components when double walls are
specified.
b. Access panels: Unit shall be equipped with insulated, removable access panels
to provide easy access to all major components. Access panels shall be
fabricated of 18 gauge galvanized G90 steel. Removable access panels shall
incorporate a formed drip edge.
c. Supply Air blower assembly options:
I. Forward curve blower: Blower assembly consists of an electric motor and a
belt driven, double width, and double inlet forward curve blower. Assembly
shall be mounted on heavy gauge galvanized rails and further mounted on
[minimum 1.125 inch thick neoprene vibration isolators
3. Control center/connections: unit shall have an electrical control center where all high
and low voltage connections are made. Control center shall be constructed to permit
single-point high voltage power supply connections.
4. Electric heat: Electric heater is to be UL listed with open coil elements. Heater control
cabinet is to be installed within the units heating section. Electric heater is to be
provided with SCR controls. Units with electric heat are to be provided with a center
that shall be constructed to permit single-point high voltage power supply
connections.
5. Motorized Inlet Air Damper: to be of low leakage type and shall be factory installed.
6. Sensors are considered to be part of various optional operational modes or device
controllers and are to be factory supplied and installed as specified by the A/E
7. Service receptacle: 120 VAC GFCI service outlet shall be factory-provided and
installed by this contractor in a location designated by the A/E.
8. Freeze protection for optional water coil.
C. BLOWER
1. Blower section construction, Supply Air: Belt drive motor and blower shall be
assembled onto a minimum 14 gauge galvanized steel platform and must have
neoprene vibration isolation devices, minimum of 1 — 1/8 inches thick.
2. Blower assemblies: Shall be statically and dynamically balanced and designed for
continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed and horsepower.
3. Centrifugal blower housing: Formed and reinforced steel panels to make curved scroll
housing with shaped cutoff.
4. Forward curved blower (fan) wheels: Galvanized or aluminum construction with inlet
flange and shallow blades curved forward in direction of airflow. Mechanically
attached to shaft with set screws.
5. Blower section motor source quality control: Blower performance shall be factory
tested for flow rate, pressure, power, air density, rotation speed and efficiency.
Ratings are to be established in accordance with AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of
Testing Fans for Rating."
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR HANDLING UNITS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 52 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
D. MOTORS
1. General: Blower motors greater than % horsepower shall be "NEMA PremiumTM"
unless otherwise indicated. Compliance with EPAct minimum energy-efficiency
standards for single speed ODP and TE enclosures is not acceptable. Motors shall
be heavy-duty, permanently lubricated type to match the fan load and furnished at the
specified voltage, phase and enclosure.
2. Motors shall be 60 cycles, 3 phase 460 volt.
E. UNIT CONTROLS
1. The unit shall be constructed so that it can function as a stand-alone heating and
cooling system controlled by factory-supplied remote panel, thermostats and sensors
or it can be operated as a heating and cooling system controlled by a Building
Management System (BMS).
2. Unit shall incorporate a Network interface controller with integral LCD screen that
provides text readouts of status, operating settings and alarm conditions. Network
interface controller shall have a built-in keypad to permit operator to access read-out
screens and change settings without the use of ancillary equipment, devices or
software. DDC controllers that require the use of equipment or software that is not
factory-installed in the unit are not acceptable. Alarm readouts consisting of flashing
light codes are not acceptable.
3. Sensors to be provided with the unit
I. Room / Space Temperature Sensors
II. Heating Inlet Air Sensor
III. Dirty Filter Sensor
IV. 120V/24V Smoke Detector
V. Flow Measuring device
F. FILTERS
1. Unit shall have 2" thick permanent metal filters following the outdoor air intake in a V-
bank arrangement and shall be accessible from the exterior of the unit.
G. Make-up Air Unit Manufacturers, or Equal
1. Greenheck Model: MSX-109-H12
2. Trane
3. ChromaloX
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR HANDLING UNITS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 52 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
PART 3 -- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All air handling equipment shall be installed by a qualified CONTRACTOR in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR HANDLING UNITS
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 52 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
SECTION 23 60 00—AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.1 THE SUMMARY
A. Provide air conditioning units and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
B. Where two or more air conditioning units or appurtenances of the same type or size are
required, they shall be furnished by the same Manufacturer.
1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor
Submittals.
B. The submittals shall include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement
part numbers and availability, and service depot location and telephone number.
C. Furnish a certified fan curve for each fan.
1.3 CODE REQUIREMENTS
A. The WORK shall be in strict accordance with the State Mechanical Code, the State of
Texas, City of Fort Worth, and other authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Obtain the required certifications and become thoroughly familiar with the local codes.
C. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits.
1.4 REFERENCES
AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association
ANSI: American National Standards Institute
ARI: Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
NFPA: National Fire Protection Association
SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air conditioning Contractors' National Association
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
DOE: Department Of Energy
CSA: Canadian Standards Association
BAS: Building Automation Solutions
AMCA 99 Standard Handbook
AMCA 210 Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating Purposes
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-1
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
AMCA 300 Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices
AMCA 301 Method of Publishing Sound Ratings for Air Moving Devices
AMCA 500 Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers, and Shutters
ANSI/AFBMA 9 Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings
ANSI/UL 900 Test Performance of Air Filter Units
ARI 410 Forced-Circulation Air Cooling and Air Heating Coils
ARI 430 Standard for Application of Central-Station Air Handling Units
ARI 260 Sound Rating of Ducted Air Moving and Conditioning Equipment
NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems
SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards
AMCA 611-95 Methods of Testing Airflow Measurement Stations for Rating
ASHRAE 52.1/52.2 Method of Testing General Ventilation Air Cleaning Devices for
Removal Efficiency by Particle Size
ASHRAE 62 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
ASHRAE 90.1 Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
1. McQuay
2.2 SPLIT-TYPE HEAT PUMP WITH HOT GAS REHEAT UNIT
A. Air Handling Units General
1. Indoor air handling units shall include filters, supply fans, (chilled water coil), (DX
evaporator coil), (modulating hot gas reheat coil), (electric heaters), (hot water coil),
(steam coil), (mixing box), (exhaust fans), (energy recovery wheel), and unit controls.
2. Unit shall have a draw-through supply fan configuration and discharge air
horizontally (vertically).
3. Unit shall be factory assembled (shipped in sections) and tested including leak
testing of the coils and run testing of the supply fans and factory wired electrical
system. Run test report shall be supplied with the unit.
4. Unit shall have decals and tags to indicate lifting and rigging, service areas, and
caution areas for safety and to assist service personnel.
5. Unit components shall be labeled, including pipe stub outs, refrigeration system
components and electrical and controls components.
6. Installation, Operation and Maintenance manual shall be supplied within the unit.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-2
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
7. Laminated color-coded wiring diagram shall match factory installed wiring and shall
be affixed to the interior of the control compartment's access door.
8. Unit nameplate shall be provided in two locations on the unit, affixed to the exterior of
the unit and affixed to the interior of the control compartment's access door.
B. Construction
9. All cabinet walls and access doors shall be fabricated of double wall, impact
resistant, rigid polyurethane foam panels.
10. Unit insulation shall have a minimum thermal resistance R-value of 6.25. Foam
insulation shall have a density of 2 pounds/cubic foot and shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM D-1929-11 for a minimum flash ignition temperature of
610°F.
11. Unit construction shall be double wall with G90 galvanized steel on both sides and a
thermal break. Double wall construction with a thermal break prevents moisture
accumulation on the insulation, provides a cleanable interior, prevents heat transfer
through the panel and prevents exterior condensation on the panel.
12. Unit shall be designed to reduce air leakage and infiltration through the cabinet.
Sealing shall be included between panels and between access doors and openings
to reduce air leakage. Piping and electrical conduit through cabinet panels shall
include sealing to reduce air leakage.
13.Access to unit filters shall be through hinged access door with quarter turn fasteners.
14.Access to energy recovery wheel shall be through hinged access door with quarter
turn fasteners. Access to exhaust fan, (outside air dampers), and (economizer
dampers) shall be through hinged access door with lockable quarter turn handles.
Access to (supply fans with internal control) shall be through a removable access
panel on the front of the unit.
15.Access to energy recovery wheel, exhaust fan, (outside air dampers), and
(economizer dampers) shall be through hinged access door with handle and prop
rods. Access to return air filters shall be through removable interlocking sheet metal
cover with quarter-turn fasteners on the top and bottom. Access to outside air filters
shall be through interlocking sheet metal cover with quarter-turn fastener.
16. Access to (dampers), (cooling coil), (reheat coil), (heating coil), (supply fans with
external control box), and (internal control panel) shall be through hinged service
access doors with lockable quarter turn handles.
17.Access to supply fans with internal control panel shall be through (removable access
panels on the front and back of the unit). The removable access panels and supply
duct flanges shall be interchangeable.
18.All access doors shall be flush mounted to cabinetry.
19. Units with cooling coils shall include double-sloped 304 stainless steel drain pan.
Drain pan connection shall be on left hand (right hand) side of the unit with a 1" MPT
fitting.
20. Cooling coils shall be mechanically supported above the drain pan by multiple
supports that allow drain pan cleaning and coil removal.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-3
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
21. Unit shall include factory wired control panel compartment LED service lights.
C. Construction Options:
1. Unit shall include interior corrosion protection which shall be capable of withstanding
at least 2,500 hours, with no visible corrosive effects, when tested in a salt spray and
fog atmosphere in accordance with ASTM B 117-95 test procedure. Air tunnel, fans
and dampers shall all include the corrosion protection.
2. Unit shall include a 5" forklift base.
D. Electrical
1. Unit shall be provided with standard power block for connecting power to the unit.
2. Unit shall include a factory installed 24V control circuit transformer.
3. Unit shall include high and low voltage quick connects if shipped in sections.
E. Options:
1. Unit shall be provided with an external control panel with separate low voltage
control wiring with conduit and high voltage power wiring with conduit between the
control panel and the unit. Control panel shall be field mounted and shall include a
hinged service access door with tooled entry.
F. Supply Fans
1. Unit shall include direct drive unhoused, backward curved, plenum supply fans.
2. Motor shall be a high efficiency electronically commutated motor.
3. Blower and motor assembly shall be dynamically balanced.
4. Blower and motor assembly shall be mounted on rubber isolators.
G. Supply Fan Options:
1. ECM driven supply fan cfm setpoint shall be set with factory installed potentiometer
within the control compartment.
2. ECM driven supply fan speed shall be controlled with field provided 0-10 VDC control
signal.
H. Cooling Coil
1. Evaporator Coil
a. Coil shall be designed for use with R-41 OA refrigerant and constructed of copper
tubes with aluminum (copper) fins mechanically bonded to the tubes and
aluminum (stainless steel) end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled.
b. Coil with two circuits shall have interlaced circuitry.
c. Coil shall have (4) (6) rows and 14 fins per inch.
d. Coil shall be hydrogen or helium leak tested.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-4
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
e. Coil shall be furnished with a factory installed thermostatic expansion valves. The
sensing bulbs shall be field installed on the suction line immediately outside the
cabinet.
f. Coil shall have left (right) hand external piping connections. Liquid and suction
connections shall be sweat connection. Coil connections shall be labeled, extend
beyond the unit casing and be factory sealed on both the interior and exterior of
the unit casing, to minimize air leakage.
I. Evaporator Coil Options:
1. Coil shall have a flexible, epoxy polymer a-coat uniformly applied to all coil surface
areas without material bridging between fins. Humidity and water immersion
resistance shall be up to a minimum 1,000 and 250 hours respectively (ASTM
D2247-92 and ASTM D870-92). Corrosion durability shall be confirmed through
testing to no less than 6,000 hours salt spray per ASTM 13117-90. Coated coil shall
receive a spray-applied, UV-resistant polyurethane topcoat to prevent UV
degradation of the a-coat. Coating shall carry a 5 year warranty, from the date of
original equipment shipment from the factory. The first 12 months from the date of
equipment startup, or 18 months from the date of original equipment shipment from
the factory, whichever is less, shall be covered under the standard AAON limited
parts warranty. The remaining period of the warranty shall be covered by Luvata
Electrofin. The Luvata Electrofin written instructions for installation, operation, coil
cleaning, maintenance, and recording keeping must be followed. Refer to the Luvata
Electrofin Terms and Conditions of Sale.
J. Refrigeration System
1. Air handling unit and matching condensing unit shall be capable of operation as an
R-410A split system air conditioner.
2. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with thermostatic expansion valve type
refrigerant flow control.
K. Options:
1. Modulating hot gas reheat shall be provided on the lead refrigeration circuit.
Refrigeration circuit shall be provided with hot gas reheat coil, modulating valves,
liquid line receiver, electronic controller, supply air temperature sensor and a
dehumidification control signal terminal that enables the dehumidification mode of
operation, which includes supply air temperature control to prevent supply air
temperature swings and overcooling of the space. Modulating reheat valves and
receiver shall be factory installed in the matching AAON condensing unit. Reheat line
connections shall be labeled, extend beyond the unit casing and be located near the
suction and liquid line connections for ease of field connection. Connections shall be
factory sealed on both the interior and exterior of the unit casing to minimize air
leakage.
2. Lead (All) (Lag) refrigerant circuit shall be provided with external hot gas bypass to
protect against evaporator frosting at low suction pressure and to prevent excessive
compressor cycling. Hot gas bypass valves shall be factory installed in the matching
AAON condensing unit. Hot gas bypass line connections shall be labeled, extend
beyond the unit casing and be located near the suction and liquid line connections
for ease of field connection. Connections shall be factory sealed on both the interior
and exterior of the unit casing to minimize air leakage.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-5
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
3. Unit shall be configured as heat pump. Refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with
thermal expansion and check valve on the indoor coil.
L. Filters
1. Unit shall include 4 inch thick, pleated panel filters with an ASHRAE efficiency of
30% and MERV rating of 10, upstream of the cooling coil.
2. Unit shall include factory installed magnehelic gauge measuring the pressure drop
across the filter rack.
M. Mixing Box
1. Unit shall contain a mixing box with front (top) (left) (right) return air opening and
front (top) (left) (right) outside air opening.
N. Options:
1. Return air opening shall contain an adjustable, motor operated outside air damper
assembly constructed of extruded aluminum, hollow core, airfoil blades with rubber
edge and end seals. Damper blades shall be gear driven and designed to have no
more than 20 cfm of leakage per sq ft. at 4 in. w.g. air pressure differential across the
damper. Low leakage dampers shall be Class 2 AMCA certified, in accordance with
AMCA Standard 511. Dampers shall be (fixed position) (controlled by a 2-position
actuator) (controlled by a fully modulating actuator).
O. Controls
1. Unit shall be provided with an external control panel with separate low voltage
control wiring with conduit and high voltage power wiring with conduit between the
control panel and the unit. Control panel shall be field mounted.
P. Control Options:
1. Factory Installed and Factory Provided Controller
a. Unit controller shall be capable of controlling all features and options of the unit.
Controller shall be factory installed in the unit controls compartment and factory
tested.
b. Controller shall be capable of stand-alone operation with unit configuration,
setpoint adjustment, sensor status viewing, unit alarm viewing, and occupancy
scheduling available without dependence on a building management system.
c. Controller shall have an onboard clock and calendar functions that allow for
occupancy scheduling.
d. Controller shall include non-volatile memory to retain all programmed values,
without the use of an external battery, in the event of a power failure.
f. Single Zone Variable Air Volume Controller
1. Unit shall utilize a variable capacity compressor system and a variable speed
fan system to modulate cooling and airflow as required in meeting the space
temperature needs and to save unit operating energy. Unit fan speed shall
modulate based on space temperature, not supply air pressure.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-6
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
2. Units with modulating heat shall be capable of modulating fan speed in both
the heating and cooling mode SCR electric, variable capacity heat pump,
hydronic coils].
3. With modulating hot gas reheat, unit shall modulate cooling and hot gas
reheat as efficiently as possible, to meet space humidity loads and prevent
supply air temperature swings and overcooling of the space.
g. Unit configuration, setpoint adjustment, sensor status viewing, unit alarm viewing,
and occupancy scheduling shall be accomplished with connection to interface
module with LCD screen and input keypad, interface module with touch screen, or
with connection to PC with free configuration software. Controller shall be capable
of connection with other factory installed and factory provided unit controllers with
individual unit configuration, setpoint adjustment, sensor status viewing, and
occupancy scheduling available from a single unit. Connection between unit
controllers shall be with a modular cable. Controller shall be capable of
communicating and integrating with a LonWorks or BACnet network.
Q. Condensing Units Heat Pump with reversing valve General Description
1. Condensing unit shall include compressors, air-cooled condenser coils, condenser
fans, suction and liquid connection valves, and heat pump reversing valve.
2. Condenser shall include air-cooled condenser coils, condenser fans, discharge and
liquid connection valves.
3. Unit shall be factory assembled and tested including leak testing of the coil and run
testing of the completed unit. Run test report shall be supplied with the unit in the
controls compartment.
4. Unit shall have decals and tags to indicate lifting and rigging, service areas and
caution areas for safety and to assist service personnel.
5. Unit components shall be labeled, including split system piping stub outs,
refrigeration system components and electrical and controls components.
6. Installation, Operation and Maintenance manual shall be supplied within the unit.
7. Laminated color-coded wiring diagram shall match factory installed wiring and shall
be affixed to the interior of the control compartment's access door.
8. Unit nameplate shall be provided in two locations on the unit, affixed to the exterior of
the unit and affixed to the interior of the control compartment.
R. Condensing Units Construction
1. Unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, wired and shipped in one section.
2. Unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor application.
3. Access to compressors and controls components shall be through hinged access
doors with quarter turn, lockable handles.
4. Exterior paint finish shall be capable of withstanding at least 2,500 hours, with no
visible corrosive effects, when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in
accordance with ASTM B 117-95 test procedure.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-7
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
5. Unit shall include lifting lugs or shall be designed with forklift slots.
Options:
a. Unit shall include factory wired control panel compartment LED service lights.
b. Unit shall include factory installed, painted galvanized steel condenser coil
guards on the face of the condenser coil.
A. Electrical
1. Unit shall be provided with standard power block for connecting power to the unit.
2. Control circuit transformer and wiring shall provide 24 VAC control voltage from the
line voltage provided to the unit.
Options:
a. Air-Conditioning unit shall include a defrost cycle to prevent frost accumulation
on the outdoor coil during heat pump heating operation. Defrost cycle shall begin
when outdoor coil temperature is below a fixed setpoint and have a fixed 10
minute run time, or end when the outdoor coil temperature is above a fixed
setpoint. Defrost timer, with 30/60/90 minute selectable defrost cycle interval
time, shall be factory installed in the controls compartment. During defrost cycle
all compressors shall energize, reversing valve shall energize, and auxiliary heat
shall energize.
b. Unit shall be provided with a factory installed and factory wired, non-fused
disconnect switch.
c. Unit shall be provided with factory installed and factory wired 115V, 12 amp GFI
outlet in the unit control panel.
d. Unit shall be provided with phase and brown out protection which shuts down all
motors in the unit if the electrical phases are more that 10% out of balance on
voltage, the voltage is more that 10% under design voltage, or on phase reversal.
e. Unit shall be provided with remote stop/start terminals which require contact
closure for unit operation. When these contacts are open the low voltage circuit is
broken and the unit will not operate.
B. Refrigeration System
1. Compressors shall be R-41 OA scroll type with thermal overload protection,
individually (tandem) circuited and carry a 1 year non-prorated warranty, from the
date of original equipment shipment from the factory. Each compressor shall be
furnished with a crankcase heater.
2. Compressors shall be mounted in an isolated service compartment which can be
accessed without affecting unit operation. Lockable hinged access doors shall
provide access to the compressors.
3. Compressors shall be isolated from the base pan with the compressor
manufacturer's recommended rubber vibration isolators, to reduce any transmission
of sound from the compressors into the building area.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-8
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
4. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with automatic reset low pressure and
manual reset high pressure refrigerant safety controls, Schrader type service fittings
on both the high pressure and low pressure sides, and service valves for liquid and
suction connections. Liquid line filter driers shall be factory provided and installed.
Field installed refrigerant circuits shall include the low side cooling components,
refrigerant, thermal expansion valve, liquid line (insulated hot gas bypass line)
(insulated hot gas line) and insulated suction line.
5. Unit shall include a factory holding charge of R-410A refrigerant and oil.
6. Unit shall include 2 stages of capacity control.
7. Each capacity stage shall be equipped with a 5 minute off delay timer to prevent
compressor short cycling. Each capacity stage shall be equipped with an adjustable
20 second delay timer to prevent multiple capacity stages from starting
simultaneously.
8. The unit shall be capable of stable cooling operation to a minimum of 55°F outdoor
temperature.
Options:
a. Lead (All) refrigeration circuit(s) shall include a 10-100% variable capacity
compressor.
b. Lead refrigeration circuit shall be provided with modulating hot gas reheat
valves, electronic controller, liquid line receiver, supply air temperature sensor
and a dehumidification control signal terminal that enables the dehumidification
mode of operation, and includes supply air temperature control to prevent
supply air temperature swings and overcooling of the space. The matching
indoor air handler must include a hot gas reheat coil.
c. Unit shall be configured as an air-source heat pump. Each refrigeration circuit
shall each be equipped with a liquid line filter drier with check valve, reversing
valve, suction line accumulator, liquid line receiver, and thermal expansion
valve. Reversing valve shall de-energize during the heat pump heating mode of
operation.
d. (Lead) (Lag) (Non-variable capacity) refrigeration circuits shall be provided with
external hot gas bypass to protect against evaporator frosting and to prevent
excessive compressor cycling.
e. Condensing unit shall be provided with adjustable compressor lockout.
f. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with a liquid line sight glass.
g. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with suction and discharge
compressor isolation valves.
h. Lead (All) refrigeration circuit(s) shall be equipped with flooded condenser low
ambient head pressure control to allow operation down to 0°F. Option includes
adjustable compressor lockout, low ambient control valve, and liquid line
receiver.
i. Units shall be provided with a suction pressure transducer on the refrigeration
circuit.
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-9
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
j. Unit shall be provided with a compressor sound blanket.
C. Fans
1. Condenser fans shall be direct drive fans.
2. Fan motor shall be weather protected, single phase, direct drive, and open drip proof
with inherent overload protection.
Options:
a. Condenser fans shall be high efficiency electronically commutated motor driven
with factory installed head pressure control module. Condenser airflow shall
continuously modulate based on head pressure and cooling operation shall be
allowed down to 35°F.
b. Condenser fans shall be VFD driven variable speed for condenser head pressure
control. Factory provided and factory programmed VFDs shall continuously
modulate the fan air flow to maintain head pressure at acceptable levels. Cooling
operation shall be allowed down to 35°F.
c. Condensing unit shall be provided with adjustable on/off condenser fan cycling
head pressure control to allow cooling operation down to 35°F.
D. Coils
1. Coils shall be designed for use with R-41 OA refrigerant and constructed of copper
tubes with aluminum (copper) fins mechanically bonded to the tubes and aluminum
(stainless steel) end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled.
2. Coils shall be designed for a minimum of 10°F of refrigerant sub-cooling.
3. Coils shall be hydrogen or helium leak tested.
Options:
a. Coil shall have a flexible, epoxy polymer a-coat uniformly applied to all coil surface
areas without material bridging between fins. Humidity and water immersion
resistance shall be up to a minimum 1,000 and 250 hours respectively (ASTM
D2247-92 and ASTM D870-92). Corrosion durability shall be confirmed through
testing to no less than 6,000 hours salt spray per ASTM 13117-90. Coated coils
shall receive a spray-applied, UV-resistant polyurethane topcoat to prevent UV
degradation of the a-coat. Coating shall carry a 5 year warranty, from the date of
original equipment shipment from the factory. The first 12 months from the date of
equipment startup, or 18 months from the date of original equipment shipment
from the factory, whichever is less, shall be covered under the standard AAON
limited parts warranty. The remaining period of the warranty shall be covered by
Luvata Electrofin. The Luvata Electrofin written instructions for installation,
operation, coil cleaning, maintenance, and record keeping must be followed.
Refer to the Luvata Electrofin Terms and Conditions of Sale.
E. Controls
Options:
a. Unit shall be provided with a terminal block for field installation of controls.
Option shall include factory installed isolation relays.
CITY OF FORT WORTH-02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK-05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-10
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
b. Unit shall be provided with factory supplied and factory installed VAV WattMaster
controller in the AAON air handling unit.
c. Unit shall be provided with factory supplied and factory installed CAV WattMaster
controller in the AAON air handling unit.
d. Unit shall be provided with factory supplied and factory installed MUA
WattMaster controller in the AAON air handling unit.
S. Air Conditioner Manufacturers, or Equal
1. AAON
2. York
3. Trane
PART 3 -- GENERAL
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All air conditioning equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH -02669 AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT
VCWRF LIQUID BIOSOLIDS STORAGE TANK- 05/03/2018 PAGE 23 60 00-11
CONFORMED DOCUMENTS July 2018
THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK
2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
(Heavy and Highway Construction Projects)
CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate
Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 15.32
Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 13.99
Asphalt Raker $ 12.69
Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 11.74
Concrete Finisher, Paving and Structures $ 14.12
Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine Operator $ 16.05
Concrete Saw Operator $ 14.48
Crane Operator, Hydraulic 80 tons or less $ 18.12
Crane Operator, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less $ 17.27
Crane Operator, Lattice Boom Over 80 Tons $ 20.52
Crawler Tractor Operator $ 14.07
Electrician $ 19.80
Excavator Operator,50,000 pounds or less $ 17.19
Excavator Operator,Over 50,000 pounds $ 16.99
Flagger $ 10.06
Form Builder/Setter,Structures $ 13.84
Form Setter, Paving&Curb $ 13.16
Foundation Drill Operator,Crawler Mounted $ 17.99
Foundation Drill Operator,Truck Mounted $ 21.07
Front End Loader Operator,3 CY or Less $ 13.69
Front End Loader Operator,Over 3 CY $ 14.72
Laborer,Common $ 10.72
Laborer, Utility $ 12.32
Loader/Backhoe Operator $ 15.18
Mechanic $ 17.68
Milling Machine Operator $ 14.32
Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $ 17.19
Motor Grader Operator, Rough $ 16.02
Off Road Hauler $ 12.25
Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 13.63
Pipelayer $ 13.24
Reclaimer/Pulverizer Operator $ 11.01
Reinforcing Steel Worker $ 16.18
Roller Operator,Asphalt $ 13.08
Roller Operator,Other $ 11.51
Scraper Operator $ 12.96
Servicer $ 14.58
Small Slipform Machine Operator $ 15.96
Spreader Box Operator $ 14.73
Truck Driver Lowboy-Float $ 16.24
Truck Driver Transit-Mix $ 14.14
Truck Driver,Single Axle $ 12.31
Truck Driver,Single or Tandem Axle Dump Truck $ 12.62
Truck Driver,Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi Trailer $ 12.86
Welder $ 14.84
Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 11.68
The Davis-Bacon Act prevailing wage rates shown for Heavy and Highway construction projects were determined by
the United States Department of Labor and current as of September 2013. The titles and descriptions for the
classifications listed are detailed in the AGC of Texas'Standard Job Classifications and Descriptions for Highway,
Heavy,Utilities,and Industrial Construction in Texas.
Page 1 of 1
2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
(Commercial Construction Projects)
CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate
AC Mechanic $ 25.24
AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67
Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83
Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70
Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45
Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31
Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91
Carpenter $ 17.75
Carpenter Helper $ 14.32
Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00
Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00
Concrete Finisher $ 15.77
Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00
Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27
Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00
Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36
Drywall Helper $ 12.54
Drywall Taper $ 15.00
Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50
Electrician(Journeyman) $ 19.63
Electrician Apprentice(Helper) $ 15.64
Electronic Technician $ 20.00
Floor Layer $ 18.00
Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00
Glazier $ 21.03
Glazier Helper $ 12.81
Insulator $ 16.59
Insulator Helper $ 11.21
Laborer Common $ 10.89
Laborer Skilled $ 14.15
Lather $ 12.99
Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00
Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00
Metal Installer(Miscellaneous) $ 13.00
Metal Installer Helper(Miscellaneous) $ 11.00
Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12
Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54
Painter $ 16.44
Painter Helper $ 9.98
Pipefitter $ 21.22
Pipefitter Helper $ 15.39
Plasterer $ 16.17
Plasterer Helper $ 12.85
Plumber $ 21.98
Plumber Helper $ 15.85
Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87
Page 1 of 2
Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08
Roofer $ 16.90
Roofer Helper $ 11.15
Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35
Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11
Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17
Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15
Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00
Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74
Waterproofer $ 15.00
Equipment Operators
Concrete Pump $ 18.50
Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31
Forklift $ 16.45
Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50
Front End Loader $ 16.97
Truck Driver $ 16.77
Welder $ 19.96
Welder Helper $ 13.00
The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted
and published by the North Texas Construction Industry(Fall 2012)Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman
Trubitt,PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXC's(The
Construction Association)website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp
Page 2 of 2